UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report: Not applicable

For the transition period from                  to                 

Commission file number 001-37637

 

MIMECAST LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Bailiwick of Jersey

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate

London EC2Y 9AW

United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Peter Campbell, Chief Financial Officer

Tel: +1 781 996 5340

Mimecast North America, Inc.

480 Pleasant Street

Watertown, MA 02472

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares, nominal value $0.012 per share

 

NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes        No  

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.     Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer              Accelerated filer              Non-accelerated filer              Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards † provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  

 

Other  

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.     Item 17       Item 18  

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes       No  

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital stock or common stock as of the close of business covered by the annual report. 55,901,996 ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

3

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

4

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

 

5

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

5

Item 3. Key Information

 

5

A.      Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

 

5

B.     Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

8

C.     Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

8

D.     Risk Factors

 

8

Item 4. Information About the Company

 

25

A.     History and Development of the Company

 

25

B.     Business Overview

 

25

C.     Organizational Structure

 

43

D.     Property, Plant and Equipment

 

43

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

43

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

43

A.     Operating Results

 

48

B.     Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

55

C.      Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

 

61

D.     Trend Information

 

62

E.     Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

62

F.       Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

62

G.     Safe Harbor

 

62

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

62

A.     Directors and Senior Management

 

62

B.     Compensation

 

64

C.     Board Practices

 

64

D.     Employees

 

73

E.     Share Ownership

 

73

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

73

A.     Major Shareholders

 

73

B.     Related Party Transactions

 

75

Item 8. Financial Information

 

77

A.      Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

77

B.     Significant Changes

 

77

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

77

A.     Offering and Listing Details

 

77

B.     Plan of Distribution

 

77

C.     Markets

 

77

D.     Selling Shareholders

 

78

E.     Dilution

 

78

F.      Expenses of the Issue

 

78

Item 10. Additional Information

 

78

A.     Share Capital

 

78

B.     Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

79

C.     Material Contracts

 

86

D.     Exchange Controls

 

86

E.     Taxation

 

86

F.      Dividends and Paying Agents

 

92

G.     Statements by Experts

 

92

 


1


 

 

 

 

Page

H.     Documents on Display

 

92

I.       Subsidiary Information

 

93

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

93

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

94

A.     Debt Securities

 

94

B.     Warrants and Rights

 

94

C.     Other Securities

 

94

D.     American Depositary Shares

 

94

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

95

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security holders and Use of Proceeds

 

95

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

 

95

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

96

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

 

96

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

96

Item 16D. Exemption from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

97

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

97

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

97

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

 

97

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

 

97

Item 17. Financial Statements

 

97

Item 18. Financial Statements

 

97

Item 19. Exhibits

 

97

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-1

 

References in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to “Mimecast Limited,” “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company” refer to Mimecast Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, and are expressed in U.S. dollars. References to “dollars” or “$” are to U.S. dollars. Our fiscal year ends on March 31 of each calendar year. References to any specific fiscal year refer to the year ended March 31 of the calendar year specified. For example, we refer to the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 as “fiscal 2017.”

The trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are the property of their respective owners.

Certain amounts and percentages that appear in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been subject to rounding adjustments. As a result, certain numerical figures shown as totals, including in tables, may not be exact arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede or follow them.

2


 

Non-GAAP Finan cial Measures

Revenue Constant Currency Growth Rate . In order to determine how our business performed exclusive of the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, we compare the percentage change in our revenue from one period to another using a constant currency. To determine the revenue constant currency growth rate for the fiscal years below, revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies was translated into U.S. dollars using the comparable prior period’s foreign currency exchange rates. For example, the average rates in effect for the year ended March 31, 2016 were used to convert revenue for the year ended March 31, 2017 and the revenue for the comparable prior period ended March 31, 2016, rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Revenue constant currency growth rate is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure for the respective periods can be found in “Item 3—Key Information—A. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” below.

The impact of foreign exchange rates is highly variable and difficult to predict. We use revenue constant currency growth rate to show the impact from foreign exchange rates on the current period revenue growth rate compared to the prior period revenue growth rate using the prior period’s foreign exchange rates. In order to properly understand the underlying business trends and performance of our ongoing operations, we believe that investors may find it useful to consider the impact of excluding changes in foreign exchange rates from our revenue growth rate.

We believe that presenting this non-GAAP financial measure in this Annual Report on Form 20-F provides investors greater transparency to the information used by our management for financial and operational decision-making and allows investors to see our results “through the eyes” of management. We also believe that providing this information better enables our investors to understand our operating performance and evaluate the methodology used by management to evaluate and measure such performance.

However, this non-GAAP measure should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For example, revenue constant currency growth rates, by their nature, exclude the impact of foreign exchange, which may have a material impact on U.S. GAAP revenue. Non-GAAP financial measures are not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles and therefore other companies may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of those measures for comparative purposes.

Adjusted EBITDA . Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net (loss) income, adjusted to exclude: depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, interest income and interest expense, provision for income taxes and foreign exchange income (expense). A reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure for the respective periods can be found in “Item 3—Key Information—A. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” below.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use a similar non-GAAP financial measure to supplement their GAAP results.

We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance, and for establishing incentive compensation metrics for executives and other senior employees.

We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. This non-GAAP measure should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using a non-GAAP financial measure, including that other companies may calculate this measure differently than we do, that it does not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital.

3


 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FO RWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses and other results of operations;

 

our plans to invest in sales and marketing efforts and expand our channel partnerships;

 

our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers;

 

our plans to continue to invest in the research and development of technology for both existing and new products;

 

the growth rates of the markets in which we compete;

 

our liquidity and working capital requirements;

 

our anticipated strategies for growth;

 

our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced solutions to meet those needs;

 

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

our ability to compete in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

 

our ability to respond to evolving regulatory requirements regarding data protection and privacy; and

 

our plans to pursue strategic acquisitions.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the “Item 3—Key Information—D. Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

4


 

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

Not required.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

Our historical consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and presented in U.S. dollars. The selected historical consolidated financial information set forth below has been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements for the years presented. Historical information as of and for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Historical financial information as of and for the year ended March 31, 2014 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Historical information as of and for the year ended March 31, 2013 is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such period. You should read the information presented below in conjunction with those audited consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and the discussion under “Item 5.—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

186,563

 

 

$

141,841

 

 

$

116,085

 

 

$

88,315

 

 

$

66,750

 

Cost of revenue (1)

 

 

50,314

 

 

 

41,809

 

 

 

36,821

 

 

 

28,673

 

 

 

21,165

 

Gross profit

 

 

136,249

 

 

 

100,032

 

 

 

79,264

 

 

 

59,642

 

 

 

45,585

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development (1)

 

 

22,593

 

 

 

17,663

 

 

 

14,461

 

 

 

12,844

 

 

 

11,019

 

Sales and marketing (1)

 

 

96,154

 

 

 

65,187

 

 

 

51,224

 

 

 

46,971

 

 

 

35,635

 

General and administrative (1)

 

 

27,875

 

 

 

19,756

 

 

 

15,806

 

 

 

11,187

 

 

 

13,666

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

146,622

 

 

 

102,606

 

 

 

82,694

 

 

 

71,002

 

 

 

60,320

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,373

)

 

 

(2,574

)

 

 

(3,430

)

 

 

(11,360

)

 

 

(14,735

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

510

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

77

 

Interest expense

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(690

)

 

 

(703

)

 

 

(542

)

 

 

(844

)

Foreign exchange income (expense)

 

 

6,892

 

 

 

811

 

 

 

4,508

 

 

 

(5,055

)

 

 

1,188

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

7,134

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

3,867

 

 

 

(5,511

)

 

 

421

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(3,239

)

 

 

(2,379

)

 

 

437

 

 

 

(16,871

)

 

 

(14,314

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

15

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

 

$

(16,890

)

 

$

(14,329

)

Net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary

   shareholders: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.53

)

 

$

(0.46

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.53

)

 

$

(0.46

)

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used

   in computing net (loss) income per share applicable

   to ordinary shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

54,810

 

 

 

40,826

 

 

 

32,354

 

 

 

31,719

 

 

 

31,060

 

Diluted

 

 

54,810

 

 

 

40,826

 

 

 

36,075

 

 

 

31,719

 

 

 

31,060

 

5


 

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

 

$

111,666

 

 

$

106,140

 

 

$

32,890

 

 

$

19,158

 

 

$

36,458

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

32,009

 

 

 

24,806

 

 

 

23,159

 

 

 

24,974

 

 

 

14,563

 

Total assets

 

 

205,352

 

 

 

175,127

 

 

 

88,829

 

 

 

75,783

 

 

 

73,453

 

Debt and capital lease obligations, current and long-term

 

 

2,203

 

 

 

6,891

 

 

 

12,364

 

 

 

9,092

 

 

 

8,669

 

Deferred revenue, current and long-term

 

 

95,348

 

 

 

70,040

 

 

 

53,308

 

 

 

46,131

 

 

 

35,222

 

Convertible preferred shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,305

 

 

 

59,305

 

 

 

59,305

 

Total shareholders' equity (deficit)

 

 

81,992

 

 

 

78,074

 

 

 

(53,851

)

 

 

(56,750

)

 

 

(44,700

)

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Supplemental Financial and Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue constant currency growth rate (3)

 

 

39

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

33

%

 

 

37

%

Revenue retention rate (4)

 

 

111

%

 

 

109

%

 

 

107

%

 

 

105

%

Total customers (5)

 

 

26,400

 

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

13,800

 

 

 

10,300

 

Adjusted EBITDA (6)

 

$

11,802

 

 

$

15,839

 

 

$

14,227

 

 

$

(1,170

)

 

(1)

Share-based compensation expense included in these line items was as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

1,353

 

 

$

633

 

 

$

151

 

 

$

151

 

 

$

239

 

Research and development

 

 

1,873

 

 

 

1,711

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

174

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

4,719

 

 

 

3,180

 

 

 

1,684

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

2,663

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,349

 

 

 

2,362

 

 

 

3,047

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

3,600

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

10,294

 

 

$

7,886

 

 

$

5,426

 

 

$

1,232

 

 

$

6,676

 

 

(2)

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders is computed based on the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. For additional information, see Note 2 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

(3)

In order to determine how our business performed exclusive of the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, we compare the percentage change in our revenue from one period to another using a constant currency. To determine the revenue constant currency growth rate for each period, revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies was translated into U.S. dollars using the comparable prior period’s foreign currency exchange rates. For example, the average rates in effect for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 were used to convert revenue for the year ended March 31, 2017 and the revenue for the comparable prior period ended March 31, 2016, rather than the actual exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Revenue constant currency growth rate is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of this non-GAAP measure to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure for the respective periods can be found in the table below.

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of Revenue Constant Currency Growth Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue, as reported

 

$

186,563

 

 

$

141,841

 

 

$

116,085

 

 

$

88,315

 

Revenue year-over-year growth rate, as reported

 

 

32

%

 

 

22

%

 

 

31

%

 

 

32

%

Estimated impact of foreign currency fluctuations

 

 

7

%

 

 

8

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

5

%

Revenue constant currency growth rate

 

 

39

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

33

%

 

 

37

%

 

6


 

The impact of foreign exchange rates is highly variable and difficult to predict. We use revenue constant currency growth rate to show the impact from foreign exchange rates on the current period revenue growth rate compared to the prior period revenue growth rate using the prior period’s foreign exchange rates. In order to properly understand the underlying business trends and performance of our ongoing operations, we believe that investors may find it useful to consider the impact of excluding changes in foreign exchange rates from our revenue growth rate.

We believe that presenting this non-GAAP financial measure in this Annual Report on Form 20-F provides investors greater transparency to the information used by our management for financial and operational decision-making and allows investors to see our results “through the eyes” of management. We also believe that providing this information better enables our investors to understand our operating performance and evaluate the methodology used by management to evaluate and measure such performance.

However, this non-GAAP measure should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For example, revenue constant currency growth rates, by their nature, exclude the impact of foreign exchange, which may have a material impact on U.S. GAAP revenue. Non-GAAP financial measures are not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles and therefore other companies may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently than we do, limiting the usefulness of those measures for comparative purposes.

(4)

We calculate our revenue retention rate by annualizing revenue on a constant currency basis recorded on the last day of the measurement period for only those customers in place throughout the entire measurement period. We include add-on, or upsell, revenue from additional employees and services purchased by existing customers. We divide the result by revenue on a constant currency basis on the first day of the measurement period for all customers in place at the beginning of the measurement period. The measurement period is based on the trailing twelve months. The revenue on a constant currency basis is based on the average exchange rates in effect during the respective period.

(5)

Reflects the customer count on the last day of the period rounded to the nearest hundred customers.

(6)

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net (loss) income, adjusted to exclude: depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, interest income and interest expense, provision for income taxes and foreign exchange income (expense).

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use a similar non-GAAP financial measure to supplement their GAAP results.

We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance, and for establishing incentive compensation metrics for executives and other senior employees.

We do not place undue reliance on Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. This non-GAAP measure should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using a non-GAAP financial measure, including that other companies may calculate this measure differently than we do, that it does not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA:

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

 

$

(16,890

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

11,881

 

 

 

10,527

 

 

 

11,028

 

 

 

8,958

 

Interest (income) expense, net

 

 

(242

)

 

 

616

 

 

 

641

 

 

 

456

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

19

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

10,294

 

 

 

7,886

 

 

 

5,426

 

 

 

1,232

 

Foreign exchange (income) expense

 

 

(6,892

)

 

 

(811

)

 

 

(4,508

)

 

 

5,055

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

11,802

 

 

$

15,839

 

 

$

14,227

 

 

$

(1,170

)

 

7


 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

If we are unable to attract new customers and retain existing customers, our business and results of operations will be affected adversely.

To succeed, we must continue to attract new customers and retain existing customers who desire to use our security, continuity and archiving offerings. Acquiring new customers is a key element of our continued success, growth opportunity and future revenue. We will continue to invest in a direct sales force combined with a focused channel strategy designed to serve the various requirements of small, mid-market and large enterprises and to bring new customers onto our cloud architecture. Any failures by us to execute in these areas will negatively impact our business.  The rate at which new and existing customers purchase our products depends on a number of factors, including those outside of our control. For example, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we benefited from the decision by Intel Corporation to end-of-life its McAfee MX Logic email protection product.  Our future success also depends on retaining our current customers at acceptable retention levels. Our retention rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, some of which may be outside our control, including competition, customers’ budgeting and spending priorities, and overall general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our products and services, our revenue would decline and our business would suffer. In future periods, our total customers and revenue could decline or grow more slowly than we expect.

If we are unable to sell additional services and features to our existing customers, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

A significant portion of our revenue growth is generated from sales of additional services and features to existing customers. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to sell such additional services and features to our existing customers. We devote significant efforts to developing, marketing and selling additional services and features and associated support services to existing customers and rely on these efforts for a portion of our revenue. These efforts require a significant investment in building and maintaining customer relationships, as well as significant research and development efforts in order to provide upgrades and launch new services and features. The rate at which our existing customers purchase additional services and features depends on a number of factors, including the perceived need for additional security, continuity and archiving, the efficacy of our current services, the perceived utility of our new offerings, our customers’ IT budgets and general economic conditions. If our efforts to sell additional services and features to our customers are not successful, our future revenues and operating results will be harmed.

Failure to effectively expand our sales and marketing capabilities could harm our ability to acquire new customers and achieve broader market acceptance of our services.

Acquiring new customers and expanding sales to existing customers will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations. We generate approximately one-third of our revenue from direct sales and we expect to continue to rely on our sales force to obtain new customers and grow revenue from our existing customer base. We expect to expand our sales force in all of our regions and we face a number of challenges in achieving our hiring goals. For instance, there is significant competition for sales personnel with the sales skills and technical knowledge that we require. In addition, training and integrating a large number of sales and marketing personnel in a short period of time requires the allocation of significant internal resources. Our ability to achieve projected growth in revenue in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel. We invest significant time and resources in training new sales personnel to understand our solutions and growth strategy. In general, new hires require significant training and substantial experience before becoming productive. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we require, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we currently operate or where we seek to conduct business. Our growth may be materially and adversely impacted if the efforts to expand our sales and marketing capabilities are not successful or if they do not generate a sufficient increase in revenue.

8


 

We have incurred losses in the past, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability for the foreseeable future.

We have incurred losses in each period since our inception in 2003 up through our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 with the exception of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 in which we generated net income of $0.3 million. In our fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we incurred a net loss of $5.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of $94.0 million. We have been growing rapidly, and, as we do so, we incur significant sales and marketing, support and other related expenses. Our ability to achieve and sustain profitability will depend in significant part on our obtaining new customers, expanding our existing customer relationships and ensuring that our expenses, including our sales and marketing expenses and the cost of supporting new customers, does not exceed our revenue. We also expect to make significant expenditures and investments in research and development to expand and improve our services and technical infrastructure. In addition, as a public company, we expect to continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior to our initial public offering in November 2015. These increased expenditures may make it harder for us to achieve and maintain profitability and we cannot predict when we will achieve sustained profitability, if at all. We also may incur losses in the future for a number of other unforeseen reasons. Accordingly, we may not be able to maintain profitability, once achieved, and we may incur losses in the foreseeable future.

Our business depends substantially on customers renewing their subscriptions with us. A decline in our customer renewals would harm our future operating results.

In order for us to maintain or improve our operating results, it is important that our customers renew their subscriptions with us when the existing subscription term expires. Although the majority of our customer contracts include auto-renew provisions, our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions upon expiration, and we cannot provide assurance that customers will renew subscriptions at the same or higher level of service, if at all. For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our customer retention rate has been consistently greater than 90%. We calculate customer retention rate as the percentage of paying customers on the last day of the relevant period in the prior year who remain paying customers on the last day of the relevant period in the current year. The rate of customer renewals may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions, the effectiveness of our customer support services, our pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, or reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, or renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline, and we may not realize improved operating results from our customer base.

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, with several large established competitors, and our failure to compete successfully would make it difficult for us to add and retain customers and would reduce or impede the growth of our business.

Our market is large, highly competitive, fragmented and subject to rapidly evolving technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new products and services. We currently compete with companies that offer products that target email and data security, continuity and archiving, as well as large providers such as Google Inc. and Microsoft Corporation, which offer functions and tools as part of their core mailbox services that may be, or be perceived to be, similar to ours. Our current and potential future competitors include: Barracuda Networks, Inc., Google, Microsoft Exchange Online Protection, Proofpoint, Inc., Symantec Corporation and Cisco Systems Inc., in security and Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Microsoft Office 365®, Symantec, and Barracuda in archiving. We expect competition to increase in the future from both existing competitors and new companies that may enter our markets. Additionally, some potential customers, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal products. If two or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with one another, the change in the competitive landscape could reduce our ability to compete effectively. Our continued success and growth depends on our ability to out-perform our competitors at the individual service level as well as increasing demand for a unified service infrastructure. We cannot guarantee that we will out-perform our competitors at the product level or that the demand for a unified service technology will increase.

Some of our current competitors have, and our future competitors may have, certain competitive advantages such as greater name recognition, longer operating history, larger market share, larger existing user base and greater financial, technical and other resources. Some competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to new technologies and changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours or achieve greater market acceptance.

Data security and integrity are critically important to our business, and breaches of our information and technology networks and unauthorized access to a customer’s data could harm our business and operating results.

We have experienced, and will continue to experience, cyberattacks and other malicious internet-based activity, which continue to increase in sophistication, frequency and magnitude. Because our services involve the storage of large amounts of our customers’

9


 

sensitive and proprietary information, solutions to protect that information from cyberattacks and other threats, data security and integrity are critically important to our business. Despite all of our efforts to protect this information, we cannot provide assurance that systems that access our services and databases will not be compromised or disrupted, whether as a result of criminal conduct, distributed denial of service, or DDoS, attacks, such as the one we experienced in September 2015, or other advanced persistent attacks by malicious actors, including hackers, state-backed hackers and cybercriminals, breaches due to employee error or malfeasance, or other disruptions during the process of upgrading or replacing computer software or hardware, power outages, computer viruses, telecommunication or utility failures or natural disasters or other catastrophic events. Any breach of security, unauthorized access to or disclosure of confidential information, disruption, including DDoS attacks, or the perception that the confidential information of our customers is not secure, could result in a material loss of business, substantial legal liability or significant harm to our reputation.

We must continually monitor and develop our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access. However, we may fail to identify these new and complex methods of attack, or fail to invest sufficient resources in security measures. In addition, as we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for malicious third parties. Any breach of our security measures as a result of third-party action, employee negligence and/or error, malfeasance, defects or otherwise that compromises the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our data or our customers’ data could result in:

 

severe harm to our reputation or brand, or materially and adversely affect the overall market perception of the security and reliability of our services;

 

individual and/or class action lawsuits, which could result in financial judgments against us and which would cause us to incur legal fees and costs;

 

legal or regulatory enforcement action, which could result in fines and/or penalties and which would cause us to incur legal fees and costs; and/or

 

additional costs associated with responding to the interruption or security breach, such as investigative and remediation costs, the costs of providing individuals and/or data owners with notice of the breach, legal fees, the costs of any additional fraud detection activities, or the costs of prolonged system disruptions or shutdowns.

Any of these events could materially adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Data privacy concerns, evolving regulations of cloud computing, cross-border data transfer restrictions and other domestic or foreign laws and regulations may limit the use and adoption of, or require modification of, our products and services, which could limit our ability to attract new customers or support existing customers thus reducing our revenues, harming our operating results and adversely affecting our business.

 

Laws and regulations related to the provision of services on the Internet are increasing, as federal, state and foreign governments continue to adopt new laws and regulations addressing data privacy and the collection, processing, storage and use of personal information. For example, in the United States, these include laws and regulations promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission, the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or Gramm-Leach-Bliley, and state breach notification laws, as well as regulator enforcement positions and expectations reflected in federal and state regulatory actions, settlements, consent decrees and guidance documents. Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security and privacy legal frameworks with which we, or our customers, must comply, including the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC, or the Directive, established in the European Union, or EU, and local EU Member State legislation implementing the Directive, such as the Data Protection Act in the United Kingdom which we refer to as the United Kingdom or the U.K.  Most recently, the EU adopted the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which will become effective in May 2018, increasing data security compliance obligations and consequences, including significant fines for organizations, located within or outside of the EU, when offering services in the EU. In October 2015, the European Court of Justice invalidated the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor framework that had been in place since 2000, which allowed companies to meet EU legal requirements for the transfer of personal data from the EU to the United States. While other adequate legal mechanisms to lawfully transfer such data remain, the invalidation of the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor framework may result in different European data protection regulators applying differing standards for the transfer of personal data to the United States. Such laws and regulations are subject to new and differing interpretations and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions. These and other regulatory requirements could restrict our ability to store and process data as part of our SaaS solutions, or, in some cases, impact our ability to offer our SaaS products in certain jurisdictions. Such laws may also impact our customers' ability to deploy certain of our solutions globally, to the extent they utilize our products for storing personal information that they store and process. In addition, in many cases these privacy laws apply not only to transfers of information to third parties, but also within an enterprise, including our company or our customers. Additionally, if third parties that we work with,

10


 

violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put our customers’ information at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws, regulations and standards may require resources to create new products or modify existing products, lead to us being subject to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for noncompliance, and may slow the pace at which we close sales transactions, any of which could harm our business.

 

If we are unable to effectively increase sales of our services to large enterprises while mitigating the risks associated with serving such customers, our business, financial position and results of operations may suffer.

As we seek to increase our sales to large enterprise customers, we may face longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements, substantial upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing some of our sales than we do with smaller customers. In addition, our ability to successfully sell our services to large enterprises is dependent on us attracting and retaining sales personnel with experience in selling to large organizations. Also, because security breaches of larger, more high-profile enterprises are likely to be heavily publicized, there is increased reputational risk associated with serving such customers. If we are unable to increase sales of our services to large enterprise customers while mitigating the risks associated with serving such customers, our business, financial position and results of operations may suffer.

If we are unable to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, our ability to acquire new customers could be adversely affected.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with our channel partners who we rely on, in addition to our direct sales force, to sell and support our services. In our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, while no individual channel partner accounted for 10% or more of our sales, in the aggregate, our channel partners accounted for 65% of our sales. We expect that sales to channel partners will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. We utilize channel partners to efficiently increase the scale of our marketing and sales efforts, increasing our market penetration to customers which we otherwise might not reach on our own. Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success in maintaining successful relationships with our channel partners.

Our agreements with our channel partners are generally non-exclusive, meaning our channel partners may offer customers competitive services from different companies. If our channel partners do not effectively market and sell our services, choose to use greater efforts to market and sell their own products or services or those of others, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business, sell our services and maintain our reputation may be adversely affected. Our contracts with our channel partners generally allow them to terminate their agreements for any reason upon 90 days’ notice. The loss of key channel partners, our possible inability to replace them, or the failure to recruit additional channel partners could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with these channel partners, our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows could be adversely affected.

We provide service level commitments under our subscription agreements and service disruptions could obligate us to provide refunds and we could face subscription terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue.

Our subscription agreements with customers provide certain service level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of downtime that exceed the periods allowed under our customer agreements, we could be required to pay refunds or face subscription terminations, either of which could significantly impact our revenue.

To date, we have suffered two significant service disruptions. The first occurred in 2013 and was a result of an equipment failure. Many of our customers in the United Kingdom experienced service disruptions for several hours. More recently, we experienced a service disruption in September 2015 as a result of an external network DDoS attack. Customers using our Secure Email Gateway service in the United States experienced downtime related to the delivery and receipt of external emails for several hours. The scope of the incident was limited to network traffic and no customer data was lost or compromised. As a result of the service disruption, we voluntarily provided service credits to affected customers in the year ended March 31, 2016, totaling approximately $0.4 million, all of which were paid as of March 31, 2016. While we have undertaken substantial remedial efforts to prevent future incidents like these, we cannot guarantee that future attacks or service disruptions will not occur. Any future attacks or service disruptions could adversely affect our reputation, our relationships with our existing customers and our ability to attract new customers, all of which would impact our future revenue and operating results.

Our customers depend on our customer support team to resolve technical issues relating to our services. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the ease of use of our services, on our reputation and on positive recommendations from our

11


 

existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to sell our services to existing and prospective customers.

If we are not able to provide successful updates, enhancements and features to our technology to, among other things, keep up with emerging cyber-threats and customer needs, our business could be adversely affected.

Our industry is marked by rapid technological developments and demand for new and enhanced services and features to meet the evolving IT needs of organizations. In particular, cyber-threats are becoming increasingly sophisticated and responsive to the new security measures designed to thwart them. If we fail to identify and respond to new and increasingly complex methods of attack and update our products to detect or prevent such threats, our business and reputation will suffer. The success of any new enhancements, features or services that we introduce depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of such enhancements, features or services. We may not be successful in either developing these modifications and enhancements or in bringing them to market in a timely fashion. Furthermore, modifications to existing technologies will increase our research and development expenses. If we are unable to successfully enhance our existing services to meet customer requirements, increase adoption and usage of our services, or develop new services, enhancements and features, our business and operating results will be harmed.

Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions for our services over the term of the agreement, downturns or upturns in new business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

We generally recognize subscription revenue from customers ratably on a straight-line basis over the terms of their subscription agreements, which are typically one year in duration. As a result, most of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to subscription agreements entered into during the previous fiscal year or quarter. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions with yearly terms in any one quarter may have a small impact on our operating revenue results for that quarter. However, such decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our services, and potential changes in our pricing policies, rate of expansion or retention rate may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods. Shifts in the mix of annual versus monthly subscription billings may also make it difficult to assess our business. We may also be unable to reduce our cost structure in line with a significant deterioration in sales. In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, while revenue is recognized over the life of the agreement with our customer. As a result, increased growth in the number of our customers could continue to result in our recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier periods of the terms of our agreements. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is recognized over the applicable subscription term.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our business.

Our functional currency and that of our subsidiaries is the local currency of each entity and our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. In our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, 50% of our revenue was denominated in U.S. dollars, 31% in British pounds, 15% in South African rand and 4% in other currencies. Given that our functional currency and that of our subsidiaries is the local currency of each entity, but our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, fluctuations in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar, the British pound, the South African rand and the Australian dollar could materially and adversely affect our business. There may be instances in which costs and revenue will not be matched with respect to currency denomination. We estimate that a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the British pound against the U.S. dollar would have increased or decreased our loss from operations by approximately $1.2 million in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 and that a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the South African rand against the U.S. dollar would have decreased or increased our loss from operations by approximately $1.7 million in our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. To date, we have not entered into any currency hedging contracts. As a result, to the extent we continue our expansion on a global basis, we expect that increasing portions of our revenue, cost of revenue, assets and liabilities will be subject to fluctuations in currency valuations. We may experience economic loss and a negative impact on earnings or net assets solely as a result of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

The United Kingdom held a referendum on June 23, 2016 in which a majority of voters approved an exit from the EU, or Brexit, and on March 29, 2017 the United Kingdom formally notified the EU of its intention to withdraw from the EU. A two-year period has now commenced during which the United Kingdom and the EU will negotiate the future terms of the United Kingdom's relationship with the EU, including, among other things, the terms of trade between the United Kingdom and the EU. The effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements the United Kingdom reaches to retain access to EU markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. The outcome of the referendum caused volatility in global stock markets and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, including the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the British Pound and the euro, which may continue or worsen as the outcome of the negotiations becomes clear.

12


 

We are dependent on the continued services and performance of our two founders, the loss of either of whom could adversely affect our business.

Our future performance depends upon contributions from our senior management team and, in particular, our two founders, Peter Bauer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Neil Murray, our Chief Technology Officer. If our senior management team, including any new hires that we may make, fails to work together effectively and to execute on our plans and strategies on a timely basis, our business could be harmed. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could have an adverse effect on our business. The loss of services of either Mr. Bauer or Mr. Murray could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives.

We depend on highly skilled personnel to grow and operate our business, and if we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, we may not be able to grow effectively.

Our success depends largely upon our continued ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel, including senior management, engineers, software developers, sales representatives and customer support representatives. Our growth strategy also depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Identifying, recruiting, training and integrating qualified individuals requires significant time, expense and attention of management. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing software and software as a service, or SaaS, applications, and for experienced sales professionals. We have, from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, prospective and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the actual or perceived value of our equity awards declines, or experiences significant volatility, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees. If we are not able to effectively recruit and retain qualified employees, our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will be adversely impacted, and our business will be harmed.

We are subject to a number of risks associated with global sales and operations.

We operate a global business with offices located in the United States, the United Kingdom, South Africa and Australia. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we generated 49% of our revenue from the United States, 33% from the United Kingdom, 15% from South Africa and 3% from the rest of the world. As a result, our sales and operations are subject to a number of risks and additional costs, including the following:

 

fluctuations in exchange rates between currencies in the markets where we do business;

 

risks associated with trade restrictions and additional legal requirements, including the exportation of our technology that is required in some of the countries in which we operate;

 

greater risk of unexpected changes in regulatory rules, regulations and practices, tariffs and tax laws and treaties;

 

compliance with multiple anti-bribery laws, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act;

 

heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies, and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, financial statements;

 

limited or uncertain protection of intellectual property rights in some countries and the risks and costs associated with monitoring and enforcing intellectual property rights abroad;

 

greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and managing collections in certain jurisdictions, as well as longer collection periods;

 

management communication and integration problems resulting from cultural and geographic dispersion;

 

social, economic and political instability, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general; and

 

potentially adverse tax consequences.

For example, Brexit may affect our results of operations in a number of ways, including increasing currency exchange risk, generating instability in the global financial markets or negatively impacting the economies of the United Kingdom or Europe.  In addition, because of our significant presence in the U.K., it is possible that Brexit may require us to restructure some or all of our operations. The long-term effects of Brexit will depend in part on any agreements the U.K. makes to retain access to markets in the

13


 

EU following the U.K.’s withdrawal from the EU. In addition, we expect that Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines which EU laws to replicate or replace. These and other factors could harm our ability to generate future global revenue and, consequently, materially impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

These and other factors could harm our ability to generate future global revenue and, consequently, materially impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Any serious disruptions in our services caused by defects in our software or otherwise may cause us to lose revenue and market acceptance.

Our customers use our services for the most critical aspects of their business, and any disruptions to our services or other performance problems with our services, however caused, could hurt our brand and reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. We provide regular updates, which may contain undetected errors when first introduced or released. In the past, we have discovered software errors, failures, vulnerabilities and bugs in our services after they have been released and new errors in our existing services may be detected in the future. Real or perceived errors, failures, system delays, interruptions, disruptions or bugs could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our services, loss of competitive position, delay of payment to us, lower renewal rates, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to mitigate or correct the problem. We seek to cap the liability to which we are exposed in the event of losses or harm to our customers, but we cannot be certain that we will obtain these caps or that these caps, if obtained, will be respected in all instances. We carry insurance; however, the amount of such insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for any losses that may result from claims arising from defects or disruptions in our services. As a result, we could lose future sales and our reputation and our brand could be harmed.

If the prices we charge for our services are unacceptable to our customers, our operating results will be harmed.

As the market for our services matures, or as new or existing competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at prices that are consistent with our pricing model and operating budget. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing model or reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross margin and operating results. Pricing decisions may also impact the mix of adoption among our subscription plans and negatively impact our overall revenue. Moreover, large enterprises, which may account for a larger portion of our business in the future, may demand substantial price concessions. If we are, for any reason, required to reduce our prices, our revenue, gross margin, profitability, financial position and cash flow may be adversely affected.

Our research and development efforts may not produce new services or enhancements to existing services that result in significant revenue or other benefits in the near future, if at all.

We invested 12% of our revenue in research and development in each of our fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. We expect to continue to dedicate significant financial and other resources to our research and development efforts in order to maintain our competitive position. However, investing in research and development personnel, developing new services and enhancing existing services is expensive and time-consuming, and there is no assurance that such activities will result in significant new marketable services, enhancements to existing services, design improvements, cost savings, revenue or other expected benefits. If we spend significant time and effort on research and development and are unable to generate an adequate return on our investment, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We have acquired, and may acquire in the future, other businesses, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our business strategy and in order to remain competitive, we may acquire, or make investments in, complementary companies, products or technologies. For example, in fiscal 2017, we acquired substantially all of the business of iSheriff, Inc., a cloud security provider.  Nevertheless, our acquisition experience to date remains limited, and as a result, our ability as an organization to acquire and integrate other companies, products or technologies in a successful manner is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition targets, and we may not be able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, analysts and investors. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating such acquisitions or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, while we will make significant efforts to address any information technology security issues with respect to any acquisitions, we may still inherit such risks when we integrate the acquired products and systems. Any integration process may require significant

14


 

time and resources, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquired business, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisitions, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the value of our ordinary shares. The sale of equity or issuance of debt to finance any such acquisitions could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations.

If the market for SaaS business software applications develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business would be adversely affected.

The expansion of the SaaS business applications market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with SaaS, as well as the ability of SaaS providers to address data security and privacy concerns. Additionally, government agencies have adopted, or may adopt, laws and regulations regarding the collection and use of personal information obtained from consumers and other individuals, or seek to access information on our platform, either of which may reduce the overall demand for our platform. If we or other SaaS providers experience data security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery, or other problems, the market for SaaS business applications, including our services, may be negatively affected.

Natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events could cause interruptions or performance problems associated with our information and technology infrastructure that could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.

We currently store our customers’ information within ten third-party data center hosting facilities located in ten locations around the world. As part of our current disaster recovery arrangements, our production environment and all of our customers’ data is currently replicated in near real-time in a facility located in a different location. We cannot provide assurance that the measures we have taken to eliminate single points of failure will be effective to prevent or minimize interruptions to our operations. Our facilities are vulnerable to interruption or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct. Any damage to, or failure of, our systems generally could result in interruptions in our service. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenue, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rate and our ability to attract new customers. Our business and reputation will also be harmed if our existing and potential customers believe our service is unreliable. The occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Even with the disaster recovery arrangements, our service could be interrupted. As we continue to add data centers and add capacity in our existing data centers, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data. Any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service. Further, as we continue to grow and scale our business to meet the needs of our customers, additional burdens may be placed on our hosting facilities.

We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our services, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Our services incorporate and rely on certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software and development tools in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of the software used in our services with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources and delays in the release of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. A licensor may have difficulties keeping up with technological changes or may stop supporting the software or other intellectual property that it licensed to us. Also, to the extent that our services depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our services, delay new services introductions, result in a failure of our services, and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into additional license agreements with third parties on terms that may not be favorable to us.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part on our intellectual property. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. As of March 31, 2017, we have 8 patents issued and 14 patent applications pending in the United States. We also have 4 patents issued

15


 

and 5 patent applications pending for examination in non-U.S. jurisdictions. We may not be able to obtain any further patents, and our pending applications may not result in the issuance of patents. We have issued patents and pending patent applications outside the United States, and we may have to expend significant resources to obtain additional patents as we expand our international operations due to the cost of monitoring and protecting our rights across multiple jurisdictions.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Failure to adequately enforce our intellectual property rights could also result in the impairment or loss of those rights. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws offer us only limited protection and the laws of many of the countries in which we sell our services do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the United States and Europe. Accordingly, defense of our trademarks and proprietary technology may become an increasingly important issue as we continue to expand our operations and solution development into countries that provide a lower level of intellectual property protection than the United States or Europe. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property and technology is difficult and the steps we take may not prevent misappropriation of the intellectual property or technology on which we rely. For example, in the event of inadvertent or malicious disclosure of our proprietary technology, trade secret laws may no longer afford protection to our intellectual property rights in the areas not otherwise covered by patents or copyrights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could materially adversely affect our brand and our business.

We may elect to initiate litigation in the future to enforce or protect our proprietary rights or to determine the validity and scope of the rights of others. That litigation may not be ultimately successful and could result in substantial costs to us, the reduction or loss in intellectual property protection for our technology, the diversion of our management’s attention and harm to our reputation, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends, in part, on our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities, including non-practicing entities, which are entities that have no operating business but exist purely as collectors of patents, and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry.

From time to time, certain third parties have claimed that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. In the future, we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We closely monitor all such claims and none of the claims by the third parties have resulted in litigation, but legal actions by such parties are still possible. In addition, we cannot assure you that actions by other third parties alleging infringement by us of third-party patents or other intellectual property will not be asserted or prosecuted against us. In the future, others may claim that our services and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. We may also be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. Under all of our sales contracts, we are obligated to indemnify our customers and channel partners against third-party infringement claims, and we may also be obligated to pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify services or refund fees, any of which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

16


 

Confidentiality arrangements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our technology, business operations and business plans. In order to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors, advisers, channel partners, resellers and customers. These arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, if others independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. Effective trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our services are available or where we have employees or independent contractors. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our solutions by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and employment laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that our employees or contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers or other parties.

We could in the future be subject to claims that employees or contractors, or we, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors or other parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending against such claims, a court could order us to pay substantial damages and prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our solutions, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of these parties. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop, market and support potential solutions or enhancements, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, such litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

The use of open source software in our offerings may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property.

Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on unfavorable terms or at no cost. This can subject previously proprietary software to open source license terms.

We monitor and control our use of open source software in an effort to avoid unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products and solutions and believe that our compliance with the obligations under the various applicable licenses has mitigated the risks that we have triggered any such conditions or restrictions. However, such use may have inadvertently occurred in the development and offering of our products and solutions. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software that we have licensed from such third-party, we could be subject to the obligations and requirements of the applicable open source software licenses. This could harm our intellectual property position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to successfully commercialize our products and solutions. For example, certain open source software licenses may be interpreted to require that we offer our products or solutions that use the open source software for no cost; that we make available the source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software (or that we grant third parties the right to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, or otherwise derive such source code); that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license; or that otherwise impose limitations, restrictions or conditions on our ability to use, license, host, or distribute our products and solutions in a manner that limits our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

We could, therefore, be subject to claims alleging that we have not complied with the restrictions or limitations of the applicable open source software license terms or that our use of open source software infringes the intellectual property rights of a third-party. In that event, we could incur significant legal expenses, be subject to significant damages, be enjoined from further sale and distribution of our products or solutions that use the open source software, be required to pay a license fee, be forced to reengineer our products and solutions, or be required to comply with the foregoing conditions of the open source software licenses (including the release of the

17


 

source code to our proprietary software), any of which could adversely affect our business. Even if these claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, the time and resources necessary to resolve them could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Additionally, the use of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as open source software does not come with warranties or other contractual protections regarding indemnification, infringement claims or the quality of the code.

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries. Furthermore, one or more jurisdictions in which we do not believe we are currently subject to tax payment, withholding, or filing requirements, could assert that we are subject to such requirements. Any of these claims or assertions could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.

We are subject to governmental export controls and funds dealings restrictions that could impair our ability to compete in certain international markets and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our software and services may be subject to export controls and we may also be subject to restrictions or prohibitions on transactions with, or on dealing in funds transfers to/from, certain embargoed jurisdictions and sanctioned persons and entities, pursuant to the U.K. Export Control Organisation’s restrictions, the U.K. Treasury’s restrictions, the EU Council Regulations, the United States Department of Commerce’s Export Administration Regulations, the economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and United States Department of State, and similar laws that may apply in other jurisdictions in which we operate or sell or distribute our services. Export control and economic sanctions laws include prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and services to certain embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons and entities, as well as restrictions or prohibitions on dealing in funds to/from those countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption items and technology through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our services or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our services in those countries.

The exportation, re-exportation, and importation of our software and services, including by our channel partners, must comply with applicable laws or else we may be adversely affected, through reputational harm, government investigations, penalties, and/or a denial or curtailment of our ability to export our services. Although we take precautions to prevent our services from being provided in violation of such laws, our services may have been in the past, and could in the future be, provided in violation of such laws.

In 2008, an order was placed by a third-party U.K. reseller of Mimecast Services Limited, or MSL, our U.K. operating company, for ongoing email archiving services to Persia International Bank, or PIB, which is based in London, United Kingdom. On July 27, 2010, PIB was named as a designated person on the EU Council Regulation against Iran. In March 2015, we determined that the provision of services after July 26, 2010 by MSL to PIB may have constituted an indirect breach by us of EU Council Regulation 267/2012. We terminated the PIB account with the U.K. reseller in April 2015 and also determined that no payments had been received by us from our channel partner related to this account since April 2014 and that the total revenue recognized by us over the life of the account was less than £12,500. On October 25, 2007, PIB had previously been included on the U.S. List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons under Executive Order 13382. The designation was amended on August 16, 2010 to add a designation under the Iranian Financial Sanctions Regulations. In January 2016, the EU lifted the sanctions on PIB and its shareholder banks, Bank Mellat and Bank Tejarat. Based on our review, because of the U.K. nexus to the activities, we believe this sale did not constitute a violation of U.S. trade sanctions administered by United States Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control. However, we may experience reputational harm as a result of the transaction by our U.K. operating company. We have since implemented additional export control compliance management oversight and have undertaken remedial measures and additional screenings to reduce the risk of similar events occurring in the future.

If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, it could result in substantial fines and penalties for us and for the individuals working for us, including civil penalties of up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation, and in the event of conviction for a criminal violation, fines of up to $1 million and possible incarceration for

18


 

responsible employees and managers for willful and knowing violations. Under the terms of applicable regulations, each instance in which a company provides goods or services may be considered a separate violation. If we are found to be in violation of U.K. sanctions or export controls, it could also result in unlimited fines for us and responsible employees and managers, as well as imprisonment of up to two years for responsible employees and managers.

Changes in our software or services, or changes in export, sanctions or import laws, may delay the introduction and sale of our services in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our software or services or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our software or services to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate for a variety of reasons and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly operating results, including the levels of our revenue, gross margin, profitability, cash flow and deferred revenue, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuations in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our ordinary shares. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include, but are not limited to:

 

foreign exchange rates;

 

our ability to attract new customers;

 

our revenue retention rate;

 

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

network outages or security breaches;

 

general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

increases or decreases in the number of features in our services or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

 

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

new variations in sales of our services, which has historically been highest in the fourth quarter of a given fiscal year;

 

the timing and success of new services and service introductions by us and our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic partners; and

 

the impact of acquisitions.

Our credit agreement contains operating and financial covenants that may adversely impact our business and the failure to comply with such covenants could prevent us from borrowing funds and could cause any outstanding debt to become immediately payable.

Our credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank contains operating and financial restrictions and covenants, including the prohibition of the incurrence of further indebtedness and liens, the prohibition of certain investments, the prohibition against paying dividends and redeeming or repurchasing capital stock, restrictions against merger and consolidation transactions and restrictions against the disposition of assets. This agreement requires us to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio and a minimum annual recurring revenue amount during its term, and is subject to acceleration upon a material change in control (as defined therein). These restrictions and covenants, as well as those contained in any future financing agreements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations and to engage in, expand or otherwise pursue our business activities and strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and breaches of these covenants could result in a default under the credit agreement and any future financial agreements that we may enter into. If not waived, defaults could cause our outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and any future financing agreements that we may enter into to become immediately due and payable. In addition, we have entered into capital lease agreements in the past and plan to enter into such agreements in the future.  These agreements may contain similar restrictions as the ones described above, which may impact the manner in which we operate our business.  

19


 

If we need to raise additional capital to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future and cannot raise it on acceptable terms or at all, our ability to compete successfully may be harmed.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, unforeseen circumstances may arise which may mean that we may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the value of our ordinary shares could decline. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, if at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

develop and enhance our services;

 

continue to expand our research and development, sales and marketing organizations;

 

hire, train and retain key employees;

 

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

 

pursue acquisition opportunities.

Our inability to do any of the foregoing could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain whether the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Most of such requirements relate to disclosures that we would only be required to make if we cease to be a foreign private issuer in the future. Nevertheless, as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for up to five fiscal years after the date of our initial public offering, which occurred in November 2015. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion (as may be inflation-adjusted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, from time to time); (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. When we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result of our reliance on exemptions under the JOBS Act. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and Our Organization in Jersey

Our share price has been and may continue to be volatile.

The market price of our ordinary shares may decline.  In addition, the market price of our ordinary shares could be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially as a result of many factors, many of which we cannot control, including:

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts;

 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, changes in service provider relationships, acquisitions or expansion plans;

 

changes in the prices of our services or those of our competitors;

 

our involvement in litigation;

 

our sale of ordinary shares or other securities in the future;

 

market conditions in our industry;

 

changes in key personnel;

20


 

 

the trading volume of our ordinary shares;

 

changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and

 

general economic and market conditions.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. If we were involved in any similar litigation we could incur substantial costs and our management’s attention and resources could be diverted.

If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which could cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to pay dividends and investors should not buy our ordinary shares expecting to receive dividends.

We do not anticipate that we will declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future, and our ability to do so may be constrained by restrictions in our current and future debt arrangements and by Jersey law. Consequently, you will only realize an economic gain on your investment in our ordinary shares if the price appreciates. You should not purchase our ordinary shares expecting to receive cash dividends. Since we do not pay dividends, and if we are not successful in establishing an orderly trading market for our shares, then you may not have any manner to liquidate or receive any payment on your investment. Therefore our failure to pay dividends may cause you to not see any return on your investment even if we are successful in our business operations. In addition, because we do not pay dividends we may have trouble raising additional funds which could affect our ability to expand our business operations.

The market price of our ordinary shares could be negatively affected by future sales of our ordinary shares.

Sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline or could impair our ability to raise capital through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, our equity securities.

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form F-3, commonly referred to as a “shelf registration,” that permits us to sell in a registered offering up to $50 million of our securities at our discretion.  The shelf registration was declared effective by the SEC on March 14, 2017.  While we have no current plans to conduct an offering of securities under the shelf registration statement, our plans could change at any time. In addition, the shelf registration statement also covers the registration of 20,539,030 ordinary shares held by our existing shareholders.  By agreement, these shareholders are entitled to demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for resale into the public markets and they could affect their rights by requiring that we initiate an offering under the shelf registration statement.

In addition to our current shareholders’ registration rights and our existing shelf registration statement, as of March 31, 2017, we had outstanding options and unvested restricted share units to purchase 8,709,347 shares under our equity incentive plans and had an additional 7,520,116 shares available for future grant.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

As a foreign private issuer, in reliance on the listing rules of NASDAQ, which permit a foreign private issuer to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country, we are permitted to follow certain Jersey corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the corporate governance standards for U.S. domestic issuers. We currently do not, and do not intend to, take advantage of any such exemptions. We may in the future elect to follow Jersey home country practices with regard to matters such as the formation and composition of our board of directors, the compensation and nominating and corporate governance

21


 

committees, separate sessions of independent directors and the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events (such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity-based compensation plans, issuances that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company).

Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ corporate governance rules that apply to U.S. domestic issuers. Following our home country governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a United States company listed on NASDAQ may provide less protection than is accorded to investors of domestic issuers.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the provisions of Regulation FD or U.S. proxy rules and are exempt from filing certain Exchange Act reports.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of requirements under U.S. securities laws that apply to public companies that are not foreign private issuers. In particular, we are exempt from the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file annual and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we are generally exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. We are also exempt from the provisions of Regulation FD, which prohibits the selective disclosure of material nonpublic information to, among others, broker-dealers and holders of a company’s securities under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that the holder will trade in the company’s securities on the basis of the information. Even though it is our policy to comply voluntarily with Regulation FD, these exemptions and leniencies will reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are entitled as an investor.

We are not required to comply with the proxy rules applicable to U.S. domestic companies, including the requirement applicable to emerging growth companies to disclose the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and the other two most highly compensated executive officers on an individual, rather than an aggregate, basis.

We would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain foreign private issuer status. Although we have elected to comply with certain U.S. regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would also be required to follow U.S. proxy disclosure requirements, including the requirement to disclose more detailed information about the compensation of our senior executive officers on an individual basis. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

We expect to lose our foreign private issuer status effective April 1, 2018, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We are currently a foreign private issuer and, therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) a majority of our ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b) (i) a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, (ii) more than fifty-percent (50%) of our assets cannot be located in the United States and (iii) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. A foreign private issuer must determine its status on the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter which in our case is September, and a change in status (if any) would take effect as of the first day of the following fiscal year. If a foreign private issuer no longer satisfies these requirements, it will become subject to U.S. domestic reporting requirements on the first day of its fiscal year immediately succeeding such determination. We expect to lose this status as of April 1, 2018 and, accordingly, we will be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We will also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NASDAQ rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that the loss of foreign private issuer status will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities highly time consuming and costly.

22


 

We must maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our ordinary shares.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules adopted by the SEC, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. This assessment includes disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective.

In addition, once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and lose the ability to rely on the exemptions related thereto discussed above, our independent registered public accounting firm will also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 which will lead to increased costs. Our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. We are also required to disclose significant changes made in our internal control procedures on a quarterly basis. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts.

Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when it is required to issue such opinion, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

A change in our tax residence could have a negative effect on our future profitability.

Although we are organized under the laws of Jersey, our affairs are, and are intended to continue to be, managed and controlled in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and therefore we are resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. and Jersey tax purposes. It is possible that in the future, whether as a result of a change in law or the practice of any relevant tax authority or as a result of any change in the conduct of our affairs or for any other reason, we could become, or be regarded as having become, a resident in a jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom. If we cease to be a U.K. tax resident, we may be subject to a charge to U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains on our assets and to unexpected tax charges in other jurisdictions on our income. Similarly, if the tax residency of any of our subsidiaries were to change from their current jurisdiction for any of the reasons listed above, we may be subject to a charge to local capital gains tax on the assets.

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct operations world-wide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our company and its subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arm’s length and that appropriate documentation is maintained to support the transfer pricing. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. In addition, if the country from which the income is reallocated does not agree with the reallocation, both countries could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Double taxation should be mitigated in these circumstances where the affiliated parties that are subject to the transfer pricing adjustments are able to benefit from any applicable double taxation agreement.

23


 

Our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards may be subject to limitation.

As of March 31, 2017, we had approximately $23.7 million, $28.0 million, $18.9 million, and $11.9 million in U.K., U.S. federal, U.S. state, and Australia net operating losses, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, we also had a $0.3 million U.K. income tax credit carryforward and a $0.1 million US income tax credit carryforward. Each jurisdiction in which we operate may have its own limitations on our ability to utilize net operating losses or tax credit carryovers generated in that jurisdiction that may increase our U.K. and/or foreign income tax liability.

U.S. holders of our ordinary shares could be subject to material adverse tax consequences if we are considered a Passive Foreign Investment Company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We do not believe that we were a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the tax year ending March 31, 2017 and do not expect to be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the tax year. We also do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future, but the possible status as a PFIC must be determined annually and therefore may be subject to change. If we are at any time treated as a PFIC, such treatment could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to U.S. holders of our ordinary shares and may cause a reduction in the value of such shares. Furthermore, if we are at any time treated as a PFIC, U.S. holders of our ordinary shares could be subject to greater U.S. income tax liability than might otherwise apply, imposition of U.S. income tax in advance of when tax would otherwise apply and detailed tax filing requirements that would not otherwise apply. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, “U.S. holders” include individuals and various entities. A corporation is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of all its total gross assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, passive income includes certain dividends, interest, royalties and rents that are not derived in the active conduct of a trade or business. The PFIC rules are complex and a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares is urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules to it in its particular circumstances. For information on the U.S. federal tax implications on U.S. holders, see “Item 10.—Additional Information—E. Taxation.”

U.S. shareholders may not be able to enforce civil liabilities against us.

A number of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the U.S., and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

There is also a doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales and Jersey, whether by original actions or by seeking to enforce judgments of U.S. courts, of claims based on the federal securities laws of the U.S. In addition, punitive damages in actions brought in the U.S. or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England and Wales and Jersey.

The rights afforded to shareholders are governed by Jersey law. Not all rights available to shareholders under English law or U.S. law will be available to shareholders.

The rights afforded to shareholders will be governed by Jersey law and by our Articles of Association, and these rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical English companies and U.S. corporations. In particular, Jersey law significantly limits the circumstances under which shareholders of companies may bring derivative actions and, in most cases, only the corporation may be the proper claimant or plaintiff for the purposes of maintaining proceedings in respect of any wrongful act committed against it. Neither an individual nor any group of shareholders has any right of action in such circumstances. In addition, Jersey law does not afford appraisal rights to dissenting shareholders in the form typically available to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

 

24


 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

Mimecast Limited was incorporated under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey with company number 119119 on July 28, 2015 as a public company limited by shares. On November 4, 2015, Mimecast Limited became the holding company of Mimecast UK, a private limited company incorporated in 2003 under the laws of England and Wales, and its subsidiaries by way of a share-for-share exchange in which the shareholders of Mimecast UK exchanged their shares in Mimecast UK for an identical number of shares of the same class in Mimecast Limited. Following the exchange, the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast UK became the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast Limited, of which the consolidated financial statements as of and for the three years ended March 31, 2017 are included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. On November 19, 2015, we completed our initial public offering, or IPO, in which we issued and sold 7,750,000 ordinary shares at a public offering price of $10.00 per share. Our ordinary shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MIME”.

B. Business Overview

We are a leading global provider of next-generation cloud security and risk management services for corporate information and email. Our fully-integrated suite of proprietary cloud services protects customers of all sizes from the significant business and data security risks to which their email system exposes them. We protect customers from today’s rapidly changing threat landscape where email has become a powerful attack vector and data leak concern. We also mitigate the significant business disruption that email failure or downtime causes. In addition, our archiving services secure, store and manage critical corporate communications and information to address growing compliance and e-discovery requirements and enable customers to use this increasing archive of information to improve employee productivity.

Email is a critical tool for organizations of all sizes. Protecting and managing email has become more complicated due to expanding security and compliance requirements and the rapid increase in both the volume and the importance of the information transmitted via email. Organizations are increasingly at risk from security breaches of sensitive data as sophisticated email-based attacks or data leaks have become more common. Additionally, organizations are not just using email for communication, they are also increasing their use of email archives as an active repository of vital corporate information needed to meet compliance requirements and support employee productivity. As a result, email represents one of the highest concentrations of business risk that organizations may face.

Traditional approaches to addressing these risks leave customers managing disparate point products from multiple vendors that are often hard to use, costly to manage, difficult to scale, can fail to fully address today’s increasing and rapidly changing threats, and limit the use of corporate information to enhance productivity. These approaches also suffer from inefficient over-provisioning because of the need to resource for occasional peak demand. The resulting infrastructure complexity caused by disparate products and legacy architectures also makes it difficult to move more IT workloads to the cloud, which continues to be an increasing priority of organizations of all sizes.

We developed our proprietary cloud architecture to offer customers comprehensive email security, continuity and archiving capabilities delivered from a single platform that makes it easier for them to protect themselves effectively in a worsening and rapidly changing security and risk environment. Providing a fully-integrated service also simplifies ongoing management and service deployment. Customers can then decommission the often costly and complex point products and on-premises technology they have traditionally used to address these risks. We also make it easier for customers to move more of their IT workloads to the cloud.

We serve approximately 26,400 customers and protect millions of their employees across the world. Our service scales effectively to meet the needs of customers of all sizes and we have optimized our sales organization and channel to address each segment effectively. We have more than 900 employees in nine offices in the United States, the United Kingdom, South Africa and Australia. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our revenue was $186.6 million, $141.8 million and $116.1 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 32% for 2017 and 22% for 2016. Revenue growth on a constant currency basis was 39% and 30% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our net loss was $5.4 million and $3.2 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Industry Background

Email is a critical tool for organizations of all sizes. Email also captures a comprehensive history of corporate activity, knowledge and data vital for day-to-day business operations and employee productivity. Consequently, email needs protection and the technology needed to do this has extended well beyond the mailbox itself to include additional security, continuity and archiving services, all of which have typically been offered by separate vendors with different approaches.

25


 

Email is Critical to all Organizations

Email continues to be the primary way organizations exchange information and communicate externally and internally. According to a 2015 report by The Radicati Group, Inc., employees spend 2.38 hours of their work day on email. They also predict that the number of business emails sent each day worldwide will grow from 112.5 billion in 2015 to 128.8 billion in 2019, and the number of business email users will grow from 922 million to over 1 billion in the same period. Every customer segment and region will experience growth.

In addition, many other critical IT systems depend on email to operate effectively. For example, sales, customer relationship management, human resources, finance and marketing systems typically rely on email for workflow management, important notifications and other functions, making email continuity and disaster recovery technologies particularly vital to the overall operations of an organization.

The Amount of Critical and Sensitive Data in Email Archives is Growing Rapidly

According to the 2015 Radicati Group report, the average email storage per business user will grow by 65% between 2016 and 2020. The value of this archive of sensitive corporate data contained in email grows with every email or file exchanged. Traditionally, protecting and storing this archive has been a priority for compliance or risk officers, but the email archive is increasingly being used by employees as their primary repository to save and access important information. A December 2016 report by Gartner 1 estimates that “by 2021, over 35% of email archiving for regulatory compliance and retention management will be done through the native email platform, up from 10% today.”

 

A ctively managing these dramatically expanding email archives with traditional on-premises storage technology is costly, so organizations are turning to cloud-based services to meet their archiving needs. A December 2016 report by Gartner 1  states that “archiving as a service (a.k.a. SaaS) for messaging content has rapidly surpassed on-premises archiving as the preferred deployment model for most organizations. Gartner sees over 70% of new or replacement email archiving implementations as being cloud-based.  Aging on-premises archiving platforms are being replaced by more modern solutions, and migration from one archive to another, although difficult, has become commonplace.”

 

According to Forrester Research, Inc., e-discovery is firmly on the technology manager’s radar. E-Discovery continues to rise as a high or critical priority for enterprise architects and technology decision-makers. Forty-Eight percent of surveyed North American and European security technology decision-makers cited e-discovery as “critical” or “high-priority”.

Email is a Primary Security Target for Advanced Cyberattacks

In recent years, there has been an increase in the number of high profile security breaches, data leaks, extortion and fraud attacks using email. Well organized and funded, including state-backed, hackers and cybercriminals are targeting organizations to disrupt their operations, steal money and sensitive corporate data, and gain access to valuable intellectual property. Email is often the primary target for these external attacks as well as the source of damaging data leaks from insiders, whether accidental or malicious.

Spear-phishing and other social engineering attacks using email have become a widespread and effective attack technique against organizations of all sizes. These attacks are designed to trick the recipient into sharing sensitive data or wiring funds as well as opening a malicious link or attachment leading to a malware infection. Many of the highest profile data breaches have been the result of phishing attacks, including the Anthem Healthcare breach in 2016, the Sony Entertainment attack in 2014 and the Home Depot breach in 2014. More recently, business email compromise attacks (also known as CEO fraud or whaling) are becoming common. According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation, there were $2.3 billion in losses from these types of attacks reported from October 2013 to February 2016. These attacks are not limited to large enterprises.

In addition to advanced and targeted threats, spam and other email-based cyber scams remain a significant problem for organizations, especially as the volume of emails continues to increase.

As a result of the widespread impact of phishing attacks, the disruption of spam and the magnitude of recent data breaches, organizations are elevating the priority of IT security projects.

Data Protection, Cybersecurity and Data Privacy are Key Compliance and Regulatory Concerns for all Organizations

Governments, regulators and industry groups globally continue to enact or amend legislation and standards regarding data protection, cybersecurity and data privacy. Examples of such laws in the United States include HIPAA, Graham-Leach-Bliley, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Countries in Europe have each adopted their own laws under the Data Protection Directive adopted in 1995,

26


 

which will be superseded in May 2018 by GDPR These laws place growing obligations on organizations of all sizes, particularly those in regulated industries, to store, protect, process, share and transmit data safely, or risk significant sanctions as well as the threat of civil litigation. In addition, email communications, and the data they contain, may need to be produced as evidence in litigation or may be necessary to address legal, regulatory or internal queries that may arise in the future. This makes secure email archiving and the ability to access and search data an increasingly critical requirement.

Restrictions IT Teams Put on Email Create New Security Risks

As employees seek to become more productive, exchange files and collaborate, email usage and archive sizes continue to grow, placing greater demands on email resources. Meanwhile, IT teams are under pressure to reduce storage costs and improve infrastructure performance, and this often leads them to take steps to limit unfettered usage of email. This can include blocking large file sending to avoid choking network traffic and putting a file size limit on inboxes to reduce storage infrastructure, which makes it difficult for employees to use the email archive as their primary communication and file store. The frustration this creates can cause employees to seek solutions outside the secure corporate network, such as Dropbox and other web-based file sharing sites, increasing the risk of data leakage and making it difficult for the compliance department to monitor data traffic within and outside the organization.

Email Downtime is Disruptive to Employee Productivity

Given the critical nature of email for business communication and the importance of the information archive, email outages have become increasingly disruptive and costly because of the resulting impact on employee productivity. Employees are accustomed to being “always on” and accessing their email and data from mobile phones, tablets and other handheld devices, in addition to desktop devices. According to a report by Osterman Research, Inc., email systems experience a 53-minute mean of unplanned downtime each month, or 10.6 hours each year. Osterman estimates that employees become 25% less productive when their email system is down. This impact is not only felt in an outage, since organizations also must plan for regular maintenance and schedule downtime usually after hours with resulting higher labor costs.

IT Workloads, Including Business Productivity Tools, are Moving to the Cloud

Organizations of all sizes are adopting cloud-based technologies to reduce the cost and complexity of their IT infrastructure and increase performance and flexibility. A recent March 2017 Gartner report 2 states that “through 2018, about 80% of organizations will increase their IT spending on cloud services despite moderate increases in overall IT spending.”

This trend is a continuation of the disruptive shift that is seen elsewhere in the application market as a number of high growth SaaS vendors continue to attract critical IT workloads from on-premises technologies to the cloud. Leading cloud infrastructure vendors such as Amazon Web Services® and Microsoft Azure® are also seeing significant growth as organizations of all sizes adopt their offerings.

As organizations consider which workloads to move to the cloud, IT teams are looking beyond moving infrastructure and looking to shift traditional productivity tools to Microsoft Office 365® or G-Suite from Google®. “Gartner estimates that in the third quarter of 2016, 20% to 25% of business users were provisioned (in whole or in part) with office system capabilities from the cloud, including the hybrid deployments…” The November 2016 report 3   states they “expect this percentage to double by 2018 and grow to at least 70% by 2021.”

Business Email Mailboxes are Moving to the Cloud, but this Creates New Risks to Mitigate

While business email continues to grow, the number of on-premises mailboxes will decline as organizations put them into the cloud. Organizations that move their primary email service to Microsoft Office 365® or Google face significant risks from their single vendor exposure as they depend on one company for a reliable service, comprehensive threat protection and guaranteed data integrity.

These risks will only increase as services like Microsoft Office 365® become more popular over time. With more organizations relying on the same hosting infrastructure, any outage or downtime can cause severe industry-wide disruption. Also attacking Microsoft Office 365® or Google is increasingly attractive for cyber criminals because they know they only have to find a way to attack the single security stack used by these hosting providers to access multiple targets. This attack scenario is more efficient than targeting organizations one at a time.

As a result, we believe that most organizations prefer to have third-party security, continuity and archiving providers in place to reduce their risk posture and provide additional layers of redundancy and enhanced service quality. As organizations adopt cloud infrastructure services, they increase spending on securing these workloads with cloud-based security products.

27


 

Traditional Email Security, Continuity and Archiving Alternatives can be Inadequate and may not Address Increasing Customer Requirements and Protect against Next Generation Security Threats

As the threat landscape becomes more dynamic and complex, and customers want to put more critical IT workloads into the cloud, we believe the point products and traditional architectures that address email security, continuity and archiving will not be able to adequately address increasing customer requirements.

Point Products are Inflexible and only Address Part of the Problem

To address their security, continuity and archiving needs, many organizations have deployed a complex array of disparate or point products on-premises, or cloud-based versions hosted by the vendor.

These technologies are typically from multiple vendors, sometimes developed in-house or use features that shipped with the mail server and only address narrow uses and problems. They can be difficult to integrate, inflexible, unreliable, complex and expensive to manage, particularly as email and data volumes grow. The growing complexity associated with broader IT risks and the escalation of security threats requires a solution that is integrated and agile, and increasingly cloud-based as organizations move more IT workloads there. As a result, organizations who rely on traditional point products will struggle to adapt their infrastructure cost-effectively for today’s email requirements.

Traditional On-Premises or Hosted Architectures have Performance Limitations and are Expensive

Existing technologies, whether on-premises or hosted, are typically built on a single-tenant architecture, which requires extra provisioning to plan for occasional peak volumes and unplanned circumstances for each customer. This approach is inefficient and expensive as it requires a higher minimum investment for each implementation than a native cloud approach that utilizes pooled provisioning across multiple tenants. Hosted “cloud” versions of an on-premises approach rely on the same single-tenant IT architecture as the on-premises version that limits scalability, is inflexible, hard to update rapidly and more expensive to deploy and manage.

Large enterprises that have invested heavily in traditional on-premises technology to address their mounting email risks are increasingly finding themselves exposed as these systems are not adequate or agile enough to adapt to the evolving threat landscape. Smaller and mid-market organizations are also at risk and often more vulnerable as they lack the same level of IT resources or budgets to counter these threats with many having purchased limited security technology. In addition, many small businesses have poor cybersecurity, lacking things like anti-phishing email measures, a chief cybersecurity officer, data encryption, or off-site backups of their websites.

Organizations Need a New Approach to Email Security and Management

The limitations of traditional security and archiving technologies mean customers need to rethink their approach to protecting email and corporate information. Customers want to mitigate the risks they face from email, reduce the overall cost and complexity, and move more of their workloads to the cloud.

According to the new Worldwide Semiannual Public Cloud Services Spending Guide from International Data Corporation, or IDC, worldwide spending on public cloud services will grow at a 19.4% compound annual growth rate -- almost six times the rate of overall IT spending growth – from nearly $70 billion in 2015 to more than $141 billion in 2019. The new spending guide expands on IDC's previous public cloud services forecasts by offering greater detail on industry and geographic spending levels.

SaaS, will remain the dominant cloud computing type, capturing more than two thirds of all public cloud spending through most of the forecast period.

We believe organizations are ultimately looking to implement a multi-layered cyber security and resilience strategy that delivers protection of users, data and operations from the risks arising from technological failure, human error and malicious intent. The risks also increase with organizations migrating to Microsoft Office 365®, as it is a complex email solution that is a high value and high profile target. Organizations also need robust continuity options to solve for unpredictable events that cause an outage to email and result in disruption to business. A multi-layered cyber security and resilience approach is needed in order to address the diverse threats and diverse data classifications within a single data environment.

28


 

Meeting this growing customer demand requires an email and data security cloud service that meets the following requirements:

 

Integrated Offering . By bringing multiple requirements into one unified service, the next-generation email service would help the organization reduce the complexity and cost of managing point technologies from disparate vendors and bring additional benefits from new capabilities made possible due to unification.

 

Strong Technology . As organizations substitute specialized products provided by different vendors with a unified email service, it is imperative that the individual products are as good, or better, than those being replaced. Organizations are not willing to compromise on performance or security at a product level.

 

Native Cloud . As organizations shift workloads to the cloud, and move away from retaining on-premises or single tenant hosted cloud infrastructure, today’s email security and information management technology must be natively cloud-based eliminating the need for local software and hardware, virtual machines and device hosting.

 

Built for Scale . As email traffic and data storage continues to increase dramatically, the risk of threats escalates and the need for real-time, on-demand email access becomes more prominent, organizations cannot compromise on email performance and availability. The ideal solution must be easily scalable to match customer demand and be able to handle large volumes.

 

Easy to Deploy and Manage . A cloud platform should simplify the process of service updates, new product deployments and on-boarding. System improvements should also be handled centrally, reducing this burden for the customers’ own IT team. A unified service also means it should be managed from a single administration console.

 

Adaptable to Customer Needs. With the rapidly shifting threat landscape and other IT requirements, customer email needs are continuously evolving, and it is important that email and information management solutions adapt quickly to help organizations keep pace with changing risks and enhance productivity.

 

Lower Total Cost of Ownership . The new approach for corporate email security, continuity and archiving should solve the current problems of integration, performance and scalability while simplifying the IT email infrastructure, reducing the initial capital outlay, recurring maintenance costs and the growing storage costs that many companies face as their volumes scale.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sources:

1 Gartner, Magic Quadrant for Enterprise Information Archiving, Author: Alan Dayley et al. Published 05 December 2016

2 Gartner: Forecast Overview: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2017 Update Author: David Edward Ackerman et al. Published 31 March 2017

3 Gartner: Current State of Cloud Office and What to Do About It Author: Jeffrey Mann, Published 15 November 2016.

 

29


 

Our Market Opportunity

The U.S. Census Bureau estimates there are approximately 5.8 million organizations employing 121.1 million employees in the United States. Among them, there are over 610,000 small and mid-size organizations, which are defined as those organizations employing 20 to 4,999 employees that together have approximately 59 million employees. Based on recent Gartner reports, combined spending in markets catering to enterprise information and email security, continuity and archiving, which include secure email gateway, backup and recovery software, e-discovery software and data loss prevention, was $9.4 billion in 2014 and will grow to $11.5 billion in 2017. We believe there is a considerable need for a comprehensive integrated cloud solution that can address the needs of customers in these markets.

 

Chart created by Mimecast based on Gartner research.

Sources:

 

1.

 

(Secure Email Gateway, Data Loss Prevention) *Forecast: Information Security, Worldwide, 2014-2021, 1Q17 Update Published: 18 May 2017

 

2.

 

(Backup & Recovery Software) Forecast: Enterprise Software Markets, Worldwide, 2014-2021, 1Q17 Update - 20 March 2017*

 

3.

 

Gartner, The State of E-Discovery in 2015 and Beyond - February 2015, Gartner Foundational May 13, 2016

*All figures based on constant dollars in the above referenced reports.

We believe our immediate opportunity is to replace incumbent email security, continuity and archiving vendors. As we extend our products into adjacent areas, we anticipate this will open up additional opportunities beyond this to take further market share in a wider range of enterprise security and data management markets. We also expect to benefit from the growing popularity of cloud email services, specifically Microsoft Office 365® and Google, and the customer need for complementary security, archiving, back-up and continuity services.

The Gartner reports described herein (the “Gartner Reports”) represent research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner Inc., and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner reports are subject to change without notice.

30


 

Our Solution

Our fully-integrated suite of cloud services for security, continuity and archiving is designed to protect email and deliver comprehensive email risk management beyond the primary mail server. We protect customers from the growing threat from email and to the corporate data it contains from malware, spam, data leaks and advanced threats like spear-phishing. We also help organizations securely and cost effectively archive their growing email and file repositories to support employee productivity, compliance and e-discovery. Our continuity services ensure email and corporate information remain available in the event of a primary system failure or scheduled maintenance downtime.

Our customers benefit from:

 

Comprehensive Email and Data Risk Management in a Single, Unified Cloud Service . Our services integrate a range of technologies into a comprehensive service that would otherwise require an array of individual devices or services from multiple vendors. We enable customers to decommission these technologies, reduce the cost and complexity of their infrastructure, redeploy IT resources, and improve the security and risk management of their corporate email environment.

 

Best-of-Breed Security, Continuity and Archiving Services . We believe our customers should not have to compromise on the quality of their email security, continuity or archiving services in order to benefit from integration. Our strategy is to develop best-of-breed capabilities within our integrated service to compete successfully with industry-leading point products in three critical areas:

 

Email and Data Security : We protect customers from a comprehensive range of email and data related threats that include, but are not limited to, spam, viruses, phishing and spear phishing, identity theft, advanced persistent threats, malicious attachments, known and unknown malware, outbound spam outbreaks and malicious inbound URLs, extortion and fraud. We combine our proprietary cloud-based scanning, detection and real-time intelligence gathering technologies with third-party threat data and malware libraries to deliver comprehensive and overlapping protection reflective of a best-of-breed security service.

 

Email Service Continuity : Our continuity service enables customers to send, receive and view emails and calendars during email gateway failures or planned maintenance downtime, without the need to build or host their own replicated email environment. Our service has immediate fail-over and fail-back capabilities, and is fully-integrated into Microsoft Outlook®. Employees can continue to access their email and data using their preferred mobile, tablet or desktop device, or via our web-based portal, so there is limited interruption to how they normally operate.

 

Data Archiving : We enable organizations to archive rapidly growing volumes of email and associated data safely and centrally in the cloud to support their need to archive data cost effectively to meet long term storage, compliance, governance, risk mitigation and regulatory obligations. We also provide powerful search tools that can increase employee productivity, and enable them to utilize their archive as a live file store. Key features of our service include, unlimited and perpetual legal hold, discovery and early legal case assessment, onsite and cloud-linked retention management, administrator and employee-led retention controls, onsite and metadata synchronization and record destruction policies and services.

 

Web Scale Performance for Organizations of All Sizes . Our cloud service is built to address the most demanding scale, performance and availability requirements of large enterprises but delivers this as a subscription-based cloud service that puts these capabilities within the reach of small and mid-market organizations too. Our data centers process approximately 307 million emails per day, and store over 190 billion emails and approximately 28 petabytes of customer data. We achieve demanding continuity service commitments with data centers that are replicated in each geography and operate in active-active mode enabling fast failover and fail-back as required.

 

Compelling Return on Investment . Our unified, cloud-based service enables our customers to decommission a range of legacy and disparate technologies that support their email server and recover this cost. We utilize hardware efficiently, and share a single instance of the operating software as well as storage and processing hardware securely across the whole customer base within each data center, allowing us to deliver cloud-scale economic and performance benefits to our customers. Customers also benefit from the continuous improvement of our service without the need to pay for service packs or updates. Our service bundles and subscription-based pricing also enable customers to pay per employee and select their desired services making costs easy to predict and affordable.

 

Easy to Deploy and Manage . Our service is designed to be easier to deploy than alternative technologies. Customers simply route their email traffic through our cloud and can be up and running in a matter of days and sometimes less. We then enable our customers to add or delete new services and employees, and manage all security and other policies centrally via a single web-based administration console that significantly simplifies the ongoing management of their email and data environment.

31


 

 

Highly Agile and Adaptable Service . We are continually improving our cloud architecture and services. Our common code base and multi-tenant cloud architecture enables us to perform maintenance updates and add new features or products by updating our core code base once. Continuous service development and multi-tenant rapid deployment also allows us to keep pace with emerging threats to protect and respond quickly to changing customer needs .

 

An Easier Move of Additional Critical Workloads to the Cloud . For those customers that want to put more workloads into the cloud, our technology facilitates the migration of email in particular by removing the complexity that has stalled many customers to date. Our interoperability with cloud-based email servers, such as Microsoft Office 365®, makes this easier to achieve and helps to mitigate remaining concerns about the single-vendor security, data integrity and continuity risk of such a move. Our data ingestion services also allow customers to bring legacy data into their new cloud archive to ensure it is a complete record of current and historic data.

Our Growth Strategy

We will continue to invest in cloud security and risk management services. As more organizations move IT workloads such as email to the cloud, we believe we are well positioned to continue capitalizing on this growing opportunity globally.

Our growth strategy is focused on the following:

 

Grow Revenue From Our Existing Customer Base . We serve approximately 26,400 customers of all sizes. We provide a high level of service that results in our customers staying with us year over year. This large and loyal customer base provides us with the opportunity to sell additional services and add more employees to their subscriptions. As a result, we have achieved a revenue retention rate of 111% and 109% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of March 31, 2017, 24% of our customers subscribed to one of our services, 25% of our customers subscribed to two of our services, 22% of our customers subscribed to three of our services, and 29% of our customers subscribed to four or more of our services. As of March 31, 2017, approximately 25,800 of our customers subscribed to our Email Security service, approximately 16,600 subscribed to our Mailbox Continuity service, and approximately 11,400 subscribed to our Enterprise Information Archiving service. As a result, we believe we have significant upsell potential in our existing customer base with current and new services. We intend to continue proactively broadening our reach within our existing customer base by selling additional services.

 

Acquire New Customers . We have built our global cloud architecture to offer best-of-breed capabilities and to be highly scalable and affordable for organizations of any size, ranging from small and mid-market customers to the largest global enterprises. Moreover, we offer our security, continuity and archiving email services as bundles and in a modular fashion, enabling us to win new customers by addressing a variety of initial needs and use cases that we expand over time as we cross sell other offerings. We will continue to invest in a direct sales force combined with a focused channel strategy designed to serve the various requirements of small, mid-market and large enterprises and to bring new customers onto our cloud architecture.

 

Actively Invest in Our Channel Partner Network . The majority of our sales are through a reseller channel designed specifically to meet the requirements of each of our target customer segments. In the large enterprise market, we are building on existing relationships with leading systems integrators such as CDW Corporation and Dimension Data. In small and mid-market organizations, we are extending our network of leading IT resellers like Softcat PLC, SHI International Corp., CDW and Softchoice Corporation. We expect to expand our channel strategy over time to incorporate additional security or cloud specialists, as well as resellers focusing on supporting customers with the transition to Microsoft Office 365®. We intend to further invest in our network of channel partners to further extend our global sales, service and support capabilities.

 

Develop Our Technology and Release New Services . We regularly update and improve our software and architecture and seamlessly deploy these updates to our customers. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, we launched Impersonation Protect, the first service of its kind to protect against the growing threat from business email compromise (also known as CEO fraud or whaling) attacks. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we launched Internal Email Protect, which allows customers to monitor, detect and remediate security threats that originate from their internal email systems. We will continue to build on our current capabilities and exploit additional opportunities in adjacent areas to those we serve today. This will extend the value our customers can gain from our architecture and enable them to consolidate additional email and data services to our integrated cloud service working seamlessly with Microsoft Exchange®, Microsoft Office 365® and G-Suite from Google®.

32


 

 

Continue to Expand Our Geographic Presence . We were founded outside the United States and, consequently, 51% and 57% of our sales in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively, were derived from non-U.S. locations. Revenue from the United States grew at 49% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, and 40% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. We view this as our most significant growth market. Since founding our U.S. business in 2008, we have established a successful direct sales, channel and service infrastructure to exploit this opportunity. We plan to investigate additional international expansion from our regional bases in the United States (for North America), the United Kingdom (for Europe), South Africa (for Africa and the Middle East) and Australia (for Asia-Pacific).

 

Target Organizations Moving Workloads to the Cloud . Given the compelling cost benefits and improved agility of cloud-based solutions, organizations are increasingly moving critical workloads to the cloud. As these IT workloads move to the cloud, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of growth opportunities that exist from augmenting services, including Microsoft Office 365® and G-Suite from Google®.

Our Technology

We have developed a native cloud architecture, including our own proprietary SaaS operating system, Mime | OS™, and customer-facing services, to address the specific risks and functional limitations of business email and data. Our innovative cloud-based approach requires no on-premises or hosted appliances. We believe we are one of only a few cloud architects that have fully committed to native cloud development.

We have a proven record of performing successfully at considerable scale and addressing rapidly growing customer demands. We process approximately 307 million emails per day with over 190 billion under management. We archive approximately 28 petabytes of customer data and add more than 480 terabytes of customer data per month and customer employee queries of their Mimecast email archive have grown from approximately 1,000,000 to over 1,800,000 per week in just one year.

We are able to provision customer email and onboard massive amounts of email data from legacy archives rapidly and efficiently. This drives customer adoption and makes the cloud transition easier than our customers typically expect. Once a customer is live on our service, adding new products to their subscription only requires activation from within their single administration console. This can be done with as little as one click and the new service is available across their business.

Our Proprietary Native Cloud Architecture— Mime | OS™

We developed a proprietary operating system called Mime | OS™ for native cloud services. Mime | OS™ enables secure multi-tenancy and takes advantage of the cost and performance benefits of using industry-standard hardware and resource sharing specifically for the secure management of email and data. This enables us to provision efficiently and securely across our customer base, minimizing the impact of spare or over-provisioned processing and storage capacity, reducing the cost of providing our services.

Mime | OS™ utilizes a common code base to control the hardware, and the storage, indexing, processing, services, administrator and user interface layers of our cloud environment. It has been specifically designed to enable us to scale our storage, processing and services to meet large enterprise-level email and data demands, while retaining the cost and performance benefits of a native cloud environment.

Mime | OS™ also streamlines our customer application development and enables strong integration across our services. All of our customer applications or services, use Mime | OS™ to interact with our data stores and processing technology, as well as interoperate effectively with each other.

33


 

As set forth below, Mime | OS™ is our proprietary operating system that controls the interface, services, processing, indexing and storage layers of Mimecast’s cloud architecture.

The Mimecast Cloud Architecture

 

 

Continuous Development Methodology and Multi-Tenancy Advantage

As we enhance and expand our technology, we can update services centrally with little or no intervention required by the customer as everyone shares the same core operating and application software. Improvements, upgrades, new products or patches are applied once and are available immediately across our whole service to customers. It means we have only one up-to-date version of our service to maintain and support as well as a common data store for all customers that simplifies management, support and product development.

Our services already process and manage large volumes of customer data and this is growing daily. Our commitment to continual improvement in Mime | OS™, our customer applications and hardware infrastructure mean we are constantly strengthening the performance of our service as we scale. These improvements include faster archive search times and data ingestion, greater storage density, improved processing and extended security coverage. Each week, we roll out updates and enhancements centrally that benefit our customers without the need for additional infrastructure investment on their part. Additionally, when new threats emerge, we act once by making changes to our service and all customers benefit immediately. We can also identify and act on threats to one customer and quickly prevent them from impacting others by changing our core system.

How Our Services Work

Mimecast Advanced Security

We protect inbound and outbound email from malware, spam, advanced persistent threats, email DoS and DDoS, data leaks and other security threats.

Inbound email is directed through Mimecast Email Security, which performs comprehensive security checks before the email is delivered to the customer’s infrastructure, e.g . Microsoft Exchange®, Microsoft Office 365® or Google. This prevents unwanted email from even reaching the customer in the first place and cluttering their infrastructure unlike on-premises services from competitors. Each day, we monitor approximately 700 million messages delivering, on average, less than 50% to the customer.

34


 

Outbound email sent from the customer also passes through our service and is checked before being sent on to prevent it from presenting a security threat to the recipient. Outbound email can also be encrypted, and scanned by our comprehensive content controls to prevent confidential documents or data leaving the business. Data leak prevention is a key consideration for all organizations.

Mimecast Business Continuity

Email is a 24x7 tool and, traditionally, customers who want to ensure their email does not experience downtime as a result of an inevitable outage or maintenance have had to replicate their own infrastructure in a second location, doubling their email-related costs. The cost and management burden of doing this is prohibitive for many, particularly small or mid-market organizations.

We are a cost effective alternative as there is no need for additional infrastructure. As all customer outbound and inbound email is coming through us anyway, when the customer’s primary email service fails, our Mimecast Mailbox Continuity service takes over the delivery and sending of email in real time or at the request of the administrator, offering immediate fail-over and fail-back. When the primary service is re-established, the customer is reassured that there has been no loss of data and that the archive is maintained. For employees the process is virtually invisible—they continue to work as before in their Microsoft Outlook® desktop email client, their Mimecast mobile app or their Mac® Desktop App.

Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving

Email, and the data it contains, needs to be safely archived to meet growing compliance, regulatory and legal obligations. Also, employees are increasingly using their email archive as their primary information store so this is further reason to ensure it is protected and archived effectively.

As email, file attachments, and associated critical metadata that identifies activity is sent or received, it can be saved in a secure, tamper-proof archive in the single Mimecast cloud automatically and indefinitely. Our employee mobile and desktop search tools, and administration console, then allow for detailed investigation of the archive. We also enable customers with legacy archive data to put this into their single Mimecast archive, which improves adherence to data compliance obligations and gives employees access to a complete historical view of their archive.

Our Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving service offers secure lifetime storage of email, files and instant messaging conversations paid for on a per-employee not data usage basis. Expensive and ineffective onsite archives can be decommissioned, reducing the data load on the primary email service too. Our search tools make it easy for legal staff and employees themselves to quickly find data without the need to turn to the IT team. Finally, our archive can also include legacy data that would otherwise be held in additional storage. This can be ingested over-the-wire or via physical drives sent encrypted from the customer to us.

Our Global Data Center Network

We have built a network of ten data centers in five locations around the world to deliver our services. This gives customers geographic and jurisdictional control over data location, which enables them to address data privacy concerns. Each region operates two identical data centers that function in active-active mode in different locations, and have N+1 set-ups to meet our continuity of service commitments. Because of this redundancy, we are able to switch operations from one data center to another to maintain our customers’ email and data services. We have developed a modular approach to provisioning a new data center and can transition among data centers as needed in existing or new geographies.  

35


 

Our ten co-located data centers are replicated and operate in active-active mode to allow for continuity of service in the event of downtime or maintenance.

 

Our Services

Our email security, continuity and archiving services protect customer data, providing organizations comprehensive email risk management in a single, cloud-based, fully-integrated service, which is licensed on a subscription basis.

The Mimecast Email Security service protects against the delivery of malware, malicious URLs, spam, spear-phishing attacks, including business email compromise, and other emerging attacks, while also preventing data leaks and other internal threats. The Mimecast Mailbox Continuity service ensures employees can continue using email during unexpected and planned outages such as system maintenance, whether their email is managed in the cloud or on-premises. Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving unifies email, data to support e-discovery and forensic analysis, and gives employees fast access to their personal archive via PC, Mac® and mobile apps.

Mimecast Advanced Security

Email security provides a critical defense against hackers seeking to capture and exploit valuable organizational information and disrupt business operations. Our Mimecast Email Security services provide comprehensive email security. It blocks spam, malware, malicious URLs, spear-phishing, and defined content from entering or exiting the organization, It gives administrators granular security and content policy control for inbound,  outbound, and internal email traffic to prevent threats, including data leaks. Integration into Microsoft Outlook and via mobile apps provides employees the freedom to be self-sufficient and to manage their quarantines, personal blacklists, and multiple other aspects of their email security and management.

36


 

Customers can benefit from the purchase of the following Mimecast security services:

 

Targeted Threat Protection : Highly sophisticated targeted attacks, including spear-phishing, are using email to successfully infiltrate organizations, exploit users and steal valuable intellectual property, customer data and money.

 

URL Protect addresses the threat from emails containing malicious links. It automatically checks hyperlinks each time they are clicked, preventing employees from visiting malicious websites regardless of what email client or device they are using. It also includes innovative user awareness capabilities so IT teams can raise the security awareness of employees as part of their daily email activities. Once enabled, a percentage of links in emails clicked by an employee will open an informational screen. This will provide them with more information about the email and destination, encouraging them to consider whether the email is coming from a reliable source and if the page is safe. If they choose to continue, the choice is logged and URL Protect scans the link and blocks access if the destination is deemed unsafe. IT administrators can adjust the frequency of these awareness prompts to ensure employee caution is maintained. Repeat offenders that regularly click bad links can automatically receive more frequent prompts until their behavior changes. The IT team can track employee behavior from the Mimecast administration console and target additional security training as required.

 

Attachment Protect reduces the threat from weaponized or malware-laden attachments used in spear-phishing and other advanced attacks. It includes pre-emptive sandboxing to automatically security check email attachments before they are delivered to employees. Attachments are opened in a virtual environment, or sandbox, isolated from the email system, security checked and passed on to the employee only if no threat is detected. It also includes the option of an innovative safe file conversion capability that automatically converts attachments into a safe file format, neutralizing any chance of malware as it does so. The attachment is delivered to the employee in read-only format without any sandbox analysis delay. As most attachments are read rather than edited, this is often sufficient for many users. Should the employee need to edit the attachment, they can request it and from there it is sandboxed on-demand and delivered in the original file format.

 

Impersonation Protect is the first to market service that gives instant and comprehensive protection from the latest malware-less social engineering attacks, often called CEO fraud, whaling, impersonation, or business email compromise. These attacks are designed to trick key users, often in an organization’s finance team, into making wire transfers or other financial transactions to cybercriminals by pretending to be the CEO or CFO via spoofed email. Some impersonation attacks also target those responsible for managing sensitive employee data, such as payroll information, which could be used for identity theft. Impersonation Protect detects and prevents these types of attack by identifying combinations of key indicators in an email to determine if the content is likely to be suspicious, even in the absence of a URL or attachment. Impersonation Protect blocks or flags suspicious email by using advanced scanning techniques to identify elements commonly used by criminals, including employee, domain, or reply-to names, and other keywords like ‘wire transfer,’ ‘tax form’ or ‘urgent.’

 

Internal Email Protect, or IEP, is the industry’s first threat management capability for internally generated email delivered by a purely cloud-based security service. IEP is the latest capability of Mimecast Targeted Threat Protection, allowing customers to monitor, detect and remediate security threats that originate from within their internal email systems. This first-to-market cloud capability provides for the scanning of attachments, URLs, and content in internally generated email. In addition, IEP includes the ability to automatically remediate infected email from a user’s inbox.

 

Secure Messaging: Email containing sensitive or confidential information requires appropriate security and control to prevent inadvertent or deliberate data leaks and to protect the information while in transit. Mimecast Secure Messaging is a secure and private channel to share sensitive information with external contacts via email without the need for additional client or desktop software. Sensitive information is kept within the Mimecast cloud service, strengthening information security, data governance and compliance, without the added IT overhead and complexity of traditional email secure messaging or encryption solutions.

 

Large File Send: Employees can create security and compliance risks when they turn to file sharing services to overcome email size limits imposed by their email infrastructure. Mimecast Large File Send enables PC and Mac users to send and receive large files directly from Outlook or a native Mac app. It protects attachments in line with security and content policies by using encryption, optional access key and custom expiration dates; supports audit, e-discovery and compliance by archiving all files and notifications according to email retention policies; and protects email system performance from the burden of large file traffic.

 

Data Leak Prevention: Organizations can prevent the inadvertent or malicious loss of sensitive corporate data with advanced data leak prevention and content controls. Policies using keywords, pattern matching, file hashes and

37


 

 

dictionaries actively scan all email communications including file attachments to stop data leakage and support compliance. Suspect emails can be blocked, quarantined for review by administrators or sent securely.

Mimecast Business Continuity

Email continuity protects email and data against the threat of downtime as a result of system failure, natural disasters, planned maintenance, system upgrades and migrations. Mimecast Mailbox Continuity services significantly reduce the cost and complexity of mitigating these risks and provides uninterrupted access to live and historic email and calendar information. During an outage our service provides real-time inbound, outbound and internal email delivery. The continuity service can be activated and deactivated directly and instantly from the Mimecast console by administrators for the complete organization or for specific groups affected by limited outages. All outage events are fully logged and we also support email top-up services for customers who have to recover their Exchange environments from backups. The continuity service is capable of reliably and securely supporting customers during short or long-term continuity events. Integration with Microsoft Outlook®, a native app for Mac® users and a full suite of mobile apps means employees have seamless access to their email in the event of a disruption or outage.

Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving

Our cloud archive consolidates into one store all inbound, outbound and internal email, files and instant messaging in a perpetual, indexed and secure archive. Using our Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving service, customers can also incorporate legacy data from additional archives into the same searchable store.

All data is encrypted and preserved within a Write Once Read Many (WORM) state. Proprietary indexing and retrieval solutions allow customers to search individual mailboxes or the entire corporate archive in seconds. Our mobile, tablet, desktop and web applications ensure that employees can search and make the best use of their entire corporate archive in a fast, reliable and informative way. Intensive logging services cover the use of the archive, and roles and permissions govern what employees can see in the archive based on their role. Our purpose-built ingestion and export services support rapid high-volume extraction, scrubbing and loading of significant quantities of data. Our archive solution retains metadata that arises from gateway and continuity operations and we preserve both received and altered variants of emails that pass through our secure email gateway. Retention options for customers range from individual retentions, to data retained for an entire customer on a perpetual basis.

Customers can also purchase the following additional services as part of our Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving offering:

 

Cloud Archive for Files : Mimecast consolidates files from network shares and folders alongside email data in a single, secure and fully-indexed cloud archive. Administrators also benefit from comprehensive search, e-discovery and compliance capabilities.

 

Cloud Archive for Lync : Customers protect important IP, strengthen compliance and reduce cost by retaining Microsoft Lync® instant messaging conversations and content in a secure, indexed and unified archive. Powerful search capabilities deliver rapid results from instant messaging, email and file archives

 

Archive Power Tools : This is a series of advanced archiving tools including:

 

Mimecast Storage Management for Exchange : This enables active mailbox size management, so administrators can optimize email system performance, control costs and support archive policy enforcement.

 

Mailbox and Folder Tools for Exchange : In an email continuity event or when searching for archived content, access to folder structures and shared mailbox content is key to productivity. This tool makes it easy to replicate individual and shared mailbox folders.

 

Granular Retention Management : Managing email retention policies can be complex and time-consuming, because different business groups and individuals have requirements that vary how long email should, or is required to be retained. Mimecast Granular Retention Management enables IT teams to centrally apply policies to manage the retention of email content and related metadata.

Service Bundles

Many of our customers are attracted by the ability to combine our services and capabilities into a unified service managed from a single administration console. Most customers purchase the bundles from the outset, but some prefer to start with specific packages, then upgrade to additional products over time.

38


 

Our service range continues to respond to the changing threat landscape and reflect customers’ requests for combinations of services across advanced security, archiving and continuity features. We continue the transition of our existing customers subscribed to our historic packages, over to the new service bundles.

Our service bundles are:

 

M2A: Cyber Security and Resiliency with Archiving. This bundle includes Email Security with Targeted Threat Protection; Compliance Security; Continuity services and a 99-year archive.

 

M2: Cyber Security and Resiliency. This bundle includes Email Security plus Targeted Threat Protection; Compliance Security and Continuity with 58-day email retention for recovery purposes.

Customers with specific projects or pre-defined business projects can also purchase the following additional services:

 

S1: Advanced Threat Security. This service is designed to protect the organization against advanced threats such as whaling and spear-phishing with real-time URL blocking, attachment scanning and domain checking, as well as anti-malware and leading spam protection to shield employees and enhance productivity.

 

S2: Advanced Threat Security with Internal Email Protect. This service contains the same features as S1 but also includes our latest addition to the Targeted Threat Protection family of products.  Internal Email Protect offers detection of internal security threats and inspection of outbound emails plus, should any issue be detected, the remediation of such.

 

D1: DLP and Content Security. This service is designed to lock down sensitive corporate information with advanced data leak prevention, data leak detection, document and policy controls.

 

C1: Mailbox Continuity. Our customers use this service to ensure that their email works even when the primary mail server is down. We continue sending and receiving email with a 100% uptime SLA with coverage for all mobile devices and web access.

 

A1: Email Archiving. This service archives email and attachments in a fully-encrypted, independent, cloud data store separate from the mail environment.

Mimecast Mobile and Desktop Apps

Mobile, PC and Mac® users get self-service access to security features, including spam reporting and managed sender lists, the ability to send and receive email during a primary email system outage, and access to their personal email archive to run searches on its content. Employee productivity does not come at the expense of centralized control. Administrators can use granular permissions to activate functions for individual employees or groups of users, while centralized security and policy management means IT teams can retain control over default settings.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing teams work together to build a strong sales pipeline, cultivate and retain customers and drive market awareness of our current and future products and services.

Sales

We sell our services through direct sales efforts and through our channel partners. Our sales model is designed to meet the needs of small and mid-market organizations and large enterprises across a wide range of industries and in over 100 countries. Our approach has played an important role in the growth of our customer base to date. Our sales team is based in offices in Boston, Chicago, Dallas and San Francisco, United States; London, United Kingdom; Johannesburg and Cape Town, South Africa; and Melbourne and Sydney, Australia. We maintain a highly-trained sales force of approximately 300 employees as of March 31, 2017, which is responsible for acquiring and developing new business.

39


 

We also have an experienced sales team focused on developing and strengthening our channel partner relationships. Many organizations work with third-party IT channel partners to meet their security, IT and cloud service needs, so we have formed relationships with a variety of the leading partners to target large enterprises, mid-market and small organizations. For large enterprises, we work with international partners including Hewlett-Packard and Dimension Data. In the mid-market, we work with leading national partners, including Softchoice, SHI, CDW and Softcat. The small business market is primarily served by the reseller community and also by Managed Service Providers, who typically provide or host email services. We work closely with all of these channel partners to offer cooperative marketing, deal registration, as well as support and technical resources. We believe these partners view our services as a key source of additional revenue and a way for them to add significant value to their customers as they can support their desire to move to the cloud without compromising their security position.

Sales to our channel partners are generally subject to our standard, non-exclusive channel partner agreement, meaning our channel partners may offer customers the products of several different companies. These agreements are generally for a term of one year with a one year renewal term and can be terminated by us or the channel partner. Payment to us from the channel partner is typically due within 30 calendar days of the date we issue an invoice for such sales.

Our sales cycle varies by size and sophistication of customer, the number of products purchased and the complexity of the project, ranging from several days for incremental sales to existing customers, to many months for sales to new customers or large deployments.

We plan to continue to invest in our sales organization to support both the growth of our direct sales organization and our channel partners.

Marketing

Our marketing strategy is designed to meet the specific needs of each of our customer segments. We are focused on building the Mimecast brand, product awareness, increasing customer adoption of our products, communicating the advantages of our solution and its benefit to organizations, and generating leads for our channel partners and direct sales force. We execute our marketing strategy by using a combination of internal marketing professionals and a network of global channel partners. We invest in field, channel, product and brand marketing and have increased our investment in digital marketing to drive greater lead generation volume and efficiency. Our local marketing teams support the conversion of these leads into qualified opportunities for inside sales and are responsible for branding, content generation and product marketing.

Customer Service and Support

We maintain our strong customer retention rate through the strength and quality of our products, our commitment to our customers’ success and our award-winning local customer service and support team, which consists of more than 200 employees worldwide dedicated to ensuring a superior experience for our customers. For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our customer renewal rate has been consistently greater than 90%. We calculate our annual customer retention rate as the percentage of paying customers on the last day of the prior year who remain paying customers on the last day of the current year.

We have designed a comprehensive monitoring methodology that tracks and evaluates the interactions we have with our customers from sales and on-boarding to support and renewal. Our cross-functional teams, under the supervision of our Chief of Customer Operations, work together to ensure the best customer experience is achieved and to address customer needs as they arise.

A key aspect of our customer on-boarding process is our Legacy Data Migration services. Our customers often have legacy email archives that they want to move to the cloud. Our data migration service helps solve the problems customers face when extracting that data and getting it into the right format for importing to the cloud, which can be expensive, time-consuming and involve interactions with multiple vendors.

In addition, we offer a full range of support services to our global customer base, including comprehensive online resources and 24x7 email support with no outsourcing of support or account management to third parties. We also offer a range of additional services that include options for 24x7 telephone support and a dedicated technical account manager. These support services are priced and tiered to meet specific customer requirements.

We have a dedicated training team and resources designed to enable customers to get the full benefit from their Mimecast investment. Our comprehensive education and consultancy resources include administrator training and certification, end user training and e-discovery training for compliance teams, all of which are available in-person and online.

40


 

Beyond customer support and training, we also provide a range of services that are designed to provide additional support to some customers, especially larger enterprises with more complex email infrastructure and legacy data. Our professional services team works with the customer, or supports our partners to assist them, in planning, migration and service activation.

We offer a standard service level agreement as part of our standard contract that contains commitments regarding the delivery of email messages to and from our servers, the speed at which our archive can produce search results, and our ability to correctly identify and isolate spam and viruses. In the event that we do not achieve these levels, the customer can request a credit. Payment of the credit will be made subject to verification of the problem. These credits are tiered according to the extent of the service issued. The amount of credits provided to customers to date has been immaterial in all historical periods.

Customers

As of March 31, 2017, we had approximately 26,400 customers and protected millions of their employees in over 100 countries. Our diverse global footprint is evidenced by the fact that in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we generated 49% of our revenue from the United States, 33% from the United Kingdom, 15% from South Africa and 4% from the rest of the world. Our customers range from large enterprises with over 75,000 employees to small organizations with less than 500 employees and represent a diverse set of industries. For example, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we generated 14% of our revenue from customers in the legal services industry, 18% from customers in the professional, scientific and technical services industry, 10% from customers in the manufacturing industry and 13% from customers in the finance and insurance industry. Our business is not dependent on any particular customer. No single customer represented more than 1% of our annual revenues in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015.

Research and Development

Our engineering, operations, product and development teams work together to enhance our existing products, technology infrastructure and underlying Mime | OS™ cloud architecture, as well as develop our new product pipeline. Our research and development team interacts with our customers and partners to address emerging market needs, counter developing threats and drive innovation in risk management and data protection. We operate a continuous delivery model for improvements to our infrastructure and products to ensure customers benefit from regular updates in protection and functionality without the need for significant intervention on their part.

Our research and development efforts give prominence to services that enhance our unification commitment and allow customers to displace point or on-premises products. We also prioritize a “build rather than acquire” approach to ensure that we combine best-of-breed functionality with effective integration to maintain our commitment to the delivery of a superior experience to our customers and their employees.

Our research and development expenses were $22.6 million, $17.7 million and $14.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Competition

Our market is large, highly competitive, fragmented, and subject to rapidly evolving technology and security threats, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new products and services. We do not believe that any specific competitor offers the fully unified service and integrated technology that we do. However, we do compete with companies that offer products that target email and data security, continuity and archiving, as well as large providers such as Google Inc. and Microsoft Corporation, who offer functions and tools as part of their core mailbox services that may be, or be perceived to be, similar to our offerings. Our current and potential future competitors include: Barracuda Networks, Inc., Google, Microsoft Exchange Online Protection, Proofpoint, Inc., Symantec Corporation and Cisco Systems Inc., in security, and Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Microsoft Office 365®, Symantec and Barracuda in archiving. Some of our current and future competitors may have certain competitive advantages such as greater name recognition, longer operating history, larger market share, larger existing user base and greater financial, technical and other resources. Some competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to new technologies and changes in customer needs. We cannot provide any assurance that our competitors will not offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours or achieve greater market acceptance.

41


 

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

reliability and effectiveness in protecting, detecting and responding to cyberattacks;

 

scalability and multi-tenancy of our system;

 

breadth and unification of our services;

 

cloud-only delivery;

 

total cost of ownership;

 

speed, availability and reliability;

 

integration into office productivity, desktop and mobile tools;

 

speed at which our services can be deployed;

 

ease of user experience for IT administrators and employees; and

 

superior customer service and commitment to customer success.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend to a great extent upon our ongoing performance in the areas of product and cloud architecture development, core technical innovation, channel management and customer support.

Intellectual Property

Our success is dependent, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technologies and other intellectual property rights. We primarily rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. As of March 31, 2017, we have 8 patents issued and 14 patent applications pending in the United States. We also have 4 patents issued and 5 patent applications pending for examination in non-U.S. jurisdictions. We intend to pursue additional patent protection to the extent that we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

We have registered “Mimecast” and certain other marks as trademarks in the United States and several other jurisdictions. We also have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks in the United States and certain other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective. We are the registered holder of a variety of domestic and international domain names that include “mimecast.com,” “mimecast.co.uk,” “mimecast.co.za,” and similar variations.

In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, as part of our confidentiality procedures, all of our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property, and they assign to us any ownership that they may claim in those works. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, partners, vendors and customers, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.

Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours.

Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosures of our products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to as great of an extent as the laws of the United States, and many foreign countries do not enforce these laws as diligently as government agencies and private parties in the United States. Our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and misappropriation of our proprietary information may increase as a result of our foreign operations.

We expect that software and other solutions in our industry may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlap. Moreover, many of our competitors and other industry participants have been issued patents or filed patent applications, and have asserted claims and related litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Third parties, including non-practicing patent holders, have from time to time claimed, and could claim in the future, that our technologies infringe patents they now hold or might obtain or be issued in the future. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights”.

42


 

C. Organizatio nal Structure

Mimecast Limited has eight subsidiaries. Our principal operating companies are Mimecast Limited, a UK company, Mimecast Services Ltd, a UK company, and Mimecast North America Inc., a Delaware corporation, each of which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mimecast Limited.

D. Property, Plant, and Equipment

Our corporate headquarters is located in London, United Kingdom where we currently lease approximately 40,993 square feet of space under a lease expiring in December 2019. In April 2017, we signed a lease for an additional approximately 16,100 square feet of space contiguous with our existing space in London, which lease will also expire in December 2019. Our U.S. headquarters is located in Watertown, Massachusetts in an office consisting of approximately 44,170 square feet of space under a lease expiring in October 2020. In February 2017, we entered into a lease for a new U.S. headquarters located in Lexington, Massachusetts. We expect to occupy the new facility, which will initially encompass approximately 79,145 square feet of space, in or around December 2017.  The lease for the new U.S. headquarters will expire 10 years after initial occupancy.  We also occupy space in Johannesburg, South Africa consisting of 22,722 square feet under a lease expiring in October 2018. We maintain additional leased facilities in Cape Town, South Africa, Melbourne and Sydney, Australia, as well as in Chicago, Dallas and San Francisco in the United States.  

We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the risks discussed in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.” Our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of next generation cloud security and risk management services for corporate information and email. Our fully-integrated suite of proprietary cloud services protects customers of all sizes from the significant business and data security risks to which their email system exposes them. We protect customers from today’s rapidly changing threat landscape where email has become a powerful attack vector and data leak concern. We also mitigate the significant business disruption that email failure or downtime causes. In addition, our archiving services secure, store and manage critical corporate communications and information to address growing compliance and e-discovery requirements and enable customers to use this increasing archive of information to improve employee productivity.

We operate our business on a SaaS model with renewable annual subscriptions. Customers enter into annual and multi-year contracts to utilize various components of our services. Our subscription fee includes the use of the selected service and technical support. We believe our technology, subscription-based model, and customer support have led to our high revenue retention rate, which has helped us drive our strong revenue growth. We have historically experienced significant revenue growth from our existing customer base as they renew our services and purchase additional products.

We market and sell our services to organizations of all sizes across a broad range of industries. As of March 31, 2017, we provided our services to approximately 26,400 customers and protected millions of their employees across the world. We generate sales through our network of channel partners as well as through our direct sales force. Our growth and future success depends on our ability to expand our customer base and to sell additional services to our existing customers.

In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we generated 51% of our revenue outside of the United States, with 33% generated from the United Kingdom, 15% from South Africa and 3% from the rest of the world. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, we

43


 

generated 57% of our revenue outside of the United States, with 39% generated from the United Kingdom, 16% from South Africa and 2% from the rest of the world. Our most significant growth market is the United States. We also believe that there is significant opportunity in our other existing markets. We intend to make significant investments in sales and marketing to continue expanding our customer base in our target markets.

We were founded in 2003 with a mission to make email safer and better, and to transform the way organizations protect, store and access their email and corporate information. Our first service, Mimecast Email Security, which we launched in late 2003 and was quickly followed by Mimecast Email Continuity. In 2004, we added Mimecast Enterprise Information Archiving. These three services generate a large proportion of our revenue today. In 2006, we started the development of our proprietary cloud architecture, which we refer to as Mime | OS™. We believed early on that investing in the development of our own cloud operating system was a strategic requirement that would enable us to integrate and scale our services. Mimecast Large File Send was released in 2013 and was followed by Mimecast Targeted Threat Protection in 2014, our advanced persistent threat protection service. In 2014, we also released comprehensive risk mitigation technologies specifically for Microsoft Office 365®, and in 2015, we released Mimecast Secure Messaging. In 2016 and 2017, we announced the newest aspects of our Targeted Threat Protection service, Impersonation Protect and Internal Email Protect, respectively.

 

In November 2015, we completed our IPO, in which we issued and sold 7,750,000 ordinary shares at a public offering price of $10.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $68.3 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $5.4 million and other offering expenses of $3.8 million.

In October 2016, we completed a registered secondary public offering, in which 4,600,000 ordinary shares were sold at a public offering price of $16.50 per share. All of the shares sold in the secondary offering were sold by our existing shareholders and we did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares. We incurred approximately $0.6 million in offering expenses on behalf of the selling shareholders in connection with the secondary offering.

In November 2016, we purchased substantially all of the assets of iSheriff, Inc., or iSheriff, a cloud-based security provider. This acquisition is intended to provide our customers additional real-time email threat intelligence and detection expertise and complements our existing portfolio of email security, continuity and archiving solutions. The total preliminary purchase price of $6.2 million consisted of a cash payment of approximately $5.6 million, subject to certain adjustments, and $0.6 million in purchase price held back in respect of claims for indemnification for one year from the purchase date. We incurred approximately $0.7 million in transactional costs in connection with the transaction.  

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that the growth of our business and our future success are dependent upon a number of key factors, including the following:

Acquisition of new customers . We employ a sales strategy that focuses on acquiring new customers through our direct sales force and network of channel partners, and selling additional products to existing customers. Acquiring new customers is a key element of our continued success, growth opportunity and future revenue. We have invested in and intend to continue to invest in our direct sales force and channel partners. During the year ended March 31, 2017, our customer base increased by approximately 8,400 organizations.

Further penetration of existing customers . Our direct sales force, together with our channel partners and dedicated customer experience team seek to generate additional revenue from our existing customers by adding more employees and selling additional services. We believe a significant opportunity exists for us to sell additional services to current customers as they experience the benefits of our services and we address additional business use cases.

Investment in growth . We are expanding our operations, increasing our headcount and developing software to both enhance our current offerings and build new features. We expect our total operating expenses to increase, particularly as we continue to expand our sales operations, marketing activities and research and development team. We intend to continue to invest in our sales, marketing and customer experience organizations to drive additional revenue and support the growth of our customer base. Investments we make in our sales and marketing and research and development organizations will occur in advance of experiencing any benefits from such investments. For the year ending March 31, 2018, we plan to continue increasing the size of our sales force and to invest in the development of additional marketing content. We have increased and plan to continue to increase the size of our research and development team.

44


 

Currency fluctuations . We conduct business in the United States and in other countries in North America, the United Kingdom and other countries in Europe, South Africa and other countries in Africa, and also Australia. As a result, we are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar, the British pound and the South African rand. In the year ended March 31, 2017, 50% of our revenue was denominated in U.S. dollars, 31% in British pounds, 15% in South African rand and 4% in other currencies. Given that our functional currency and the functional currency of our subsidiaries is the local currency of each entity but our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, devaluations of the British pound, South African rand and other currencies relative to the U.S. dollar impacts our profitability.

Key Performance Indicators

In addition to traditional financial metrics, such as revenue and revenue growth trends, we monitor several other key performance indicators to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies. The key performance indicators that we monitor are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross profit percentage

 

 

73

%

 

 

71

%

 

 

68

%

Revenue constant currency growth rate (1)

 

 

39

%

 

 

30

%

 

 

33

%

Revenue retention rate

 

 

111

%

 

 

109

%

 

 

107

%

Total customers (2)

 

 

26,400

 

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

13,800

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

$

11,802

 

 

$

15,839

 

 

$

14,227

 

 

(1)

Adjusted EBITDA and revenue constant currency growth rates are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and revenue constant currency growth rates to the nearest comparable GAAP measures, see “Item 3—Key Information—A. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

(2)

Reflects the customer count on the last day of the period rounded to the nearest hundred customers.

Gross profit percentage . Gross profit percentage is calculated as gross profit divided by revenue. Our gross profit percentage has increased in each of the past three years. Gross profit fluctuates due to timing of the addition of hardware and employees to serve our growing customer base. We provide our services in each of the regions in which we operate. Costs related to supporting and hosting our product offerings and delivering our services are incurred in the region in which the related revenue is recognized. As a result, our gross profit percentage in actual terms is consistent with gross profit on a constant currency basis.

Revenue constant currency growth rate . We believe revenue constant currency growth rate is a key indicator of our operating results. We calculate revenue constant currency growth rate by translating revenue from entities reporting in foreign currencies into U.S. dollars using the comparable foreign currency exchange rates from the prior fiscal period. For further explanation of the uses and limitations of this measure and a reconciliation of our revenue constant currency growth rate to revenue, as reported, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, please see “Item 3—Key Information—A. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” Our revenue constant currency growth rate has increased in fiscal 2017 as compared to prior periods.  As our total revenue grows, we expect our constant currency growth rate will decline as the incremental growth from period to period is expected to represent a smaller percentage of total revenue as compared to the prior period.

Revenue retention rate . We believe that our ability to retain customers is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our customer relationships. Our revenue retention rate is driven by our customer renewals and upsells. For each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our customer retention rate has been consistently greater than 90%. We calculate our revenue retention rate by annualizing constant currency revenue recorded on the last day of the measurement period for only those customers in place throughout the entire measurement period. We include add-on, or upsell, revenue from additional employees and services purchased by existing customers. We divide the result by revenue on a constant currency basis on the first day of the measurement period for all customers in place at the beginning of the measurement period. The measurement period is the trailing twelve months. The revenue on a constant currency basis is based on the average exchange rates in effect during the respective period. Our revenue retention rate has increased in each of the past three years.

Total customers . We believe the total number of customers is a key indicator of our financial success and future revenue potential. We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription contract as of the measurement date. A customer is typically a parent company or, in a few cases, a significant subsidiary that works with us directly. We expect to continue to grow our customer base through the addition of new customers in each of our markets.

45


 

Adjusted EBITDA . We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a key indicator of our operating results. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income, adjusted to exclude: depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, interest income and interest expense, provision for income taxes and foreign exchange income (expense). For further explanation of the uses and limitations of this measure and a reconciliation of our Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net (loss) income, please see “Item 3. —Key Information—A. Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.” We expect that our Adjusted EBITDA will continue to increase; however, we expect that our operating expenses will also increase in absolute dollars as we focus on expanding our sales and marketing teams and growing our research and development capabilities.

Components of Consolidated Statements of Operations

Revenue

We generate substantially all of our revenue from subscription fees paid by customers accessing our cloud services and by customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in our basic subscription fees. A small portion of our revenue consists of related professional services and other revenue, which consists primarily of set-up fees, ingestion fees and training fees.

We generally license our services on a price per employee basis under annual contracts. Some services, such as ingestion services, are invoiced upfront and recognized on a straight-line basis over the longer of the contract term or the average customer life.

We serve thousands of customers in multiple industries, and our revenue is not concentrated with any single customer or industry. For each of the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, no single customer accounted for more than 1% of our revenue, and our largest ten customers accounted for less than 10% of our revenue in aggregate.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. As of March 31, 2017, deferred revenue was $95.3 million. We estimate the future recognition of deferred revenue as of March 31, 2017 to be $84.2 million in 2018, $5.2 million in 2019, $3.3 million in 2020, $1.9 million in 2021 and $0.7 million thereafter.

We have continued to expand our customer base, and have recently signed on more customers with monthly, instead of annual, billing terms. The proportion of aggregate contract value reflected on our balance sheet as deferred revenue may decrease if this trend continues.

We recognize revenue ratably on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, which is typically one year in duration, provided that an enforceable contract has been signed by both parties, we have given the customer access to our SaaS solutions, collection of the fee is probable, and the fee is fixed or determinable. Our subscription service arrangements do not contain refund-type provisions.

Our professional services contracts are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenues as a single unit of accounting, as discussed in the section below entitled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” these revenues are recognized as the services are rendered.

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related to supporting and hosting our product offerings and delivering our professional services. These costs consist primarily of personnel and related costs including salaries, benefits, bonuses and share-based compensation expense related to the management of our data centers, our customer support team and our professional services team. In addition to these expenses, we incur third-party service provider costs such as data center and networking expenses, allocated overhead costs and depreciation expense. We allocate overhead costs, such as rent and facility costs, information technology costs and employee benefit costs to all departments based on headcount. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in cost of revenue and each operating expense category.

We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars due to expenditures related to the purchase of hardware, expansion and support of our data center operations and customer support teams. We also expect that cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue will decrease over time as we are able to achieve economies of scale in our business, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on the timing of significant expenditures. To the extent that our customer base grows, we intend to continue to invest additional resources in expanding the delivery capability of our products and other services. The timing of these additional expenses could affect our cost of revenue, both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in any particular quarterly or annual period.

46


 

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation expense, costs of server usage by our developers and allocated overhead costs. We expense all research and development costs as they are incurred. We have focused our efforts on developing new versions of our SaaS technology with expanded features. Our technology is constantly being refined and, as such, we do not capitalize development costs. We believe that continued investment in our technology is important for our future growth. As a result, we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we make further substantial investments in developing our Mime | OS™ platform, improving our existing services and creating new features that will increase the functionality of our new and existing products. Research and development expenses as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate on a quarterly basis but we expect it to increase in the near-term as a result of the expected investments noted above.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, commissions and share-based compensation expense. Other costs included are those relating to marketing and promotional events, online marketing, product marketing and allocated overhead costs. We expense all costs as they are incurred, including sales commissions.  Sales and marketing expenses increased substantially in fiscal 2017 as we continued to expand our sales and marketing efforts globally, particularly in the United States. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase substantially in the year ending March 31, 2018. New sales personnel require training and may take several months or more to achieve productivity; as such, the costs we incur in connection with the hiring of new sales personnel in a given period are not typically offset by increased revenue in that period and may not result in new revenue if these sales personnel fail to become productive. We expect to increase our investment in sales and marketing as we add new services, which will increase these expenses in absolute dollars. Over the long term, we believe that sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue will decrease, but will vary depending upon the mix of revenue from new and existing customers, as well as changes in the productivity of our sales and marketing programs.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for executive, legal, finance, information technology and human resources functions, including salaries, benefits, incentive compensation and share-based compensation expense, in addition to the costs associated with professional fees, insurance premiums, other corporate expenses and allocated overhead costs. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to incur additional personnel and professional services costs in order to support business growth as well as meeting the compliance requirements of operating as a public company, including those costs incurred in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, costs associated with the expected loss of our status as a foreign private issuer, and costs associated with the adoption of new accounting standards, including ASC 606, Revenue Recognition and ASU 2016-02, Leases, among others. Over the long term, we believe that general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue will decrease.

Restructuring

Restructuring consist of severance, outplacement, and other separation benefits.

Other income (expense)

Other income (expense) is comprised of the following items:

Interest income

Interest income includes interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and investments balances. We expect interest income to vary each reporting period depending on our average cash, cash equivalents and investments balances during the period and market interest rates. We expect interest income to increase in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018 due to higher yields on investments.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense associated with our outstanding debt and our credit facility.

47


 

Foreign exchange income

Foreign exchange income consists primarily of foreign exchange fluctuations related to short-term intercompany accounts and foreign currency exchange gains and losses related to transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency for each of our subsidiaries. We expect our foreign currency exchange gains and losses to continue to fluctuate in the future as foreign currency exchange rates change, however, we expect foreign currency exchange gains and losses to be less significant in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018 as compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 due to the capitalization and repayment of certain intercompany balances at the end of our second fiscal quarter of 2017.

Provision for income taxes

We operate in several tax jurisdictions and are subject to taxes in each country or jurisdiction in which we conduct business. We account for income taxes in accordance with the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases for assets and liabilities using statutory rates. In addition, this method requires a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our provision for income taxes for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 primarily relates to our South African entity.

A. Operating Results

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenue

 

$

186,563

 

 

$

141,841

 

 

$

116,085

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

50,314

 

 

 

41,809

 

 

 

36,821

 

Gross profit

 

 

136,249

 

 

 

100,032

 

 

 

79,264

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

22,593

 

 

 

17,663

 

 

 

14,461

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

96,154

 

 

 

65,187

 

 

 

51,224

 

General and administrative

 

 

27,875

 

 

 

19,756

 

 

 

15,806

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

146,622

 

 

 

102,606

 

 

 

82,694

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,373

)

 

 

(2,574

)

 

 

(3,430

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

510

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

62

 

Interest expense

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(690

)

 

 

(703

)

Foreign exchange income

 

 

6,892

 

 

 

811

 

 

 

4,508

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

7,134

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

3,867

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(3,239

)

 

 

(2,379

)

 

 

437

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

152

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

 

48


 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenue

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

27

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

32

 

Gross profit

 

 

73

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

68

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

52

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

44

 

General and administrative

 

 

15

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

79

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

71

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Foreign exchange income

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

(3)%

 

 

(1)%

 

 

 

 

 

We have operations in jurisdictions other than the United States and generate revenue and incur expenditures in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The following information shows the effect on certain components of our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated based on a 10% increase or decrease in foreign currency exchange rates assuming that all foreign currency exchange rates move in the same directions at the same time:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Cost of Revenue

 

$

2.9

 

 

$

2.5

 

 

$

2.3

 

Research and development

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

1.3

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

3.0

 

General and administrative

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

Comparison of Years Ended March 31, 2017 and 2016

Revenue

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Revenue

 

$

186,563

 

 

$

141,841

 

 

$

44,722

 

 

 

32

%

 

Revenue increased $44.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to increases in new customers, including the 8,400 new customers added since March 31, 2016, a full year of revenue related to new customers added in fiscal 2016 and additional revenue from customers that existed as of March 31, 2016. Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016 was negatively impacted by approximately $9.9 million primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound and to a lesser extent the South African rand.

49


 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

50,314

 

 

$

41,809

 

 

$

8,505

 

 

 

20

%

 

Cost of revenue increased $8.5 million in the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016, which was primarily attributable to increases in data center costs of $3.9 million, personnel-related costs of $2.7 million, depreciation expense of $1.0 million and share-based compensation expense of $0.7 million. Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016 was positively impacted by approximately $3.2 million primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound. Data center costs increased as a result of the increase in our customer base, personnel-related cost increased primarily as a result of salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount, depreciation increased primarily as a result of increased capital expenditures in support of our expanding infrastructure and share-based compensation expense increased primarily as a result of an increase in share option modification charges.

As a result of changes in foreign exchange rates, gross profit decreased in absolute dollars by approximately $6.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2016. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, gross profit as a percentage of revenue remained consistent as costs related to supporting and hosting our product offerings and delivering our services are incurred in the region in which the related revenue is recognized.

Operating expenses

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

22,593

 

 

$

17,663

 

 

$

4,930

 

 

 

28

%

Sales and marketing

 

 

96,154

 

 

 

65,187

 

 

 

30,967

 

 

 

48

%

General and administrative

 

 

27,875

 

 

 

19,756

 

 

 

8,119

 

 

 

41

%

Total operating expenses

 

$

146,622

 

 

$

102,606

 

 

$

44,016

 

 

 

43

%

 

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased $4.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016, which was primarily attributable to increases in personnel-related costs of $3.5 million, information technology and facility costs of $0.5 million, travel and other costs of $0.3 million, professional services costs of $0.2 million and share-based compensation expense of $0.2 million. Research and development expenses for the year ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2016 were positively impacted by approximately $2.8 million primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound. Personnel-related cost increased primarily as a result of salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount throughout the year and professional services costs increased primarily as a result of the use of research and development contractors.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $31.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016, which was primarily attributable to increases in personnel-related costs of $17.3 million, marketing costs of $7.4 million, travel and other costs of $2.0 million, share-based compensation expense of $1.5 million, professional services of $1.3 million and information technology and facilities costs of $1.1 million. Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2016 were positively impacted by approximately $3.9 million primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound. Personnel-related costs increased primarily as a result of salaries, benefits and commissions associated with increased headcount. Marketing costs increased primarily as a result of increased lead generation, online marketing, brand development costs and advertising.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $8.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016, which was primarily attributable to increases in personnel-related costs of $4.3 million, professional services costs of

50


 

$2.9 million and information technology and facilities costs of $0.3 million. General and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2016 were positively impacted by approximately $1.0 million primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the British pound.  Personnel-related costs increased primarily as a result of salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount. Professional service costs increased primarily due to accounting, consulting and legal services associated with operating as a public company. In addition, we incurred $0.6 million of expenses related to the October 2016 secondary offering and $0.7 million in transaction costs related to the iSheriff transaction.

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

510

 

 

$

74

 

 

$

436

 

 

 

589

%

Interest expense

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(690

)

 

 

422

 

 

 

(61

)%

Foreign exchange income

 

 

6,892

 

 

 

811

 

 

 

6,081

 

 

 

750

%

Total other income (expense)

 

$

7,134

 

 

$

195

 

 

$

6,939

 

 

nm

 

 

nm—not meaningful

Other income (expense) increased $6.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016, which was primarily attributable to a $6.1 million increase in foreign exchange income associated with the re-measurement of short-term intercompany balances as well as working capital balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units. The increase in foreign exchange income is a result of the British pound weakening compared to the foreign currencies in which we operate to a greater extent in fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016.  The increase in interest income is primarily due to higher weighted-average cash and investment balances after the IPO.  The decrease in interest expense is primarily due to a decrease in weighted-average debt balances.

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

2,202

 

 

$

865

 

 

$

1,337

 

 

 

155

%

 

Provision for income taxes increased $1.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2017 compared to the year ended March 31, 2016. The provision for income taxes in each period was primarily attributable to taxes related to our South African entity.  The increase in the provision for income taxes from the prior period was primarily due to increased net pre-tax income in our South African entity.

Comparison of Years Ended March 31, 2016 and 2015

Revenue

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Revenue

 

$

141,841

 

 

$

116,085

 

 

$

25,756

 

 

 

22

%

 

Revenue increased $25.8 million in the year ended March 31, 2016 compared to the year ended March 31, 2015. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to increases in new customers, including the 4,200 new customers added since March 31, 2015 and a full year of revenue related to new customers added in fiscal 2015. To a lesser extent revenue increased in fiscal 2016 as compared to 2015 due to additional revenue from existing customers.  Our revenue for the year ended March 31, 2016 was negatively impacted by approximately $9.5 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we operate.

51


 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

41,809

 

 

$

36,821

 

 

$

4,988

 

 

 

14

%

 

Cost of revenue increased $5.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2016 compared to the year ended March 31, 2015 which was primarily attributable to increases in data center costs of $1.8 million, professional services costs of $1.3 million, personnel-related costs of $1.3 million, information technology and facilities costs of $0.6 million and share-based compensation expense of $0.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in depreciation expense of $0.5 million. Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2015 was positively impacted by approximately $2.6 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we operate. Data center costs increased as a result of the increase in our customer base, professional services costs increased primarily as a result of an increase in vendor fulfillment costs, personnel-related cost increased primarily as a result of salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount, and share-based compensation expense increased primarily as a result of expense related to share-based awards that became exercisable upon the closing of the IPO. Depreciation decreased primarily as a result of the impact of foreign exchange rates.

 

As a result of changes in foreign exchange rates, gross profit decreased in absolute dollars by approximately $6.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2015. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, gross profit as a percentage of revenue remained consistent as costs related to supporting and hosting our product offerings and delivering our services are incurred in the region in which the related revenue is recognized.

Operating expenses

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

17,663

 

 

$

14,461

 

 

$

3,202

 

 

 

22

%

Sales and marketing

 

 

65,187

 

 

 

51,224

 

 

 

13,963

 

 

 

27

%

General and administrative

 

 

19,756

 

 

 

15,806

 

 

 

3,950

 

 

 

25

%

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

(1,203

)

 

nm

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

102,606

 

 

$

82,694

 

 

$

19,912

 

 

 

24

%

 

nm—not meaningful

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses increased $3.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2016 compared to the year ended March 31, 2015, which was primarily attributable to increases in share-based compensation expense of $1.2 million, personnel-related costs of $1.0 million, professional services costs of $0.5 million and information and technology and facility costs of $0.4 million. Total research and development expenses for the year ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2015 were positively impacted by approximately $1.2 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we operate. Share-based compensation expense increased primarily as a result of expense related to share-based awards that became exercisable upon the closing of the IPO, as well as an increase in share option modification charges. Personnel-related cost increased primarily as a result of salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount throughout the year, primarily in the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. Professional services costs increased primarily as a result of the use of research and development contractors.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $14.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2016 compared to the year ended March 31, 2015, which was primarily attributable to increases in marketing costs of $5.7 million, personnel-related costs of $4.7 million, share-based compensation expense of $1.5 million, information technology and facilities costs of $1.4 million, and professional services of $0.7 million. Total sales and marketing expenses for the year ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2015 were positively impacted by approximately $3.2 million as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we operate. Marketing costs increased primarily as a result of increased lead generation, online marketing, and

52


 

brand development costs, with a focus on the expansion of our presence in the U.S. market. Personnel-related costs increased primarily as a result of commissions, salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount. Share-based compensation expense increased primarily as a result of expense related to new hire grants and share-based awards that became exercisable upon the closing of the IPO, partially offset by a decrease in share option modification charges. Professional services increased primarily due to an increase in recruiting costs.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $4.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2016 compared to the year ended March 31, 2015 which was primarily attributable to increases in personnel-related costs of $2.0 million, professional services costs of $1.3 million, information technology and facilities costs of $0.5 million, and travel and other costs of $0.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in share-based compensation expense of $0.8 million. Personnel-related costs increased primarily as a result of salaries and benefits associated with increased headcount and compensation. Professional service costs increased primarily due to legal, accounting and consulting services in connection with the IPO and operating as a public company. Share-based compensation expense decreased primarily due to a decrease in share option modification charges partially offset by increases primarily as a result of expense related to share-based awards that became exercisable upon the closing of the IPO

Restructuring expenses

We recorded restructuring expenses of $1.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2015 in connection with the termination of employees in the United States and the United Kingdom. Restructuring expenses consisted of employee severance charges outplacement, and other separation benefits. We did not incur restructuring expenses in the year ended March 31, 2016.

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

74

 

 

$

62

 

 

$

12

 

 

 

19

%

Interest expense

 

 

(690

)

 

 

(703

)

 

 

13

 

 

 

(2

)%

Foreign exchange income

 

 

811

 

 

 

4,508

 

 

 

(3,697

)

 

 

(82

)%

Total other income (expense)

 

$

195

 

 

$

3,867

 

 

$

(3,672

)

 

nm

 

 

nm—not meaningful

 

Other income (expense) decreased $3.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2016 compared to the year ended March 31, 2015, primarily attributable to a $3.7 million decrease in foreign exchange income associated with the re-measurement of short-term intercompany asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units. In the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, we recognized foreign exchange income, primarily attributable to the re-measurement of short-term intercompany asset and liability balances as a result of the U.S. dollar strengthening compared to the British pound. The decrease in foreign exchange income is a result of the U.S. dollar strengthening compared to the British pound to a lesser extent in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 2015.

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

Period-to-period change

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

865

 

 

$

152

 

 

$

713

 

 

 

469

%

 

Provision for income taxes increased $0.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2016 compared to the year ended March 31, 2015, which was primarily attributable to taxes related to our foreign subsidiaries, primarily our South African entity.

53


 

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the eight quarters in the period ended March 31, 2017. We have prepared the quarterly consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements, including, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

 

 

Quarter ended

 

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenue

 

$

33,328

 

 

$

34,507

 

 

$

37,130

 

 

$

36,876

 

 

$

41,460

 

 

$

44,361

 

 

$

48,333

 

 

$

52,409

 

Cost of revenue (1)

 

 

9,876

 

 

 

10,193

 

 

 

10,651

 

 

 

11,089

 

 

 

11,339

 

 

 

12,377

 

 

 

13,144

 

 

 

13,454

 

Gross profit

 

 

23,452

 

 

 

24,314

 

 

 

26,479

 

 

 

25,787

 

 

 

30,121

 

 

 

31,984

 

 

 

35,189

 

 

 

38,955

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development (1)

 

 

3,530

 

 

 

3,933

 

 

 

5,464

 

 

 

4,736

 

 

 

5,149

 

 

 

4,948

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

6,607

 

Sales and marketing (1)

 

 

13,121

 

 

 

14,856

 

 

 

17,607

 

 

 

19,603

 

 

 

21,463

 

 

 

22,866

 

 

 

25,336

 

 

 

26,489

 

General and administrative (1)

 

 

4,691

 

 

 

4,022

 

 

 

5,546

 

 

 

5,497

 

 

 

6,456

 

 

 

6,597

 

 

 

6,994

 

 

 

7,828

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

21,342

 

 

 

22,811

 

 

 

28,617

 

 

 

29,836

 

 

 

33,068

 

 

 

34,411

 

 

 

38,219

 

 

 

40,924

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

2,110

 

 

 

1,503

 

 

 

(2,138

)

 

 

(4,049

)

 

 

(2,947

)

 

 

(2,427

)

 

 

(3,030

)

 

 

(1,969

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

17

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

203

 

Interest expense

 

 

(177

)

 

 

(168

)

 

 

(227

)

 

 

(118

)

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(76

)

 

 

(61

)

 

 

(24

)

Foreign exchange (expense) income

 

 

(3,841

)

 

 

741

 

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

4,096

 

 

 

2,719

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

158

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(4,001

)

 

 

585

 

 

 

990

 

 

 

2,621

 

 

 

4,056

 

 

 

2,719

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

337

 

(Loss) income before provision for (benefit

   from) income taxes

 

 

(1,891

)

 

 

2,088

 

 

 

(1,148

)

 

 

(1,428

)

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

292

 

 

 

(3,008

)

 

 

(1,632

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

358

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

51

 

 

 

536

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

362

 

 

 

986

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(2,249

)

 

$

2,168

 

 

$

(1,199

)

 

$

(1,964

)

 

$

244

 

 

$

303

 

 

$

(3,370

)

 

$

(2,618

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary

   shareholders—basic

 

$

(2,249

)

 

$

1,572

 

 

$

(1,199

)

 

$

(1,964

)

 

$

244

 

 

$

303

 

 

$

(3,370

)

 

$

(2,618

)

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary

   shareholders—diluted

 

$

(2,249

)

 

$

1,612

 

 

$

(1,199

)

 

$

(1,964

)

 

$

244

 

 

$

303

 

 

$

(3,370

)

 

$

(2,618

)

Net (loss) income per share applicable

   to ordinary shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.05

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.05

)

Weighted-average number of ordinary

   shares used in computing net (loss)

   income per share applicable to

   ordinary shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

33,066

 

 

 

33,673

 

 

 

42,514

 

 

 

54,172

 

 

 

54,287

 

 

 

54,636

 

 

 

54,949

 

 

 

55,375

 

Diluted

 

 

33,066

 

 

 

36,991

 

 

 

42,514

 

 

 

54,172

 

 

 

57,655

 

 

 

58,513

 

 

 

54,949

 

 

 

55,375

 

 

(1)

Share-based compensation expense included in these line items was as follows:

 

 

 

Quarter ended

 

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

22

 

 

$

107

 

 

$

350

 

 

$

154

 

 

$

170

 

 

$

301

 

 

$

730

 

 

$

152

 

Research and development

 

 

29

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

1,293

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

405

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

83

 

 

 

768

 

 

 

1,481

 

 

 

849

 

 

 

973

 

 

 

1,133

 

 

 

1,531

 

 

 

1,082

 

General and administrative

 

 

709

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

826

 

 

 

610

 

 

 

528

 

 

 

470

 

 

 

645

 

 

 

706

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

843

 

 

$

1,136

 

 

$

3,950

 

 

$

1,957

 

 

$

2,043

 

 

$

2,265

 

 

$

3,641

 

 

$

2,345

 

54


 

 

 

 

Quarter ended

 

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

As a % of revenue

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

Revenue

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

Cost of revenue (1)

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

26

 

Gross profit

 

 

70

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

74

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development (1)

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

13

 

Sales and marketing (1)

 

 

39

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

51

 

General and administrative (1)

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

64

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

79

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

6

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange (expense) income

 

 

(12

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(13

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for (benefit

   from) income taxes

 

 

(7

)

 

 

6

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Net (loss) income

 

(8)%

 

 

6%

 

 

(4)%

 

 

(5)%

 

 

 

1

%

 

 

%

 

(6)%

 

 

(7)%

 

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, investments and accounts receivable. The following table shows net cash provided by operating activities, net cash used in investing activities, and net cash (used in) provided by financing activities for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

32,514

 

 

$

24,643

 

 

$

23,247

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(84,615

)

 

 

(14,234

)

 

 

(12,583

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(332

)

 

 

63,801

 

 

 

5,431

 

 

In November 2015, we raised net proceeds of $68.3 million in our IPO, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses paid by us. Prior to our IPO in November 2015, we financed our operations primarily through private placements of equity and borrowings from our primary bank lender. In the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, we incurred operating losses of $10.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. While we expect to generate an operating loss in the year ending March 31, 2018, we expect to continue to generate positive cash flows from operating activities. In the year ending March 31, 2018, we plan to continue to invest in the development and expansion of our Mime | OS™ platform to improve on our existing solutions in order to provide more capabilities to our customers. Investments in capital expenditures in the year ended March 31, 2017 were $18.5 million. We expect this level of investment to increase in the year ending March 31, 2018.

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $111.7 million and $106.1 million, respectively. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, investments and operating cash flows will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those planned and will depend on certain factors, such as, our growth and our operating results. If we require additional capital resources to grow our business or to acquire complementary technologies and businesses in the future, we may seek to sell additional equity or raise funds through debt financing or other sources. We may also seek to invest in or acquire complementary businesses, applications or technologies, any of which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. We cannot provide assurance that additional financing will be available at all or on terms favorable to us. We had no material commitments for capital expenditures as of March 31, 2017 or 2016.

 

55


 

Borrowings and credit facility

Since January 2012, we have entered into various term loan borrowings with Silicon Valley Bank. The term loans have fixed interest rates of 4.5% and principal repayment periods of 36 equal monthly installments with remaining maturities through January 2018. As of March 31, 2017, the aggregate principal balance of the term loans was $1.7 million, all of which is payable in the year ending March 31, 2018. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no amounts available for future borrowings under the term loans.

In January 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank providing for a revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility expired unused in July 2016.  Our term loan borrowings are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and we are required to meet certain financial covenants, including recurring revenue and adjusted quick ratio covenants. The agreement also contains the following negative covenants:

 

a commitment not to pay dividends or make distributions or payments or to redeem, retire or repurchase our share capital; and

 

negative pledges by us and our subsidiaries, including with respect to:

 

limitations on dissolution, any subordinated debt arrangement, mergers, acquisitions, investments, dispositions and transactions with affiliates not in the ordinary course of business;

 

limitations on assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest or encumbering any of our property (other than permitted liens identified in the agreement); and

 

restrictions on changes in business, management, ownership, business locations or organizational structure.

Failure to meet these financial and other covenants would enable Silicon Valley Bank to demand immediate repayment of all outstanding balances under the loan agreement. We were in compliance with all covenants as of March 31, 2017 and 2016.

Operating activities

For the year ended March 31, 2017, cash provided by operating activities was $32.5 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during the period were our net loss of $5.4 million, adjusted for non-cash items of $11.9 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment and intangible assets, $10.3 million of share-based compensation expense, and $6.5 million in unrealized foreign currency gains on foreign denominated transactions primarily, intercompany balances. The drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were a $29.1 million increase in deferred revenue, a $4.9 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, a $1.9 million decrease in other assets and a $0.8 million increase in accounts payable, partially offset by a $11.8 million increase in accounts receivable and a $2.8 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

For the year ended March 31, 2016, cash provided by operating activities was $24.6 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during the period were our net loss of $3.2 million, adjusted for non-cash items of $10.5 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, $7.9 million of share-based compensation expense, and $1.0 million in net foreign currency gains. The drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were an $18.6 million increase in deferred revenue and a $4.7 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, partially offset by a $9.8 million increase in accounts receivable, a $2.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $0.5 million decrease in accounts payable and a $0.4 million increase in other assets.

For the year ended March 31, 2015, cash provided by operating activities was $23.2 million. The primary factors affecting our operating cash flows during the period were our net income of $0.3 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $11.0 million for depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment, $5.4 million of share-based compensation expense, and $4.1 million in net foreign currency gains. The drivers of the changes in operating assets and liabilities were an $11.4 million increase in deferred revenue, a $2.8 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities, and a $0.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in accounts receivable due primarily to overall growth in our business.

Investing activities

 

Cash used in investing activities of $84.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2017 consisted of $67.6 million in purchases of investments, $18.5 million in capital expenditures and $5.6 million in payments related to the iSheriff acquisition partially offset by $7.0 million in maturities of investments.  Cash used in investing activities of $14.2 million and $12.6 million for the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, was due to capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures were associated primarily with computer equipment purchased in support of our expanding infrastructure and to a lesser extent leasehold improvements and office equipment associated with increased headcount.

56


 

Financing activities

Cash used in financing activities of $0.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2017 was primarily due to payments on debt of $4.6 million and payments on capital lease obligations of $0.2 million, partially offset by $4.5 million of proceeds from exercises of share options.  

Cash provided by financing activities of $63.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2016 was due primarily to $68.3 million in proceeds from our IPO, net of issuance costs, and $0.9 million of proceeds from exercises of share options, partially offset by payments on debt of $5.4 million.

Cash provided by financing activities of $5.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2015 was due primarily to $8.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of issuance costs and $0.6 million in proceeds from exercises of share options, partially offset by $3.5 million of payments on debt.

Net operating loss carryforwards

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we had U.K. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $23.7 million and $10.3 million, respectively that do not expire. As of March 31 2017 and 2016, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.0 million and $31.5 million, respectively and U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $18.9 million and $24.4 million, respectively that expire at various dates through 2037. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we had Australian net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively that do not expire. As of March 31, 2017, the Company had a U.K. income tax credit carryforward of $0.3 million that does not expire and a $0.1 million U.S. Federal tax credit that does not expire.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation . The amendments require an entity to recognize all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in connection with share-based compensation as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement. The amendments also require recognizing excess tax benefits regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes payable in the current period and excess tax benefits will be classified as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows. The tax effects of exercised or vested awards will be treated as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. The amendments are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. This guidance will be adopted by the Company on April 1, 2018 using a modified retrospective transition method; however the adoption is not expected to have a material impact to the Company’s deferred tax assets or retained earnings on its consolidated balance sheets.

In assessing our ability to realize our net deferred tax assets, we considered various factors including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations, to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based upon these factors, we have determined that the uncertainty regarding the realization of these assets is sufficient to warrant the need for a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Up to and including the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, we have not had any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As a result, we are not exposed to related financing, liquidity, market or credit risks that could arise if we had engaged in those types of arrangements.

57


 

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table represents our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2017, aggregated by type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due in:

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less   than 1 year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

More than 5 years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Debt obligations principal

 

$

1,734

 

 

$

1,734

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Debt obligations interest

 

 

35

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

46,303

 

 

 

4,743

 

 

 

13,331

 

 

 

8,344

 

 

 

19,885

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

502

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Data center obligations

 

 

54,872

 

 

 

14,244

 

 

 

24,795

 

 

 

15,833

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

103,446

 

 

$

21,007

 

 

$

38,377

 

 

$

24,177

 

 

$

19,885

 

 

We lease our facilities under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through October 2027. We have outstanding letters of credit of $3.8 million related to certain operating leases.

Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements

For information on recent accounting pronouncements, see Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements in the notes to the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between our estimates and our actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue from two sources: (1) subscription revenues, which are comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud services and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees; and (2) related professional services and other revenue, which consists primarily of set-up and ingestion fees as well as training fees.

We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

the service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

the collection of the fees is probable; and

 

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Our subscription arrangements provide customers the right to access our hosted software applications. Customers do not have the right to take possession of our software during the hosting arrangement. Accordingly, we recognize revenue in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition , and Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition .

58


 

We sell our products and services directly through our sales force and also indirectly through third-party resellers. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, we have considered certain factors in determining whether the end-user or the third-party reseller is our customer in arrangements involving resellers. We concluded that in the majority of transactions with resellers, the reseller is our customer. In these arrangements, we considered that it is the reseller, and not us, that has the relationship with the end-user. Specifically, the reseller has the ability to set pricing with the end-user and the credit risk with the end-user is borne by the reseller. Further, the reseller is not obligated to report its transaction price with the end-user to us, and in the majority of transactions, we are unable to determine the amount paid by the end-user customer to the reseller in these transactions. As a result of such considerations, revenue for these transactions is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based upon the amount billed to the reseller. For transactions where we have determined that the end-user is the ultimate customer, revenue is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the transaction price with the end-user.

We recognize subscription and support revenue ratably over the term of the contract, typically one year in duration, beginning on the commencement date of each contract.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Our professional services contracts are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenues as a single unit of accounting, as discussed below, we recognize these revenues as the services are rendered.

Revenue is presented net of any taxes collected from customers.

We may enter into arrangements with multiple-deliverables that generally include multiple subscriptions, premium support and professional services. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, we evaluate each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control.

If the deliverables are determined to qualify as separate units of accounting, consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the units’ relative selling prices. We determine the relative selling price for a deliverable based on its vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, if available, or its best estimate of selling price, if VSOE is not available. We have determined that third-party evidence of selling price is not a practical alternative due to differences in our service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The amount of revenue allocated to delivered items is limited by contingent revenue, if any.

Subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether professional services sold together with the subscription services have standalone value, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the determination that customers cannot resell the services that Mimecast provides, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services work. Professional services sold at the time of the multiple-element subscription arrangement typically include customer set-up and ingestion services. To date, we have concluded that all of these professional services included in executed multiple-deliverable arrangements do not have standalone value and are therefore not considered separate units of accounting. These professional services are purchased by customers only in contemplation of, or in concert with, purchasing one of our hosted subscription solutions and, therefore, are not considered a substantive service, such that the provision of such service does not reflect the culmination of the earnings process. Mimecast does not sell these services without the related underlying primary subscription as there would be no practical interest or need on the behalf of a customer to buy these services without the underlying subscription. We do not have any knowledge of other vendors selling these services on a stand-alone basis and there is no way for an end-user to resell the deliverable. Accordingly, the deliverables within the arrangement including both subscription services and other professional services are accounted for as a single unit of accounting. On these occasions, revenue for the professional services deliverables in the arrangement is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual term or the average customer life, as further described below.

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from subscription services described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. In addition, deferred revenue consists of amounts paid by customers related to upfront set-up or ingestion fees. Revenue related to such services is recognized over the contractual term or the average customer life, whichever is longer. The estimated customer life has been determined to be five years.

59


 

Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as non-current in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income taxes

We are subject to income tax in the United Kingdom, the United States and other international jurisdictions, and we use estimates in determining our provision for income taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . ASC 740 is an asset and liability approach that requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax basis, and for net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such position are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we did not have any uncertain tax positions that would impact our net tax provision if recognized.

Accounting for share-based compensation awards

We account for share-based compensation awards in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the recognition of expense related to the fair value of share-based compensation awards in the statements of operations. For share options issued under our share-based compensation plans to employees and members of our Board of Directors for their services as directors, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant, and an estimated forfeiture rate is used when calculating share-based compensation expense for the period. For restricted share awards and restricted share units issued under our share-based compensation plans, the fair value of each grant is calculated based on the fair value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. For service-based awards, we recognize share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. For awards subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, we recognize share-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For share-based awards classified as liabilities, we account for such liability such that the compensation expense will be remeasured at each reporting date until such award is settled.

Certain awards granted by us are subject to service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event, defined as either a change of control or an initial public offering. As a result, no compensation cost related to share-based awards with these performance conditions had been recognized through the date of our IPO, which occurred in November 2015, as we had determined that a liquidity event was not probable. Since the closing of our IPO, share-based compensation expense for these equity-awards has been recognized using the accelerated attribution method over the remaining service period.

We estimate the fair value of employee share options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the use of highly subjective estimates and assumptions. We estimate the expected term of options for service-based awards utilizing the “Simplified Method,” as we do not have sufficient historical share option exercise information on which to base its estimate. The Simplified Method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. In addition, the expected term for certain share-based awards which are subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions, is based on management’s estimate of the period of time for which the instrument is expected to be outstanding, factoring in certain assumptions such as the vesting period of the award, length of service and/or the location of the employee. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of the share option. Since there was no public market for our ordinary shares prior to the IPO and as our shares have been publicly traded for a limited time, we determined the expected volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issue options with substantially similar terms. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies. We use an expected dividend rate of zero as we currently have no history or expectation of paying dividends on our ordinary shares. In addition, we have estimated expected forfeitures of share options based on our historical forfeiture rate and used these rates in developing a future forfeiture rate. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods. Since the IPO, the fair value of our ordinary shares at the time of each grant of a share-based award have been based on the market value at the time of each grant.

60


 

Prior to the IPO, in the absence of an active market for our ordinary shares, the Board of Directors, the members of which we believe have extensive business, finance, and venture capital experience, were required to estimate the fair value of the our ordinary shares at the time of each grant of a share-based award. We and the Board of Directors utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , to estimate the fair value of its ordinary shares. Each valuation methodology included estimates and assumptions that required our judgment. These estimates and assumptions include a number of objective and subjective factors, in determining the value of our ordinary shares at each grant date, including the following factors: (1) prices paid for our convertible preferred shares, which we had sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions, and the rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares; (2) valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist; (3) our stage of development and revenue growth; (4) the fact that the grants of share-based awards involved illiquid securities in a private company; and (5) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the ordinary shares underlying the share-based awards, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

We believe this methodology to be reasonable based upon our internal peer company analyses, and further supported by several arm’s-length transactions involving the convertible preferred shares. As our ordinary shares were not actively traded prior to the IPO, the determination of fair value involves assumptions, judgments and estimates. If different assumptions were made, share-based compensation expense, consolidated net (loss) income and consolidated net (loss) income per share could have been significantly different.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees during each of the periods indicated below:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

6.3

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

3.1

%

Expected volatility

 

 

41.0

%

 

 

42.7

%

 

 

52.6

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

Estimated grant date fair value per ordinary share

 

$

20.22

 

 

$

9.80

 

 

$

7.20

 

 

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an “emerging growth company.” As an “emerging growth company,” we have irrevocably elected not to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable. In addition, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an “emerging growth company” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), or (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of our chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

These exemptions apply for a period of five years following the completion of our IPO, which occurred in November 2015 or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Intellectual Property” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

61


 

D. Trend I nformation

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

G. Safe Harbor

See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of all of our executive officers and directors is CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate, London, EC2Y 9AW, United Kingdom.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Executive Officers and Employee Directors:

 

 

 

 

Peter Bauer

 

43

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Peter Campbell

 

52

 

Chief Financial Officer

Neil Murray

 

49

 

Chief Technology Officer and Director

Edward Jennings

 

47

 

Chief Operating Officer

Robert P. Nault

 

53

 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

 

 

 

 

Christopher FitzGerald (1)(3)

 

71

 

Director

Aron Ain (2) (3)

 

59

 

Director

Norman Fiore (1)

 

46

 

Director

Jeffrey Lieberman (2)(3)

 

43

 

Director

Hagi Schwartz (1)(2)

 

55

 

Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

The following sets forth biographical information regarding our executive officers and directors. There are no family relationships among the executive officers or directors nor are there any family relationships between any executive officer and directors.

Executive Officers and Employee Directors

Peter Bauer has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since co-founding our company in 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Bauer was a Managing Director at Idion Solutions Pty in Cape Town, South Africa, a software integration and development company that acquired FAB Technology (Pty), a company that he co-founded in 1997. We believe Mr. Bauer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge and experience as the chief executive officer of our company, as well as the industry in which we compete.

Peter Campbell has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2006, and from 2007 to 2016, Mr. Campbell served as a member of our board of directors. Prior to joining Mimecast, Mr. Campbell served as the Chief Financial Officer of SR Telecom Inc. where he was employed from 2002 to 2006. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Campbell was an auditor at Ernst & Young in Montreal, Canada. Mr. Campbell holds a Bachelor of Commerce and a Graduate Diploma in accounting from Concordia University.

62


 

Neil Murray has served as our Chief Technology Officer and a member of our board of directors since co-founding our company in 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Murray served as the Chief Technical Officer of Global Technology Services, a South African provider of business information solutions that acquired Pro Solutions (Prosol Group Pty), a software development company that he co-founded in 1992. We believe Mr. Murray is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive knowledge and experience with our company and its technologies, as well as the industry in which we compete.

Edward Jennings has served as our Chief Operating Officer since August 2015. From January 2014 to August 2015, Mr. Jennings was the Chief Marketing Officer of Veracode, Inc., a provider of cloud-based application security, where he also served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Services from February 2012 to December 2013. Prior to that, from February 2011 to January 2012, Mr. Jennings was General Manager at ADP, Inc. (NASDAQ: ADP), a provider of business outsourcing solutions. From August 2008 to December 2010, Mr. Jennings was the Chief Executive Officer of Copanion, Inc., where he also served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from July 2007 to July 2008. Mr. Jennings holds a Masters of Business Administration from Northwestern University and a Bachelor of Arts from Boston College.

Robert P. Nault has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since September 2016. From May 2014 to May 2016, he served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Constant Contact, Inc., a provider of email marketing software, where he also served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from March 2007 to May 2014 and as interim Chief Financial Officer from March 2010 to July 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Nault served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of RSA Security Inc., a provider of e-security technology solutions, from November 2005 until November 2006 following its acquisition by EMC Corporation in September 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Nault was Vice President and General Counsel of Med-i-Bank, Inc., a provider of software and services for electronic benefit payments, from October 2004 to July 2005; Legal Consultant and Vice President and General Counsel of ON Technology Corporation, an enterprise software company, from 2001 to 2004; and Senior Vice President and General Counsel of The Pioneer Group, Inc., a financial services and alternative investments company, from 1995 to 2000. Before joining Pioneer, Mr. Nault was a member of the corporate department of Hale and Dorr LLP (now Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP). Mr. Nault holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Rhode Island and a Juris Doctorate from Boston University School of Law.

Non-Executive Directors

Aron Ain joined our board of directors on April 1, 2017.  Mr. Ain has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Kronos Incorporated since 2005. Mr. Ain joined Kronos, a leading global provider of workforce management and human capital management cloud solutions, in 1979 and held several leadership roles at the company prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer. He serves on the Board of Trustees of Hamilton College, on the Trustee Advisory Board of Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, and as Vice Chairman of the Massachusetts High Technology Council. Mr. Ain holds a Bachelor of Arts in economics and government from Hamilton College.  He has also participated in a series of executive education programs, including the AEA/Stanford Executive Institute at Stanford University.  We believe that Mr. Ain is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as chief executive officer of a global company.  

Christopher FitzGerald has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007. Mr. FitzGerald served as a non-executive director of City Merchants High Yield Trust, a London based investment company (LON: CMHY), and The Intercare Group, a U.K. pharmaceuticals business. Mr. FitzGerald was also a member of the Committee of Executive Directors and General Counsel at NatWest Group plc. Before that, Mr. FitzGerald was a partner in the London law firm Slaughter and May, where he specialized in advising major financial services businesses. Mr. FitzGerald holds a Master of Arts in Jurisprudence from Oxford University. We believe that Mr. FitzGerald is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive business, financial and legal experience.

Norman Fiore has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009. Mr. Fiore currently serves as a General Partner at Dawn Capital, a venture capital firm that he co-founded in 2007. Prior to co-founding Dawn, Mr. Fiore was a Partner at the Reuters Greenhouse Fund where he co-managed one of the largest global corporate technology funds. Prior to that, Mr. Fiore worked at Bain & Company in the Telecoms and Private Equity groups. Mr. Fiore currently serves on the board of directors of several private companies. Mr. Fiore holds a Bachelor of Science in industrial engineering and a Bachelor of Arts in quantitative economics from Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration from INSEAD Business School. We believe Mr. Fiore is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor in our industry.

Jeffrey Lieberman has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Lieberman is currently a Managing Director of the venture capital firm Insight Venture Partners, which he joined in 1998. Prior to joining Insight, Mr. Lieberman was a management consultant at McKinsey & Company, where he focused on strategic and operating issues in the financial services, technology and consumer products industries. Mr. Lieberman currently serves as a director of several private companies.

63


 

Mr. Lieberman holds a Bachelor of Applied Sciences in systems engineering and a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Lieberman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a seasoned investor in our industry.

Hagi Schwartz has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2015. In 2005, Mr. Schwartz founded Magnolia Capital, an investment advisory firm, where he served as Managing Director. Mr. Schwartz is also a Venture Partner at Western Technology Investment, which he joined in 2011. Previously, Mr. Schwartz was the Chief Financial Officer of several public and private technology companies including HyperRoll, Inc., ATRICA, Inc., Noosh, Inc., and Check Point Software Technologies. Mr. Schwartz currently serves on the board of directors of Silicon Graphics International Corp. In addition, Mr. Schwartz has served on the board of directors of BigFix, TUI University and two other private companies. Mr. Schwartz has a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and Accounting from Bar Ilan University. We believe Mr. Schwartz is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his financial expertise, his significant audit and financial reporting knowledge, his seasoned business perspective and his prior experience as an executive and on boards of other prominent technology companies.

Bernard Dallé, who had served as one of our directors since 2009 resigned from our board of directors on April 1, 2017, concurrent with the election of Aron Ain. Mr. Dallé informed us that his decision to resign from the board of directors was personal and did not result from a disagreement with us on any matter relating to our operations, policies or practices.

B. Compensation

Directors’ and Executive Management Compensation

The aggregate compensation awarded to, earned by and paid to our current directors and executive officers, including share-based compensation, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017, was $7.5 million. The above also includes the estimated fair value of share-based compensation in the amount of $4.4 million issued in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 in the form of options to purchase an aggregate of 460,000 ordinary shares and restricted share units totaling 14,190. Share options to purchase ordinary shares were issued in October 2016 and February 2017 and had exercise prices of $19.28 and $21.83 per share, respectively and expire 10 years after the date of grant. Restricted share units in the aggregate of 14,190 were issued to non-employee directors in October 2016.  The total amounts accrued to provide severance, retirement, annual leave and recuperation or similar benefits or expenses for our directors and executive officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 was $0.6 million.

C. Board practices

Board Composition

We comply with the NASDAQ Stock Market rule that a majority of our directors be independent. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technology Officer, are independent under such rules.

Our board of directors is responsible for overall corporate governance and for supervising the general affairs and business of our company and its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors currently believes that our company is best served by combining the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, coupled with a lead independent director. Our board of directors believes that as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Bauer is the director most familiar with our business and industry and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading discussion and execution of strategy. Our independent directors bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside our company, while our Chief Executive Officer brings company-specific experience and expertise. Our board of directors believes that the combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is the best leadership structure for us at the current time as it promotes the efficient and effective development and execution of our strategy and facilitates information flow between management and our board of directors. The board of directors recognizes, however, that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the board of directors should be free to choose a chairperson of the board based upon the board’s view of what is in the best interests of our company. Accordingly, the board of directors periodically reviews its leadership structure.

64


 

Christopher FitzGerald serves as lead independent director. As the lead independent director, Mr. FitzGerald is responsible for coordinating the activities of the independent directors. Among other things, the lead independent director has the following specific responsibilities:

 

preside at all meetings of the board of directors at which the chairperson is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

call special meetings of the independent directors;

 

act as the principal liaison between the independent directors and the chairperson of the board;

 

approve meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items and approve meeting agendas for the board of directors and its committees;

 

approve information sent to the board; and

 

perform such other duties as the board of directors may from time to time delegate to the lead independent director.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Corporate Governance and Committees of the Board

Corporate governance

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including our company, to comply with various corporate governance practices. In addition, NASDAQ rules provide that foreign private issuers may follow home country practice in lieu of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards, subject to certain exceptions and except to the extent that such exemptions would be contrary to U.S. federal securities laws. We currently do not, and do not intend to, take advantage of any such exemptions.

We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable requirements of the rules adopted by the SEC, but expect to transition to domestic issuer status following the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018.

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and executive officers are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

65


 

Committees of the board

We have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and have a charter for each of these committees, current copies of which are available at the investor relations section of our website at www.mimecast.com.

Audit committee

The members of our audit committee are Hagi Schwartz, Norman Fiore and Christopher FitzGerald. Hagi Schwartz is the chair of the audit committee. Our audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence, objectivity and effectiveness of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from that firm;

 

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements by reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

reviewing and monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct;

 

overseeing our risk assessment and risk management policies;

 

establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, our independent registered public accounting firm and management; and

 

reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions.

All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

Our board of directors has determined that Hagi Schwartz is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.

In order to satisfy the independence criteria for audit committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, each member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We believe that the composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation committee

The members of our compensation committee are Jeffrey Lieberman, Aron Ain and Hagi Schwartz. Jeffrey Lieberman is the chair of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our directors and executive management;

 

overseeing an evaluation of our executive management; and

 

overseeing and administering our employee share option scheme or equity incentive plans in operation from time to time.

66


 

In order to satisfy the independence criteria for compensation committee members set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member must be considered, including, but not limited to: (1) the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and (2) whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. We believe the composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Christopher FitzGerald, Aron Ain and Jeffrey Lieberman. Christopher FitzGerald is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

 

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board’s committees;

 

reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to our board leadership structure;

 

reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to management succession planning; and

 

developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles.

Code of business conduct and ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our directors, executive officers and employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions, which is a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F promulgated by the SEC. The full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on the investor relations section of our website at www.mimecast.com .

If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Under Item 16B of Form 20-F, if a waiver or amendment of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and relates to standards promoting any of the values described in Item 16B of Form 20-F, we are required to disclose such waiver or amendment on our website in accordance with the requirements of Instruction 4 to such Item 16B.

Employment and Consulting Agreements

Executive management

Each of Peter Bauer and Peter Campbell has an amended and restated employment agreement with Mimecast North America, Inc. and we have a service agreement with Neil Murray. These agreements each contain customary provisions regarding non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions. The amended and restated employment agreements with each of Messrs. Bauer and Campbell provide for up to 12 months of base salary continuation and health insurance premiums in the event that the executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or the executive resigns for “good reason.” In the event that such termination occurs within 12 months following a “change in control,” the executive will be entitled to receive a payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary (or his base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher) plus his target bonus, up to 12 months of health insurance premiums and full acceleration of all equity awards. Receipt of the severance payments and benefits described above is conditioned upon the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor. In addition, the amended and restated employment agreements provide that upon a change in control, 50% of the shares underlying all equity awards held by each of Messrs. Bauer and Campbell will accelerate and vest. Pursuant to the terms of the service agreement with Mr. Murray, we and Mr. Murray are each obligated to provide the other party with four months’ written notice to terminate the employment relationship. Alternatively, in lieu of providing four months’ notice, we may elect to pay Mr. Murray a lump sum equal to his base salary, bonus and benefits for the notice period. Such notice period and termination benefits do not apply in the event that Mr. Murray is terminated by us for any one of the reasons enumerated in his service agreement. Under the terms of Mr. Jennings’ offer letter, he is entitled to six months of base salary continuation and health insurance premiums in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause, ” subject to the execution by Mr. Jennings of a satisfactory release of claims.  In addition, his offer letter provides that upon a “change in control,”

67


 

50% of the shares underlying all unvested equity awards held by him will accelerate and vest. If he is terminated without “cause” or for certain other reasons within 12 months of such change in control, all remaining unvested equity awards will accelerate and vest.  Under the terms of Mr. Nault’s offer letter, he is entitled to nine months of base salary and target bonus continuation and health insurance premiums in the event that his employment is terminated by us or a successor company without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason,” subject to the execution by Mr. Nault of a satisfactory release of claims.  In addition, his offer letter provides that upon a “change in control,” 50% of the shares underlying all unvested equity awards held by him will accelerate and vest. If he is terminated without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” within 12 months of such change in control, all remaining unvested equity awards will accelerate and vest.    

Non-executive directors

Prior to our initial public offering, each of the members of our board of directors was elected pursuant to a subscription and shareholders’ agreement among us and certain of our existing shareholders. See “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement.” That agreement terminated by its terms upon completion of our IPO, and there are no agreements between us and our shareholders governing the election of our directors.

Employee Share Plans

The equity incentive plans described in this section are the Mimecast Limited 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan, or the 2007 Plan, the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme, or the 2010 Plan, the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan, or the Approved Plan, the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, and the Mimecast Limited 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Prior to our IPO, we granted awards to eligible participants under the 2007 Plan, the 2010 Plan and the Approved Plan. Since the completion of our IPO, we have granted and expect to continue to grant awards to eligible participants under the 2015 Plan and our Board has authorized that the first six-month offering period under the ESPP will commence on July 1, 2017. We no longer grant awards under the 2007 Plan, the 2010 Plan and the Approved Plan.

2007 Plan

Our 2007 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on September 3, 2007. The maximum market value of shares (as of the date of grant) subject to unexercised Enterprise Management Incentive, or EMI, options granted under the 2007 Plan together with the 2010 Plan may not exceed £3 million. The 2007 Plan provides only for the granting of options to acquire Class B ordinary shares to our key employees and the key employees of our subsidiaries.

The 2007 Plan is administered by the non-executive members of our board of directors or a committee (administrator), who has the full power to interpret the 2007 Plan and to establish the rules and regulations applying to it and to make all other determinations they deem necessary or useful for the administration of the 2007 Plan, subject to applicable law. The option price of each option granted under the 2007 Plan was determined by the administrator of the 2007 Plan at the time the option was granted.

The 2007 Plan provides that, in the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2007 Plan) by way of trade sale, unless and to the extent that the administrator determines that the circumstances justify vesting and/or exercisability of a greater proportion of the unvested shares, (i) 75% of the shares underlying outstanding unvested options shall vest and the remaining 25% of the unvested option shares shall immediately lapse and (ii) options shall be exercisable to the extent that they have then vested and to the extent that any applicable performance conditions have then been satisfied. In such event, unless the acquirer provides for the replacement of such options, exercisable options may be exercised (a) on the same day as, and immediately prior to, the change of control becoming effective, (b) if the person making the offer so requests or makes it a condition of the offer that one or more optionholders is locked-in and the board of directors agreed to such request or requirement, in the 12-month period commencing no later than the date on which the acquirer gains control of us and any condition subject to which the offer was made has been satisfied or (c) in the absence of any such request or requirement, or if the board of directors does not agree to such request or requirement, within six months, or such longer period as the board of directors may determine (but in no event longer than 12 months), following the day on which the acquirer gains control of us and any condition subject to which the offer was made has been satisfied. Notwithstanding termination of an optionholder’s employment, any options vested at the time of a change of control shall immediately become exercisable for such period as the board of directors determined in its absolute discretion and acting fairly and reasonably if the board of directors determines that the termination is directly related to the change of control and exercisability is justified in the circumstances. Under the 2007 Plan, upon the listing of our shares on a recognized securities exchange that occurred on November 19, 2015, 100% of the unvested portion of options granted under the 2007 Plan vested and, unless the board of directors determines that the circumstances justify the exercisability of a greater proportion, 25% of the shares underlying options were exercisable immediately upon the listing, 50% of the shares underlying options were exercisable 12 months following the date of the listing and 25% of the shares underlying options will become exercisable 24 months following the date of the listing.

68


 

The administrator may amend the 2007 Plan but no such action may adversely affect the terms of outstanding options under the 2007 Plan without the consent of the holders of 75% of the option shares then outstanding, whether vested or unvested.

2010 Plan

Our 2010 Plan was approved by our board of directors on March 23, 2010 and was most recently amended on April 28, 2015. The maximum value of shares subject to unexercised EMI options granted under the 2010 Plan together with the 2007 Plan may not exceed £3 million. The number of shares over which an EMI option may be granted to any one eligible employee is limited such that the total value of shares subject to unexercised EMI options granted by us or any group company does not exceed £1 less than £250,000.

The 2010 Plan is administered by our board of directors. The 2010 Plan permits us to make grants of (i) EMI options to our employees and employees of any qualifying subsidiary (as defined in the 2010 Plan) whose committed time (as defined in the 2010 Plan) amounts to at least 25 hours a week or, if less, 75% of his or her working time and who do not have a material interest (as defined in the 2010 Plan) in us or any of our subsidiaries and (ii) unapproved options to our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries. The option price of each option may not be less than the market value of the Class B ordinary shares on the date of grant and, in the case of an option that is a right to subscribe for Class B ordinary shares, may not be less than the nominal value of such shares. The term of each option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 2010 Plan generally are not exercisable until the occurrence of an exit event, such as a corporate takeover, reconstruction, liquidation or sale of the business.

Under the 2010 Plan, options became vested in full immediately after our shares were admitted to listing on a recognized securities exchange. Such options became exercisable as to 25% of the underlying shares immediately following the admission date, 50% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the admission date and 25% of the underlying shares on the second anniversary of the admission date. However, options granted on or after May 13, 2014 to U.S. and South African participants shall continue vesting as set forth in the option award agreement.

The 2010 Plan provides that, in the event that a person obtains control (as defined in the 2010 Plan) of our company as a result of (i) making an offer to acquire the whole of our issued share capital that is made on a condition such that, if satisfied, the person will have control of the company or (ii) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with our shareholders that contemplates that the person will obtain control of the company upon completion, 75% of the unvested shares underlying options under the 2010 Plan shall vest and the remaining 25% of the option shares will only be exercisable if the directors determine that the circumstances so justify. If replacement options are offered to optionholders under the 2010 Plan by the acquiring company in relation to vested options, and an optionholder does not agree to release the vested options and accept a replacement option, the board of directors shall determine whether such vested options shall be exercisable or whether they shall lapse. If replacement options are not offered to all optionholders, then vested options shall become exercisable in either of the following exercise periods, as determined by the administrator: (i) immediately before a change of control becoming unconditional or (ii) during the one-month exercise period starting at a date to be determined by the administrator (but in any event such period shall take place before the 12-month period following the date the change of control becomes unconditional).

Options may be exercised, to the extent vested, within 39 days of a court sanctioning a scheme of reconstruction (as defined in the 2010 Plan) or a sale of the business (as defined in the 2010 Plan).

The number of shares underlying options and the option price thereof shall be adjusted appropriately following any capitalization issue, rights issue, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of share capital. Our board of directors may amend or add rules to the 2010 Plan or impose additional conditions or requirements on options or the terms on which Class B ordinary shares are acquired; provided, however, no amendments may be made that would have the effect of causing EMI options to cease to be EMI options and no amendment may be made unless, (i) where the rights are enjoyed by a single optionholder and not by any other optionholder or class of optionholders, such optionholder provides written consent or, (ii) where the rights are enjoyed by all optionholders or any class of optionholders, with the consent of 75% of the shares underlying outstanding options.

The 2010 Plan shall automatically terminate on the tenth anniversary of its adoption date and our board of directors may terminate the 2010 Plan at any earlier time.

69


 

Approved Plan

Our Approved Plan was approved by our board of directors on October 24, 2012 and was approved by HM Revenue & Customs on November 14, 2012. It was most recently amended on April 28, 2015. The number of shares over which an option may be granted to any one eligible employee is limited such that the total market value of shares subject to unexercised options held by such person under the Approved Plan or any other share option plan approved by HM Revenue & Customs and adopted by us or any other associated company (as defined in the Approved Plan) shall not exceed £30,000.

The Approved Plan is administered by our board of directors and permits us to make grants of options to purchase our Class B ordinary shares to full-time directors or employees of subsidiaries (as defined in the Approved Plan). The term of each option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

Except in certain limited circumstances, options under the Approved Plan may not be exercised earlier than the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, may only be exercised while the optionholder is a director or employee of a subsidiary, may only be exercised if any performance conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the administrator and may not be exercised at any time when a participant has or had, within the preceding 12 months a material interest (as defined in the Approved Plan) in a close company (as defined in the Approved Plan) which is the company or any company that has control of us or is a member of a consortium that owns the company.

The Approved Plan provides that, in the event that a person obtains control (as defined in the Approved Plan) of us as a result of (i) making a general offer to acquire the whole of our issued share capital that is made on a condition such that, if satisfied, the person will have control of the company or (ii) negotiating a share sale and purchase agreement with our shareholders that contemplates that the person will obtain control of the company upon completion, options may be exercised within six months of the date that the person obtains control of us or immediately before such period (i) to the extent vested and if any performance conditions have been satisfied to the satisfaction of the administrator or (ii) to the extent of 75% of the unvested shares underlying the option.

Under the Approved Plan, options granted before May 13, 2014 vested in full immediately after our shares are admitted to listing on a recognized securities exchange. Such options became exercisable as to 25% of the underlying shares immediately following the listing date, 50% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the listing date and 25% of the underlying shares on the second anniversary of the listing date. Options granted on or after May 13, 2014 shall continue vesting as set forth in the option award agreement.

The number of shares underlying options and the option price thereof shall be adjusted appropriately following any capitalization issue, any offer made by way of rights, subdivision, consolidation or reduction of share capital. Our board of directors may amend or add rules to the Approved Plan or impose additional conditions or requirements on options or the terms on which Class B ordinary shares are acquired; provided, however, that no amendment may be made unless the consent of 75% of the shares underlying outstanding options is obtained.

2015 Plan

Our 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on September 2, 2015 and approved by our shareholders on November 4, 2015 and became effective upon the closing of our IPO. The 2015 Plan allows the board of directors or the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants.

We initially reserved a total of 5,500,000 shares, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016, by 5% of the outstanding number of ordinary shares on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our board of directors. We refer to such number as the Annual Increase.

The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. Ordinary shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of shares, or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan will be added back to the ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

70


 

Share options and share appreciation rights with respect to no more than 2,500,000 ordinary shares may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year. The maximum number of ordinary shares that may be issued as incentive share options may not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase or 2,750,000 shares. The value of all awards made under the 2015 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,000,000.

The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan.

The 2015 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase ordinary shares intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and non-qualified stock options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee at the time of the grant but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised and may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or a portion of any option.

Our compensation committee may award share appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Share appreciation rights entitle the recipient to ordinary shares equal to the value of the appreciation in our share price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The term of each share appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each share appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award restricted ordinary shares and restricted share units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified period. Our compensation committee may also grant ordinary shares that are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted shares may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive awards of ordinary shares upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee shall determine. Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would have been paid if the recipient had held a specified number of ordinary shares.

Our compensation committee may grant cash awards under the 2015 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted shares, restricted share units, performance share awards or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Such awards will only vest or become payable upon the attainment of pre-determined performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards include: total shareholder return, expense levels, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or any elements thereof, net (loss) income (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our ordinary shares, economic value-added, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, shareholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our ordinary shares, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. From and after the time that we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be made to certain of our officers during any twelve month period is 2,500,000 ordinary shares with respect to a share-based award and $15,000,000 with respect to a cash-based award.

The 2015 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2015 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2015 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all options and share appreciation rights that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the sale event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event, all other awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions, shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in the discretion of the compensation committee and, upon the effective time of the sale event, all outstanding

71


 

awards granted under the 2015 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and share appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and share appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2015 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and share appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to shareholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or share appreciation rights.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our shareholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the effective date of the 2015 Plan (or, with respect to incentive share options, after ten years from the date of the Board’s approval of the 2015 Plan).

ESPP

The ESPP was adopted by our board of directors on September 2, 2015 and approved by our shareholders on November 4, 2015. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes for issuance a total of 1,100,000 shares. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization.

Subject to applicable law, all employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours a week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the voting power or value of our ordinary shares is not eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP.

We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP, at the discretion of the administrator of the ESPP. Offerings will usually begin on each January and July and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods.

Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions from 1% to 10% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless a participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase ordinary shares on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85 % of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 550,000 ordinary shares may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of ordinary shares, valued at the grant date of the option to purchase such shares, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason. We will promptly refund accumulated payroll deductions of an employee who has withdrawn from participation in the ESPP.

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of ordinary shares authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our shareholders.

Our board of directors has authorized that the first six-month offering period under the ESPP will commence on July 1, 2017.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

To the extent permitted by the Jersey law, we are empowered to indemnify our directors against any liability they incur by reason of their directorship. See “Item 10—Share Capital—Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers.” In addition, we maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

72


 

D. Emp loyees

As of March 31, 2017, we had 957 employees and subcontractors with 414 located in the United Kingdom, 389 in the United States, 102 in South Africa and 52 in Australia. As of March 31, 2016, we had 703 employees and subcontractors with 341 located in the United Kingdom, 241 in the United States, 86 in South Africa and 35 in Australia. The following table shows the breakdown of our global workforce of employees and subcontractors by category of activity as of the dates indicated:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

416

 

 

 

298

 

 

 

212

 

Research and development

 

 

187

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

88

 

Services and support

 

 

242

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

161

 

General and administrative

 

 

112

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

63

 

Total

 

 

957

 

 

 

703

 

 

 

524

 

 

None of our employees work under any collective bargaining agreements. We have never experienced labor-related work stoppages or strikes and believe that we have good relations with our employees.

E. Share ownership

See “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders” and “Item 6 – Directors, Senior Management and Employees – C. Board Practices.”

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. Major shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 31, 2017 of:

 

each of the members of our board of directors (except that (i) Bernard Dallé is not included in the table as he resigned from the board of directors on April 1, 2017 and (ii) Aron Ain, who joined our board of directors on April 1, 2017, is included as a director);

 

each of our other executive officers; and

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The column entitled “Shares Beneficially Owned—Percentage” is based on a total of 55,901,996 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2017, except as noted in the footnotes to the table.

As of March 31, 2017, we had 35 holders of record of our ordinary shares in the United States. These shareholders held in the aggregate 44,895,060 of our outstanding ordinary shares, or 80% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of March 31, 2017. The number of record holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders are resident since many of these ordinary shares were held by brokers or other nominees.

The amounts and percentages of ordinary shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the applicable SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security, or has the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days, and such securities are considered outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as otherwise indicated, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated ordinary shares, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Mimecast Limited, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate, London EC2Y 9AW, United Kingdom.

73


 

A description of any material relationship that our principal shareholders have had with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates since the beginning of our last fiscal year is included under the section titled “Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B.—Related Party Transactions.”

 

 

 

Shares beneficially owned

 

Name of beneficial owner

 

Number

 

 

Percentage

 

5% shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abdiel Capital Management, LLC (1)

 

 

3,333,549

 

 

 

6.1

%

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners (2)

 

 

9,507,752

 

 

 

17.0

%

Entities affiliated with Index Ventures (3)

 

 

4,843,908

 

 

 

8.7

%

Executive officers and directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Bauer (4)

 

 

4,823,751

 

 

 

8.6

%

Peter Campbell (5)

 

 

581,849

 

 

 

1.0

%

Neil Murray (6)

 

 

3,315,152

 

 

 

5.9

%

Edward Jennings (7)

 

 

307,291

 

 

*

 

Robert P. Nault

 

 

 

 

Aron Ain

 

 

 

 

Christopher FitzGerald

 

 

20,000

 

 

*

 

Norman Fiore (8)

 

 

3,353,791

 

 

 

6.0

%

Jeffrey Lieberman (2)

 

 

9,507,752

 

 

 

17.0

%

Hagi Schwartz (9)

 

 

12,492

 

 

*

 

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (10)

 

 

21,922,078

 

 

 

38.7

%

 

(*)

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

This information is as of December 31, 2016 and is based solely on a Schedule 13G/A filed by Abdiel Capital Management, LLC (“Abdiel Capital”) with the SEC on January 25, 2017. The ownership consists of (i) 3,212,695 shares held by Abdiel Qualified Master Fund, LP and (ii) 120,854 shares held by Abdiel Capital, LP. As reported on the Schedule 13G/A, Abdiel Capital Management, LLC and Abdiel Capital Advisors, LP serve as the general partner and the investment manager, respectively, of Abdiel Qualified Master Fund, LP and Abdiel Capital, LP. Colin T. Moran serves as managing member of Abdiel Capital Management, LLC and Abdiel Capital Partners, LLC, which serves as the general partner of Abdiel Capital Advisors, LP. The percent owned is based on the calculations provided by the Abdiel Schedule 13G/A. The address of Abdiel Capital is 410 Park Avenue, Suite 930, New York, NY 10022.

(2)

Consists of (i) 3,616,953 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P.; (ii) 1,592,260 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P.; (iii) 83,717 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P.; (iv) 228,783 shares owned by Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P; and (v) 3,986,039 shares owned by Insight Ventures Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P. (“Coinvest II”). Insight Holdings Group, LLC (“Holdings”) is the sole shareholder of Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd. (“IVA Ltd”). IVA Ltd is the general partner of Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. (“IVA LP”), which is the general partner of Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P. (collectively, “Fund VII”). Holdings is also the general partner of Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment II, L.P. (“IVAC”). IVAC is the general partner of Coinvest II. Each of Jeffrey Horing, Deven Parekh, Peter Sobiloff, Jeffrey Lieberman and Michael Triplett is a member of the board of managers of Holdings. Because Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Lieberman and Triplett are members of the board of managers of Holdings, Holdings is the sole shareholder of IVA Ltd and the general partner of IVAC, IVA LP is the general partner of Fund VII and IVAC is the general partner of Coinvest II, Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Lieberman and Triplett have voting and dispositive power over the shares noted above. The principal address of the entities affiliated with Insight Venture Management, LLC is c/o Insight Venture Partners, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

(3)

Consists of (i) 4,745,057 ordinary shares held of record by Index Ventures V (Jersey) L.P.; (ii) 38,298 ordinary shares held of record by Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P. and (iii) 60,553 shares held of record by Yucca (Jersey) SLP. Index Ventures Associates V Limited, or IVA V, is the managing general partner of Index Ventures V (Jersey) L.P. and Index Ventures V Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P. Yucca (Jersey) SLP is the nominee shareholder for participants in the Index co-investment scheme that is contractually required to mirror the Index Funds’ investment. Bernard Dallé, David Hall, Paul Willing, Phil Balderson and Sinéad Meehan are the members of the board of directors of IVA V and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Index Funds. The principal address of the Index Funds and Yucca (Jersey) SLP is 44 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG, Channel Islands.

74


 

(4)

Consists of (i) 2,254,376 shares held by the Peter Bauer Trust, (ii) 22,500 shares held directly by Mr. Bauer, (iii) 46,875 shares issuable upon the exercise of share options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2017, and (iv) 2,500,000 shares held by Rock Trustees Limited as Trustees of the Butterworth Trust, of which Mr. Bauer is a beneficiary. As trustee of the Butterworth Trust, Rock Trustees Limited exercises dispositive power over the shares held by the Butterworth Trust.

(5)

Consists of (i) 248,516 shares held directly by Mr. Campbell and (ii) 333,333 shares issuable upon the exercise of share options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2017.

(6)

Consists of (i) 3,279,215 shares held directly by Mr. Murray and (ii) 35,937 shares issuable upon the exercise of share options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2017.

(7)

Consists of 307,291 shares issuable upon the exercise of share options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2017.

(8)

Consists of 2,789,632 shares held by Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP.  Voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP are held by Dawn Capital LLP, the designated members of which are Norman Fiore and Haakon Overli. The address of Dawn Enterprise Capital Fund LP is Soho, London W1B 5NE, United Kingdom.  Also consists of (i) 280,984 shares held directly or indirectly by Mr. Fiore in a family trust; (ii) 280,984 shares held directly or indirectly by Haakon Overli in a family trust, and (iii) 2,191 shares held by Dawn Master Management (II). Voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Dawn Master Management (II) are held by jointly by the family trusts of Messrs. Fiore and Overli.  Mr. Fiore disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares held by Mr. Overli’s family trust, except to the extent of Mr. Fiore’s pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares.

(9)

Consists of (i) 11,104 shares held directly by Mr. Schwartz and (ii) 1,388 shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted share units within 60 days after March 31, 2017.

(10)

See footnotes 1 through 9 above. Includes 724,824 shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted share units within 60 days after March 31, 2017 or the exercise of share options exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2017.

 

B. Related party transactions

Since April 1, 2016, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of our ordinary shares, and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our ordinary shares. We believe that all of these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

Our audit committee is responsible for the review, approval and ratification of related-party transactions between us and any related person. The audit committee will review these transactions under our Code of Conduct, which governs conflicts of interests, among other matters, and is applicable to our employees, officers and directors.

Registration rights

As of March 31, 2017, the holders of an aggregate of 25,386,542 ordinary shares, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preference share financings, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

Demand registration rights

Under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of the holders of a majority of the shares that are entitled to rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, held by former holders of Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares and founder shares, including entities affiliated with each of the Insight Venture Partners, Index Ventures and Dawn Capital, to register all or a portion of these shares for public resale as soon as reasonably practicable within 60 days of such request. We are not required to effect a registration pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Agreement (i) during the period 60 days before our good faith estimate of a date of filing of, and ending 180 days after the effective date of, a registration initiated by us; (ii) after we have effected one registration pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Agreement at the request of former holders of Series A preferred shares or founder shares; (iii) after we have effected two registration statements pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Agreement at the request of former holders of Series B preferred shares; or (iv) if the initiating holders propose to dispose of securities that may be registered on Form S-3 or Form F-3. If such a registration is to be an underwritten offering, then the holders’ registration rights are conditioned upon such holders’ participation in such underwriting. We may defer the filing of a registration statement once during any twelve-month period for a period of not more than 120 days, if we provide a certificate signed by our chief executive officer stating that, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, it would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders for such registration statement to be effected at that time.

75


 

Short-form registration rights

If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 or Form F-3 and have not effected more than two such registrations within the preceding twelve-month period, these holders have the right, upon written notice to us of more than 10% of the shares entitled to rights under the Registration Rights Agreement held by former holders of Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares, or founder shares, including each of the Insight Venture Partners, Index Ventures and Dawn Capital entities, to have such shares registered by us as soon as reasonably practicable within 45 days of such request, if the proposed aggregate price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $5.0 million. However, we may defer the filing of a registration statement once during any twelve-month period for a period of not more than 120 days, if we provide a certificate signed by our chief executive officer stating that, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, it would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders for such registration statement to be effected at that time.

Piggyback registration rights

If we register any of our securities for our own account, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. If such registration is to be an underwritten offering, then the holders’ registration rights are conditioned on such holders’ participation in such underwriting.

Other obligations

The registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of ordinary shares to be included in the registrations. We are generally required to bear the expense of all registrations, except underwriting discounts and commissions. The Registration Rights Agreement also contains the mutual commitment of us and the holders to indemnify each other for losses attributable to untrue statements or omission of a material fact or violations of the Securities Act or state securities laws incurred by us with registrations under the agreement.

Termination

The registration rights and our obligations thereunder terminate seven years after the closing of our IPO or, as to any individual holder, at such earlier time at which all shares held by such holder can be sold in any three-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Registration Statement on Form F-3

We have a filed a Registration Statement on Form F-3, commonly referred to as a “shelf registration,” that permits us to sell in a registered offering up to $50 million of our securities at our discretion.  In addition, the registration statement also covers the registration of 20,539,030 ordinary shares held by our existing shareholders, which includes a significant portion of the shares covered by the Registration Rights Agreement described above.  These shareholders could affect their rights under the Registration Rights Agreement by requiring that we initiate an offering under the registration statement. The shelf registration statement was declared effective by the SEC on March 14, 2017.  

Agreements with officers

We have entered into written employment agreements with each of Peter Bauer, Peter Campbell and Neil Murray and offer letters with each of Edward Jennings and Robert P. Nault. See “Item 6—Directors, Senior Management, and Employees—Employment and Consulting Agreements—Executive Management.”

Other arrangements

We are party to an arrangement with Dawn Capital, a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, pursuant to which we pay Dawn Capital an amount of £12,000 per annum for the services of Norman Fiore as a member of our board of directors.

Secondary offering

In October 2016, we completed a registered secondary public offering in which 4,600,000 ordinary shares were sold at a public offering price of $16.50 per share. All of the shares sold in the secondary offering were sold by our existing shareholders and we did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares. We incurred approximately $0.6 million in offering expenses on behalf of the selling shareholders in connection with the secondary offering.

76


 

ITEM 8. FINANCI AL INFORMATION

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

See “Item 18—Financial Statements” and the financial statements referred to therein.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. For additional information, please see Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we currently do not plan to declare dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends to holders of our ordinary shares will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, projections, liquidity, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt arrangements and other factors that our board of directors deem relevant. Pursuant to the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, we may only pay a dividend if the directors who authorize the dividend make a prior solvency statement in statutory form.

B. Significant changes

No significant changes have occurred since the date of the annual financial statements set forth in “Item 18 – Financial Statements.”

C. Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.

Offering and listing details

The information regarding the price history of our ordinary shares is set forth in “Item 9 – The Offer and Listing – C. Markets.”

B.

Plan of distribution

Not applicable.

C.

Markets

Since November 19, 2015, our ordinary shares have been listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MIME.” On May 22, 2017, the closing price of our ordinary shares was $27.00.

77


 

The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices on The NASDAQ Global Select Market for our ordinary shares for each quarter, the most recent six months and the first trading day.

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

(in $)

 

Annual highs and lows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2017

 

 

24.60

 

 

 

7.08

 

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 (from November 19, 2015)

 

 

11.99

 

 

 

6.01

 

Quarterly highs and lows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second quarter calendar 2017 through May 22, 2017

 

 

27.25

 

 

 

20.91

 

First quarter calendar 2017

 

 

23.10

 

 

 

16.75

 

Fourth quarter calendar 2016

 

 

24.60

 

 

 

17.35

 

Third quarter calendar 2016

 

 

20.10

 

 

 

9.50

 

Second quarter calendar 2016

 

 

12.15

 

 

 

7.08

 

First quarter calendar 2016

 

 

11.10

 

 

 

6.01

 

Fourth quarter calendar 2015 (from November 19, 2015)

 

 

11.99

 

 

 

9.01

 

Most recent six months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 2017

 

 

25.37

 

 

 

20.91

 

March 2017

 

 

22.50

 

 

 

19.14

 

February 2017

 

 

23.10

 

 

 

19.12

 

January 2017

 

 

22.85

 

 

 

16.75

 

December 2016

 

 

20.69

 

 

 

17.35

 

November 2016

 

 

24.60

 

 

 

18.86

 

 

D.

Selling shareholders

Not applicable

E.

Dilution

Not applicable

F.

Expenses of the issue

Not applicable

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A. Share capital

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of the Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association. Please note that this summary is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information please refer to the full version of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association which is included as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

General

Our company was established under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, on July 28, 2015 with registered number 119119. Our register of members is kept at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES and our U.S. Branch register is held at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021. Our registered office is 22 Grenville Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX. Our secretary is Robert P. Nault and our assistant secretary is Mourant Ozannes Secretaries (Jersey) Limited. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our authorized share capital consists of 300,000,000 ordinary shares, nominal value $0.012 per share and 5,000,000 preferred shares, nominal value $0.012 per share.

78


 

Issued Share Capital

Our issued share capital as of May 22, 2017 was 56,361,225 ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.012 per share and 0 preferred shares with a nominal value of $0.012 per share. Each issued ordinary share is fully paid. We currently have no deferred shares in our issued share capital.

Ordinary Shares

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them, to share in any surplus in the event of our winding up. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend either in person or by proxy or, being a corporation, by a duly authorized representative, and vote at general meetings of shareholders.

Preferred Shares

Pursuant to Jersey law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors by resolution may establish one or more classes of preferred shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the board without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations as may be established would be preferential to the rights attaching to our ordinary shares and could also have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of us.

Options

As of May 22, 2017, there were options to purchase 8,370,088 ordinary shares outstanding.

B. Memorandum and articles of association

We incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form 20-F the description of our amended articles of association contained in our prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) (File No. 333-207454) filed with the SEC on November 19, 2015.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Association

General

Our Articles of Association contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing another party from acquiring or seeking to acquire control of us. These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred shares, are designed to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also intended to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. However, these provisions may also delay, deter or prevent a change in control or other takeovers of our company that our shareholders might consider to be in their best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium being paid over the market price of our ordinary shares and also may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms. A description of these provisions is set forth below.

79


 

Staggered board of directors

Our Articles of Association provide for a staggered board of directors consisting of three classes of directors. Directors of each class are chosen for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms and each year one class of our directors will be elected by our shareholders. The terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors will expire in 2019, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Our shareholders elect only one class of directors each year. We believe that classification of our board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of directors. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. As such, this classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time-consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of shareholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our board of directors. Thus, the classified board provision could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors also may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us, even though a tender offer or change in control might be believed by our shareholders to be in their best interest.

Issuance of preferred shares

The ability to authorize and issue preferred shares is vested in our board of directors, which makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred shares with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

No shareholder action by written consent

Our Articles of Association provide that all shareholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the shareholders at an annual or special meeting, and that shareholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take shareholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our Articles of Association or Memorandum of Association or removal of directors by our shareholders without holding a meeting of shareholders.

Advance notice procedure

Our Articles of Association provide an advance notice procedure for shareholders to nominate director candidates for election, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred shares, only persons nominated by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or by a shareholder who has given proper and timely notice to our secretary prior to the meeting, will be eligible for election as a director. In addition, any proposed business other than the nomination of persons for election to our board of directors must constitute a proper matter for shareholder action pursuant to the notice of meeting delivered to us. For notice to be timely, it must be received by our secretary not less than 90 nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting (or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 calendar days or delayed by more than 60 calendar days from such anniversary date, not earlier than the 120 th calendar day nor more than 90 days prior to such meeting or the 10 th calendar day after public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made). These advance notice provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of us.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Our Articles of Association include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under Jersey law, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as our director or officer, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. However, exculpation does not apply if the directors acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from their actions as directors. We will also be expressly authorized to advance certain reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and officers and to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.

We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Articles of Association will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

80


 

Other Jersey, Channel Islands Law Considerations

Purchase of own shares

As with declaring a dividend, we may not buy back or redeem our shares unless our directors who are to authorize the buyback or redemption have made a statutory solvency statement that, immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed, the company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due and, having regard to prescribed factors, the company will be able to continue to carry on business and discharge its liabilities as they fall due for the 12 months immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed (or until the company is dissolved on a solvent basis, if earlier).

If the above conditions are met, we may purchase shares in the manner described below.

We may purchase on a stock exchange our own fully paid shares pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders adopted in November 2015.

We may purchase our own fully paid shares otherwise than on a stock exchange pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders, but only if the purchase is made on the terms of a written purchase contract which has been approved by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. The shareholder from whom we propose to purchase or redeem shares is not entitled to take part in such shareholder vote in respect of the shares to be purchased.

We may fund a redemption or purchase of our own shares from any source. We cannot purchase our shares if, as a result of such purchase, only redeemable shares would remain in issue.

If authorized by a resolution of our shareholders, any shares that we redeem or purchase may be held by us as treasury shares. Any shares held by us as treasury shares may be cancelled, sold, transferred for the purposes of or under an employee share scheme or held without cancelling, selling or transferring them. Shares redeemed or purchased by us are cancelled where we have not been authorized to hold these as treasury shares.

Mandatory purchases and acquisitions

The Jersey Companies Law provides that where a person has made an offer to acquire a class of all of our outstanding shares not already held by the person and has as a result of such offer acquired or contractually agreed to acquire 90% or more of such outstanding shares, that person is then entitled (and may be required) to acquire the remaining shares of such shares. In such circumstances, a holder of any such remaining shares may apply to the Jersey court for an order that the person making such offer not be entitled to purchase the holder’s shares or that the person purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those under which the person made such offer.

Other than as described above and below under “U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers,” we are not subject to any regulations under which a shareholder that acquires a certain level of share ownership is then required to offer to purchase all of our remaining shares on the same terms as such shareholder’s prior purchase.

Compromises and arrangements

Where we and our creditors or shareholders or a class of either of them propose a compromise or arrangement between us and our creditors or our shareholders or a class of either of them (as applicable), the Jersey court may order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors or of our shareholders or class of shareholders (as applicable) to be called in such a manner as the court directs. Any compromise or arrangement approved by a majority in number representing 75% or more in value of the creditors or 75% or more of the voting rights of shareholders or class of either of them (as applicable) if sanctioned by the court, is binding upon us and all the creditors, shareholders or members of the specific class of either of them (as applicable).

Whether the capital of the company is to be treated as being divided into a single or multiple class(es) of shares is a matter to be determined by the court. The court may in its discretion treat a single class of shares as multiple classes, or multiple classes of shares as a single class, for the purposes of the shareholder approval referred to above taking into account all relevant circumstances, which may include circumstances other than the rights attaching to the shares themselves.

U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers

The U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Code, applies, among other things, to an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the Channel Islands and whose securities are not admitted to trading on a regulated market or a

81


 

multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom or any stock exchange in the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man if the company is considered by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Takeover Panel, to have its place of central management and control in the United Kingdom or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man (in each case, a “Code Company”). This is known as the “residency test.” Under the Takeover Code, the Takeover Panel will determine whether we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man by looking at various factors, including the structure of our board of directors, the functions of the directors and where they are resident.

The Takeover Code provides a framework within which takeovers of companies subject to it are conducted. In particular, the Takeover Code contains certain rules in respect of mandatory offers for Code Companies. Under Rule 9 of the Takeover Code, if a person:

 

acquires an interest in shares of a Code Company that, when taken together with shares in which persons acting in concert with such person are interested, carry 30% or more of the voting rights of the Code Company; or

 

who, together with persons acting in concert with such person, is interested in shares that in the aggregate carry not less than 30% and not more than 50% of the voting rights in the Code, acquires additional interests in shares that increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which that person is interested,

the acquirer, and, depending on the circumstances, its concert parties, would be required (except with the consent of the Takeover Panel) to make a cash offer (or provide a cash alternative) for the Code Company’s outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interests in the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months.

We currently do not anticipate being subject to the Takeover Code, as we intend to have our place of central management and control outside of the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man, but may in the future become subject to it due to changes in the board’s composition, changes in the Takeover Panel’s interpretation of the Takeover Code or other events.

Rights of minority shareholders

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the grounds that the conduct of our affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by us, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application. What amounts to unfair prejudice is not defined in the Jersey Companies Law. There may also be common law personal actions available to our shareholders.

Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating our affairs, requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by us or by any of our other shareholders.

82


 

Differences in Corporate Law

Set forth below is a comparison of certain shareholder rights and corporate governance matters under Delaware law and Jersey law:

 

Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

Special Meetings of Shareholders

  

Shareholders generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.

  

Shareholders holding 10% or more of the company’s voting rights and entitled to vote at the relevant meeting may legally require our directors to call a meeting of shareholders.

 

The Jersey Financial Services Commission, or JFSC, may, at the request of any officer, secretary or shareholder, call or direct the calling of an annual general meeting. Failure to call an annual general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Jersey Companies Law is a criminal offense on the part of a Jersey company and its directors and secretary.

 

 

 

Interested Director Transactions

  

Interested director transactions are permissible and may not be legally voided if:

•   either a majority of disinterested directors, or a majority in interest of holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote upon the matter, approves the transaction upon disclosure of all material facts; or

•   the transaction is determined to have been fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders.

  

An interested director must disclose to the company the nature and extent of any interest in a transaction with the company, or one of its subsidiaries, which to a material extent conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company and of which the director is aware. Failure to disclose an interest entitles the company or a shareholder to apply to the court for an order setting aside the transaction concerned and directing that the director account to the company for any profit.

 

A transaction is not voidable and a director is not accountable notwithstanding a failure to disclose an interest if the transaction is confirmed by special resolution and the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution is passed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

Although it may still order that a director account for any profit, a court will not set aside a transaction unless it is satisfied that the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith would not thereby be unfairly prejudiced and the transaction was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the company at the time it was entered into.

 

 

 

Cumulative Voting

  

The certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections under specified circumstances.

  

There are no provisions in the Jersey Companies Law relating to cumulative voting.

83


 

Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

 

 

 

Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent

  

Unless otherwise specified in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, shareholders may take action permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting, without a meeting, notice or a vote, if consents, in writing, setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting. All consents must be dated and are only effective if the requisite signatures are collected within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered.

  

If permitted by the articles of association of a company, a written consent signed and passed by the specified majority of members may effect any matter that otherwise may be brought before a shareholders’ meeting, except for the removal of a company’s auditors. Such consent shall be deemed effective when the instrument, or the last of several instruments, is signed by the specified majority of members or on such later date as is specified in the resolution.

 

 

 

Business Combinations

  

With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

  

A sale or disposal of all or substantially all the assets of a Jersey company must be approved by the board of directors and, only if the articles of association of the company require, by the shareholders in general meeting. A merger involving a Jersey company must be generally documented in a merger agreement which must be approved by special resolution of that company.

 

 

 

 

 

84


 

Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

Limitations on Director’s Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

  

A Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, stock purchases or redemptions, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Moreover, these provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

A Delaware corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against

expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of his or her position if (i) the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

  

The Jersey Companies Law does not contain any provision permitting Jersey companies to limit the liabilities of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.

However, a Jersey company may exempt from liability, and indemnify directors and officers for, liabilities:

•   incurred in defending any civil or criminal legal proceedings where:

•   the person is either acquitted or receives a judgment in their favor;

•   where the proceedings are discontinued other than by reason of such person (or someone on their behalf) giving some benefit or suffering some detriment; or

•   where the proceedings are settled on terms that such person (or someone on their behalf) gives some benefit or suffers some detriment but in the opinion of a majority of the disinterested directors, the person was substantially successful on the merits in the person’s resistance to the proceedings;

•   incurred to anyone other than to the company if the person acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company;

•   incurred in connection with an application made to the court for relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust under Article 212 of the Jersey Companies Law in which relief is granted to the person by the court; or

•   incurred in a case in which the company normally maintains insurance for persons other than directors.

 

 

 

 

 

Appraisal Rights

  

A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights under which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.

  

No appraisal rights.

 

 

 

Shareholder Suits

  

Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to the shareholders of a Delaware corporation for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.

  

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that the conduct of a company’s affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by a company, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of shareholders generally or of some part of shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application.

 

There may also be customary law personal actions available to shareholders. Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders.

 

 

 

Inspection of Books and Records

  

All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.

  

The register of shareholders and books containing the minutes of general meetings or of meetings of any class of shareholders of a Jersey company must during business hours be open to the inspection of a shareholder of the company without charge. The register of directors and

85


 

 

Corporate Law Issue

  

Delaware Law

  

Jersey Law

 

  

 

  

secretaries must during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its articles of association or in general meeting impose, but so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of a shareholder or director of the company without charge.

 

 

 

Amendments to Charter

  

Amendments to the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon or such greater vote as is provided for in the certificate of incorporation. A provision in the certificate of incorporation requiring the vote of a greater number or proportion of the directors or of the holders of any class of shares than is required by Delaware corporate law may not be amended, altered or repealed except by such greater vote.

  

The memorandum of association and articles of association of a Jersey company may only be amended by special resolution (being a two-third majority if the articles of association of the company do not specify a greater majority) passed by shareholders in general meeting or by written resolution signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.

 

C. Material contracts

In November 2015, we amended our loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank. For more information about this agreement, see footnote 8 in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

We entered into an underwriting agreement between us and Goldman, Sachs & Co. as representative of the underwriters, on November 18, 2015, with respect to the ordinary shares sold in our initial public offering. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

We entered into an underwriting agreement between us and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. as representatives of the underwriters, on September 28, 2016, with respect to the ordinary shares sold by the selling shareholders in our secondary offering.  We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

In February 2017 , we entered into a lease for a new U.S. headquarters located in Lexington, Massachusetts. We expect to occupy the new facility, which will initially encompass approximately 79,145 square feet of space, in December 2017.  The lease for the new U.S. headquarters will expire 10 years after initial occupancy, with certain extension rights.  The annual fixed rent under the lease will be approximately $3.6 million.  At our discretion, we may lease up to an additional approximately 45,800 square feet, a portion of which will be at then current market lease rates.  The landlord has agreed to provide to us a construction allowance on the initial premises of approximately $5.5 million.  We have entered into a letter of credit with Silicon Valley Bank for the benefit of the landlord in the amount of approximately $1.4 million.

D. Exchange controls

Not applicable.

E. Taxation

86


 

Jersey Tax Considerations

The following summary of the anticipated tax treatment in Jersey of the holders of ordinary shares (other than holders of ordinary shares resident in Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law as it is understood to apply at the date of this document. It does not constitute legal or tax advice. Holders of ordinary shares should consult their professional advisers on the implications of acquiring, holding or disposing of ordinary shares under the laws of the jurisdictions(s) in which they may be liable to taxation. Holders of ordinary shares should also be aware that tax laws, rules and practice and their interpretation may change.

Our affairs are, and are intended to continue to be, managed and controlled in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and therefore we are resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. and Jersey tax purposes.

We are not regarded as resident for tax purposes in Jersey, Channel Islands. On that basis, we are not subject to income tax in Jersey. However, if we derive any income from the renting or development of land in Jersey or the importation and supply of hydrocarbon oil into Jersey, such income will be subject to tax at the rate of 20%. It is not expected that we will derive any such income.

Withholding tax

Dividends on ordinary shares may be paid by us without withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey income tax and holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such ordinary shares.

Goods and Services Tax

Jersey charges a tax on goods and services supplied in the Island (which we refer to as GST). We are an “international services entity” for the purposes of the Goods and Services Tax (Jersey) Law 2007 (the “GST Law”) and consequently, we are not required to:

 

(i)

register as a taxable person pursuant to the GST Law;

 

(ii)

charge goods and services tax in Jersey in respect of any supply made by us; or

 

(iii)

subject to limited exceptions that are not expected to apply to us, pay goods and services tax in Jersey in respect of any supply made to us.

Stamp Duty

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the ordinary shares except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer ordinary shares on the death of a holder of such ordinary shares to the extent such ordinary shares are deemed to be movable property in Jersey. In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever situated in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled in Jersey, or situated in Jersey in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% of such estate (subject to a maximum of £100,000).

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there other estate duties.

U.K. Tax Considerations

The following statements are a general guide to certain aspects of current U.K. tax law and the current published practice of HM Revenue and Customs, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

The following statements are intended to apply to holders of ordinary shares who are only resident for tax purposes in the U.K., who hold the ordinary shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares. The statements may not apply to certain classes of holders of ordinary shares, such as dealers in securities and persons acquiring ordinary shares in connection with their employment. Prospective investors in ordinary shares who are in any doubt as to their tax position regarding the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisers.

Withholding tax

We will not be required to deduct or withhold U.K. tax at source from dividend payments we make.

87


 

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

No stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the issue of the ordinary shares or on any transfer of our ordinary shares, provided that the ordinary shares are not registered in a register kept in the United Kingdom. It is not intended that such a register will be kept in the United Kingdom.

No stamp duty will be payable on the issue of the ordinary shares by us. No stamp duty will be payable on a transfer of our ordinary shares provided that (i) any instrument of transfer is not executed inside the United Kingdom, and (ii) such instrument of transfer does not relate to any property situated, or any matter or thing done or to be done, in the United Kingdom.

Dividends

Individuals

Changes are being introduced in Finance (No. 2) Bill 2016 concerning the UK taxation of dividends for individual holders. These rules apply from April 6, 2016 and the following paragraphs are based on the expectation that the changes will be fully implemented when the Finance (No. 2) Bill 2016 is enacted.

With effect from April 6, 2016, the 10% dividend tax credit is abolished and a new £5,000 tax-free dividend allowance has been introduced. As a result, a United Kingdom resident individual shareholder will not pay income tax on the first £5,000 of dividend income they receive. The rates of income tax for dividends received above the dividend allowance will be:

 

 

(i)

 

7.5% for dividend income within the basic rate income tax band;

 

 

(ii)

 

32.5% for dividend income within the higher rate income tax band; and

 

 

(iii)

 

38.1% for dividend income within the additional rate income tax band.

Corporate shareholders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax

Holders of ordinary shares within the charge to U.K. corporation tax which are “small companies” for the purposes of Chapter 2 of Part 9A of the Corporation Tax Act 2009 (for the purposes of U.K. taxation of dividends) will not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on any dividend received from us provided certain conditions are met (including an anti-avoidance condition).

Other holders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax will not normally be subject to tax on dividends from us.

If the conditions for exemption are not met or cease to be satisfied, or such a holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, the holder will be subject to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from us, at the rate of corporation tax applicable to that holder.

Capital gains

Individuals

For individual holders, the principal factors that will determine the U.K. capital gains tax position on a disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares are the extent to which the holder realizes any other capital gains in the U.K. tax year in which the disposal is made, the extent to which the holder has incurred capital losses in that or earlier U.K. tax years, and the level of the annual allowance of tax-free gains in that U.K. tax year (the “annual exemption”). The annual exemption for the 2017/2018 U.K. tax year is £11,300.

If, after all allowable deductions, an individual holder’s taxable income for the year exceeds the basic rate U.K. income tax limit, a taxable chargeable gain accruing on a disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares would be taxed at 20%. Otherwise, such a gain may be taxed at 10% or 20% or a combination of both rates.

Companies

A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares by a holder within the charge to U.K. corporation tax may give rise to a chargeable gain or allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax, depending on the circumstances and subject to any available exemptions or reliefs. Corporation tax is charged on chargeable gains at the rate applicable to that company. Holders within the charge to

88


 

U.K. corporation tax will, for the purposes of computing chargeable gains, be allowed to claim an indexation allowance which applies to reduce capital gains (but not to create or increase an allowable loss) to the extent that such gains arise due to inflation.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that hold such ordinary shares as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of ordinary shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts;

 

tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

 

real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

 

persons that hold the ordinary shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities, or persons that will hold our shares through such an entity;

 

S corporations;

 

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

persons that received our shares as compensation for the performance of services;

 

persons holding ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside the United States;

 

holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value our shares; and

 

holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

This description is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a contrary position concerning the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

89


 

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC.

The following summary is of a general nature only and is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice. Persons considering an investment in our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences applicable to them relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

Distributions . Subject to the discussion under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ,” below, the gross amount of any distribution actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares (other than certain distribution of shares to all shareholders) will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held our ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below).

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, or foreign currency, will be the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. holder receives the distribution, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Ordinary Shares . Subject to the discussion below under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ,” a U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s tax basis for those ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ” below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss and will generally be treated as from sources within the United States. The adjusted tax basis in an ordinary share generally will be equal to the cost of such ordinary share. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder’s holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e., such gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Medicare Tax . Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts may be subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in our ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations . If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, in any taxable year, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of its total gross assets

90


 

(which, would be measured by fair market value of the assets, and for which purpose the total value of our assets may be determined in part by the market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and also includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our ordinary shares. If a non-U.S. corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. holder owns our ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above, unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. holder makes a “deemed sale” election under PFIC rules.

We believe that we were not a PFIC during our 2017 taxable year ended March 31, 2017and do not expect to be a PFIC during our taxable year ending March 31, 2018. Our status for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash proceeds from our IPO and any subsequent offerings in our business. Further, even if we determine that we are not a PFIC after the close of our taxable year, there can be no assurances that the IRS will agree with our conclusion.

If we are a PFIC, then unless a U.S. holder makes one of the elections described below, a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to such U.S. holder (generally, the U.S. holder’s ratable portion of distributions in any year which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by the U.S. holder in the shorter of the three preceding years or the U.S. holder’s holding period for our ordinary shares) and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares. Under this regime, any excess distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized in each year had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period at the highest marginal rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current period or any taxable period before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the U.S. holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below), and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to the U.S. holder will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above under “Distributions.”

Certain elections exist that may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment (such as mark-to-market treatment) of our ordinary shares. If a U.S. holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S. holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. holder makes the election, the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The mark-to-market election is available only if we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” Our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principle purposes the meeting of the trading requirement are disregarded). The NASDAQ Global Select Market is a qualified exchange for this purpose and, consequently, if the ordinary shares are regularly traded, the mark-to-market election will be available to a U.S. holder.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of these elections would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs.

91


 

If a U.S. holder owns ordinary shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. holder recognizes gain on a disposition of our ordinary shares, receives distributions with respect to our ordinary shares, or has made a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares the U.S. holder generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for that year. In addition, in general, a U.S. person who is shareholder of a PFIC is required to file a Form 8621 annually to report information regarding such person’s PFIC shares if on the last day of the shareholder’s taxable year the aggregate value of all stock owned directly or indirectly by the shareholder exceeds $25,000 ($50,000 for joint filers), or for stock owned indirectly through another PFIC exceeds $5,000. If a U.S. person holds an interest in a domestic partnership (or a domestic entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or an S corporation that owns interest in a PFIC, as long as the partnership or S corporation itself has filed the form and has made a qualified electing fund or mark-to-market election, the members of the partnership aren’t required to file the IRS Form 8621. If it is determined that we were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then U.S. holders should consult their tax advisor concerning their annual filing requirements.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to our ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary share.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting . U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Asset Reporting . Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their U.S. federal income tax return. An asset with respect to which an IRS Form 8621 has been filed does not have to be reported on IRS Form 8938, however, U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

F. Dividends and paying agents

Not applicable.

G. Statements by experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on display

We are subject to the reporting requirements of foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act. Pursuant to the Exchange Act, we file reports with the SEC, including this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We also submit reports to the SEC, including Form 6-K Reports of Foreign Private Issuers. You may read and copy such reports at the SEC’s public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the Public Reference Room. Such reports are also available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Some of this information may also be found on our website at www.mimecast.com . Information contained in or connected to our website is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

92


 

You may request copies of our reports, at no cost, by writing to or telephoning us as follows:

Mimecast Limited

Attention: Robert Sanders

480 Pleasant Street

Watertown, MA 02472

Telephone: 617-393-7050

I. Subsidiary information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, although we also have some exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign currency risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the British pound and South African rand. Percentage of revenues and expenses in foreign currency is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Revenues generated in locations outside the United States

 

 

51

%

 

 

57

%

Revenues in currencies other than the United States dollar

 

 

50

%

 

 

56

%

Expenses in currencies other than the United States dollar

 

 

47

%

 

 

55

%

 

Percentage of revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currency for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

Expenses

 

British pound

 

 

31

%

 

 

36

%

South African Rand

 

 

15

%

 

 

6

%

Other currencies

 

 

4

%

 

 

5

%

Total

 

 

50

%

 

 

47

%

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

Expenses

 

British pound

 

 

37

%

 

 

45

%

South African Rand

 

 

16

%

 

 

6

%

Other currencies

 

 

3

%

 

 

4

%

Total

 

 

56

%

 

 

55

%

 

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we had $24.0 million and $20.9 million respectively, of receivables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We also maintain cash accounts denominated in currencies other than the local currency, which exposes us to foreign exchange rate movements. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we had $27.0 million and $17.6 million respectively, of cash denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of March 31, 2017, cash denominated in British pounds and South African rand was $19.6 million and $5.0 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, cash denominated in British pounds and South African rand was $14.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

In addition, although our foreign subsidiaries have intercompany accounts that are eliminated upon consolidation, these accounts expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Exchange rate fluctuations on short-term intercompany accounts are recorded in our consolidated statements of operations under “foreign exchange income.”

93


 

Currently, our largest foreign currency exposures are to the British pound and South African rand. Relative to foreign currency exposures existing as of March 31, 2017, significant movements in foreign currency exchange rates may expose us to significant losses in earnings or cash flows or significantly diminish the fair value of our foreign currency financial instruments. For the year ended March 31, 2017, we estimate that a 10% decrease in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar would have decreased revenue by $9.3 million, decreased expenses by $9.3 million and have no impact on our operating results. For the year ended March 31, 2016, we estimate that a 10% decrease in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar would have decreased revenue by $7.9 million, decreased expenses by $8.0 million and increased operating income by $0.1 million. The estimates used assume that all currencies move in the same direction at the same time and the ratio of non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expenses to U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expenses does not change from current levels. Since a portion of our revenue is deferred revenue that is recorded at different foreign currency exchange rates, the impact to revenue of a change in foreign currency exchange rates is recognized over time, and the impact to expenses is more immediate, as expenses are recognized at the current foreign currency exchange rate in effect at the time the expense is incurred. All of the potential changes noted above are based on sensitivity analyses performed on our financial results as of March 31, 2017 and 2016.

Inflation risk

Inflationary factors, such as increases in our operating expenses, may adversely affect our results of operations, as our customers typically purchase services from us on a subscription basis over a period of time. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, an increase in the rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our levels of operating expenses as a percentage of revenue if we are unable to increase the prices for our subscription-based services to keep pace with these increased expenses.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our investments primarily consist of short-term investments and money market funds. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we had cash, cash equivalents and investments of $111.7 million and $106.1 million, respectively. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these investments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we believe only dramatic fluctuations in interest rates would have a material effect on our investments. We do not believe that an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. As such we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we had an outstanding balance of $1.7 million and $6.9 million, respectively, aggregate principal amount on our term loans, which have a fixed interest rate of 4.5%. Since these instruments bear interest at fixed rates, we have no financial statement risk associated with changes in interest rates. However, the fair value of these instruments fluctuates as interest rate changes.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A. Debt securities

Not applicable.

B. Warrants and rights

Not applicable.

C. Other securities

Not applicable.

D. American depositary shares

Not applicable.

94


 

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Items A, B, C and D are not applicable.

E. Use of proceeds

On November 24, 2015, we closed the sale of 7,750,000 ordinary shares to the public at an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share. The offer and sale of the shares in the IPO was registered under the Securities Act pursuant to registration statements on Form F-1 (File No. 333-207454), which was filed with the SEC on October 16, 2015, and amended subsequently and declared effective on November 18, 2015. Following the sale of the shares in connection with the closing of our IPO, the offering terminated. The offering did not terminate before any of the securities registered in the registration statements were sold. Goldman, Sachs & Co. acted as lead book-running manager, Barclays Capital Inc., Jeffries LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC acted as book-running managers, and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. acted as co-manager for the offering.

We raised approximately $68.3 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $5.4 million and other offering expenses of approximately $3.8 million. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers or their associates or persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates. As of March 31, 2017, we have not used any of the net offering proceeds.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(1)

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our chief executive officer ( principal executive officer ) and chief financial officer ( principal financial officer ), after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of March 31, 2017, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and ensured that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer ( principal executive officer ) and chief financial officer ( principal financial officer ), to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms.

(2)

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Based on that assessment, our management has concluded that as of March 31, 2017, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

(3)

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report on Form 20-F does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting due to an exemption for emerging growth companies provided in the JOBS Act.

(4)

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the year ended March 31, 2017 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

95


 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMIT TEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that Hagi Schwartz is an audit committee financial expert as defined by SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication under the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Schwartz is independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and under the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.investors.mimecast.com. Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing the Code of Business Conduct Ethics and is required to approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. Any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets forth the fees billed or incurred by Ernst & Young LLP for audit, audit-related, tax and all other services rendered for the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

Fees Billed to or Accrued by the Company

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Audit fees (1)

 

 

1,727,417

 

 

 

2,200,802

 

Audit-related fees (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax fees (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

All other fees (4)

 

 

2,775

 

 

 

2,790

 

Total fees

 

 

1,730,192

 

 

$

2,203,592

 

 

(1) Audit fees

Consist of aggregate fees for professional services provided in connection with the annual audit of our consolidated financial statements, the review of our quarterly condensed consolidated financial statements, statutory audits, consultations on accounting matters directly related to the audit, and comfort letters, consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC including those related to our IPO.

(2) Audit-related fees

Consist of aggregate fees for accounting consultations and other services that were reasonably related to the performance of audits or reviews of our consolidated financial statements and were not reported above under “Audit Fees.”

(3) Tax fees

There were no tax fees incurred for the years ended March 31, 2017 or 2016.

(4) All other fees

Consist of aggregate fees billed for products and services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm other than those disclosed above. These fees consisted of an amount paid for the use of an online accounting research tool.

All services provided by Ernst & Young LLP to the Company in fiscal 2017 and 2016 were approved by means of specific pre-approvals by the audit committee.

Pre-approval policies for non-audit services

The Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures relating to the approval of all audit and non-audit services that are to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. These policies generally provide that we will not engage our independent registered public accounting firm to render audit or non-audit services unless the service is specifically approved in advance by the Audit Committee or the engagement is entered into pursuant to the pre-approval procedure described below.

96


 

The audit committee pre-approves all auditing services and the terms of non-audit services, but only to the extent that the non-audit services are not prohibited under applicable law and the committee determines that the non-audit services do not impair the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm. In situations where it is impractical to wait until the next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting, the chairman of the audit committee has been delegated authority to approve audit and non-audit services. The chairman is required to report any approvals to the full committee at its next scheduled meeting.

From time to time, the Audit Committee may pre-approve specified types of services that are expected to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm during the next 12 months. Any such pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or type of services to be provided and is also generally subject to a maximum dollar amount. Any proposed services exceeding pre-approved amounts will also require separate pre-approval by the Audit Committee. In fiscal 2017 and 2016, our Audit Committee approved all of the services provided by Ernst & Young LLP.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTION FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

As a Jersey company, we are subject to applicable Jersey laws including the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended. In addition, as a foreign private issuer listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we are subject to the NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards. However, the NASDAQ Global Select Market’s listing standards provide that foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices in lieu of the NASDAQ rules, with certain exceptions. We currently do not intend to take advantage of any such exemptions.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, starting on page F-1.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, starting on page F-1.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index hereof are filed herewith in response to this Item.

 

 

 

97


 

MIMECAST LIMITED

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2017 and 2016

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Shares and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-8

 

F-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGIST ERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Mimecast Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mimecast Limited (the Company) as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred shares and shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Mimecast Limited at March 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

May 26, 2017

F-2


 

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

51,319

 

 

$

106,140

 

Short-term investments

 

 

60,347

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

44,358

 

 

 

33,738

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

10,054

 

 

 

7,362

 

Total current assets

 

 

166,078

 

 

 

147,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

32,009

 

 

 

24,806

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

5,363

 

 

 

254

 

Other assets

 

 

312

 

 

 

2,827

 

Total assets

 

$

205,352

 

 

$

175,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,558

 

 

$

2,891

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

20,713

 

 

 

15,110

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

84,159

 

 

 

60,889

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

 

233

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

1,725

 

 

 

4,910

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

110,388

 

 

 

83,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

 

 

11,189

 

 

 

9,151

 

Long-term capital lease obligations

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

1,981

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

1,538

 

 

 

2,121

 

Total liabilities

 

 

123,360

 

 

 

97,053

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, $0.012 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized;

   55,901,996 and 54,216,738 shares issued and outstanding at

   March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

 

 

671

 

 

 

651

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

183,752

 

 

 

169,037

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(94,017

)

 

 

(88,576

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(8,414

)

 

 

(3,038

)

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

81,992

 

 

 

78,074

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

205,352

 

 

$

175,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenue

 

$

186,563

 

 

$

141,841

 

 

$

116,085

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

50,314

 

 

 

41,809

 

 

 

36,821

 

Gross profit

 

 

136,249

 

 

 

100,032

 

 

 

79,264

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

22,593

 

 

 

17,663

 

 

 

14,461

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

96,154

 

 

 

65,187

 

 

 

51,224

 

General and administrative

 

 

27,875

 

 

 

19,756

 

 

 

15,806

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

146,622

 

 

 

102,606

 

 

 

82,694

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(10,373

)

 

 

(2,574

)

 

 

(3,430

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

510

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

62

 

Interest expense

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(690

)

 

 

(703

)

Foreign exchange income

 

 

6,892

 

 

 

811

 

 

 

4,508

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

7,134

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

3,867

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(3,239

)

 

 

(2,379

)

 

 

437

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

152

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of net (loss) income to net (loss) income applicable to

   ordinary shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

Net (loss) income applicable to participating securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders—basic

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

205

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

Net (loss) income applicable to participating securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders—diluted

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

210

 

Net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders: (Note 2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

0.01

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

0.01

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in computing

   net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

54,810

 

 

 

40,826

 

 

 

32,354

 

Diluted

 

 

54,810

 

 

 

40,826

 

 

 

36,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on investments, net of tax effects of $0 for the year ended March 31, 2017

 

 

(129

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(5,247

)

 

 

(1,707

)

 

 

(3,537

)

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(10,817

)

 

$

(4,951

)

 

$

(3,252

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES AND

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Convertible Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Ordinary Shares

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Shareholders'

 

 

 

Number   of

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

(Deficit)

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

(Loss) Income

 

 

Equity

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

 

 

12,576

 

 

$

59,305

 

 

 

32,044

 

 

$

385

 

 

$

26,276

 

 

$

(85,617

)

 

$

2,206

 

 

$

(56,750

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

 

 

 

285

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,537

)

 

 

(3,537

)

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of

   share options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

868

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

632

 

Issuance of ordinary shares upon settlement of

   liability awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,426

 

Balance as of March 31, 2015

 

 

12,576

 

 

 

59,305

 

 

 

32,928

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

32,417

 

 

 

(85,332

)

 

 

(1,331

)

 

 

(53,851

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,244

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,244

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,707

)

 

 

(1,707

)

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of

   share options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

941

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

885

 

Issuance of ordinary shares upon settlement of

   liability awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

523

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

523

 

Conversion of convertible preferred shares into

   ordinary shares

 

 

(12,576

)

 

 

(59,305

)

 

 

12,576

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

59,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,305

 

Class C ordinary shares lost upon conversion to

   Class A ordinary shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of ordinary shares in relation to IPO,

   net of public offering issuance costs of

   $9,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,750

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

68,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,328

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,835

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,835

 

Vesting of restricted share units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,217

 

 

 

651

 

 

 

169,037

 

 

 

(88,576

)

 

 

(3,038

)

 

 

78,074

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,441

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,441

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,247

)

 

 

(5,247

)

Unrealized losses on investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(129

)

 

 

(129

)

Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of

   share options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,657

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

4,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,476

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,259

 

Vesting of restricted share units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

55,902

 

 

$

671

 

 

$

183,752

 

 

$

(94,017

)

 

$

(8,414

)

 

$

81,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


 

MIMECAST LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

11,881

 

 

 

10,527

 

 

 

11,028

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

10,294

 

 

 

7,886

 

 

 

5,426

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

87

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

133

 

Gain on disposal of fixed assets

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(16

)

Other non-cash items

 

 

132

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

110

 

Unrealized currency gain on foreign denominated transactions

 

 

(6,496

)

 

 

(988

)

 

 

(4,052

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(11,750

)

 

 

(9,820

)

 

 

(4,334

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(2,752

)

 

 

(2,191

)

 

 

684

 

Other assets

 

 

1,861

 

 

 

(437

)

 

 

(206

)

Accounts payable

 

 

758

 

 

 

(542

)

 

 

(38

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

29,072

 

 

 

18,588

 

 

 

11,378

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

4,872

 

 

 

4,672

 

 

 

2,849

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

32,514

 

 

 

24,643

 

 

 

23,247

 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investments

 

 

(67,550

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities of investments

 

 

7,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(18,491

)

 

 

(14,234

)

 

 

(12,583

)

Payments for acquisitions

 

 

(5,574

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(84,615

)

 

 

(14,234

)

 

 

(12,583

)

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercises of share options

 

 

4,476

 

 

 

885

 

 

 

632

 

Payments on debt

 

 

(4,559

)

 

 

(5,412

)

 

 

(3,483

)

Payments on capital lease obligations

 

 

(249

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,282

 

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

68,328

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(332

)

 

 

63,801

 

 

 

5,431

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash

 

 

(2,388

)

 

 

(960

)

 

 

(2,363

)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(54,821

)

 

 

73,250

 

 

 

13,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

106,140

 

 

 

32,890

 

 

 

19,158

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

51,319

 

 

$

106,140

 

 

$

32,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

 

$

211

 

 

$

488

 

 

$

593

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

 

$

2,046

 

 

$

58

 

 

$

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid purchases of property and equipment

 

$

848

 

 

$

308

 

 

$

1,591

 

Conversion of convertible preferred shares to ordinary shares

 

$

 

 

$

59,305

 

 

$

 

Amounts due for acquisition of business

 

$

600

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Property and equipment acquired under capital lease

 

$

713

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


 

MIMECAST LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands, except share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

1. Organization and Description of Business

Mimecast Limited (Mimecast Jersey) is a public limited company organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey on July 28, 2015. On November 4, 2015, Mimecast Jersey changed its corporate structure whereby it became the holding company of Mimecast Limited (Mimecast UK), a private limited company incorporated in 2003 under the laws of England and Wales, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries by way of a share-for-share exchange in which the shareholders of Mimecast UK exchanged their shares in Mimecast UK for an identical number of shares of the same class in Mimecast Jersey. Upon the exchange, the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast UK became the historical consolidated financial statements of Mimecast Jersey.

Mimecast Jersey and its subsidiaries (together the Group, the Company, Mimecast or we) is headquartered in London, England. The principal activity of the Group is the provision of email management services. Mimecast delivers a software-as-a-service (SaaS) enterprise email management service for archiving, continuity, and security. By unifying disparate and fragmented email environments into one holistic solution from the cloud, Mimecast minimizes risk and reduces cost and complexity while providing total end-to-end control of email. Mimecast’s proprietary software platform provides a single system to address key email management issues. Mimecast operates principally in Europe, North America, Africa and Australia.

The Company is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties common to companies in similar industries and stages of development including, but not limited to, rapid technological changes, competition from substitute products and services from larger companies, customer concentration, management of international activities, protection of proprietary rights, patent litigation, and dependence on key individuals.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described below and elsewhere in these notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company believes that a significant accounting policy is one that is both important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results, and requires management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as the result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) and Accounting Standards Update (ASU) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB).

Goodwill in the amount of $0.3 million was included in other assets as of March 31, 2016 and has been reclassified to goodwill in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to conform to current period presentation.  This had no impact on previously reported results of operations or cash flows.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Share Consolidation

On November 3, 2015, a committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board) approved a 1-for-6 share consolidation of the Company’s shares. The share consolidation was approved by our shareholders on November 5, 2015 and became effective on November 5, 2015. All share and per share data shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been retroactively revised to reflect the reverse stock split.

 

F-8


 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period.

Significant estimates relied upon in preparing these consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts, intangible asset valuations, amortization periods, expected future cash flows used to evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets, contingent liabilities, expensing and capitalization of research and development costs for internal-use software, the determination of the fair value of share-based awards issued, share-based compensation expense, and the recoverability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance.

Although the Company regularly assesses these estimates, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates if these results differ from historical experience, or other assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate, even if such assumptions are reasonable when made. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known.

Subsequent Events Considerations

The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements to provide additional evidence for certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. Subsequent events have been evaluated as required. See Note 15.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity date of 90 days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks, amounts held in interest-bearing money market funds and investments with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of purchase. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates their fair market value. Investments not classified as cash equivalents are presented as either short-term or long-term investments based on both their stated maturities as well as the time period the Company intends to hold such securities. The Company determines the appropriate classification of investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company adjusts the cost of investments for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. The Company includes such amortization and accretion in interest income.

The Company has classified all of its investments as of March 31, 2017 as available-for-sale pursuant to ASC 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities . The Company records available-for-sale securities at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity. The Company includes interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale in interest income. Realized gains and losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the specific-identification method. There were no realized gains or losses on investments for the year ended March 31, 2017.

The Company reviews investments for other-than-temporary impairment whenever the fair value of an investment is less than the amortized cost and evidence indicates that an investment’s carrying amount is not recoverable within a reasonable period of time. Other-than-temporary impairments of investments are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations if the Company has experienced a credit loss, has the intent to sell the investment, or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Evidence considered in this assessment includes reasons for the impairment, compliance with the Company’s investment policy, the severity and the duration of the impairment and changes in value subsequent to the end of the period. The aggregate fair value of investments held by the Company in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months as of March 31, 2017 was $47.8 million. As of March 31, 2017, the Company determined that no other-than-temporary impairments were required to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-9


 

The following is a summary of cash, cash equivalents and investments as of March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016:

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

March 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents due in 90 days or less

 

$

51,319

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

51,319

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasury securities due in one year or less

 

 

3,501

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,506

 

Non-U.S. government securities due in one year

   or less

 

 

14,515

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

14,494

 

Corporate securities due in one year or less

 

 

42,460

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(115

)

 

 

42,347

 

Total investments

 

 

60,476

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(138

)

 

 

60,347

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and investments

 

$

111,795

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

(138

)

 

$

111,666

 

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

March 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents due in 90 days or less

 

$

106,140

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

106,140

 

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from two sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing the Company’s cloud services and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fees; and (2) related professional services and other revenue, which consists primarily of set-up and ingestion fees as well as training fees.

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

the service has been or is being provided to the customer;

 

the collection of the fees is probable; and

 

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

The Company’s subscription arrangements provide customers the right to access its hosted software applications. Customers do not have the right to take possession of the Company’s software during the hosting arrangement. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition , and Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition .

The Company’s products and services are sold directly by the Company’s sales force and also indirectly by third-party resellers. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 605, the Company has considered certain factors in determining whether the end-user or the third-party reseller is the Company’s customer in arrangements involving resellers. The Company has concluded that in the majority of transactions with resellers, the reseller is the Company’s customer. In these arrangements, the Company considered that it is the reseller, and not the Company, that has the relationship with the end-user. Specifically, the reseller has the ability to set pricing with the end-user and the credit risk with the end-user is borne by the reseller. Further, the reseller is not obligated to report its transaction price with the end-user to the Company, and in the majority of transactions, the Company is unable to determine the amount paid by the end-user customer to the reseller in these transactions. As a result of such considerations, revenue for these transactions is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based upon the amount billed to the reseller. For transactions where the Company has determined that the end-user is the ultimate customer, revenue is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the transaction price with the end-user.

Subscription and support revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, typically one year in duration, beginning on the commencement date of each contract.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

F-10


 

The Company’s professional services contracts are on a time and material basis. When these services are not combined with subscription revenues as a single unit of accounting, as discussed below, these revenues are recognized as the services are rendered.

Revenue is presented net of any taxes collected from customers.

At times, the Company may enter into arrangements with multiple-deliverables that generally include multiple subscriptions, premium support and professional services. For arrangements with multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and (b) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control.

If the deliverables are determined to qualify as separate units of accounting, consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the units’ relative selling prices. The Company determines the relative selling price for a deliverable based on its vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE), if available, or its best estimate of selling price (BESP), if VSOE is not available. The Company has determined that third-party evidence of selling price (TPE) is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The amount of revenue allocated to delivered items is limited by contingent revenue, if any.

Subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether professional services sold together with the subscription services have standalone value, the Company considers the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the determination that customers cannot resell the services that Mimecast provides, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services work. Professional services sold at the time of the multiple-element subscription arrangement typically include customer set-up and ingestion services. To date, the Company has concluded that all of these professional services included in executed multiple-deliverable arrangements do not have standalone value and are therefore not considered separate units of accounting. These professional services are purchased by customers only in contemplation of, or in concert with, purchasing one of the hosted subscription solutions and, therefore, are not considered a substantive service, such that the provision of such service does not reflect the culmination of the earnings process. Mimecast does not sell these services without the related underlying primary subscription as there would be no practical interest or need on the behalf of a customer to buy these services without the underlying subscription. The Company does not have any knowledge of other vendors selling these services on a stand-alone basis and there is no way for an end-user to resell the deliverable. Accordingly, the deliverables within the arrangement including both subscription services and other professional services are accounted for as a single unit of accounting in accordance with the guidance in SAB No. 104. On these occasions, revenue for the professional services deliverables in the arrangement is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual term or the average customer life, as further described below.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from subscription services described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. In addition, deferred revenue consists of amounts paid by customers related to upfront set-up or ingestion fees. Revenue related to such services is recognized over the contractual term or the average customer life, whichever is longer. The estimated customer life has been determined to be five years.

Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of expenses related to supporting and hosting the Company’s product offerings and delivering professional services. These costs include salaries, benefits, incentive compensation and share-based compensation expense related to the management of the Company’s data centers, customer support team and the Company’s professional services team, in addition to third-party service provider costs such as data center and networking expenses, allocated overhead and depreciation expense.

F-11


 

Concentration of Credit Risk and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Company has no off-balance sheet risk, such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements. Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investments and accounts receivable. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions of high-credit quality. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is dispersed due to our large number of customers. The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United Kingdom, the United States, and South Africa. The Company generally does not require its customers to provide collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. Credit losses historically have not been significant and the Company generally has not experienced any material losses related to receivables from individual customers, or groups of customers. Due to these factors, no additional credit risk beyond amounts provided for collection losses is believed by management to be probable in the Company’s accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, no individual customer represented more than 10% of our accounts receivable. During the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, no individual customer represented more than 10% of our revenue.

The Company's Board approved investment policy permits investments in fixed income securities denominated and payable in U.S. dollars including U.S. government and agency securities, non-U.S. government securities, money market instruments, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, corporate bonds and asset-backed securities. The Company diversifies its investment portfolio by investing in multiple types of investment-grade securities across various industries and issuers, limiting the amount invested in individual securities and limiting the average maturity to two years or less.

As of March 31, 2017, our investments consisted primarily of investment-grade fixed income corporate debt securities with maturities ranging from 1 to 10 months, non-U.S. government securities with maturities ranging from 5 to 12 months and U.S. treasury securities with maturities in less than a month.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when a loss is reasonably expected to occur. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established to represent the best estimate of the net realizable value of the outstanding accounts receivable. The development of the allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of past due amounts, historical write-off and recovery experience, as well as aging trends affecting specific accounts and general operational factors affecting all amounts. In addition, factors are developed utilizing historical trends in bad debts, returns and allowances.

We consider current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. If circumstances relating to specific customers change or unanticipated changes occur in the general business environment, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted. For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, bad debt expense was $87, $91 and $133, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts as of March 31, 2017 and 2016 was not material.

Property and Equipment

 Property and equipment are stated at cost, and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Property and equipment acquired under capital leases is amortized over the lease term or, in circumstances where ownership is transferred by the end of the lease or there is a bargain purchase option, over the useful life that would be assigned if the asset were owned. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation, are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of net (loss) income in the period of retirement or sale. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

 

 

Estimated

Useful Life

Computer equipment

 

3 to 5

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of asset life or lease term

Furniture and fixtures

 

5

Office equipment

 

3

 

F-12


 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas major betterments are capitalized as additions to property and equipment.

Business Combinations

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805), we recognize the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Determining these fair values requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

We recognize identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair value. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed and represents the expected future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired that are not individually identified and separately recognized. While we use our best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. Assumptions may be incomplete or inaccurate, and unanticipated events or circumstances may occur, which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill to the extent that we identify adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets

Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We have determined that there is a single reporting unit for the purpose of conducting this goodwill impairment assessment. For purposes of assessing potential impairment, we estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, based on our market capitalization, and compare this amount to the carrying value of the reporting unit. If we determine that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge would be required. Our annual goodwill impairment test is performed as of January 1 st of each year. To date, we have not identified any impairment to goodwill.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. We amortize acquired definite-lived intangible assets over their estimated useful lives based on the pattern of consumption of the economic benefits or, if that pattern cannot be readily determined, on a straight-line basis.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. During this review, the Company re-evaluates the significant assumptions used in determining the original cost and estimated lives of long-lived assets. Although the assumptions may vary from asset to asset, they generally include operating results, changes in the use of the asset, cash flows, and other indicators of value. Management then determines whether the remaining useful life continues to be appropriate, or whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the recoverability of these assets. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset.

For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not identify any impairment of its long-lived assets.

Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs). Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

ASC 820 identifies fair value as the exchange price, or exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants based on the highest and best use of the asset or

F-13


 

liability. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The Company uses valuation techniques to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized as follows:

 

Level 1 inputs—Unadjusted observable quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3 inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company evaluates assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring and nonrecurring basis to determine the appropriate level to classify them for each reporting period.

The Company measures eligible assets and liabilities at fair value, with changes in value recognized in earnings. Fair value treatment may be elected either upon initial recognition of an eligible asset or liability or, for an existing asset or liability, if an event triggers a new basis of accounting. The Company did not elect to remeasure any of its existing financial assets or liabilities, and did not elect the fair value option for any financial assets and liabilities transacted in the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Software Development Costs

Costs incurred to develop software applications used in the Company’s SaaS platform consist of certain direct costs of materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining internal-use computer software, and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, the project. These costs generally consist of internal labor during configuration, coding, and testing activities. Research and development costs incurred during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the application is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Qualified costs incurred during the operating stage of the Company’s software applications relating to upgrades and enhancements are capitalized to the extent it is probable that they will result in added functionality, while costs incurred for maintenance of, and minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are expensed as incurred. During the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company believes the substantial majority of its development efforts were either in the preliminary project stage of development or in the operation stage (post-implementation), and accordingly, no costs have been capitalized during these periods. These costs are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as research and development expense.

Foreign Currency Translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. We determine the functional currency for our foreign subsidiaries by reviewing the currencies in which its respective operating activities occur. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency of each subsidiary. All assets and liabilities in the balance sheets of entities whose functional currency is a currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollar equivalents at exchange rates as follows: (i) asset and liability accounts at period-end rates, (ii) income statement accounts at weighted-average exchange rates for the period, and (iii) shareholders’ equity accounts at historical exchange rates. Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses are included in foreign exchange income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Net (loss) income per share information is determined using the two-class method, which includes the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period and other securities that participate in dividends (a participating security). The Company considered its convertible preferred shares to be participating securities because they included rights to participate in dividends with the ordinary shares.

F-14


 

Under the two-class method, basic net (loss) income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders is computed by dividing the net (loss) income attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders is computed using the more dilutive of (1) the two-class method or (2) the if-converted method. The Company allocated net income first to preferred shareholders based on dividend rights under the Company’s articles of association and then to preferred and ordinary shareholders based on ownership interests. Net losses were not allocated to preferred shareholders as they did not have an obligation to share in the Company’s net losses.

Diluted net (loss) income per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive securities. Potential dilutive securities consist of ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options, ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted share units and awards and ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred shares.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share:

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

Net (loss) income applicable to participating securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary shareholders—basic

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

205

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

285

 

Net income (loss) applicable to participating securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary

   shareholders—diluted

 

$

(5,441

)

 

$

(3,244

)

 

$

210

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares used in

   computing net (loss) income per share applicable

   to ordinary shareholders—basic

 

 

54,810

 

 

 

40,826

 

 

 

32,354

 

Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from

   share options and restricted shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,721

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in

   computing net (loss) income per share—diluted

 

 

54,810

 

 

 

40,826

 

 

 

36,075

 

Net (loss) income per share applicable to ordinary

   shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

0.01

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.10

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

0.01

 

 

The following potentially dilutive ordinary share equivalents have been excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 as their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Share options outstanding

 

 

8,681

 

 

 

6,870

 

 

 

 

Unvested restricted share units

 

 

28

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred shares

 

 

 

 

 

8,144

 

 

 

 

 

Advertising and Promotion Costs

Expenses related to advertising and promotion of solutions is charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred. We incurred advertising expenses of $11.5 million, $5.6 million and $3.7 million during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . ASC 740 is an asset and liability approach that requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their respective tax basis, and for operating loss and

F-15


 

tax credit carryforwards. ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such position are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we did not have any uncertain tax positions that would impact our net tax provision if recognized.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , which requires the recognition of expense related to the fair value of share-based compensation awards in the statements of operations. For share options issued under the Company’s share-based compensation plans to employees and members of the Board for their services on the Board, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant, and an estimated forfeiture rate is used when calculating share-based compensation expense for the period. For restricted share awards and restricted share units issued under the Company’s share-based compensation plans, the fair value of each grant is calculated based on the Company’s share price on the date of grant. For service-based awards, the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. For awards subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense using an accelerated attribution method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For share-based awards classified as liabilities, the Company accounts for such liability such that the compensation expense will be remeasured at each reporting date until such award is settled. There we no outstanding liability awards as of March 31, 2017 and 2016.

The Company accounts for transactions in which services are received from non-employees in exchange for equity instruments based on the fair value of such services received, or of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. The Company determines the total share-based compensation expense related to non-employee awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Additionally, in accordance with ASC 505, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees , the Company accounts for awards to non-employees prospectively, such that the fair value of the awards will be remeasured at each reporting date until the earlier of (a) the performance commitment date or (b) the date the services required under the arrangement have been completed. During the year ended March 31, 2016, the Company issued a share-based award to a non-employee in consideration for consulting services. The Company did not issue any share-based awards to non-employees during the years ended March 31, 2017 and 2015.

The fair value of each option grant issued under the Company’s share-based compensation plans was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that used the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

6.3

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

3.1

%

Expected volatility

 

 

41.0

%

 

 

42.7

%

 

 

52.6

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

Estimated grant date fair value per ordinary share

 

$

20.22

 

 

$

9.80

 

 

$

7.20

 

 

The weighted-average per share fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $8.65, $4.69 and $4.02 per share, respectively.

The expected term of options for service-based awards has been determined utilizing the “Simplified Method,” as the Company does not have sufficient historical share option exercise information on which to base its estimate. The Simplified Method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. In addition, the expected term for certain share-based awards which are subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions, is based on management’s estimate of the period of time for which the instrument is expected to be outstanding, factoring in certain assumptions such as the vesting period of the award, length of service and/or the location of the employee. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the share option. Since there was no public market for its ordinary shares prior to the Company’s initial public offering (IPO) and as the Company’s shares have been publicly traded for a limited time, the Company determined the expected volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issue options with substantially similar terms. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility

F-16


 

measures of this peer group of companies. The Company has not paid, nor anticipates paying, cash dividends on its ordinary shares; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. Since the IPO, the share option price is based on the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares at the time of each grant.

Prior to the IPO, in the absence of an active market for the Company’s ordinary shares, the Board, the members of which the Company believes have extensive business, finance, and venture capital experience, were required to estimate the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares at the time of each grant of a share-based award. The Company and the Board utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , to estimate the fair value of its ordinary shares. Each valuation methodology included estimates and assumptions that required the Company’s judgment. These estimates and assumptions included a number of objective and subjective factors in determining the value of the Company’s ordinary shares at each grant date, including the following: (1) prices paid for the Company’s convertible preferred shares, which the Company had sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions, and the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares; (2) valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist; (3) the Company’s stage of development and revenue growth; (4) the fact that the grants of share-based awards involved illiquid securities in a private company; and (5) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the ordinary shares underlying the share-based awards, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

The Company believes this methodology to have been reasonable based upon the Company’s internal peer company analyses, and further supported by several arm’s-length transactions involving the Company’s convertible preferred shares. As the Company’s ordinary shares were not actively traded prior to the IPO, the determination of fair value involves assumptions, judgments and estimates. If different assumptions were made, share-based compensation expense, consolidated net (loss) income and consolidated net (loss) income per share could have been significantly different.

See Note 10 for a summary of the share option activity for the year ended March 31, 2017.

Leases

The Company categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases. On certain lease agreements, the Company may receive rent holidays and other incentives. The Company recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis once control of the space is achieved, without regard to deferred payment terms, such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments or escalating payment amounts. The difference between required lease payments and rent expense has been recorded as deferred rent. Additionally, incentives received are treated as a reduction of costs over the term of the agreement, as they are considered an inseparable part of the lease agreement.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions, other events, and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive loss consists of net (loss) income and other comprehensive loss, which includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net (loss) income. Specifically, cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on investments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is presented separately on the consolidated balance sheets and consists of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on investments.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606  (ASU 2014-09), to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing GAAP, including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. This guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim reporting periods within that reporting period and allows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective application. Early adoption is permitted.

F-17


 

The Company is still evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its financial statements and related disclosures .   Based on the Company’s procedures performed to date, nothing has come to its attention that would indicate that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have a material impact on its revenue recognition, however, further analysis is required and the Company will continue to evaluate this assessment in fiscal 2018. Additionally, the Company has made a preliminary assessment that there will be an impact relating to the accounting for costs to acquire a contract. Under the standard, the Company will likely be required to capitalize certain costs, primarily commission expense to sales representatives, on its consolidated balance sheet and amortize such costs over the contractual term or the average customer life. The Company is still evaluating the impact of capitalizing costs to execute a contract. The Company intends to adopt ASU 2014-09 on April 1, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the adoption method it will apply.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40), Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement (ASU 2015-05). ASU 2015-05 provides guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The guidance will not change GAAP for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. The ASU aims to reduce complexity and diversity in practice. The Company adopted this standard prospectively on April 1, 2016 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17,  Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17). The amendment requires entities with a classified balance sheet to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The ASU is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company retrospectively adopted ASU 2015-17 on April 1, 2016 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 , Leases (Topic 842)  (ASU 2016-02). ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to recognize most leases on the balance sheet but recognize expenses on the income statement in a manner similar to current practice. The update states that a lessee will recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying assets for the lease term. Leases will continue to be classified as either financing or operating, with classification affecting the recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease. ASU 2016-02 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact and timing of adoption of the ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09,  Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2016-09). ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016 and allows for prospective, retrospective or modified retrospective adoption, depending on the area covered in the update, with early adoption permitted.

The Company will adopt this guidance in its first quarter of 2018. Upon adoption, the Company will record any excess tax benefits or deficiencies from its equity awards in its consolidated statements of operations in the reporting periods in which vesting or exercise occurs. Subsequent to adoption, the Company's income tax expense and associated effective tax rate will be impacted by fluctuations in stock price between the grant dates and vesting or exercise dates of equity awards. This guidance will be adopted using a modified retrospective transition method, however the adoption is not expected to have a material impact to the Company’s deferred tax assets or retained earnings on its consolidated balance sheets.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (ASU 2016-15). ASU 2016-15 is intended to add or clarify guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows and to eliminate the diversity in practice related to such classifications. The guidance in ASU 2016-15 is required for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact and timing of adoption of the ASU 2016-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (ASU 2016-16). The purpose of ASU 2016-16 is to simplify the income tax accounting of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory and to record its effect when the transfer occurs. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods and early adoption is permitted.

F-18


 

The Company intends to adopt ASU 2016-16 on April 1, 2018. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact and timing of adoption of the ASU 2016-16 on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (ASU 2016-18). ASU 2016-18 requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Entities will also be required to reconcile such total to amounts on the balance sheet and disclose the nature of the restrictions. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact and timing of adoption of the ASU 2016-18 on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04 , Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04). The standard eliminates the second step in the goodwill impairment test which requires an entity to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests conducted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact and timing of adoption of the ASU 2017-04 on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consists of the following:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Research and development investment tax credits

 

$

2,102

 

 

$

1,758

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

7,095

 

 

 

4,342

 

Other current assets

 

 

857

 

 

 

1,262

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

10,054

 

 

$

7,362

 

 

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Computer equipment (1)

 

$

69,996

 

 

$

54,935

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

5,015

 

 

 

4,096

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

2,232

 

 

 

1,837

 

Office equipment

 

 

267

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

 

77,510

 

 

 

61,121

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization (1)

 

 

(45,501

)

 

 

(36,315

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

32,009

 

 

$

24,806

 

 

(1)

Includes property and equipment acquired under capital leases:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

Computer equipment

 

$

713

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

 

(59

)

 

 

$

654

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $11.8 million, $10.5 million, and $11.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Depreciation and amortization expense in the year ended March 31, 2017 included $59 thousand related to property and equipment acquired under capital leases.

F-19


 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Accrued payroll and related benefits

 

$

11,661

 

 

$

8,620

 

Accrued taxes payable

 

 

3,490

 

 

 

3,491

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

5,562

 

 

 

2,999

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

20,713

 

 

$

15,110

 

 

Other non-current liabilities consists of the following:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Deferred rent

 

$

981

 

 

$

1,476

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

557

 

 

 

645

 

Total other non-current liabilities

 

$

1,538

 

 

$

2,121

 

 

4. Acquisitions

On November 21, 2016, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (APA) to purchase substantially all of the assets of iSheriff, Inc. (iSheriff), a cloud-based security provider. This acquisition will provide Mimecast’s customers additional real-time email threat intelligence and detection expertise and complements the Company’s existing portfolio of email security, continuity and archiving solutions.

The total preliminary purchase price of $6.2 million consisted of a cash payment of approximately $5.6 million, subject to certain adjustments, and $0.6 million in purchase price held back in respect of claims for indemnification for one year from the purchase date. Additionally, the APA includes contingent consideration related to a discretionary purchase price in the amount of $2.0 million which is payable at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company on the one year anniversary of the purchase date. The Company considers the payment of the discretionary purchase price to be remote and has determined the fair value of the contingent consideration to be zero.

The acquisition of iSheriff has been accounted for as a business combination and, in accordance with ASC 805, the Company has recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. The following table summarizes the preliminary purchase price allocation as of March 31 2017:

 

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

$

65

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

237

 

Intangible assets

 

 

1,654

 

Goodwill

 

 

5,142

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

7,098

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(796

)

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(128

)

Total fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

$

6,174

 

 

In the year ended March 31, 2017, acquisition-related expenses of $0.7 million were expensed as incurred and included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The operating results of iSheriff have been included in the consolidated statements of operations beginning on the acquisition date.

The significant intangible assets identified in the preliminary purchase price allocation discussed above include developed technology and customer relationships, which are amortized over their respective useful lives on a straight line basis. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price may be subject to revisions as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the time of acquisition. To value the developed technology asset, the Company utilized the income approach, specifically a discounted cash-flow method known as the multi-period excess earnings method. Customer relationships represent the underlying relationships with certain customers to provide ongoing services for products sold. The Company utilized the income approach, specifically the distribution method which is a subset of the excess-earnings method, to value the customer relationships.

F-20


 

A portion of the purchase price has been allocated to intangible assets and goodwill, respectively, and is reflected in the tables above. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is less than the purchase price, resulting in the recognition of goodwill. The goodwill reflects the value of the synergies we expect to realize and the assembled workforce and is not deductible for tax purposes. The purchase price has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon the respective estimates of fair value as of the date of the acquisition and using assumptions that the Company’s management believes are reasonable.

The following table presents the estimated fair values and useful lives of the identifiable intangible assets acquired and risk-adjusted discount rates used in the valuation:

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Estimated

Useful Life (in years)

 

 

Risk Adjusted

Discount   Rates

used in

Valuation

 

Developed technology

 

$

1,546

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

18

%

Customer relationships

 

 

108

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

18

%

Total identifiable intangible assets

 

$

1,654

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information (unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the condensed combined results of operations of the Company and iSheriff for the year ended March 31, 2017 as if the acquisition of iSheriff had been completed on April 1, 2015. These pro forma condensed consolidated financial results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and include certain adjustments that reflect pro forma results of operations such as fair value adjustments (step-downs) for deferred revenue, reversal of revenues and costs directly attributable to products not acquired, increased amortization for the fair value of acquired intangible assets and adjustments to eliminate transaction costs incurred by the Company and iSheriff.

The unaudited pro forma results do not reflect any operating efficiencies or potential cost savings which may result from the consolidation of the operations of the Company and iSheriff. Accordingly, these unaudited pro forma results are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisition occurred as of April 1, 2015, nor are they intended to represent or be indicative of future results of operations:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Revenue

 

$

187,577

 

 

$

142,951

 

Net loss

 

 

(6,842

)

 

 

(8,690

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.21

)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in

   computing basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

54,810

 

 

 

40,826

 

 

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table reflects goodwill activity in each of the periods presented:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Beginning balance

 

$

254

 

 

$

262

 

Goodwill acquired

 

 

5,151

 

 

 

 

Goodwill adjustment

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(8

)

Ending balance

 

$

5,363

 

 

$

254

 

F-21


 

Purchased intangible assets consist of the following:

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Useful Life

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

(in years)

 

 

Value

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Value

 

Developed technology

 

 

10

 

 

$

1,546

 

 

$

58

 

 

$

1,488

 

Customer relationships

 

 

7

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,654

 

 

$

64

 

 

$

1,590

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense of $64 thousand for the year ended March 31, 2017. Amortization relating to developed technology is recorded within cost of revenue and amortization of customer relationships is recorded within sales and marketing expenses.

Future estimated amortization expense of acquired intangibles as of March 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

2018

 

 

170

 

2019

 

 

170

 

2020

 

 

170

 

2021

 

 

170

 

Thereafter

 

 

910

 

Total

 

$

1,590

 

 

6. Fair Value Measurement

The Company’s financial instruments include cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable, accrued expenses, capital lease obligations and long-term debt.  The carrying amount of the Company’s long-term debt and capital lease obligations approximate their fair values due to the interest rates the Company believes it could obtain for arrangements with similar terms.  The Company’s investments are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value in accordance with the market approach utilizing quoted prices that were directly or indirectly observable. The carrying amount of the remainder of the Company’s financial instruments approximated their fair values as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, due to the short-term nature of those instruments.

The Company has evaluated the estimated fair value of financial instruments using available market information. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a significant effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

Fair values determined using “Level 1 inputs” utilize unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access.  Fair values determined using "Level 2 Inputs" utilize quoted prices that are directly or indirectly observable. Fair values determined using “Level 3 inputs” utilize unobservable inputs for determining fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity's own assumptions in pricing assets or liabilities. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, we did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

The following table summarizes financial assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

 

 

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets

for Identical Assets

(Level 1 Inputs)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs (Level 2

Inputs)

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

7,478

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,478

 

U.S. treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

3,506

 

 

 

3,506

 

Non-U.S. government securities

 

 

 

 

 

14,494

 

 

 

14,494

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

42,347

 

 

 

42,347

 

Total assets

 

$

7,478

 

 

$

60,347

 

 

$

67,825

 

F-22


 

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets

for Identical Assets

(Level 1 Inputs)

 

 

Significant

Other

Observable

Inputs (Level 2

Inputs)

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

10,675

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,675

 

Total assets

 

$

10,675

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,675

 

 

7. Debt

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s outstanding long-term debt balances were subject to the Fourth Amendment of the Loan Agreement which went into effect in November 2015 in connection with the closing of the Company’s IPO.  

In January 2012, Mimecast Services Limited and Mimecast North America, Inc., with Mimecast UK as guarantor, entered into a loan agreement with a lender (the Loan Agreement) providing for up to a £4.0 million asset based line of credit (the Equipment Line). Under the Equipment Line, the Company had the ability to use the borrowing capacity to finance Eligible Equipment purchases, as defined in the Loan Agreement, in British pounds or U.S. dollars. Outstanding amounts under the Equipment Line accrued interest at a rate equal to the U.K. LIBOR plus 6.00% per annum for advances in British pounds or the greater of (i) 7.50% per annum and (ii) the Prime Rate plus 3.50% per annum for U.S. dollar advances. Advances under the Equipment Line were repayable in 36 equal monthly payments of principal and interest following the date of the borrowing under the Equipment Line but no later than June 30, 2015.

In January 2013, the Company amended the Loan Agreement (the First Amendment) to aggregate the outstanding British pound advances and U.S. dollar advances into two individual Equipment Line advances of £1.7 million (the Sterling Equipment Advances) and $1.6 million (the U.S. Dollar Equipment Advances, collectively the Equipment Line Advances) and allowed for no additional advances under the Equipment Line. The First Amendment amended the interest rate on the Equipment Line Advances to a 4.50% per annum fixed interest rate and also extended the maturity date for the Equipment Line Advances to February 1, 2017, which included an interest only period for the first twelve months following the First Amendment date.

With the First Amendment, the Company also entered into a £3.0 million fixed interest rate term loan (the First Term Loan), which was repayable in 36 monthly installments starting twelve months following the first business day of the borrowing. Interest on the First Term Loan accrued and was payable monthly in arrears at 4.50% per annum. The First Term Loan matured on March 1, 2017.

In July 2014, the Company further amended the Loan Agreement (the Second Amendment) and entered into a second £5.0 million fixed interest rate term loan (the Second Term Loan), which is repayable in 36 monthly installments starting six months following the first business day of the borrowing. Interest on the Second Term Loan accrues and is payable monthly in arrears at 4.50% per annum and the Second Term Loan matures on January 1, 2018.

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the weighted-average interest rate for long-term debt was 4.50% per annum and there were no amounts available for future borrowings under the Term Loans or Equipment Line Advances.

As part of the First Amendment, the Company entered into a line of credit of up to the lesser of (i) £7.5 million and (ii) the equivalent of 80% of Eligible Accounts Receivables, as defined, plus £2.5 million (the Revolving Line). The Second Amendment increased the Revolving Line from up to £7.5 million to up to £10 million (the Amended Revolving Line). The Second Amendment also extended the maturity date of the Amended Revolving Line to July 15, 2016 and decreased the maximum interest rate on any advances to 4.00% per annum. The Amended Revolving Line had £5.0 million available upon the Second Amendment and another £5.0 million upon completion of an additional equity financing, which occurred upon completion of the Company’s IPO.

In November 2015, the Company further amended the Loan Agreement (the Fourth Amendment) to reflect the change in its reporting entity and to make available the additional £5.0 million in available credit under the facility that became accessible upon the completion of the IPO. The Amended Revolving Line expired unused on July 15, 2016 and as a result, no amounts were available for future borrowings under the line of credit as of March 31, 2017.

Under the Fourth Amendment, the Company must comply with certain financial covenants, including recurring revenue and adjusted quick ratio covenants, as defined. The interest rate will increase by 3.00% if the Company is not able to meet the financial covenants or has any other event of default, until cured. Failure to comply with these covenants, or the occurrence of an event of

F-23


 

default, could permit the lender under the Loan Agreement to declare all amounts outstanding under the Loan Agreement, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, the Loan Agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets. The Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Loan Agreement as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

As of March 31, 2017, the Company had $1.7 million outstanding under the Second Term Loan and all amounts under the First Term Loan and Equipment Line Advances have been fully repaid. As of March 31, 2016, the Company had $1.3 million, $4.4 million and $1.2 million outstanding under the First Term Loan, Second Term Loan and Equipment Line Advances, respectively. Future minimum principal payment obligations due under the Company’s loan agreements are as follows:

 

Year Ending March 31,

 

Debt

 

 

2018

 

$

1,734

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,734

 

 

 

8. Related Party Transactions

Three of our current shareholders, who collectively owned approximately 30% of our outstanding shares as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were customers of the Company during the periods included in the consolidated financial statements. Revenue recognized during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and accounts receivable outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and 2015 related to these transactions was not material.

On October 4, 2016, the Company completed a registered secondary public offering in which 4,600,000 ordinary shares were sold at a public offering price of $16.50 per share. All of the shares sold in the secondary offering were sold by the Company’s existing shareholders and the Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares. The Company incurred approximately $0.6 million in offering expenses on behalf of the selling shareholders in connection with the secondary offering which were included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

9. Shareholders’ Equity

As of March 31, 2017, the following ordinary shares were reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Plan, Historical Plans and ESPP (as defined below in Note 10):

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

Options outstanding under share option plans

 

 

8,681,261

 

Unvested restricted share units

 

 

28,086

 

Options and awards available for future grant under the 2015

   Plan

 

 

6,420,116

 

Shares reserved for issuance under ESPP

 

 

1,100,000

 

Total authorized ordinary shares reserved for future issuance

 

 

16,229,463

 

 

10. Share-based compensation

As of March 31, 2017, the Company has four share-based compensation plans and an employee stock purchase plan, which are more fully described below.

Prior to the IPO, the Company granted share-based awards under three share option plans which are the Mimecast Limited 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan (the 2007 Plan), the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme (the 2010 Plan), and the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan (the Approved Plan) (the 2007 Plan, the 2010 Plan and the Approved Plan, collectively, the Historical Plans).

Upon the closing of the IPO, the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan (the 2015 Plan) and the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) became effective. Subsequent to the IPO, grants of share-based awards have been made under the 2015 Plan and no further grants under the Historical Plans are permitted.

The 2015 Plan was adopted by the Board on September 2, 2015, approved by our shareholders on November 4, 2015 and became effective on the date of the Company’s IPO. The 2015 Plan allows the compensation committee to make equity-based

F-24


 

incentive awards to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants. Initially a total of 5,500,000 ordinary shares were reserved for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016, by 5% of the outstanding number of ordinary shares on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by the Board. The number of options available for future grant under the 2015 Plan as of March 31, 2017 was 6,420,116.

In September 2015, the Board adopted the ESPP which was approved by our shareholders on November 4, 2015. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes for issuance a total of 1,100,000 ordinary shares. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization. Participating employees of the Company may purchase ordinary shares during pre-specified purchase periods at a price equal to the lesser of 85% of the fair market value of an ordinary share of the Company at the beginning of the purchase period or 85% of the fair market value of an ordinary share of the Company at the end of the purchase period. The Board has authorized that the first six-month offering period under the ESPP will commence on July 1, 2017.

Under the 2015 Plan, the share option price may not be less than the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the date of grant and the term of each share option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Share options typically vest over 4 years, but vesting provisions can vary based on the discretion of the Board. The Company settles share option exercises under the 2015 Plan through newly issued shares. The Company’s ordinary shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, withheld upon exercise of an option, or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, or otherwise terminated other than by exercise will be added back to the shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

Under the Historical Plans, share-based awards have a term of 10 years from the date of grant and typically vest over 4 years, however, vesting provisions could vary based on the discretion of the Board. Subsequent to the Company’s IPO, the Company’s ordinary shares underlying any awards issued under the Historical Plans that are forfeited, canceled, withheld upon exercise of an option, or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, or otherwise terminated other than by exercise will be not be added back to the shares available for issuance under the Historical Plans.

 

Certain awards granted by the Company under the Historical Plans are subject to service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event, defined as either a change of control or an IPO. As a result, no compensation cost related to share-based awards with these performance conditions had been recognized through the date of the Company’s IPO, which occurred in November 2015, as the Company had determined that a liquidity event was not probable. Upon the IPO, 100% of the unvested portion of options granted under the Historical Plans prior to May 13, 2014 became vested. For options issued to employees other than those in the Company’s U.S. subsidiary, 25% of the vested shares underlying options became exercisable immediately upon the listing, 50% of the vested shares underlying options became exercisable 12 months following the date of the listing, and 25% of the vested shares underlying options will become exercisable 24 months following the date of the listing. Since the closing of the IPO, the Company has recognized expense for these awards using the accelerated attribution method over the remaining service period. Options granted on or after May 13, 2014 under the 2010 Plan, and the Approved Plan shall continue vesting as set forth in the option award agreements and the Approved Plan shall continue vesting as set forth in the option award agreements. In certain situations, the Board has approved modifications to employee share option agreements, including the removal of exercise restrictions for share options for which the service based vesting has been satisfied which resulted in additional share-based compensation expense. The total modification expense in the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $3.0 million, $1.4 million and $4.2 million, respectively.

Share-based compensation expense recognized under the 2015 Plan and Historical Plans in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

1,353

 

 

$

633

 

 

$

151

 

Research and development

 

 

1,873

 

 

 

1,711

 

 

 

544

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

4,719

 

 

 

3,180

 

 

 

1,684

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,349

 

 

 

2,362

 

 

 

3,047

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

10,294

 

 

$

7,886

 

 

$

5,426

 

 

F-25


 

Share option activity under the 2015 Plan and Historical Plans for the year ended March 31, 2017 was as follows:

 

 

 

Number of

Awards

 

 

Weighted   Average

Exercise Price (3)

 

 

Weighted   Average

Remaining

Contractual Term

(in years)

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic   Value

(in thousands)   (1)

 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2016

 

 

8,069,866

 

 

$

5.00

 

 

 

7.16

 

 

$

38,541

 

Options granted

 

 

2,421,000

 

 

$

20.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(1,656,930

)

 

$

2.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options forfeited and cancelled

 

 

(152,675

)

 

$

7.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of March 31, 2017

 

 

8,681,261

 

 

$

9.58

 

 

 

7.44

 

 

$

111,178

 

Exercisable as of March 31, 2017

 

 

3,367,783

 

 

$

3.53

 

 

 

5.40

 

 

$

63,506

 

Exercisable and expected to be exercisable as of

   March 31, 2017 (2)

 

 

8,349,271

 

 

$

9.35

 

 

 

7.37

 

 

$

108,885

 

 

(1)

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the aggregate intrinsic value was calculated based on the positive difference, if any, between the closing price of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ exchange on March 31, 2017 and 2016 respectively, and the exercise price of the underlying options.

(2)

This represents the number of exercisable options plus the number of options expected to become exercisable as of March 31, 2017 based on the options outstanding as of March 31, 2017 adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

(3)

Certain of the Company’s option grants have an exercise price denominated in British pounds. The weighted-average exercise price at the end of each reporting period was translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at the end of the period. The weighted-average exercise price for the options granted, exercised, forfeited and cancelled was translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at the applicable date of grant, exercise, forfeiture or cancellation, as appropriate.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $24,824, $8,198 and $5,112 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Total cash proceeds from such option exercises were $4,476, $885 and $632 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As of March 31, 2017, there was approximately $26.9 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.39 years. The total unrecognized share-based compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

As of March 31, 2017, there was approximately $0.5 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based awards, subject to both service-based vesting conditions and a performance-based vesting condition based on a liquidity event, which occurred upon the Company’s IPO. The unrecognized share-based compensation related to these awards are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.11 years.

In November 2015, the Company granted restricted share units (RSUs) to two of its Directors in the amount of 25,000 and 20,000, respectively. The RSU in the amount of 25,000 vests over three years on a monthly basis. The RSU in the amount of 20,000 cliff vested over a five month period and was fully vested in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. In October 2016, the Company granted RSUs to two of its Directors totaling 14,190 which cliff vest over a 12 month period. RSU activity under the 2015 Plan for the year ended March 31, 2017 was as follows:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

 

Intrinsic

Value

 

Unvested restricted share units as of March 31, 2016

 

 

42,224

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

412

 

Restricted share units granted

 

 

14,190

 

 

$

21.14

 

 

 

300

 

Restricted share units vested

 

 

(28,328

)

 

$

10.00

 

 

 

330

 

Restricted share units canceled

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Unvested restricted share units as of March 31, 2017

 

 

28,086

 

 

$

15.63

 

 

$

629

 

 

As of March 31, 2017, there was approximately $0.3 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.04 years.

F-26


 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its facilities under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through October 2020. Rent expense was $3.2 million, $2.8 million and $2.6 million for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also has non-cancelable commitments related to its data centers.  In January 2017, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement for certain computer equipment with a non-cancelable term through December 2019.

Future minimum payments for our capital leases, operating leases and data centers as of March 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

Year Ending March 31,

 

Capital

Leases

 

 

Operating

Leases

 

 

Data

Centers

 

2018

 

$

251

 

 

$

4,743

 

 

$

14,244

 

2019

 

 

251

 

 

 

7,002

 

 

 

12,240

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

6,329

 

 

 

12,555

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

4,711

 

 

 

10,127

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

3,633

 

 

 

5,706

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

19,885

 

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

502

 

 

$

46,303

 

 

$

54,872

 

Less: Amount representing interest

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of capital lease obligations

 

 

478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

(233

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligations

 

$

245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certain amounts included in the table above relating to co-location leases for the Company’s servers includes usage based charges in addition to base rent.

The Company has outstanding letters of credit of $3.8 million and $0.4 million related to certain operating leases as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Litigation

The Company, from time to time, may be party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company was not subject to any material legal proceedings during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and, to the best of its knowledge, no material legal proceedings are currently pending or threatened.

Indemnification

The Company typically enters into indemnification agreements with customers in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company indemnifies and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement. These indemnification agreements are provisions of the applicable customer agreement. Based on when clients first sign an agreement for the Company’s service, the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under certain of these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Based on historical experience and information known as of March 31, 2017, the Company has not incurred any costs for the above guarantees and indemnities.

In certain circumstances, the Company warrants that its services will perform in all material respects in accordance with its standard published specification documentation in effect at the time of delivery of the services to the customer for the term of the agreement. To date, the Company has not incurred significant expense under its warranties and, as a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial.

12. Employee Benefit Plans

We maintain a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the 401(k) Plan) covering all U.S. employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The 401(k) Plan allows each participant to defer a percentage of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual limits pursuant to the limits established by the Internal Revenue Service. We may, at our discretion, make contributions in the form of matching contributions or profit-sharing contributions. To date, we have not made any matching or profit-sharing contributions.

F-27


 

In addition, we contribute to a defined contribution savings plan for our employees in the United Kingdom who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The plan allows each participant to defer a percentage of their compensation, and the Company contributes an additional 1% of all wages for those employees in the scheme on a monthly basis. The Company’s contributions have not been material to any individual year.

13. Segment and Geographic Information

Disclosure requirements about segments of an enterprise and related information establishes standards for reporting information regarding operating segments in annual financial statements and requires selected information of those segments to be presented in interim financial reports issued to shareholders. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. The Company and the chief executive officer view the Company’s operations and manage its business as one operating segment.

Geographic Data

The Company allocates, for the purpose of geographic data reporting, its revenue based upon the location of the contracting subsidiary. Total revenue by geographic area was as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

 

$

90,932

 

 

$

60,970

 

 

$

43,574

 

United Kingdom

 

 

61,188

 

 

 

55,276

 

 

 

48,595

 

South Africa

 

 

27,890

 

 

 

22,342

 

 

 

21,817

 

Other

 

 

6,553

 

 

 

3,253

 

 

 

2,099

 

Total revenue

 

$

186,563

 

 

$

141,841

 

 

$

116,085

 

 

Property and equipment, net by geographic location consists of the following:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

United States

 

$

14,904

 

 

$

11,363

 

United Kingdom

 

 

9,007

 

 

 

7,677

 

Australia

 

 

3,867

 

 

 

2,886

 

South Africa

 

 

3,815

 

 

 

2,569

 

Other

 

 

416

 

 

 

311

 

Total

 

$

32,009

 

 

$

24,806

 

 

14. Income Taxes

(Loss) income before income taxes consists of the following:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United Kingdom

 

$

(8,162

)

 

$

942

 

 

$

5,955

 

Foreign

 

 

4,923

 

 

 

(3,321

)

 

 

(5,518

)

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

$

(3,239

)

 

$

(2,379

)

 

$

437

 

 

F-28


 

The provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements is comprised of the following:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Current tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

 

 

$

154

 

 

$

 

Foreign

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

152

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

152

 

Deferred tax expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

2,202

 

 

$

865

 

 

$

152

 

 

The reconciliation of the United Kingdom statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Tax at statutory rate

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

U.S. state taxes, net of federal

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

9.9

 

Foreign rate differential

 

 

(39.3

)

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

(214.6

)

Meals and entertainment

 

 

(7.4

)

 

 

(7.9

)

 

 

24.3

 

Branch income / loss

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

(2.7

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

(4.0

)

 

 

(7.3

)

 

 

90.8

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

(24.8

)

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

(215.4

)

Non-deductible interest expense

 

 

(3.3

)

 

 

(13.9

)

 

 

76.2

 

Tax credits

 

 

15.6

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

124.7

 

 

 

48.1

 

 

 

243.5

 

Deferred tax true-ups

 

 

(12.4

)

 

 

(61.0

)

 

 

 

Tax reserves

 

 

(117.7

)

 

 

(23.8

)

 

 

 

Provision to return

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(6.5

)

 

 

 

Other foreign taxes

 

 

(6.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

(10.6

)

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

 

Deferred tax rate change

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

1.8

 

Effective Tax Rate

 

 

(68.0

)%

 

 

(36.4

)%

 

 

34.8

%

Although the Company’s parent entity is organized under Jersey law, our affairs are, and are intended be managed and controlled ongoing in the United Kingdom for tax purposes. Therefore the Company is resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes. The Company’s parent entity is domiciled in the United Kingdom and its earnings are subject to 20%, 20% and 21% statutory tax rate for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate each year primarily due to the valuation allowance maintained against the Company’s net deferred tax assets, the jurisdictional earnings mix, tax rate changes, tax reserves for uncertain tax positions, tax credits, and permanent differences primarily related to non-deductible expenses, true-ups, and foreign exchange.

F-29


 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss carryovers and the temporary differences between the assets and liabilities carrying value for financial reporting and the amounts used for income tax purposes. T he Company’s significant deferred tax assets (liabilities) components are as follows:

 

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

7,835

 

 

$

12,362

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

3,406

 

 

 

2,369

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,184

 

 

 

1,609

 

Fixed assets

 

 

1,715

 

 

 

1,097

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

1,062

 

 

 

732

 

Accrued costs

 

 

144

 

 

 

203

 

Deferred rent

 

 

243

 

 

 

284

 

Income tax credits

 

 

578

 

 

 

184

 

Other

 

 

462

 

 

 

149

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

17,629

 

 

 

18,989

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(139

)

Fixed assets

 

 

(2,891

)

 

 

(442

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(2,899

)

 

 

(634

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

(14,730

)

 

 

(18,355

)

Deferred tax assets, net

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

In assessing the ability to realize the Company’s net deferred tax assets, management considers various factors including taxable income in carryback years, future reversals for existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and future taxable income projections to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the cumulative losses that the Company has incurred in the jurisdictions in which it operates and considering other negative evidence, the Company has determined that the uncertainty regarding realizing its deferred tax assets is sufficient to warrant the need for a full valuation allowance against its worldwide net deferred tax assets. The approximately $3.6 million net decrease in the valuation allowance from 2016 to 2017 is primarily due to tax reserves established against certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards, deferred tax adjustments, current year operating results and foreign exchange.

As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had U.K. net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $23.7 million and $10.3 million, respectively that do not expire. As of March 31 2017 and 2016, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.0 million and $31.5 million, respectively and U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $18.9 million and $24.4 million, respectively that expire at various dates through 2037. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had Australian net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $11.9 million and $7.7 million, respectively that do not expire. As of March 31, 2017, the Company had a U.K. income tax credit carryforward of $0.3 million that does not expire and a $0.1 million U.S. Federal tax credit that does not expire.  

Included in the March 31, 2017 net operating losses carryforwards above, the Company has U.S. federal and state and U.K. net operating losses of approximately $10.2 million, $3.8 million and $17.6 million, respectively related to excess share-based compensation deductions. These net operating losses have been excluded from the above deferred tax table. The Company will record the off balance sheet net operating loss carryforwards as a deferred tax asset with an offset to valuation allowance upon adopting ASU 2016-09.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an ownership change, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes such as research tax credits to offset its post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an ownership change generally occurs if there is a cumulative change in 5-percent shareholders ownership in the Company exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under U.S. state tax laws. The Company believes that it has experienced an ownership change in the past and may experience ownership changes in the future resulting from future transactions in our share capital, some of which may be outside the Company’s control. The Company is still determining whether historic ownership changes will result in any material limitation on using its U.S. net operating losses. As a result, the Company’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards or other pre-change tax attributes to offset U.S. federal and state taxable income and taxes may be subject to significant limitations as it earns net taxable income.

F-30


 

As of March 31, 2017, the Company had liabilities for uncertain tax positions of $4.9 million, none of which, if recognized, would impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

As of March 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Balance as of April 1, 2016

 

$

2,326

 

 

$

 

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

1,258

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

 

 

 

1,068

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(1,311

)

 

 

 

Expiration of statutes of limitation

 

 

(284

)

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2017

 

$

4,931

 

 

$

2,326

 

 

Interest and penalty charges, if any, related to uncertain tax positions are classified as income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United Kingdom and several foreign jurisdictions. As of March 31, 2017, the Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities in the United Kingdom for years prior to March 31, 2016. The significant foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years prior to March 31, 2014. In addition, net operating loss carryforwards in certain jurisdictions may be subject to adjustments by taxing authorities in future years when they are utilized.

The majority of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have incurred losses since inception and do not have any undistributed earnings as of March 31, 2017. Income taxes have not been provided on approximately $2.3 million in undistributed foreign earnings because they are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. The tax payable on the earnings that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations would be immaterial.

15. Subsequent Events

The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events after the audited balance sheet date of March 31, 2017 through May 26, 2017, the date this Annual Report on Form 20-F was filed with the SEC, to ensure that this filing includes appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the financial statements as of March 31, 2017, and events which occurred subsequently but were not recognized in the financial statements. The Company has concluded that no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure within these consolidated financial statements.

F-31


 

16. Quarterly results of operations data (unaudited)

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the eight quarters in the period ended March 31, 2017. We have prepared the quarterly consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

 

 

Quarter ended

 

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

 

Jun 30,

 

 

Sep 30,

 

 

Dec 31,

 

 

Mar 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Revenue

 

$

33,328

 

 

$

34,507

 

 

$

37,130

 

 

$

36,876

 

 

$

41,460

 

 

$

44,361

 

 

$

48,333

 

 

$

52,409

 

Gross profit

 

 

23,452

 

 

 

24,314

 

 

 

26,479

 

 

 

25,787

 

 

 

30,121

 

 

 

31,984

 

 

 

35,189

 

 

 

38,955

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

2,110

 

 

 

1,503

 

 

 

(2,138

)

 

 

(4,049

)

 

 

(2,947

)

 

 

(2,427

)

 

 

(3,030

)

 

 

(1,969

)

Net (loss) income

 

 

(2,249

)

 

 

2,168

 

 

 

(1,199

)

 

 

(1,964

)

 

 

244

 

 

 

303

 

 

 

(3,370

)

 

 

(2,618

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary

   shareholders—basic

 

$

(2,249

)

 

$

1,572

 

 

$

(1,199

)

 

$

(1,964

)

 

$

244

 

 

$

303

 

 

$

(3,370

)

 

$

(2,618

)

Net (loss) income applicable to ordinary

   shareholders—diluted

 

$

(2,249

)

 

$

1,612

 

 

$

(1,199

)

 

$

(1,964

)

 

$

244

 

 

$

303

 

 

$

(3,370

)

 

$

(2,618

)

Net (loss) income per share applicable to

   ordinary shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.05

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.07

)

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.00

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.05

)

Weighted-average number of ordinary

   shares used in computing net (loss) income

   per share applicable to ordinary

   shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

33,066

 

 

 

33,673

 

 

 

42,514

 

 

 

54,172

 

 

 

54,287

 

 

 

54,636

 

 

 

54,949

 

 

 

55,375

 

Diluted

 

 

33,066

 

 

 

36,991

 

 

 

42,514

 

 

 

54,172

 

 

 

57,655

 

 

 

58,513

 

 

 

54,949

 

 

 

55,375

 

 

 

 

F-32


 

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

MIMECAST LIMITED

 

 

 

/s/ Peter Bauer

By:

 

Peter Bauer

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Date:

 

May 26, 2017

 

 


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

 

Description

 

Schedule/

Form

 

File Number

 

Exhibit

 

File Date

(mm/dd/yyyy)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    1.1

 

Articles of Association of the Registrant

 

F-1/A

 

333-207454

 

3.2

 

11/06/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2.1

 

Subscription and Shareholders’ Agreement, dated September 18, 2012, by and among Mimecast UK and the other parties thereto

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

4.2

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2.1.1

 

Shareholders Agreement, dated November 5, 2015, by and among the Registrant, Mimecast UK and the other parties thereto

 

F-1/A

 

333-207454

 

4.2.1

 

11/06/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 18, 2012, by and among Mimecast UK and the other parties thereto

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

4.3

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    2.2.1

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 5, 2015, by and among the Registrant, Mimecast UK and the other parties thereto

 

F-1/A

 

333-207454

 

4.3.1

 

11/06/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.1#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.1

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.2#

 

Mimecast UK 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan and Form of Share Option Agreement

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.6

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.3#

 

Mimecast UK 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.7

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.4#

 

Mimecast UK Approved Share Option Plan and Form of Share Option Certificate

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.8

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.5#

 

Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan

 

F-1/A

 

333-207454

 

10.9

 

11/06/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.6#

 

Mimecast Limited 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan

 

F-1/A

 

333-207454

 

10.10

 

11/06/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.7

 

Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated May 22, 2015, by and among Mimecast Services Limited, Mimecast North America, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.5

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.7.1

 

Amendment Letter and Confirmation, dated November 13, 2015, by and among Mimecast Services Limited, Mimecast North America, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank

 

F-1/A

 

333-207454

 

10.5.1

 

11/13/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.8

 

Underlease, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Mimecast Services Limited and Sands Service Company (No.2)

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.2

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.9

 

Lease, dated November 12, 2012, by and between Mimecast North America, Inc. and Farley White Aetna Mills, LLC

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.3

 

10/16/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.9.1

 

First Amendment to Lease, dated October 19, 2015, by and between Mimecast North America, Inc. and Riverworks Watertown Holdings, LLC

 

20-F

 

001-37637

 

4.9.1

 

05/25/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.10

 

Agreement of Lease, dated June 24, 2013, by and between Mimecast South Africa (Pty) Ltd and City Square Trading 522 (Pty) Ltd

 

F-1

 

333-207454

 

10.4

 

10/16/2015

 


 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

 

Description

 

Schedule/

Form

 

File Number

 

Exhibit

 

File Date

(mm/dd/yyyy)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.11*

 

Lease dated February 17, 2017 by and between Mimecast North America, Inc. and 191 Spring Street Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.12*

 

Underlease dated April 21, 2017 by and between Simmons & Simmons LLP, Mimecast Services Limited and Mimecast Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.13*

 

Lease Agreement dated January 4, 2013 between PCPI UT Owner, LP, as successor-in-interest, and Mimecast North America, Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated March 24, 2016 and Amendment No. 2 dated April 18, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    8.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  12.1*

 

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  12.2*

 

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  13.1**

 

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  15.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS*

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith. The certifications furnished in Exhibit 13.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Annual Report on Form 20-F and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

#

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.11

 

191 SPRING STREET

LEXINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS

Lease Dated February 17, 2017

THIS INSTRUMENT IS AN INDENTURE OF LEASE in which the Landlord and the Tenant are the parties hereinafter named, and which relates to space in a certain building (the “Building”) known as, and with an address at 191 Spring Street, Lexington, Massachusetts 02421.

The parties to this Indenture of Lease hereby agree with each other as follows:

ARTICLE I

Reference Data

 

1.1

Subjects Referred To

 

Landlord:

 

191 SPRING STREET TRUST under Declaration of Trust dated May 6, 1985, as the same may have been amended, but not individually

 

 

 

Landlord’s Original Address:

 

c/o Boston Properties Limited Partnership

Prudential Center

800 Boylston Street, Suite 1900

Boston, Massachusetts 02199-8103

 

 

 

Landlord’s Construction Representative:

 

Ken Chiaca or Jon Randall

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

Mimecast North America, Inc. a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Original Address:

 

480 Pleasant Street

Watertown, MA 02472

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

Email:  pcampbell@mimecast.com

 

 

 

With a copy to:

480 Pleasant Street

Watertown, MA  02472

Attention:  General Counsel

Email:  legal@mimecast.com

 

 

 

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Tenant’s Email Address for Information Regarding Billings and Statements:

 

ap-mcna@mimecast.com

 

 

 

Tenant’s Construction Representative

 

John Platt

 

 

 

Commencement Date:

 

As defined in Section 2.4 of this Lease and Section 1.2 of Exhibit B‑1 .

 

 

 

Estimated Commencement Date:

 

November 1, 2017, subject to Landlord’s Force Majeure and Tenant Delays (as such terms are defined in Exhibit B‑1 ).

 

 

 

Outside Completion Date:

 

One hundred eighty (180) days following the Estimated Commencement Date.  

 

 

 

Term or Lease Term (sometimes called the “Original Term”):

 

The period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) full calendar month immediately following the Commencement Date (“Expiration Date”), unless extended or sooner terminated as provided in this Lease.

 

 

 

Extension Option(s):

 

Two (2) period(s) of five (5) year(s) each as provided in and on the terms set forth in this Section 2.4.1 hereof.

 

 

 

Rent Year:

 

Any twelve (12) month period during the Term of the Lease commencing as of the Commencement Date, or as of any anniversary of the Commencement Date, except that if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, then (i) the first Rent Year shall further include the partial calendar month in which the first anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, and (ii) the remaining Rent Years shall be the successive twelve-(12)-month periods following the end of such first Rent Year.

 

 

 

The Site (or Lot 2):

 

That certain parcel of land shown as Lot 2 on the Subdivision Plan (described below) and on which the “Building” (hereinafter referred to), the 201 Spring Street Building and the parking areas on the Site are located.  The Site is more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

 

 

Page 2

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

The Entire Property:

 

The parcels of land on which the Spring Street Office Park is located consisting of (a) Lot A, (b) the Site (being Lot 2), (c) the parcel of land known as and numbered 181 Spring Street, in said Lexington (being Lot 1) and (d) the private subdivision road leading from Spring Street and on which the Site, Lot A and Lot 1 are located, all as shown on the Subdivision Plan recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds as Plan No. 498 of 1996.

 

 

 

The Building:

 

The Building on the Site known as and numbered 191 Spring Street, Lexington, Massachusetts.  The Building is appropriately labeled on Exhibit A‑1 attached hereto.

 

 

 

The 181 Spring Street Building:

 

The Building on the Lot 1 portion of the Entire Property known as and numbered 181 Spring Street, Lexington, Massachusetts.  The 181 Spring Street Building is appropriately labeled on Exhibit A‑1 attached hereto.

 

 

 

The 201 Spring Street Building:

 

The Building on the Site (being the Lot 2 portion of the Entire Property) known as and numbered 201 Spring Street, Lexington, Massachusetts.  The 201 Spring Street Building is appropriately labeled on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

 

 

 

The Additional Buildings:

 

The 181 Spring Street Building and the 201 Spring Street Building.

 

 

 

The Buildings:

 

The Building and the Additional Buildings.

 

 

 

The Lot 2 Parking Structure:

 

The structured parking garage located on Lot 2 as shown on the Subdivision Plan.

 

 

 

The Lot 2 Surface Parking:

 

The surface parking area located exclusively on the Site.

 

 

 

The Complex:

 

The Entire Property and the Buildings together with all common areas, parking structures and other parking areas and all improvements (including landscaping) thereon and thereto.

 

 

 

Page 3

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Tenant’s Premises (Sometimes also called the “Premises”):

 

The entire third (3 rd ) floor containing approximately 49,523 square feet of Rentable Floor Area (the “Third Floor Premises”) and a portion of the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building initially containing approximately 29,622 square feet of Rentable Floor Area (the “Second Floor Premises”), provided, however, the Rentable Floor Area of the Second Floor Premises shall be adjusted to 31,804 square feet if Tenant does not timely exercise its adjustment option under Section 2.1.1 below, all as shown on the floor plans annexed hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

Total Number of Parking Spaces in the Lot 2 Parking Structure:

 

427

 

 

 

Total Number of Lot 2 Surface Parking Spaces:

 

499

 

 

 

Total Number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces:  

 

To be provided in the Lot 2 Surface Parking Spaces at the rate of 4.0 spaces per 1,000 of Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.2.1 below

 

 

 

Total Number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces in the Lot 2 Parking Structure:  

 

0

 

 

 

Total Number of Tenant’s Lot 2 Surface Parking Spaces:

 

To be provided in the Lot 2 Surface Parking Spaces at the rate of 4.0 spaces per 1,000 of Rentable Floor Area of Tenant’s Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.2.1 below.

 

 

 

Annual Fixed Rent:

 

(a)    During the Original Term of this Lease commencing on the Commencement Date, Annual Fixed Rent shall be payable by Tenant at the annual rate of $45.00 per square foot of Rentable Floor Area of the Premises (hereinafter defined in this Section 1.1); and

 

(b)    During the extension option period (if exercised), as determined pursuant to Section 2.4.1.

 

 

 

Base Operating Expenses:

 

Landlord’s Operating Expenses (as hereinafter defined in Section 2.6 below) for calendar year 2018 (being January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018) (the “Base Year”).

 

 

 

Page 4

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Base Taxes:

 

Landlord’s Tax Expenses (as hereinafter defined in Section 2.7 below) for fiscal tax year 2018 (being July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018).

 

 

 

Tenant Electricity:

 

See Section 2.8.

 

 

 

Additional Rent:

 

All charges and other sums payable by Tenant as set forth in this Lease, in addition to Annual Fixed Rent.

 

 

 

Rentable Floor Area of the Premises:

 

Initially, 79,145 square feet, subject to adjustment if Tenant exercises its adjustment option pursuant to Section 2.1.1 and provided, however, if Tenant does not timely exercise its adjustment right under Section 2.1.1, the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises will be adjusted to 81,327 square feet.

 

 

 

Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building:

 

170,997 square feet.  

 

 

 

Total Rentable Floor Area of the 181 Spring Street Building:

 

55,793 square feet.

 

 

 

Total Rentable Floor Area of the 201 Spring Street Building:

 

106,300 square feet.

 

 

 

Total Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings:

 

333,090 square feet being the sum of (i) the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building, (ii) the Total Rentable Floor Area of the 191 Spring Street Building and (iii) the Total Rentable Floor Area of the 201 Spring Street Building.

 

 

 

Permitted Use:

 

General office use and such ancillary uses thereto as may from time to time be permitted by the Zoning Ordinance for the City of Lexington.

 

 

 

Broker(s):

 

Cushman & Wakefield

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

 

$1,343,535.00, to be held subject to the terms and conditions of Section 9.18 below.

 

Guarantor:

 

Mimecast Limited, a company registered in the Bailiwick of Jersey

 

 

 

Page 5

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

1.2

Table of Articles and Sections

 

ARTICLE I

 

1

Reference Data

 

1

1.1

 

Subjects Referred To

 

1

1.2

 

Table of Articles and Sections

 

6

1.3

 

Exhibits

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

10

The Buildings, Premises, Term and Rent

 

10

2.1

 

The Premises

 

10

2.2

 

Rights to use Common Facilities

 

15

2.3

 

Landlord’s Reservations

 

16

2.4

 

Habendum

 

17

2.5

 

Fixed Rent Payments

 

19

2.6

 

Operating Expenses

 

19

2.7

 

Real Estate Taxes

 

25

2.8

 

Allocation of Electricity Charges

 

27

2.9

 

Tenant’s Audit Right

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

30

Condition of Premises; Alterations

 

30

3.1

 

Preparation of Premises

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

30

Landlord’s Covenants; Interruptions and Delays

 

30

4.1

 

Landlord Covenants

 

30

4.2

 

Interruptions and Delays in Services and Repairs, Etc

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

34

Tenant’s Covenants

 

34

5.1

 

Payments

 

34

5.2

 

Repair and Yield Up

 

34

5.3

 

Use

 

35

5.4

 

Obstructions; Items Visible from Exterior; Rules and Regulations

 

36

5.5

 

Safety Appliances

 

37

5.6

 

Assignment; Sublease

 

37

5.7

 

Right of Entry

 

43

5.8

 

Floor Load; Prevention of Vibration and Noise

 

44

5.9

 

Personal Property Taxes

 

44

5.10

 

Compliance with Laws

 

44

5.11

 

Payment of Litigation Expenses

 

45

5.12

 

Alterations

 

45

5.13

 

Vendors

 

48

5.14

 

OFAC

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

Page 6

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

ARTICLE VI

 

50

Casualty and Taking

 

50

6.1

 

Damage Resulting from Casualty

 

50

6.2

 

Uninsured Casualty

 

52

6.3

 

Rights of Termination for Taking

 

52

6.4

 

Award

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

53

Default

 

53

7.1

 

Tenant’s Default

 

53

7.2

 

Landlord’s Default

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

58

Insurance and Indemnity

 

58

8.1

 

Indemnity

 

58

8.2

 

Tenant’s Risk

 

60

8.3

 

Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance

 

60

8.4

 

Tenant’s Property Insurance

 

61

8.5

 

Tenant’s Other Insurance

 

61

8.6

 

Requirements for Tenant’s Insurance

 

62

8.7

 

Additional Insureds

 

63

8.8

 

Certificates of Insurance

 

63

8.9

 

Subtenants and Other Occupants

 

63

8.10

 

No Violation of Building Policies

 

64

8.11

 

Tenant to Pay Premium Increases

 

64

8.12

 

Landlord’s Insurance

 

64

8.13

 

Waiver of Subrogation

 

65

8.14

 

Tenant’s Work

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

66

Miscellaneous

 

66

9.1

 

Waiver

 

66

9.2

 

Cumulative Remedies

 

66

9.3

 

Quiet Enjoyment

 

66

9.4

 

Notice to Mortgagee and Ground Lessor

 

67

9.5

 

Assignment of Rents

 

68

9.6

 

Surrender

 

68

9.7

 

Brokerage

 

69

9.8

 

Invalidity of Particular Provisions

 

69

9.9

 

Provisions Binding, Etc

 

69

9.10

 

Recording; Confidentiality

 

69

9.11

 

Notices

 

70

9.12

 

When Lease Becomes Binding and Authority

 

71

9.13

 

Section Headings

 

71

9.14

 

Rights of Mortgagee

 

71

9.15

 

Status Reports and Financial Statements

 

72

9.16

 

Self-Help

 

72

9.17

 

Holding Over

 

74

Page 7

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

9.18

 

Security Deposit

 

75

9.19

 

Late Payment

 

77

9.20

 

Tenant’s Payments

 

78

9.21

 

Guaranty

 

78

9.22

 

Waiver of Trial by Jury

 

78

9.23

 

Electronic Signatures

 

79

9.24

 

Governing Law

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

79

Tenant Signage

 

79

10.1

 

Definitions

 

79

10.2

 

Signage

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

84

Expansion Option

 

84

11.1

 

Expansion Option

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

87

12.1

 

Tenant’s Right of First Offer

 

87

 

 

 

Page 8

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

1.3

Exhibits

There are incorporated as part of this Lease:

 

Exhibit A

--

Description of Site

 

 

 

Exhibit A‑1

--

Site Plan of the Complex

 

 

 

Exhibit B‑1

--

Work Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit B‑2

--

Tenant Plans Dates

 

 

 

Exhibit B‑3

--

Tenant Plan and Working Drawing Requirements

 

 

 

Exhibit B‑4

--

Initial Plans

 

 

 

Exhibit C

--

Landlord’s Services

 

 

 

Exhibit D

--

Floor Plan

 

 

 

Exhibit E

--

Form of Declaration Affixing the Commencement Date of Lease

 

 

 

Exhibit F

--

Forms of Lien Waivers

 

 

 

Exhibit G

--

Form of Letter of Credit

 

 

 

Exhibit H

--

Form of Certificate of Insurance

 

 

 

Exhibit I‑1

--

Building Signage

 

 

 

Exhibit I‑2

--

Monument Signage

 

 

 

Exhibit I‑3

--

Third Floor Entrance Signage

 

 

 

Exhibit J

--

Broker Determination of Fair Market Rent

 

 

 

Exhibit K

--

Preliminary Design Plan of Outdoor Patio Area

 

 

 

Exhibit L

--

Procedure for Adjustment of Costs of Electric Power Usage by Tenants

 

 

 

Exhibit M

--

Form of Notice of Lease

 

 

 

Exhibit N

--

Amenity Plans

 

 

 

Exhibit O

--

Spring Street Parking Lot Site Map

 

 

 

Exhibit P

--

Form of Guaranty

 

 

 

Exhibit Q

--

Plan of Shuttle Service Roads

Page 9

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

ARTICLE II

The Buildings, Premises, Term and Rent

 

2.1

The Premises

Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and accepts from Landlord, Tenant’s Premises in the Building excluding exterior faces of exterior walls, the common stairways and stairwells, elevators and elevator wells, fan rooms, electric and telephone closets, janitor closets, and pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures serving exclusively, or in common, other parts of the Building, and if Tenant’s Premises includes less than the entire rentable area of any floor, excluding the common corridors, elevator lobbies and toilets located on such floor.  In addition, the Premises includes the atrium extending from the second floor of the Premises up to the ceiling of the third floor in the Premises.

Tenant’s Premises with such exclusions is hereinafter referred to as the “Premises.”  The term “Building” means the Building identified on the first page, and which is the subject of this Lease and being one of the Buildings on the Site.  The term “Site” means all, and also any part of the Land described in Exhibit A , plus any additions or reductions thereto resulting from the change of any abutting street line and all parking areas and structures including, but not limited to, the Lot 2 Parking Structure.  Landlord or the fee owner from time to time of the Entire Property or any portion thereof shall have the right to sell either or both the Lot 1 or Lot A and if either or both Lot 1 or Lot A are sold, the term “Entire Property” shall exclude same.  Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and agree that the terms “Rentable Floor Area of the Premises,” “Total Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings” and all other references to rentable floor area have been agreed to by and between the parties hereto.

 

2.1.1

Adjustment Option; Adjustment of Second Floor Premises

 

(A)

Tenant may, by notice to Landlord (the “Adjustment Notice”) given not later than the date that is six (6) months following the Commencement Date (the “Adjustment Deadline”), time being of the essence, increase the size of the Premises initially leased by Tenant by electing to include the remaining Rentable Floor Area on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building containing 20,848 square feet of Rentable Floor Area (the “Additional 2 nd Floor Premises”).  If Tenant timely notifies Landlord of its election to increase the Premises pursuant to this Section 2.1.1, then the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises and all of the pertinent economic terms set forth in this Lease, including, without limitation the Landlord’s Contribution, as defined in Exhibit B‑1 attached hereto shall be adjusted to reflect the inclusion of the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises in the Premises.  Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an amendment to this Lease memorializing the adjusted Premises, but failure of the parties to execute such an amendment shall have no effect on the effectiveness of the adjustment of the Premises exercised by Tenant under this Section 2.1.1, and the economic terms associated therewith, as set forth above.  If Tenant fails to timely deliver an Adjustment Notice by the Adjustment Deadline, then Tenant’s rights under this Section 2.1.1 shall immediately cease and be of no further force and effect, and Landlord and Tenant agree that, for all purposes of this Lease, the Rentable Floor Area of the Second Floor Premises will be increased to an agreed upon 31,804 square feet and the Rentable Floor Area of the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises will be adjusted to an agreed upon 18,666 square feet.

Page 10

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(B)

If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s option to lease the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises pursuant to this Section 2.1.1, then effective as of the Additional 2 nd Floor Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises shall become part of the Premises, upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, including the same Annual Fixed Rent rates, Base Operating Expenses and Base Taxes as is applicable to the Premises, and Landlord shall provide to Tenant the same Landlord’s Contribution for the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises (i.e. Seventy and 00/100 Dollars ($70.00) per square foot of Rentable Floor Area of the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises) as Landlord disbursed pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 for the Premises, provided, however, if the Additional 2 nd Floor Commencement Date falls after the Commencement Date for the Premises, such Landlord Contribution for the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises shall be prorated and reduced to reflect the number of months remaining in the Lease Term as of the Additional 2 nd   Floor Commencement Date compared to the number of months in the entire Original Term.  The “Additional 2 nd Floor Commencement Date” shall be the date Landlord delivers possession of the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises to Tenant with the Landlord’s Work thereto substantially completed, as defined in Exhibit B ‑1 , provided, however, if Tenant delivers the Adjustment Notice to Landlord on or after September 1, 2017, then Landlord shall not be required to perform the Tenant Improvement Work and the Additional 2 nd Floor Commencement Date shall be the date Landlord delivers possession of the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises vacant and in base building shell condition.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the delivery dates and late delivery remedies set forth on Exhibit B-1 hereto shall not apply to Landlord’s delivery of the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises and Landlord and Tenant will enter into an amendment to this Lease to establish and confirm plan delivery dates for Tenant (to the extent not already delivered to and approved by Landlord), the estimated delivery date for the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises and any late delivery remedies of Tenant.   If and only so long as Landlord is not required to perform the Tenant Improvement Work to the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.1.1(B), then the rent commencement date for the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises will be one hundred twenty (120) days following the Additional 2 nd Floor Commencement Date.  

 

2.1.2

Right to Use Building Amenities

Landlord shall, as part of the Base Building Work, initially construct, fixture and furnish an outdoor roof-top terrace, a full‑service cafeteria serving breakfast and lunch, a building fitness center with men’s and women’s locker rooms, restrooms and showers and a multi-purpose room in the Building (also referred as the Innovation Learning Center) (each an “Amenity” and collectively the “Amenities”) and substantially consistent with the schematic plans for the Amenities set forth on Exhibit N attached hereto.  Landlord agrees to operate the Amenities in the Building so long as Tenant (together with any Permitted Transferees under Section 5.6.4 below) leases and occupies at least 49,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the Building.  During the Term, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use the Amenities at such times that the applicable Amenity is open for use by tenants of the Building and expressly excluding any periods that any such Amenity is closed for private functions and meetings or for safety or security purposes.  Tenant’s use of the Amenities will be free of charge except for (i) Tenant’s exclusive use thereof for private functions or meetings which exclusive

Page 11

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

use will be subject to availability of the dates selected by Tenant and the payment of any reasonable charges from time to time in effect for tenant private use of such areas to cover Landlord’s set-up and clean-up costs from such private use, and (ii) the inclusion of any operating expenses associated with the Amenities in Landlord’s Operating Expenses, including, without limitation, any operating subsidy for the cafeteria.

 

2.1.3

Tenant’s Shuttle Service .

Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, to enable Tenant to procure approvals for and to operate an express, dedicated shuttle service to and from the Building and the Alewife MBTA Station (or, at Tenant’s election, one or more other MBTA Stations) (the “Tenant’s Shuttle Service”).  If Tenant elects to operate Tenant’s Shuttle Service, Tenant shall be responsible to contract directly with the shuttle service provider for the operation of the Tenant’s Shuttle Service and to pay and any all costs associated with the Tenant’s Shuttle Service.  Tenant’s insurance and indemnity obligations under this Lease shall expressly apply to Tenant’s provision of the Tenant’s Shuttle Service (unless, with respect to Tenant’s insurance obligations, the shuttle service provider contracts directly for insurance coverage reasonably acceptable to Landlord covering Tenant’s Shuttle Service directly and Landlord is named as an additional insured on all such policies).  Tenant’s Shuttle Service shall be subject to rules and regulations reasonably adopted by Landlord and shall use only the roadways highlighted in red on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit Q for access to and egress from the Building.  The Tenant’s Shuttle Service shall comply with all Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements, as such terms are hereinafter defined.  Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant that the necessary governmental permits or approvals will be issued for the Tenant’s Shuttle Service and Landlord shall have no obligation under this Section 2.1.3 or elsewhere in this Lease if Tenant is unable to implement the Tenant’s Shuttle Service or to obtain any necessary governmental permits or approvals therefor despite Landlord’s good faith efforts to assist Tenant and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease will not be affected if Tenant is unable to obtain and implement the Tenant’s Shuttle Service.  Subject to Section 5.3(B) below, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may contract with other tenants of the Building (but Tenant shall expressly not contract with tenants or employees of tenants in the Additional Buildings) for the sharing of the shuttle services provided by and costs associated with Tenant’s Shuttle Service.

 

2.1.4

Outdoor Patio

 

(A)

As part of the Base Building Work, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall construct an outdoor patio adjacent to the Second Floor Premises on the east side lawn area of the Site (the “Outdoor Patio Area”) substantially in the location and pursuant to the design plan shown on Exhibit K attached hereto.  Subject to compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, any requirements of the local conservation commission and the terms and conditions of this Section 2.1.4 and provided and so long as Tenant leases the initial Second Floor Premises (exclusive of the Additional 2 nd Floor Premises) (collectively, the “Exclusive Patio Threshold”), Tenant will have the exclusive right, at no additional rental charge, to access and use the Outdoor Patio Area for

Page 12

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

outdoor seating and other outdoor activities ancillary to Tenant’s office uses of the Premises.  Tenant shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, tables, chairs, umbrellas and other furniture in the Outdoor Patio Area (the “Patio FF&E”) subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided, however, Landlord’s determination of matters relating to aesthetic issues relating to the Patio FF&E and the Outdoor Patio Area shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion and Landlord may require that moveable Patio FF&E be secured in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Landlord shall not be responsible to police or monitor the Outdoor Patio Area or to remove any unauthorized persons using the Outdoor Patio Area without Tenant’s approval, but Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, from time to time to post appropriate signage and to notify other tenants in the Building if Landlord has reasonable evidence or actual knowledge that another tenant’s employees or invitees are using the Outdoor Patio Area without Tenant’s approval.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the express right to post notices and signs as Landlord reasonably determines necessary or appropriate to comply with Landlord’s or Tenant’s obligations to restrict use of or access to the Outdoor Patio Area by tenants of the Additional Buildings as such obligations are more particularly described in Section 5.3(B) below.

 

(B)

Tenant’s use of the Outdoor Patio Area and Tenant’s Patio FF&E shall be upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s indemnification and insurance obligations under this Lease, except as modified below:

 

(i)

Tenant may use the Outdoor Patio Area for Tenant’s own use or the use of any subtenants or assignees to which Landlord has consented pursuant to Section 5.6.3 and any Permitted Transferees and only for the purposes set forth in this Section 2.1.4 and Tenant’s rights under this Section 2.1.4 shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable (including by sublease, license or other means) by Tenant separately from the Lease.  In no event shall Tenant permit use of the Outdoor Patio Area by the general public (exclusive of Tenant’s invitees having a business relationship with Tenant).

 

(ii)

Tenant’s use of the Outside Patio Area and the Patio FF&E shall be subject to rules and regulations reasonably issued from time to time by Landlord and of which Tenant has been given prior notice and Tenant shall comply with all Legal Requirements and Patio Approvals applicable to the Outdoor Patio Area.

 

(iii)

Tenant shall be responsible for maintenance and daily cleaning and janitorial services to the Outdoor Patio Area and shall maintain the Outdoor Patio Area and the Patio FF&E in a safe, clean and first class condition consistent with first class office building standards for comparable buildings in the Market Area.

Page 13

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(iv)

After the initial construction of the Outdoor Patio Area, Landlord shall not have any obligations (including any compliance with Legal Requirements obligation) with respect to the Patio FF&E or the Outside Patio Area and Landlord shall not be required to provide any services or utilities to the Outdoor Patio Area.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s initial construction of the Outdoor Patio Area shall include installation of a reasonable amount of lighting and electrical outlets.  

 

(v)

Tenant shall use and maintain the Outdoor Patio Area so as not to cause any damage to the Building (including the parking garage) or the Complex or any interference with the use, operation or maintenance of the Building or the Complex or any mechanical, electrical or other building systems of the Building.

 

(vi)

So long as Tenant, together with any Permitted Transferees, satisfies the Exclusive Patio Threshold, Tenant’s rights to the Outdoor Patio Area shall be exclusive to Tenant.  Tenant’s rights under this Section 2.1.4 shall in no event be deemed to restrict Landlord’s right to use or grant rights to third parties to use any other exterior areas of the Building or the Complex for other uses or purposes.  If, at any time during the Term, Tenant, together with any Permitted Transferees, ceases to satisfy the Exclusive Patio Threshold, Tenant’s right to exclusive use of the Outdoor Patio Area shall terminate and Landlord may require Tenant to remove any or all of the Patio FF&E and to repair any damage to the Building or the Complex caused by the installation or removal of such Patio FF&E.

In the event that any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Building and/or the Complex, as the case may be, shall impose any sidewalk or common space taxes or other taxes or fees on Landlord in connection with the use or operation of the Outdoor Patio Area or the Patio FF&E, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of any such tax or fee imposed in connection with Tenant’s use or operation of the Outdoor Patio Area or the Patio FF&E.

 

2.1.5

Third Floor Entrance Area .

Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the exclusive right to access the Building and the Premises through the third floor entrance doors and lobby of the Building (collectively, the “Third Floor Entrance Area”) for access to and egress from the Premises by Tenant and its employees and invitees.  So long as Tenant, together with any Permitted Transferees, leases the entire third (3 rd ) floor in the Building, Tenant’s access rights through the Third Floor Entrance Area shall be exclusive and Landlord shall not grant rights to any other tenants or occupants to access the Building through the Third Floor Entrance Area, except that Landlord expressly reserves the following rights with respect to the Third Floor Entrance Area, (i) access to and use of the Third Floor Entrance Area by Landlord and its agents, employees, contractors, and consultants to perform Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, including, without limitation, cleaning and maintenance obligations and the provision of security services, and (ii) rights of egress by Landlord and other tenants and occupants of

Page 14

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

the Building and their respective employees, agents, contractors and invitees in the event of an emergency in the Building requiring the Third Floor Entrance Area to be used for emergency egress purposes.  Tenant may install and staff a reception or security desk in the Third Floor Entrance Area and, subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 5.3(B),  may use the Third Floor Entrance Area  for ancillary uses related to Tenant’s use of the Premises, including occasional receptions, marketing events  and social events (but in no event shall Tenant be permitted to use the Third Floor Entrance Area for office purposes).  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any card reader system or any security turnstiles installed by Landlord or Tenant in the Third Floor Entrance Area shall have emergency opening features to disengage in the event of an emergency in the Building.  Subject to Section 4.1.3 and Article VI of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible to repair and maintain the Third Floor Entrance Area during any period when Tenant’s access rights through the Third Floor Entrance Area are exclusive to Tenant (such expenses to be otherwise included in Landlord’s Operating Expenses in accordance with Section 2.6 below at such time as Tenant’s access rights become non ‑exclusive).  

 

2.2

Rights to use Common Facilities

Subject to Landlord’s right to change or alter any of the following in Landlord’s discretion as herein provided, Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non- exclusive right to use in common with others, subject to reasonable rules of general applicability to tenants of the Building from time to time made by Landlord of which Tenant is given notice (a) the common lobbies, corridors, stairways, elevators and loading area of the Building, and the pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment serving the Premises in common with others, (b) the loading areas serving the Building and the common walkways and driveways necessary for access to the Building, (c) if the Premises include less than the entire rentable floor area of any floor, the common toilets, corridors and elevator lobby of such floor, and (d) the Amenities.  Tenant shall have the right to contract separately with its own telecommunication service provider and Landlord will not unreasonably withhold consent to any request by Tenant to allow such provider to have access to the Building or to the Premises, provided that Landlord may condition such access, without limitation of the foregoing, on Landlord’s approval of the identity of the service provider, its execution of an access and easement agreement satisfactory to Landlord and, should telecommunications services be furnished by such service provider to both Tenant and other tenants and occupants in the Building, then subject to the payment to Landlord by the service provider of fees assessed by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.

 

2.2.1

Tenant’s Parking

In addition, Tenant shall have the right to use, at no additional rental charge (except for inclusion of costs in Landlord’s Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 2.6) the Total Number of Tenant’s Lot 2 Parking Spaces (referred to in Section 1.1), for the parking of automobiles, in common with use by other tenants from time to time of the Complex, and on a first-come, first-served basis, it being covenanted and agreed that the Number of Tenant’s Lot 2 Surface Parking Spaces shall be in the surface parking areas labeled A, B, C and a portion of parking area D, the locations of which are shown on Exhibit O attached hereto, provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish stalls or spaces in any parking structure or area specifically designated for Tenant’s use.  Landlord shall have the right to designate from time to time certain areas and spaces

Page 15

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

within the Lot 2 Surface Parking areas that Tenant may use and certain areas and spaces that are off limits or designated for the use of other tenants of the Complex so long as Landlord continues to satisfy the Number of Tenant’s Lot 2 Surface Parking Spaces in the Lot 2 Surface Parking areas.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Lease Term Landlord will not grant any parking rights in the surface parking areas labeled A, B or C of the Lot 2 Surface Parking areas (the “Tenant Reserved Parking Areas”) to any other tenants of the Complex.   Subject to applicable Legal Requirements for designation of handicapped spaces and Tenant first obtaining any necessary governmental permits, licenses or approvals therefor, Tenant may install (y) one (1) sign approved by Landlord (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) at the entrance to each of the Tenant Reserved Parking Areas to indicate that such parking spaces are available only for use by Tenant and its employees and visitors , and (z) signs or other markings approved by Landlord (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) on the number of parking spaces in parking area D of the Lot 2 Surface Parking area which Tenant is entitled to use under this Section 2.2.1, to indicate that such parking spaces are available only for use by Tenant and its employees and visitors; provided, however, in all events, Landlord will have no obligation to police or enforce such markings or signs and Landlord will not have any obligation to remove any cars parked in violation of such markings or signs or to take action against any other tenant or occupant of the Building or the Complex (or any of their respective visitors or invitees) that may be violating such markings or signs .   In the event that the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises increases or decreases at any time during the Lease Term, the Number of Parking Spaces provided to Tenant hereunder shall be increased or reduced as reasonably designated by Landlord.  Tenant covenants and agrees that it and all persons claiming by, through and under it, shall at all times abide by all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord with respect to the use of the parking areas on the Site.  The parking privileges granted herein are non-transferable except to a permitted assignee or subtenant as provided in Section 5.6.  Further, neither Landlord nor any fee owners of the Lot 2 Surface Parking areas assumes any responsibility whatsoever for loss or damage due to fire, theft or otherwise to any automobile(s) parked on the Site or to any personal property therein, however caused, and Tenant covenants and agrees, upon request from Landlord from time to time, to notify its officers, employees, agents and invitees of such limitation of liability.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that a license only is hereby granted, and no bailment is intended or shall be created.  

2.3

Landlord’s Reservations

Landlord reserves the right from time to time, without material interference with Tenant’s use: (a) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building, or either, pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises or Building, and (b) to alter or relocate any other common facility, provided that substitutions are substantially equivalent or better.  Installations, replacements and relocations referred to in clause (a) above shall be located so far as practicable in the central core area of the Building, above ceiling surfaces, below floor surfaces or within perimeter walls of the Premises.  Except in the case of emergencies or for normal cleaning and maintenance work, Landlord agrees to use all reasonable efforts to give Tenant reasonable advance notice of any of the foregoing activities which require work in the Premises.  In all cases, Landlord shall use its

Page 16

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

best efforts to minimize or avoid inconvenience to Tenant in connection with its exercise of the rights granted herein (consistent with the nature of the rights being exercised).

 

2.4

Habendum

Tenant shall have and hold the Premises for the Term of this Lease specified in Section 1.2 hereof as the “Lease Term,” and commencing on the date (the “Commencement Date”) that is the earlier of:

 

(i)

The Substantial Completion Date (as that term is defined in Exhibit B-1 ); or

 

(ii)

The date on which Tenant commences occupancy of any portion of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

As soon as may be convenient after the date has been determined on which the Term commences as aforesaid, Landlord and Tenant agree to join with each other in the execution of a written Declaration Affixing the Commencement Date of Lease, in the form of Exhibit E , in which the date on which the Term commences as aforesaid and the Term of this Lease shall be stated.  If Tenant shall fail to execute such Declaration Affixing the Commencement Date of Lease, the Commencement Date and Lease Term shall be as determined in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

2.4.1

Extension Options

 

(A)

On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant) that (i) at the time of exercise of the option to extend there exists no monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default (defined in Section 7.1), (ii) both at the time of exercise of the option and at the commencement date of the extension option period this Lease is still in full force and effect, and (iii) at the time of exercise of the option to extend (or at any time after the exercise of such option to extend but prior to the commencement of the applicable extension option period) Tenant has not sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remaining Term of this Lease (except for a subletting permitted without Landlord’s consent under Section 5.6.4 hereof), Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term hereof upon all the same terms, conditions, covenants and agreements herein contained (except for the Annual Fixed Rent which shall be adjusted during the option periods as hereinbelow set forth) for two (2) successive periods of five (5) years each as hereinafter set forth.  Each option period is sometimes herein referred to as an “Extended Term.” Notwithstanding any implication to the contrary Landlord has no obligation to make any additional payment to Tenant in respect of any construction allowance or the like or to perform any work to the Premises as a result of the exercise by Tenant of any such options.  If after the exercise of the extension option, Tenant sublets a portion of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remaining Term then in effect, and such sublease individually or in the aggregate with any prior subleases entered into by Tenant results in 50% or more of the Premises being sublet for all or substantially all of the remaining Term then in effect, at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s exercise of its option to extend for the next Extended Term (and any subsequent Extended

Page 17

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Term, if applicable) shall be void and of no force or effect and the Term of the Lease will expire on the expiration date of the Lease Term then in effect.  

 

(B)

If Tenant desires to exercise the applicable option to extend the Term, then Tenant shall give notice to Landlord, not earlier than twenty-one (21) months nor later than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the Term, as it may have been previously extended, hereunder of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s quotation of the Annual Fixed Rent proposed by Landlord for the Premises as of the commencement date of the applicable Extended Term.  Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice requesting such a quotation, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s quotation of the Annual Fixed Rent for the Extended Term, which Annual Fixed Rent shall reflect the Prevailing Market Rent as defined on Exhibit J attached hereto (the “Landlord’s Rent Quotation”).  If not later than fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Rent Quotation (the “Extension Term Negotiation Period”), Landlord and Tenant have not reached agreement on a determination of an Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term and executed a written instrument extending the Term of this Lease pursuant to such agreement, then Tenant shall have the right, by delivery of written notice to Landlord (the “Exercise Notice”) delivered prior to the expiration of the Extension Term Negotiation Period, time being of the essence, to either (i) exercise its option to extend the Lease Term at the Annual Fixed Rent set forth in Landlord’s Rent Quotation, or (ii) make a request to Landlord for a broker determination (the “Broker Determination”) of the Prevailing Market Rent (as defined in Exhibit J ) for such Extended Term, which Broker Determination shall be made in the manner set forth in Exhibit J .  If Tenant timely shall have delivered an Extension Notice that requests the Broker Determination, then the Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term shall be the Prevailing Market Rent as determined by the Broker Determination.  If Tenant does not timely deliver an Exercise Notice, then Tenant will be deemed to have elected not to extend the Lease Term for the applicable Extended Term.

 

(C)

Upon the giving of the Exercise Notice by Tenant to Landlord exercising Tenant’s option to extend the Lease Term in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4.1(B) above, then this Lease and the Lease Term hereof shall automatically be deemed extended for the Extended Term upon all of the same terms, conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, except that (i) the Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term shall be determined in accordance with this Section 2.4.1, and (ii) the only extension options shall be those set forth in this Section 2.4.1.  Upon the giving of such Exercise Notice, this Lease and the Term hereof shall be extended for the applicable Extended Term and without the necessity for the execution of any additional documents, except that Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an instrument in writing setting forth the Annual Fixed Rent for the Extended Term as determined in the relevant manner set forth in this Section 2.4.1.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have the right to exercise more than one extension option at a time and, further, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its second extension option unless it has duly exercised its first extension option

Page 18

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

and in no event shall the Lease Term hereof be extended for more than ten (10) years after the expiration of the Original Lease Term hereof.

 

2.5

Fixed Rent Payments

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, (a) on the Commencement Date (defined in Section 1.1 hereof) and thereafter monthly, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Original Term, a sum equal to one twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Fixed Rent (sometimes hereinafter referred to as “fixed rent”) and (b) on the first day of each and every calendar month during each Extended Term (if exercised), a sum equal to one twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Fixed Rent as determined in Section 2.4.1 for the applicable Extended Term.  Until notice of some other designation is given, fixed rent and all other charges for which provision is herein made shall be paid by remittance to or for the order of Boston Properties Limited Partnership, as agent of Landlord, either (i) by ACH transfer to Bank of America in Dallas, Texas, Bank Routing Number 111 000 012 or (ii) by mail to P.O. Box 3557, Boston, Massachusetts 02241-3557, and in the case of (i) referencing Account Number 3756454460, Account Name of Boston Properties, LP, Tenant’s name and the Property address.  All remittances received by Boston Properties, Inc., as agent as aforesaid, or by any subsequently designated recipient, shall be treated as payment to Landlord.

Annual Fixed Rent for any partial month shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at such rate on a pro rata basis, and, if the Commencement Date is a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the first payment of Annual Fixed Rent which Tenant shall make to Landlord shall be a payment equal to a proportionate part of such monthly Annual Fixed Rent for the partial month from the Commencement Date to the last day of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs.

Additional Rent payable by Tenant on a monthly basis, as hereinafter provided, likewise shall be prorated, and the first payment on account thereof shall be determined in similar fashion but shall commence on the Commencement Date; and other provisions of this Lease calling for monthly payments shall be read as incorporating this undertaking by Tenant.

The Annual Fixed Rent and all other charges for which provision is herein made shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, without offset, deduction or abatement except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease.

 

2.6

Operating Expenses

“Landlord’s Operating Expenses” means the cost of operation of the Building and the Site,  including those incurred in discharging Landlord’s obligations under Article IV and elsewhere in this Lease.  Such costs shall exclude payments of debt service and any other mortgage or ground lease charges, brokerage commissions, real estate taxes (to the extent paid pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof) and costs of special services rendered to tenants (including Tenant) for which a separate charge is made, but shall include, without limitation, the following:  premiums for insurance carried with respect to the Building and the Site (including, without limitation, liability insurance, insurance against loss in case of fire or casualty and insurance of monthly installments of fixed rent and any Additional Rent which may be due under this Lease and other leases of space in the Building for not more than 12 months in the case of both fixed rent and Additional

Page 19

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Rent and if there be any first mortgage of the Site, including such insurance as may be required by the holder of such first mortgage); compensation and all fringe benefits, worker’s compensation insurance premiums and payroll taxes paid to, for or with respect to all persons engaged in the operating, maintaining or cleaning of the Building or Site; water, sewer, electric, gas, oil and telephone charges (excluding utility charges separately chargeable to tenants for additional or special services, including, without limitation, Tenant’s electricity charges to be paid separately by Tenant pursuant to Section 2.8 below and Exhibit L attached hereto); the Building’s allocable share of Landlord’s cost of obtaining and furnishing electricity for site lighting of all parking structures, parking areas and roadways of the Complex; the costs of operating, maintaining, upgrading, repairing and replacing the electricity lines and appurtenant equipment relating to the Building and the gas lines and appurtenant equipment, the water lines and appurtenant equipment, and the sewer lines and appurtenant equipment for the Building; cost of building and cleaning supplies and equipment; cost of maintenance, cleaning and repairs (other than repairs not properly chargeable against income or reimbursed from contractors under guarantees); cost of snow removal and care of landscaping; payments under service contracts with independent contractors; management fees at reasonable rates for self ‑managed buildings consistent with the type of occupancy and the service rendered, which management fees shall equal three percent (3%) of the total Gross Rents for the Building (“Gross Rents for the Building” being defined as all annual fixed rent, Landlord’s Operating Expenses, with the exception of the aforesaid management fees, and Landlord’s Tax Expenses for the Building for the relevant calendar year); that portion of the costs of maintaining a regional property management office in connection with the operation, management and maintenance of the Building as are reasonably allocable to the Building; all costs of applying and reporting for the Building or any part thereof to seek or maintain certification under the U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® rating system, the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system or a similar system or standard; and all other reasonable and necessary expenses paid in connection with the operation, cleaning and maintenance of the Building and the Site and properly chargeable against income, provided, however, there shall be included (a) depreciation for capital expenditures made by Landlord during the Lease Term (i) to reduce Landlord’s Operating Expenses if Landlord shall have reasonably determined on the basis of engineering estimates that the annual reduction in Landlord’s Operating Expenses shall exceed depreciation therefor or (ii) to comply with applicable Legal Requirements which first become applicable to the Site after the Commencement Date (the capital expenditures described in subsections (i) and (ii) being hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Capital Expenditures”); plus (b) in the case of both (i) and (ii) an interest factor, reasonably determined by Landlord, as being the interest rate then charged for long term mortgages by institutional lenders on like properties within the locality in which the Building is located and depreciation in the case of both (i) and (ii) shall be determined by dividing the original cost of such capital expenditure by the number of years of useful life of the capital item acquired and the useful life shall be reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item.

“Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises” shall mean (a) the same proportion of Landlord’s Operating Expenses for and pertaining to the Building as the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises bears to the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building plus (b) the same proportion of Landlord’s Operating Expenses for and pertaining to the Lot 2 Parking Structure and the Lot 2 Surface Parking Area as the Total Number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces bears to the sum of the Total Number of Parking Spaces in the Lot 2 Parking Structure and the Total Number of Lot 2

Page 20

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Surface Parking Spaces, plus (c) the same proportion of Landlord’s Operating Expenses for and pertaining to the Site and the Complex as the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises bears to the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings.

“Base Operating Expenses” is hereinbefore defined in Section 1.1.  Base Operating Expenses shall not include (i) market-wide cost increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including but not limited to Force Majeure (as defined in Section 6.1), conservation surcharges, boycotts, strikes, embargoes or shortages which apply only to the Base Year but no other year, other than the year immediately prior to the Base Year or the year immediately following the Base Year, and (ii) the cost of any Permitted Capital Expenditures (as hereinafter defined).  Base Operating Expenses and Landlord’s Operating Expenses do not include the Tenant’s electricity charges to be paid separately by Tenant pursuant to Section 2.8 below and Exhibit L attached hereto.

“Base Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises” shall mean (a) the same proportion of Base Operating Expenses for and pertaining to the Building as the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises bears to the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building plus (b) the same proportion of Landlord’s Operating Expenses for and pertaining to the Lot 2 Parking Structure and the Lot 2 Surface Parking Area as the Total Number of Tenant’s Parking Spaces bears to the sum of the Total Number of Parking Spaces in the Lot 2 Parking Structure and the Total Number of Lot 2 Surface Parking Spaces, plus (c) the same proportion of Base Operating Expenses for and pertaining to the Site and the Complex as the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises bears to the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Buildings.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall be excluded from Landlord’s Operating Expenses:

 

1)

leasing commissions, fees and costs, advertising and promotional expenses and other costs incurred in procuring tenants or in selling the Building or the Site;

 

2)

legal fees or other expenses incurred in connection with enforcing leases with tenants in the Building;

 

3)

costs of renovating or otherwise improving or decorating space for any tenant or other occupant of the Building or the Site (including Tenant) or relocating any tenant;

 

4)

financing costs including interest and principal amortization of debts and the costs of providing the same;

 

5)

except as otherwise expressly provided with respect to Permitted Capital Expenditures, depreciation;

 

6)

rental on ground leases or other underlying leases and the costs of providing the same;

 

7)

wages, bonuses and other compensation of employees above the grade of Regional Property Manager;

Page 21

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

8)

wages, bonuses and other compensation of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Building unless such wages and benefits are prorated on a reasonable basis to reflect time spent on the operation and management of the Building vis ‑à ‑vis time spent on matters unrelated to the operation and management of the Building;

 

9)

any liabilities, costs or expenses associated with or incurred in connection with the removal, enclosure, encapsulation or other handling of Hazardous Substances (to be defined in the Lease) and the cost of defending against claims in regard to the existence or release of Hazardous Substances at the Building or the Site (except with respect to those costs for which Tenant is otherwise responsible pursuant to the express terms of the Lease), provided, however, that the provisions of this clause shall not preclude the inclusion of costs with respect to materials (whether existing at the Site as of the date of the Lease or subsequently introduced to the Site) which are not as of the date of the Lease (or as of the date of introduction) deemed to be Hazardous Substances under applicable laws but which are subsequently deemed to be Hazardous Substances under applicable law;

 

10)

costs of any items for which Landlord is or is entitled to be paid or reimbursed by insurance;

 

11)

increased insurance or Real Estate Taxes assessed specifically to any tenant of the Building or the Site for which Landlord is entitled to reimbursement from any other tenant;

 

12)

except as may be expressly set forth in the Lease, the cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty service, such as an observatory, broadcasting facilities, child or daycare;

 

13)

costs for the original construction and development of the Building and nonrecurring costs for the repair and replacement of any portion of the Building made necessary as a result of defects in the original design, workmanship or materials;

 

14)

cost of any work or service performed on an extra cost basis for any tenant in the Building or the Site to the extent such work or service is in excess of any work or service Landlord is obligated to provide to Tenant or generally to other tenants in the Building at Landlord’s expense;

 

15)

cost of any work or services to the extent performed for any facility other than the Building or Site;

 

16)

except as may be otherwise expressly provided in the Lease with respect to specific items, any cost representing an amount paid to a person firm, corporation or other entity related to Landlord that is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship (other than the management fee, which shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Section 2.6 above);

 

17)

cost of initial cleaning and rubbish removal from the Building or the Site to be performed before final completion of the Building or tenant space;

 

18)

cost of initial landscaping of the Building or the Site;

Page 22

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

19)

except as expressly provided above with respect to Permitted Capital Expenditures, costs of any item that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are properly classified as capital expenses;

 

20)

lease payments for rental equipment (other than equipment for which depreciation is properly charged as an expense) that would constitute a capital expenditure if the equipment were purchased to the extent that such payments exceed the amount which could have been included in Landlord’s Operating Expenses had Landlord purchased such equipment rather than leasing such equipment;

 

21)

cost of the initial stock of tools and equipment for operation, repair and maintenance of the Building or the Site;

 

22)

late fees or charges incurred by Landlord due to late payment of expenses, except to the extent attributable to Tenant’s actions or inactions;

 

23)

cost of acquiring sculptures, paintings and other works of art, and the costs for securing, cleaning or maintaining such items in excess of amounts typically spent for such services in comparable buildings in the Route 128 west market;

 

24)

real estate taxes or taxes on Landlord’s business (such as income, excess profits, franchise, capital stock, estate, inheritance, etc.);

 

25)

charitable or political contributions;

 

26)

reserve funds;

 

27)

all other items for which another party compensates or pays so that Landlord shall not recover any item of cost more than once;

 

28)

costs and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with or contesting or settlement of any claimed violation of law or requirements of law, except to the extent attributable to Tenant’s actions or inactions;

 

29)

costs of mitigation or impact fees or subsidies (however characterized) imposed or incurred solely as a result of another tenant’s or tenants’ use of the Site or their respective premises;

 

30)

costs and expenses incurred for the administration of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same distinguished from the cost of operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building or the Site;

 

31)

any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord;

 

32)

costs arising from the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors; and

 

33)

fees, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with or relating to claims against or disputes with employees of Landlord, with Building management, or with tenants of the Building.

Page 23

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

If with respect to any calendar year falling within the Term, or fraction of a calendar year falling within the Term at the beginning or end thereof, the Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises for a full calendar year exceed Base Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises, or for any such fraction of a calendar year exceed the corresponding fraction of Base Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises (such amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Operating Expense Excess”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the amount of such Operating Expense Excess.  Such payments shall be made at the times and in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section 2.6.

Payments by Tenant on account of the Operating Expense Excess shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent.  The amount so to be paid to Landlord shall be an amount from time to time reasonably estimated by Landlord to be sufficient to cover, in the aggregate, a sum equal to the Operating Expense Excess for each calendar year during the Lease Term.

Not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the first calendar year or fraction thereof ending December 31 and of each succeeding calendar year during the Term or fraction thereof at the end of the Term, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement in reasonable detail and according to usual accounting practices certified by a representative of Landlord, showing for the preceding calendar year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, Landlord’s Operating Expenses and Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises.  Said statement to be rendered to Tenant shall also show for the preceding year or fraction thereof as the case may be the amounts of operating expenses already paid by Tenant as Additional Rent, on account of Operating Expense Excess and the amount of Operating Expense Excess remaining due from, or overpaid by, Tenant for the year or other period covered by the statement.  Within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of such statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the balance of the amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 2.6 with respect to the preceding year or fraction thereof, or Landlord shall credit any amounts due from it to Tenant pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 2.6 against (i) monthly installments of fixed rent next thereafter coming due or (ii) any sums then due from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (or refund such portion of the overpayment as aforesaid if the Term has ended and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord).

Any payment by Tenant for the Operating Expense Excess shall not be deemed to waive any rights of Tenant to claim that the amount thereof was not determined in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining the amount of Landlord’s Operating Expenses for any calendar year or portion thereof falling within the Lease Term (including, without limitation, during the Base Year), if less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building shall have been occupied by tenants at any time during the period in question, then, at Landlord’s election, those components of Landlord’s Operating Expenses that vary based on occupancy for such period shall be adjusted to equal the amount such components of Landlord’s Operating Expenses would have been for such period had occupancy been one hundred percent (100%) throughout such period.  The foregoing calculations shall not entitle Landlord to collect, collectively from all of the tenants in the Complex, an amount exceeding one hundred percent (100%) of the Landlord’s Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the pertinent calendar year (any collected amount exceeding 100% of Operating

Page 24

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Expenses with respect to any calendar year being referred to herein as “Operating Expense Collection Surplus”), and Landlord shall, except with respect to Base Operating Expenses, credit any Operating Expense Collection Surplus against the aggregate of Operating Expenses incurred with respect to such calendar year, which shall reduce the same for all purposes hereunder.

Commencing with the first Operating Year after a full twelve (12) month Operating Year (as defined in Section 2.9 below) of Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises has been billed to Tenant under this Lease, in no event shall the Controllable Operating Expenses (as defined below) for any Operating Year exceed the Expense Cap (as defined below) for such Operating Year.  “Controllable Operating Expenses” shall be defined as any Landlord’s Operating Expenses which are within the reasonable control of Landlord, but Controllable Operating Expenses shall not include any costs (“Uncontrollable Expenses”) which are not within the reasonable control of Landlord, including, without limitation, the following items shall be deemed to be Uncontrollable Expenses: premiums for insurance, union related labor costs (or the cost of contracts dependent on union related labor costs), snow plowing, security, Permitted Capital Expenditures, water, sewer, electric, gas, oil, steam and other utility or regulatory charges.  The “Expense Cap” for each Operating Year during the Term shall be 104% of the Controllable Operating Expenses for the immediately preceding Operating Year.  There shall be no Expense Cap in respect of the first Operating Year of the Lease Term.  By way of example only of the foregoing, if the Commencement Date occurs on October 1, 2017, then there shall be no Expense Cap for the period from October 1, 2017 through December 31, 2018 and the Expense Cap will first apply to the Controllable Operating Expenses incurred during the Operating Year commencing on January 1, 2019.

 

2.7

Real Estate Taxes

If with respect to any full Tax Year or fraction of a Tax Year falling within the Term, Landlord’s Tax Expenses Allocable to the Premises as hereinafter defined for a full Tax Year exceed Base Taxes Allocable to the Premises, or for any such fraction of a Tax Year exceed the corresponding fraction of Base Taxes Allocable to the Premises (such amount being hereinafter referred to as the “Tax Excess”), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the amount of such Tax Excess.  Payments by Tenant on account of the Tax Excess shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent.  The amount so to be paid to Landlord shall be an amount from time to time reasonably estimated by Landlord to be sufficient to provide Landlord, in the aggregate, a sum equal to the Tax Excess, ten (10) days at least before the day on which tax payments by Landlord would become delinquent.  Not later than ninety (90) days after Landlord’s Tax Expenses Allocable to the Premises are determined for the first such Tax Year or fraction thereof and for each succeeding Tax Year or fraction thereof during the Term, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement in reasonable detail certified by a representative of Landlord showing for the preceding year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, real estate taxes on the Building and the Site and abatements and refunds of any taxes and assessments.  Only Landlord shall have the right to institute tax reduction or other proceedings to reduce real estate taxes or the valuation of the Building and the Site.  Said statement to be rendered to Tenant shall also show for the preceding Tax Year or fraction thereof as the case may be the amounts of real estate taxes already paid by Tenant as Additional Rent, and the amount of real estate taxes remaining due from, or overpaid by, Tenant for the year or other period covered by the statement.  Within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the foregoing statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the balance of the amounts, if

Page 25

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

any, required to be paid pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 2.7 with respect to the preceding Tax Year or fraction thereof, or Landlord shall credit any amounts due from it to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.7 against (i) monthly installments of fixed rent next thereafter coming due or (ii) any sums then due from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease (or refund such portion of the over-payment as aforesaid if the Term has ended and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord).  Expenditures for legal fees and for other expenses incurred in seeking the tax refund or abatement may be charged against the tax refund or abatement before the adjustments are made for the Tax Year.

To the extent that real estate taxes shall be payable to the taxing authority in installments with respect to periods less than a Tax Year, the foregoing statement shall be rendered and payments made on account of such installments.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.7 shall entitle Landlord to collect, collectively from all of the tenants of the Complex, an amount exceeding one hundred percent (100%) of Landlord’s Tax Expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the pertinent Tax Year (any collected amount exceeding 100% of Landlord’s Tax Expenses with respect to any such Tax Year being referred to herein as “Tax Collection Surplus”), and Landlord shall, except with respect to Base Taxes, credit any Tax Collection Surplus against the aggregate of Landlord’s Tax Expenses incurred with respect to such Tax Year, which shall reduce the same for all purposes hereunder.

Terms used herein are defined as follows:

 

(i)

“Tax Year” means the twelve-month period beginning July 1 each year during the Term or if the appropriate governmental tax fiscal period shall begin on any date other than July 1, such other date.

 

(ii)

“Landlord’s Tax Expenses Allocable to the Premises” shall mean (a) the same proportion of Landlord’s Tax Expenses as the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises bears to the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building.

 

(iii)

“Landlord’s Tax Expenses” with respect to any Tax Year means the aggregate real estate taxes assessed with respect to that Tax Year on, for and pertaining to the Building, plus (y) fifty-eight percent (58%) of the real estate taxes assessed on, for and pertaining to the Site, and (z) thirty-four percent (34%) of the real estate taxes assessed on, for and pertaining to Lot A, all as reduced by any abatement receipts with respect to that Tax Year.  

 

(iv)

“Base Taxes” is hereinbefore defined in Section 1.1.

 

(v)

“Base Taxes Allocable to the Premises” means the same proportion of Base Taxes as the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises bears to the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building.

 

(vi)

“Real estate taxes” means all taxes and special assessments of every kind and nature and user fees and other like fees assessed by any governmental authority (including, but not limited to, any tax, assessment or charge resulting from the creation of a special improvement district) on the Building or Site which the Landlord shall become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the

Page 26

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

ownership, leasing and operation of the Site, the Building and the Complex (including without limitation, if applicable, the excise prescribed by Mass Gen Laws (Ter Ed) Chapter 121A, Section 10 and amounts in excess thereof paid to the Town of Lexington pursuant to agreement between Landlord and the Town) and reasonable expenses of and fees for any formal or informal proceedings for negotiation or abatement of taxes (collectively, “Abatement Expenses”), which Abatement Expenses shall be excluded from Base Taxes.  The amount of special taxes or special assessments to be included shall be limited to the amount of the installment (plus any interest, other than penalty interest, payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment required to be paid during the year in respect of which such taxes are being determined.  There shall be excluded from such taxes all income, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer, gift, capital stock or any income taxes arising out of or related to ownership and operation of income-producing real estate, or any excise taxes imposed upon Landlord based upon gross or net rentals or other income received by it; provided, however, that if at any time during the Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of the ad valorem tax on real property there shall be assessed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents received with respect to the Site or Building or Property, federal, state, county, municipal, or other local income, franchise, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy or charge (distinct from any now in effect in the jurisdiction in which the Entire Property is located) measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, to the extent so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “real estate taxes” but only to the extent that the same would be payable if the Site and Buildings were the only property of Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “real estate taxes” shall not include and Tenant shall not be required to pay any portion of any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein (a) levied on Landlord’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment is imposed in lieu of real estate taxes as set forth above; (b) in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest permitted term (but only with respect to real estate taxes which are permitted to be paid in installments); or (c) imposed on land and improvements other than the Site and, to the extent otherwise set forth in this Lease, the Complex.

 

(vii)

If during the Lease Term the Tax Year is changed by applicable law to less than a full 12-month period, the Base Taxes and Base Taxes Allocable to the Premises shall each be proportionately reduced.

 

2.8

Allocation of Electricity Charges

Landlord shall allocate the cost of electricity to Tenant in accordance with the procedure contained in Exhibit L attached hereto, and from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay for electricity supplied to the Premises as provided in said Exhibit L .

Page 27

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

2.9

Tenant’s Audit Right

Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.9 and provided that no Event of Default of Tenant then exists, Tenant shall have the right to examine the correctness of any of the Landlord’s Tax Expenses statement (“Tax Expense Statement”), Landlord’s Operating Expense statement (“Operating Expense Statement”), and/or any annual electricity reconciliation statement delivered by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit L attached hereto (“Electricity Statement”) or any item contained therein:

 

(1)

Any request for examination in respect of any Tax Year or Operating Year (as hereinafter defined) may be made by notice from Tenant to Landlord no more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date (the “Statement Date”) Landlord provides to Tenant the applicable year-end statement required hereunder in respect of such Operating Year or such Tax Year, as applicable (and only if Tenant shall have fully paid the amounts billed with respect to the applicable Operating Expenses, Taxes or electricity charges).  Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the matters questioned.  “Operating Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months, commencing on the first day of January in each year, except that the first Operating Year of the Lease Term hereof shall be the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the succeeding December 31, and the last Lease Year of the Lease Term hereof shall be the period commencing on January 1 of the calendar year in which the Lease Term ends, and ending with the date on which the Lease Term ends.

 

(2)

Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s sole right to contest any Operating Expense Statement, Landlord’s Tax Expenses Statement and Electricity Statement shall be as expressly set forth in this Section 2.9.  Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights provided pursuant to applicable laws to inspect Landlord’s books and records and/or to contest any Landlord’s Operating Expenses Statement, Landlord’s Tax Expense Statement and Landlord’s Electricity Statement.  If Tenant shall fail to timely exercise Tenant’s right to inspect Landlord’s books and records as provided in this Section 2.9, or if Tenant shall fail to timely communicate to Landlord the results of Tenant’s examination as provided in this Section 2.9, with respect to any Operating Year or Tax Year, as applicable, then such Operating Expense Statement, Tax Expense Statement and/or Electricity Statement, as applicable, shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant.

 

(3)

So much of Landlord’s books and records pertaining to the Landlord’s Operating Expenses, Landlord’s Tax Expenses and/or electricity charges, as applicable, for the specific matters questioned by Tenant for the Operating Year or Tax Year included in the applicable year end statement shall be made available to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Landlord timely receives the notice from Tenant to make such examination pursuant to this Section 2.9, either electronically or during normal business hours at the offices where Landlord keeps such books and records or at another location, as determined by Landlord.  Any examination must be completed and the results communicated to Landlord no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date Landlord makes its books and records available for Tenant’s audit.

Page 28

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(4)

Tenant shall have the right to make such examination no more than once in respect of any Operating Year or Tax Year, as applicable, in which Landlord has given Tenant an Operating Expense Statement, Tax Expense Statement or Electricity Statement, as applicable, except that if, after such audit by Tenant of Landlord’s books and records pursuant to this Section 2.9 with respect to any Operating Year, Landlord and Tenant agree or it is finally determined that Tenant has been overcharged on account of Landlord’s Tax Expenses Allocable to the Premises, Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises and/or the electricity charges by more than three percent (3%) for the Tax Year or Operating Year in question, Tenant may request to examine the documentation and calculations for that same line item only for the immediately preceding Tax Year or Operating Year, as applicable, and provided that Tenant did not previously conduct an audit for the applicable prior Tax Year or Operating Year.

 

(5)

Such examination may be made only by a qualified employee of Tenant or a qualified independent, real estate professional with at least ten (10) years of relevant office leasing audit experience approved by Landlord, which approval in either case shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (and Cushman & Wakefield is hereby approved by Landlord).  No examination shall be conducted by an examiner who is to be compensated, in whole or in part, on a contingent fee basis.  As a condition to performing any such examination, Tenant and its examiners shall be required to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, agreeing to keep confidential any information which it discovers about Landlord or the Buildings in connection with such examination, provided however, that Tenant shall be permitted to share such information with each of its permitted subtenants so long as such subtenants execute and deliver to Landlord similar confidentiality agreements.

 

(6)

No subtenant shall have any right to conduct any such examination and no assignee may conduct any such examination with respect to any period during which the assignee was not in possession of the Premises.

 

(7)

If as a result of such examination Landlord and Tenant agree or it is finally determined that the amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord on account of the Landlord’s Operating Expenses, Landlord’s Tax Expenses or electricity charges allocable to the Premises exceeded the amounts to which Landlord was entitled hereunder, or that Tenant is entitled to a credit with respect to the Landlord’s Operating Expenses, electricity charges or Landlord’s Tax Expenses, as applicable, Landlord, at its option, shall either refund to Tenant the amount of such excess, or apply the amount of such credit against Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after the date of such agreement.  Similarly, if Landlord and Tenant agree or it is finally determined that the amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord on account of Landlord’s Operating Expenses, Landlord’s Tax Expenses or electricity charges, as applicable, were less than the amounts to which Landlord was entitled hereunder, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, the amount of such deficiency within thirty (30) days after the date of such agreement.

 

(8)

All costs and expenses of any such examination shall be paid by Tenant, except if as a result of such examination Landlord and Tenant agree or it is finally determined that the amount of the Landlord’s Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses or electricity charges

Page 29

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

payable by Tenant was overstated by more than three percent (3%), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in such examination, up to a maximum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00).

 

(9)

Landlord shall have no right to correct any year end statement with respect to any Tax Year or Operating Year after the date that is one (1) year after the end of the period in question, provided, further that the foregoing one (1) year period shall expressly not apply to any new or corrected Operating Expense Statement or Tax Expense Statement, as applicable, rendered by Landlord to reflect charges or corrections in charges resulting from any late billing or corrected billing by a third party such as the taxing authority or utility provider.  Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, if Landlord provides Tenant with any such corrected statement, then Tenant shall have one hundred eighty (180) days from the receipt of any such corrected statement to request an examination as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof (subject to the proviso set forth at the end of subsection (4) above regarding Tenant’s ability to request examinations for prior years).

ARTICLE III

Condition of Premises; Alterations

3.1

Preparation of Premises

The condition of the Premises upon Landlord’s delivery along with any work to be performed by either Landlord or Tenant shall be as set forth in the Work Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B‑1 and made a part hereof.

ARTICLE IV

Landlord’s Covenants; Interruptions and Delays

4.1

Landlord Covenants

 

4.1.1

Services Furnished by Landlord

To furnish services, utilities, facilities and supplies set forth in Exhibit C equal to those customarily provided by landlords in high quality buildings in the Boston West Suburban Market subject to escalation reimbursement in accordance with Section 2.6 (except as may otherwise be expressly provided in said Exhibit C ).

Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon the initial selection of the cafeteria operator within sixty (60) days following the date of this Lease; provided, however, that any cafeteria operator proposed by either party shall have food offerings and pricing consistent with other comparable first class office buildings in the Market Area.  If, during the Lease Term, Landlord or, provided and only so long as Tenant occupies not less than 70,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the Building, Tenant is dissatisfied with the performance of the cafeteria operator and notifies the other party in writing of such dissatisfaction, setting forth in reasonable detail the reasons for such dissatisfaction,

Page 30

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Landlord and Tenant agree to meet to discuss the cafeteria operator issues and Landlord will work with the cafeteria operator to remedy such issues, to the extent practicable, within a reasonable period of time.  If the basis for Landlord’s or Tenant’s dissatisfaction, as applicable, is not rectified within sixty (60) days after the original dissatisfaction notice, then Landlord and Tenant shall have a period of ninety (90) days thereafter to agree upon a replacement cafeteria operator.   In addition, so long as Tenant occupies not less than 70,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the Building, Landlord shall, prior to entering into a renewal or extension of the contract with the existing cafeteria operator, consult with Tenant on such renewal.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the selection of the replacement cafeteria operator or any renewal contract with the existing cafeteria operator, then the decision shall be made reasonably and in good faith by Landlord so long as such operator has food offerings and pricing consistent with other comparable first class office buildings in the Market Area.  During the entire Base Year, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to contract with the cafeteria operator for the Building cafeteria to supply substantially all of Tenant’s catering requirements in the Building.

 

 

4.1.2

Additional Services Available to Tenant

 

To furnish, at Tenant’s expense, reasonable additional Building operation services which are usual and customary in similar office buildings in the Boston West Suburban Market upon reasonable advance request of Tenant at reasonable and equitable rates from time to time established by Landlord.  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of any such additional Building services requested by Tenant and for the cost of any additions, alterations, improvements or other work performed by Landlord in the Premises at the request of Tenant within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor.

 

 

4.1.3

Roof, Exterior Wall, Floor Slab and Common Facility Repairs

 

Except for (a) normal and reasonable wear and use and (b) damage caused by fire and casualty and by eminent domain, and except as otherwise provided in Article VI and subject to the escalation provisions of Section 2.6, (i) to make such repairs to the roof and all structural elements of the Building (including, without limitation, the exterior and load‑bearing walls, foundation, structural columns, and floor slabs), the Building systems (including, without limitation, the HVAC, mechanical, electrical, lighting, plumbing and life safety systems) and the common areas and facilities (including the parking facilities) as may be necessary to keep them in serviceable condition and (ii) to maintain the Building (exclusive of Tenant’s responsibilities under this Lease) in a first class manner comparable to the maintenance of similar properties in the Boston West Suburban Market.

Page 31

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

4.2

Interruptions and Delays in Services and Repairs, Etc .

 

 

(A)

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any compensation or reduction of rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the necessity of Landlord or its agents entering the Premises for any of the purposes in this Lease authorized, or for repairing the Premises or any portion of the Building however the necessity may occur.  In case Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord’s part, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord’s control, including without limitation by reason of Force Majeure (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof), Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor, except as expressly otherwise provided in Article VI, shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof, or right to terminate this Lease, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises.

 

 

(B)

Landlord reserves the right to stop any service or utility system, when necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or until necessary repairs have been completed; provided, however, that in each instance of stoppage, Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause thereof.  Except in case of emergency repairs, Landlord will give Tenant reasonable advance notice of any contemplated stoppage and will use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to Tenant by reason thereof.

 

 

(C)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained and subject to Section 4.2(E) below, if due to (i) any repairs, alterations, replacements, or improvements made by Landlord, (ii) Landlord’s failure to make any repairs, alterations, or improvements required to be made by Landlord hereunder, or to provide any service required to be provided by Landlord hereunder, or to remediate any Hazardous Materials (as that term is defined in Section 5.3 and provided such Hazardous Materials were not used, stored or disposed of at the Complex by Tenant or its agents, employees, vendors, subtenants, contractors or invitees), or (iii) the failure of electric supply, water and/or sewer service, all elevator service, HVAC service or all access to the Premises, any portion of the Premises becomes untenantable so that for the Premises Untenantability Cure Period, as hereinafter defined, the continued operation in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business is materially adversely affected (including, without limitation, as the result of the Premises being rendered inaccessible as the result of any of the circumstances described in subsections (i), (ii) or (iii) above), then, provided that Tenant ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises during the entirety of the Premises Untenantability Cure Period by reason of such untenantability, and that such untenantability and Landlord’s inability to cure such condition is not caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, vendors, subtenants, contractors or invitees, Annual Fixed Rent, Operating Expenses Allocable to the Premises and Landlord’s Tax Expenses Allocable to the Premises shall be abated after the expiration of the Premises Untenantability Cure Period in proportion to the impact on the continued operation in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business until the day such condition is completely corrected.  If the entire Premises have not been rendered untenantable, the amount of abatement shall be equitably prorated, provided, however, if the remaining portion of the Premises is not reasonably sufficient to permit Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein (and Tenant was occupying and conducting

Page 32

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

business in the unaffected portion of the Premises immediately prior to the event or condition), and Tenant does not conduct its business in any portion of the Premises due to such event or condition, then such abatement shall include such other portions of the Premises which Tenant is not able to and does not in fact use for the conduct of its business.  For the purposes hereof, the “Premises Untenantability Cure Period” shall be defined as five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of the condition causing untenantability in the Premises, provided however, that the Premises Untenantability Cure Period shall be ten (10) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of such condition causing untenantability in the Premises if either the condition was caused by causes beyond Landlord’s control or Landlord is unable to cure such condition as the result of causes beyond Landlord’s control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently proceed to effect the repair or restoration of the affected portion of the Premises or the Property as soon as reasonably possible following the event giving rise to a remedy hereunder (or, if the repair or restoration is not within Landlord’s reasonable control, take such measures as are reasonably practicable to effect such repair or restoration).

 

 

(D)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained and subject to Section 4.2(E) below, if due to (i) any repairs, alterations, replacements, or improvements made by Landlord, (ii) Landlord’s failure to make any repairs, alterations, or improvements required to be made by Landlord hereunder, or to provide any service required to be provided by Landlord hereunder, or to remediate any Hazardous Materials (provided such Hazardous Materials were not used, stored or disposed of at the Property or the Complex by Tenant or its agents, employees, vendors, subtenants, contractors or invitees), or (iii) the failure of electric supply, water and/or sewer service, all elevator service, HVAC service or all access to the Premises, any material portion of the Premises becomes untenantable for a period (the “Untenantability Period”) of five (5) consecutive months (which five (5) month period shall be extended by the period of time, which shall not exceed an additional one (1) month, that Landlord is delayed in curing such condition as the result Force Majeure) after Landlord’s receipt of written notice of such condition from Tenant, then, provided that Tenant ceases to use the affected portion of the Premises during the entire Untenantability Period and Landlord’s inability to cure such condition is not caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, vendors, subtenants, contractors or invitees, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice as follows:

 

 

(1)

Said notice shall be given after the expiration of the Untenantability Period.

 

 

(2)

Said notice shall set forth an effective date which is not earlier than thirty (30) days after Landlord receives said notice.

 

 

(3)

If said condition is remedied on or before said effective date, said notice shall have no further force and effect.

 

 

(4)

If said condition is not remedied on or before said effective date for any reason other than Tenant’s fault, as aforesaid, the Lease shall terminate as of said effective date, and the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due under the Lease shall be apportioned as of said effective date.

Page 33

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

(E)

The remedies set forth in Sections 4.2(C) and (D) shall be Tenant’s sole remedies for the events described herein.  The provisions of Sections 4.2(C) and (D) above shall not apply in the event of Untenantability of the Premises or inaccessibility caused by fire or other casualty, or taking (which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Article VI below).

ARTICLE V

Tenant’s Covenants

Tenant covenants and agrees to the following during the Term and such further time as Tenant occupies any part of the Premises:

 

5.1

Payments

 

To pay when due all Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent (including all charges for utility services rendered to the Premises (except as otherwise provided in Exhibit C ) and, further, as Additional Rent, all charges for additional services rendered pursuant to Section 4.1.2.  In the event Tenant pays any utilities for the Premises directly to the utility company or provider, upon request therefor, Tenant shall provide Landlord with invoices marked “paid” from such utility company or provider so that Landlord can review the utility bills relating to the Premises.

 

5.2

Repair and Yield Up

 

 

(A)

Except as otherwise provided in Article VI and Section 4.1.3, to keep the Premises in good order, repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear only excepted, and all glass in windows (except glass in exterior walls unless the damage thereto is attributable to Tenant’s negligence or misuse) and doors of the Premises whole and in good condition with glass of the same type and quality as that injured or broken, damage by fire or taking under the power of eminent domain only excepted;

 

 

(B)

At the expiration or termination of this Lease peaceably to yield up the Premises in the condition the same were in on the Commencement Date (or, with respect to any Alterations made after the Commencement Date, in the condition the same were in upon completion of construction thereof), reasonable wear and tear only excepted, first removing all goods and effects of Tenant and, (i) to the extent specified by Landlord by notice to Tenant given at least thirty (30) days before such expiration or termination, the wiring for Tenant’s computer, telephone and other communication systems and equipment whether located in the Premises or in any other portion of the Building, including all risers and (ii) to the extent specified by Landlord at the time of Landlord’s approval of the same in accordance with Section 5.12, all Alterations made by Tenant (but expressly excluding the Landlord’s Work, which Tenant shall have no obligation to remove upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term), and repairing any damage caused by such removal and restoring the Premises and leaving them clean; and Tenant shall not permit or commit any waste.  Tenant shall be responsible, subject to Section 8.13, to pay the cost of repairs which may be made necessary by reason of

Page 34

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

damage to common areas in the Building or to the Site caused by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, sublessees, licensees, concessionaires or invitees.

 

5.3

Use

 

(A)

To use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use only, and not to injure or deface the Premises, Building, the Additional Building, the Site or any other part of the Complex nor to permit in the Premises or on the Site any auction sale, vending machine, or inflammable fluids or chemicals, or nuisance, or the emission from the Premises of any objectionable noise or odor nor to permit in the Premises anything which will in any way result in the leakage of fluid or the growth of mold, and not to use or devote the Premises or any part thereof for any purpose other than the Permitted Uses, nor for any use thereof which is inconsistent with maintaining the Building as a first class office building in the quality of its maintenance, use and occupancy, or which is improper, offensive, contrary to law or ordinance or liable to render necessary any alteration or addition to the Building.  Further, (i) Tenant shall not, nor shall Tenant permit its employees, invitees, agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees or subtenants to, keep, maintain, store or dispose of (into the sewage or waste disposal system or otherwise) or engage in any activity which might produce or generate any substance which is or may hereafter be classified as a hazardous material, waste or substance (collectively “Hazardous Materials”), under federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., 49 U.S.C. Section 1802 et seq. and Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 21E and the rules and regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing, as such laws, rules and regulations may be amended from time to time (collectively “Hazardous Materials Laws”), (ii) Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any incident in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Site that would require the filing of a notice under any Hazardous Materials Laws, (iii) Tenant shall comply and shall cause its employees, invitees, agents, independent contractors, contractors, assignees and subtenants to comply with each of the foregoing and (iv) Landlord shall have the right to make such inspections (including testing) as Landlord shall elect from time to time to determine that Tenant is complying with the foregoing (provided that, except in cases of emergency, Landlord provides Tenant at least two (2) business days’ prior written notice of any such inspection).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may use normal amounts and types of substances typically used for office uses, provided that Tenant uses such substances in the manner which they are normally used, and in compliance with all Hazardous Materials Laws, and Tenant obtains and complies with all permits required by Hazardous Materials Laws or any other laws, ordinances, bylaws, rules or regulations prior to the use or presence of any such substances in the Premises.

 

(B)

If, during the Term of the Lease and without increasing Tenant’s rights under this Lease,  Landlord grants or consents to Tenant or any Tenant Party using or operating any areas of the Building or the Site, including within the Premises, for (y) social events, social gatherings or other similar purposes (such as by way of example only, outdoor fitness classes, roof deck events, ice cream socials, hackathons, or other similar events conducted or hosted by Tenant or any Tenant Party at the Building or the Site), or (z) day care facilities, other health and fitness services (such as personal fitness, exercise, or yoga classes), or any other amenities or facilities for fitness, food services, or other similar

Page 35

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

purposes (collectively, the “Tenant Amenity Events”), Tenant shall not market, advertise or solicit (and shall prohibit all Tenant Parties from marketing, advertising and soliciting) persons who work at the Additional Buildings to use, attend or participate in such  Tenant Amenity Events and Tenant shall not permit the use, attendance or participation of persons who work at the Additional Buildings at any such Tenant Amenity Events.   Tenant agrees to use reasonable efforts to implement and enforce the foregoing restriction, provided, however, Tenant will not be deemed in default under this Lease for a violation of this restriction unless Tenant or any Tenant Party knowingly and deliberately violates this restriction.  The Tenant Shuttle Service and Outdoor Patio Area shall constitute ongoing Tenant Amenity Events for purposes of this Section 5.3(B).

 

 

(C)

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the Commencement Date, there will be no Hazardous Materials in the Building that are required to be removed or otherwise abated in accordance with applicable Hazardous Materials Laws.  Subject to the limitations of Section 9.3 hereof, Landlord shall comply with all Hazardous Materials Laws relating to the Building and the Property (including, without limitation, in its performance of the Base Building Work) and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remove or abate, as required by applicable Hazardous Materials Laws and without inclusion in Landlord’s Operating Expenses, (x) Hazardous Materials that are present in the Building as the result of the actions of Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, or (y) that existed in, at or on the Premises, the Building or the Site prior to the Commencement Date or that existed as of the Commencement Date and subsequently migrated to the Premises, the Building or the Site from another property.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to remove or abate Hazardous Materials pursuant to this Section 5.3(C) shall not apply to (i) requirements of Hazardous Materials Laws resulting from the use of Hazardous Materials, or additions, alterations or improvements in the Premises (other than the Base Building Work), by Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant, or (ii) Hazardous Materials which are in the Building or on the Site because of the action or inaction of any tenant or occupant in the Building, including Tenant, or any employee, agent or contractor thereof.  Subject to the limitations of Section 9.3 hereof, Landlord agrees to defend with counsel first approved by Tenant (counsel appointed by Landlord’s insurance carrier shall be deemed approved by Tenant and for any other circumstances such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), indemnify and save Tenant harmless from liability, loss and damage to persons or property and from any claims, actions, proceedings and expenses in connection therewith resulting from the failure of Landlord to fulfill its obligations under this Section 5.3(C) or any breach of Landlord’s representations and warranties under this Section 5.3(C).

 

5.4

Obstructions; Items Visible from Exterior; Rules and Regulations

 

Not to obstruct in any manner any portion of the Building not hereby leased or any portion thereof or of the other buildings or of the Complex used by Tenant in common with others; not without prior consent of Landlord to permit the painting or placing of any signs, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like, visible from outside the Premises; and to comply with all reasonable rules and regulations or the requirements of any customer handbook currently in existence or hereafter implemented, of which Tenant has been given notice, for the care and use of the Building and Complex and their facilities and approaches.  Landlord shall enforce such rules and regulations in a non‑discriminatory manner, but Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the

Page 36

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

failure of other occupants of the Buildings to conform to such rules and regulations.  If and to the extent there is any conflict between the provisions of this Lease and any rules and regulations or customer handbook for the Building, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

 

5.5

Safety Appliances

 

To keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by any public authority because of any use made by Tenant other than normal office use, and to procure all licenses and permits so required because of such use and, if requested by Landlord, to do any work so required because of such use, it being understood that the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way Tenant’s Permitted Use.

 

5.6

Assignment; Sublease

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease and/or Tenant’s interest in this Lease or sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of concessions, licenses or the like) the whole or any part of the Premises.  If and so long as Tenant is a corporation with fewer than five hundred (500) shareholders or a limited liability company or a partnership, an assignment, within the meaning of this Section 5.6, shall be deemed to include one or more sales or transfers of stock or membership or partnership interests, by operation of law or otherwise, or the issuance of new stock or membership or partnership interests, by which an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s stock or membership or partnership interests shall be vested in a party or parties who are not stockholders or members or partners as of the date hereof (a “Majority Interest Transfer”).  For the purpose of this Section 5.6, ownership of stock or membership or partnership interests shall be determined in accordance with the principles set forth in Section 544 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or the corresponding provisions of any subsequent law.  In addition, the following shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning of this Section 5.6: (a) the merger or consolidation of Tenant into or with any other entity, or the sale of all or s ubstantially all of its assets, and (b) the establishment by the Tenant or a permitted successor or assign of one or more series of (1) members, managers, limited liability company interests or assets, which may have separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified property or obligations of the Tenant (or such successor or assignee) or profits or losses associated with specified property or obligations of the Tenant (or such successor or assignee), pursuant to §18-215 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended, or similar laws of other states or otherwise, or (2) limited partners, general partners, partnership interests or assets, which may have separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified property or obligations of the Tenant (or such successor or assignee) or profits or losses associated with specified property or obligations of the Tenant (or such successor or assignee) pursuant to §17-218 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended, or similar laws of other states or otherwise (a “Series Reorganization”).  Any assignment, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, transfer or subletting not expressly permitted in or consented to by Landlord under this Section 5.6 shall, at Landlord’s election, be void; shall be of no force and effect; and shall confer no rights on or in favor of third parties.  In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to seek specific performance of or other equitable relief with respect to the provisions hereof.  The limitations of this Section 5.6 shall be deemed to apply to Guarantor except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Tenant Guaranty (as defined in Section 9.21).

Page 37

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

5.6.1

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.6 above, in the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or to sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Proposed Transfer Notice”) of any proposed sublease or assignment, and said notice shall specify the provisions of the proposed assignment or subletting, including (a) the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, (b) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 5.6.3 below, such information as to the proposed assignee’s or proposed subtenant’s net worth and financial capability and standing as may reasonably be required for Landlord to make the determination referred to in said Section 5.6.3 (provided, however, that Landlord shall hold such information confidential having the right to release same to its officers, accountants, attorneys and mortgage lenders on a confidential basis), (c) all of the terms and provisions upon which the proposed assignment or subletting is to be made, (d) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 5.6.3 below, all other information necessary to make the determination referred to in said Section 5.6.3 and (e) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 5.6.4 below, such information as may be reasonably required by Landlord to determine that such proposed assignment or subletting complies with the requirements of said Section 5.6.4.

 

 

5.6.2

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.6.1 above, in the event Tenant desires to (a) assign this Lease, or (b)  sublease all or substantially all (i.e., 95% or more of the Rentable Floor Area) of the Premises for a term equal to all or substantially all of the remaining Lease Term hereof (any such sublease a “Major Sublease”), then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof in writing and Landlord shall have the right at its sole option, to be exercised within ten (10) business days after receipt of Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice (the “Acceptance Period”), to terminate this Lease for the remainder of the Term as of a date specified in a notice to Tenant, which date shall not be earlier than sixty (60) days nor later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant; provided, however, that upon the termination date as set forth in Landlord’s notice, all obligations relating to the period after such termination date (but not those relating to the period before such termination date and subject to Section 9.17 of this Lease) shall cease and promptly upon being billed therefor by Landlord, Tenant shall make final payment of all Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due from Tenant through the termination date.  A sublease shall be deemed to be for a term equal to all or substantially all of the remaining Lease Term if the sublease will expire prior to the date that is fifteen (15) months prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Lease Term.  

 

In the event that Landlord shall not exercise its termination rights as aforesaid, or shall fail to give any or timely notice pursuant to this Section, the provisions of Sections 5.6.3 through 5.6.6 shall be applicable.  This Section 5.6.2 shall not be applicable to an assignment or sublease pursuant to Section 5.6.4.

 

Page 38

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

5.6.3

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.6 above, but subject to the provisions of this Section 5.6.3 and the provisions of Sections 5.6.5 and 5.6.6 below, in the event that (a) Section 5.6.2 is inapplicable or (b) Section 5.6.2 is applicable, but Landlord shall not have exercised the termination right as set forth in Section 5.6.2, or shall have failed to give any or timely notice under Section 5.6.2, then for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after (i) if Section 5.6.2 is inapplicable, the date on which Landlord received Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice or (ii) if Section 5.6.2 is applicable, (x) after the receipt of Landlord’s notice stating that Landlord does not elect the termination right, or (y) after the expiration of the Acceptance Period, in the event Landlord shall not give any or timely notice under Section 5.6.2 as the case may be, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet the applicable portion of the Premises in accordance with the Proposed Transfer Notice provided that, in each instance, Tenant first obtains the express prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  It is understood and agreed that Landlord’s consent shall be deemed given hereunder if Landlord shall fail to respond to a Proposed Transfer Notice meeting the requirements of Section 5.6.2 (I) if Section 5.6.2 is inapplicable, within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof or (II) if Section 5.6.2 is applicable, prior to the expiration of the Acceptance Period and provided Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice  shall contain the following caption on the first page thereof in bold and capitalized type:

 

“YOU SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE GRANTED THE CONSENT REQUESTED IN THIS PROPOSED TRANSFER NOTICE DATED ________ ___, 20__ IF YOU FAIL TO RESPOND TO SUCH PROPOSED TRANSFER NOTICE WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER YOUR RECEIPT OF THIS PROPOSED TRANSFER NOTICE PROVIDED ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LEASE HAVE BEEN OTHERWISE SATISFIED WITH RESPECT THERETO.”

 

Without limiting the foregoing standard, Landlord shall not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding its consent to such a proposed assignment or subleasing if:

 

 

(A)

the proposed assignee or subtenant is an occupant of the Building or elsewhere on the Complex or is in active negotiation with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord for premises in the Building or elsewhere at the Complex and Landlord (or such affiliate of Landlord) has existing space in the Building or the Complex that satisfies such party’s needs;

 

 

(B)

the proposed assignee or subtenant is not of a character consistent with the operation of a first class office building (by way of example Landlord shall not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding its consent to an assignment or subleasing to any governmental or quasi-governmental agency), or

 

 

(C)

giving appropriate weight, if applicable, to the fact that Tenant will nevertheless remain liable under this Lease, the proposed assignee or subtenant does not possess adequate financial capability to assure the performance of the Tenant obligations as and when due or required, or

 

Page 39

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(D)

the assignee or subtenant proposes to use the Premises (or part thereof) for a purpose other than the purpose for which the Premises may be used as stated in Section 1.1 hereof, or

 

 

(E)

the character of the business to be conducted or the proposed use of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee shall (i) be likely to materially increase Landlord’s Operating Expenses beyond that which Landlord now incurs for use by Tenant; (ii) be likely to materially increase the burden on elevators or other Building systems or equipment over the burden prior to such proposed subletting or assignment; or (iii) materially violate or be likely to materially violate any provisions or restrictions contained herein relating to the use or occupancy of the Premises, or

 

 

(F)

there shall be existing a monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default (as defined in Section 7.1), or

 

 

(G)

any part of the rent payable under the proposed assignment or sublease shall be based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived from the Premises or if any proposed assignment or sublease shall potentially have any adverse effect on the real estate investment trust qualification requirements applicable to Landlord and its affiliates, or

 

 

(H)

the holder of any mortgage or ground lease on the Site which includes the Premises does not approve of the proposed assignment or sublease, or

 

 

(I)

due to the identity or business of a proposed assignee or subtenant, such approval would cause Landlord to be in violation of any covenant or restriction contained in another lease or other agreement affecting space in the Building or elsewhere in the Property.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Tenant remains fully and primarily liable to Landlord, Tenant’s right to sublease all or any portion of the Premises shall not be restricted by Landlord (x) due to the financial condition of the subtenant or (y) by any rent hurdle or other rental threshold that Landlord may deem needed in order to consent to a proposed sublease.  If Landlord shall consent to the proposed assignment or subletting, as the case may be, then, in such event, Tenant may thereafter sublease or assign pursuant to Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice, as given hereunder; provided, however, that if such assignment or sublease shall not be executed and delivered to Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of Landlord’s consent or deemed consent, the consent shall be deemed null and void and the provisions of Section 5.6.1 shall be applicable.

 

Page 40

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

5.6.4

Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.6, 5.6.2, 5.6.3 and 5.6.5, but subject to the provisions of Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.6, Tenant shall have the right:

 

 

(x)

to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises (in whole or in part) to any other entity (the “Successor Entity”) (i) which controls or is controlled by Tenant or which is under common control with Tenant, or (ii) which purchases all or substantially all of the assets and business of Tenant, or (iii) which purchases all or substantially all of the stock of (or other ownership or membership interests in) Tenant or (iv) which merges or combines with Tenant, or

 

 

(y)

to effect a Series Reorganization, or

 

 

(z)

to engage in a Majority Interest Transfer,

 

provided that in any of the foregoing events described in clauses (x), (y) and (z) above, the transaction is for a legitimate business purpose of Tenant other than a transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the limitation or segregation of the liabilities of Tenant, and provided further that in any of the foregoing events described in in (x), (y) and (z) the entity to which this Lease is so assigned or which so sublets the Premises or the series established by the Series Reorganization has a credit worthiness (e.g. net assets on a pro forma basis using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and using the most recent financial statements) which is the same or better than that of the Tenant as of the date of this Lease (the foregoing transferees referred to, individually or collectively, as a “Permitted Transferee”).  Except in cases of statutory merger or a Series Reorganization, in which case the surviving entity in the merger or the series to which this Lease has been designated shall be liable as the Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall continue to remain fully liable under this Lease, on a joint and several basis with the Permitted Transferee.  If any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of Tenant to which this Lease is assigned or the Premises sublet (in whole or in part) shall cease to be such a parent, affiliate or subsidiary, such cessation shall be considered an assignment or subletting requiring Landlord’s consent.

 

 

5.6.5

In the case of any assignment or subleasing as to which Landlord may consent (other than an assignment or subletting permitted under Section 5.6.4 above) such consent shall be upon the express and further condition, covenant and agreement, and Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that, in addition to the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges to be paid pursuant to this Lease, fifty percent (50%) of the “Assignment/Sublease Profits” (hereinafter defined), if any, shall be paid to Landlord.  The “Assignment/Sublease Profits” shall be the excess, if any, of (a) the “Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues” as hereinafter defined over (b) the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and other charges provided in this Lease (provided, however, that for the purpose of calculating the Assignment/Sublease Profits in the case of a sublease, appropriate prorations in the applicable Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges under this Lease shall be made based on the percentage of the Premises subleased and on the terms of the sublease).  The “Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues” shall be the fixed rent, Additional Rent and all other charges and sums payable either initially or over the term of the sublease or assignment plus all other profits and increases

Page 41

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

to be derived by Tenant as a result of such subletting or assignment, less the reasonable costs of Tenant incurred in such subleasing or assignment (the definition of which shall be limited to brokerage commissions, rent concessions, attorneys’ fees, architect and construction management fees, and alteration allowances, in each case actually paid), as set forth in a statement certified by an appropriate officer of Tenant and delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the full execution of the sublease or assignment document, amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment.

 

All payments of the Assignment/Sublease Profits due Landlord shall be made within ten (10) days of receipt of same by Tenant.

 

 

5.6.6       (A)

It shall be a condition of the validity of any assignment or subletting consented to under Section 5.6.3 above, or any assignment or subletting of right under Section 5.6.4 above, that both Tenant and the assignee or sublessee enter into a separate written instrument directly with Landlord in a form and containing terms and provisions reasonably required by Landlord, including, without limitation, the agreement of the assignee or sublessee to be bound directly to Landlord for all the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease (including any amendments or extensions thereof), including, without limitation, the obligation (a) to pay the rent and other amounts provided for under this Lease (but in the case of a partial subletting, such subtenant shall agree on a pro rata basis to be so bound), (b) to comply with the provisions of Sections 5.6 through 5.6.6 hereof and (c) to indemnify the “Landlord Parties” (as defined in Section 8.13) as provided in Section 8.1 hereof.  Except in cases of statutory merger, in which case the surviving entity in the merger shall remain liable as the Tenant under this Lease, such assignment or subletting shall not relieve the Tenant named herein of any of the obligations of the Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable therefor and the liability of Tenant and such assignee (or subtenant, as the case may be) shall be joint and several.  Further, and notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions hereof shall not constitute a recognition of the sublease or the subtenant thereunder, as the case may be, and at Landlord’s option, upon the termination or expiration of the Lease (whether such termination is based upon a cause beyond Tenant’s control, a default of Tenant, the agreement of Tenant and Landlord or any other reason), the sublease shall be terminated.

 

 

(B)

As Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as a fee for Landlord’s review of any proposed assignment or sublease requested by Tenant and the preparation of any associated documentation in connection therewith, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $1,000.00 and/or (ii) reasonable out of pocket legal fees or other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such request.

 

 

(C)

If this Lease be assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, Landlord may upon prior notice to Tenant, at any time and from time to time, collect rent and other charges from the assignee, sublessee or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the rent and other charges herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or

Page 42

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or a waiver of the provisions of Sections 5.6 through 5.6.6 hereof, or the acceptance of the assignee, sublessee or occupant as a tenant or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained, the Tenant herein named to remain primarily liable under this Lease.

 

 

(D)

The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting under Section 5.6.3 above, or the consummation of an assignment or subletting of right under Section 5.6.4 above, shall in no way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting to the extent required hereunder.

 

 

(E)

During the continuance of an “Event of Default” (defined in Section 7.1), Landlord shall be entitled to one hundred percent (100%) of any Assignment/Sublease Profits.

 

 

(F)

Without limiting Tenant’s obligations under Section 5.12 but subject to Landlord’s obligation under the last paragraph of Section 5.6.2, Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for performing all work necessary to comply with Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements in connection with any assignment or subletting hereunder including, without limitation, any work in connection with such assignment or subletting.

 

 

(G)

In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Lease and notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, partial sublettings of the Premises shall only be permitted under the following terms and conditions: (i) the layout of both the subleased premises and the remainder of the Premises must comply with applicable Legal Requirements and any alterations must be approved by Landlord in accordance with Section 5.12, including, without limitation, all requirements concerning access and egress; and (ii) there shall be no more than four (4) subleases in effect in the Premises at any given time.

 

5.7

Right of Entry

 

To permit Landlord and its agents to examine the Premises at reasonable times and, if Landlord shall so elect, to make any repairs or replacements Landlord may deem necessary; to remove, at Tenant’s expense, any alterations, addition, signs, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials, flagpoles, or the like not consented to in writing (but only to the extent such consent is required hereunder); and to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the nine (9) months preceding expiration of the Term and to prospective purchasers and mortgagees at all reasonable times.

 

In the event Tenant sends a notice alleging the existence of a dangerous or unsafe condition, any requirements for prior notice or limitations on Landlord’s access to the Premises contained in this Lease shall be deemed waived by Tenant so that Landlord may immediately exercise its rights under this Section 5.7 and Section 9.16 in such manner as Landlord deems necessary in its sole discretion to remedy such dangerous or unsafe condition.

Page 43

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

5.8

Floor Load; Prevention of Vibration and Noise

 

Not to place a load upon the Premises exceeding an average rate of 100 pounds of live load per square foot of floor area (partitions shall be considered as part of the live load); and not to move any safe, vault or other heavy equipment in, about or out of the Premises except in such manner and at such time as Landlord shall in each instance authorize; Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building shall be so installed, maintained and used by Tenant so as to eliminate such vibration or noise.

 

5.9

Personal Property Taxes

 

To pay promptly when due all taxes which may be imposed upon Tenant’s Property in the Premises to whomever assessed.

 

5.10

Compliance with Laws

 

To comply with all applicable Legal Requirements now or hereafter in force regarding the operation of Tenant’s business and the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises, including without limitation, all applicable standards and regulations of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA Requirements”), which obligation shall include ensuring that all contractors (including sub-contractors) that Tenant utilizes to perform work in the Premises comply with OSHA Requirements and that all required training is provided for such work.  In addition, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with any Legal Requirements that relate to the Base Building (as hereinafter defined), but only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s use of the Premises, other than for general office use, or alterations, additions or improvements in the Premises performed or requested by Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required (i) to make any Alterations to the Base Building, or (ii) to perform or satisfy any other obligation of Landlord under this Lease, unless, in either case, the same are required by such Legal Requirements as a result of or in connection with Tenant’s particular use or occupancy of the Premises beyond normal use of space of this kind, due to Tenant’s density level in the Building in excess of standard tenant density levels in comparable buildings in the Market Area, or any Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to make any Alterations to the Building or perform any other work under this Lease to the extent the need for the same arises out of any defect in the construction of the Base Building Work (as opposed to the Tenant Improvement Work).  Tenant shall promptly pay all fines, penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.9 “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, the public restrooms and the Building mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located.  Tenant shall promptly pay all fines, penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.10.

Page 44

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

5.11

Payment of Litigation Expenses

 

As Additional Rent, to pay all reasonable costs, counsel and other fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the successful enforcement by Landlord of any obligations of Tenant under this Lease or in connection with any bankruptcy case involving Tenant or any guarantor.

 

5.12

Alterations

 

 

(A)

Tenant shall not make alterations, additions or improvements (“Alterations”) to Tenant’s Premises except in accordance with plans and specifications therefor first approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  However, Landlord’s determination of matters relating to aesthetic issues relating to alterations, additions or improvements which are visible outside the Premises shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion.  Without limiting such standard Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable:

 

 

(i)

for withholding approval of any Alterations (including, without limitation, any Alterations to be performed by Tenant under Article III) which (i) in Landlord’s opinion would reasonably be expected to adversely affect any structural or exterior element of the Building, any area or element outside of the Premises, or any facility or base building mechanical system serving any area of the Building outside of the Premises, or (ii) involve or affect the exterior design, size, height, or other exterior dimensions of the Building, or (iii) are inconsistent, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, with alterations satisfying Landlord’s standards for new alterations in the Building, or (iv) will require unusual expense to readapt the Premises to normal office use on Lease termination or expiration or increase the cost of construction or of insurance or taxes on the Building or of the services called for by Section 4.1 unless Tenant first gives assurance acceptable to Landlord for payment of such increased cost and that such readaptation will be made prior to such termination or expiration without expense to Landlord (Alterations described in the foregoing clause (iv) being sometimes collectively referred to as “Special Improvements”; or

 

 

(ii)

for making its approval of any Special Improvements conditional on Tenant’s agreement to restore the Premises to its condition prior to construction of such Special Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

 

(B)

Landlord’s review and approval of any such plans and specifications and consent to perform work described therein shall not be deemed an agreement by Landlord that such plans, specifications and work conform with applicable Legal Requirements and requirements of insurers of the Building and the other requirements of this Lease with respect to Tenant’s insurance obligations (herein called “Insurance Requirements”) nor deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements nor impose any liability or obligation upon Landlord with respect to the completeness, design sufficiency or compliance of such plans, specifications and work with applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements nor give right to any other parties.  Further, Tenant acknowledges that

Page 45

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Tenant is acting for its own benefit and account, and that Tenant shall not be acting as Landlord’s agent in performing any work in the Premises, accordingly, no contractor, subcontractor or supplier shall have a right to lien Landlord’s interest in the Site in connection with any such work.  Within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord (together with reasonable supporting back-up documentation), Tenant shall pay to Landlord as a fee for Landlord’s review of any work or plans (excluding any review respecting initial improvements performed pursuant to Article III hereof for which a construction management fee has previously been paid but including any review of plans or work relating to any assignment or subletting), as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) $150.00 per hour for time spent by senior staff, and $100/hour for time spent by junior staff, plus (ii) reasonable third party expenses incurred by Landlord to review Tenant’s plans and Tenant’s work.  All Alterations shall be part of the Building unless and until Landlord shall specify the same for removal pursuant to Section 5.2.  All of Tenant’s Alterations and installation of furnishings shall be coordinated with any work being performed by Landlord and in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not to damage the Buildings or Site or interfere with construction or operation of the Buildings and other improvements to the Site and, except for installation of furnishings, shall be performed by Landlord’s general contractor or by contractors or workers first approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.  Except for work by Landlord’s general contractor, Tenant, before its work is started, shall secure all licenses and permits necessary therefor.  Tenant agrees to save harmless and indemnify Landlord from any and all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property occasioned by or arising out of the doing of any such work whether the same be performed prior to or during the Term of this Lease.  At Landlord’s reasonable election, taking into account the scope and cost of the proposed Alteration, Tenant shall cause its contractor to maintain a payment and performance bond in such amount and with such companies as Landlord shall reasonably approve.  In addition, Tenant shall cause each contractor to carry insurance in accordance with Section 8.14 herein and to deliver to Landlord certificates of all such insurance.  Tenant shall also prepare and submit to Landlord a set of as-built plans, in both print and electronic forms, showing such work performed by Tenant to the Premises promptly after any such Alterations or installations are substantially complete and promptly after any wiring or cabling for Tenant’s computer, telephone and other communications systems is installed by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor.  Without limiting any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, but excluding the costs of the Base Building Work, which are addressed in Exhibit B ‑1 attached hereto, Tenant shall be responsible, as Additional Rent, for the costs of any Alterations in or to the Building that are required in order to comply with Legal Requirements as a result of any work performed by Tenant.  Landlord shall have the right to provide such rules and regulations (which shall be applied in a non-discriminatory manner) relative to the performance of any alterations, additions, improvements and installations by Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall abide by all such reasonable rules and regulations and shall cause all of its contractors to so abide including, without limitation, payment for the costs of using Building services.  Tenant agrees to pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work done on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, or independent contractors, and not to cause or permit any liens for labor or materials performed or furnished in connection therewith to attach to the Premises or the Buildings or the Site and immediately to discharge any such liens which may so attach.  Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, 100% of any real estate taxes on the Complex which shall, at any time after commencement of the Term, result from any

Page 46

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Alterations (other than the Base Building Work) to the Premises made by Tenant.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall be the owner of any Alterations in the Premises or the Building to the extent paid for by Landlord.

 

 

(C)

All work, construction, repairs, Alterations or installations made to or upon the Premises (including, but not limited to, the construction performed by Landlord under Exhibit B‑1 attached hereto), shall become part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, except as follows:

 

 

(w)

All furniture, equipment, other personal property, and trade fixtures (including, without limitation, any satellite or microwave dish or any communications equipment (including, without limitation, any telephone switch gear), and any security or monitoring equipment installed by Tenant) whether by law deemed to be a part of the realty or not, installed at any time or times by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant shall remain the property of Tenant or persons claiming under Tenant and may be removed by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant at any time or times during the Lease Term or any occupancy by Tenant thereafter and shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.  Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the removal by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant of any such property from the Premises.

 

 

(x)

At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall remove any wiring for Tenant’s computer, telephone and other communication systems and equipment whether located in the Premises or in any other portion of the Buildings or the Site, including all risers and any alterations, additions and improvements made with Landlord’s consent during the Lease Term for which such removal was made a condition of such consent under this Section 5.12.  Upon such removal Tenant shall restore the Premises to their condition prior to such Alterations and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration.

 

 

(y)

If Tenant shall make any Alterations to the Premises for which Landlord’s approval is required under Section 5.12 (after giving effect to Section 5.12(D) below), without obtaining such approval, then at Landlord’s request at any time during the Lease Term, and at any event at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove such Alterations and restore the Premises to their condition prior to same and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a consent to Tenant to make any such Alterations.

 

 

(z)

At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove any Special Alterations for which such removal was made a condition of such consent under this Section 5.12, the provisions of this Section 5.12 being applicable to any such work restore the Premises to their condition prior to such Alterations and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration.

 

Page 47

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(D)

Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 5.12, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord but upon notice to Landlord given ten (10) days prior to the commencement of any work (which notice shall specify the nature of the work in reasonable detail), to make Alterations to the Premises where:

 

 

(i)

the same are within the interior of the Premises within the Building, and do not affect the exterior of the Premises and the Buildings (including no signs on windows);

 

 

(ii)

the same do not affect the roof, any structural element of the Buildings, the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning and fire protection systems of the Buildings;

 

 

(iii)

with the exception of painting and carpeting (which shall not be subject to the dollar limits set forth in this subsection (iii)), the cost of any individual alteration, addition or improvement shall not exceed $250,000.00 and the aggregate cost of said Alterations made by Tenant during the Lease Term shall not exceed $1,000,000.00 in cost; and

 

 

(iv)

Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Lease and if such work increases the cost of insurance or taxes or of services, Tenant shall pay for any such increase in cost;

 

provided, however, that Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after the making of such Alterations, send to Landlord plans and specifications describing the same in reasonable detail and provided further that Landlord, by notice to Tenant given at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, may, if any such Alterations constitutes a Special Improvement, require Tenant to restore the Premises to its condition prior to construction of such Special Improvement (reasonable wear and tear excepted) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

 

5.13

Vendors

 

Any vendors engaged by Tenant to perform services in or to the Premises including, without limitation, janitorial contractors and moving contractors shall be coordinated with any work being performed by or for Landlord and in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not to damage the Building, the Site or the Complex or unreasonably interfere with Building construction or operation and shall be performed by vendors first approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following vendors do not require Landlord’s approval: brokerage, legal, employment staffing, office and other supplies, furniture providers (but not installers), construction consultants not performing any physical work in the Building (but not architects) and food catering.

Page 48

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

5.14

OFAC

 

 

(A)

As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that, to Tenant’s knowledge: (i) Tenant is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Treasury (“OFAC”) (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Tenant is not (nor is it owned, controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) Tenant (and any person, group, or entity which Tenant controls, directly or indirectly) has not conducted nor will conduct business nor has engaged nor will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person that either may cause or causes Landlord to be in violation of any OFAC rule or regulation, including without limitation any assignment of this Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises.  In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that (x) any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed an immediate Event of Default by Tenant under Section 7.1 of this Lease (without the benefit of notice or grace) and shall be covered by the indemnity provisions of Section 8.1 below, and (y) the representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, for the purposes of this subsection (A) the phrase “owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any person, group, entity or nation” and all similar such phrases shall not include any holder of a direct or indirect interest in a publicly traded company whose shares are listed and traded on a United States national stock exchange.

 

 

(B)

As an inducement to Tenant to enter into this Lease, Landlord hereby represents and warrants that, to Landlord’s knowledge: (i) Landlord is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any Prohibited Person ; (ii) Landlord is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) Landlord (and any person, group, or entity which Landlord controls, directly or indirectly) has not conducted nor will conduct business nor has engaged nor will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation. In connection with the foregoing, is expressly understood and agreed that the representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, for the purposes of this subsection (B) the phrase “owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any person, group, entity or nation” and all similar such phrases shall not include (x) any shareholder of Boston Properties, Inc., (y) any holder of a direct or indirect interest in a publicly traded company whose shares are listed and traded on a United States national stock exchange or (z) any limited partner, unit holder or shareholder owning an interest of five percent (5%) or less in Boston Properties Limited Partnership or the holder of any direct or indirect interest in Boston Properties Limited Partnership.

Page 49

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

ARTICLE VI

Casualty and Taking

6.1

Damage Resulting from Casualty

 

In case during the Lease Term the Building or the Site are damaged by fire or casualty and such fire or casualty damage cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within two hundred forty (240) days from the date of such fire or casualty, Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease by notice given to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, specifying the effective date of termination.  The effective date of termination specified by Landlord shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than forty-five (45) days after the date of notice of such termination.

 

In case during the last eighteen (18) months of the Lease Term (as it may have been extended), the Premises are damaged by fire or casualty and such fire or casualty damage cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within one hundred fifty (150) days (and/or as to special work or work which requires long lead time then if such work cannot reasonably be expected to be repaired within such additional time as is reasonable under the circumstances given the nature of the work) from the date of such fire or casualty, Tenant may, at its election, terminate this Lease by notice given to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, specifying the effective date of termination.  The effective date of termination specified by Tenant shall be not less than thirty (30) days nor more than forty-five (45) days after the date of notice of such termination.

 

Unless terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect following any such damage subject, however, to the following provisions.

 

If the Building or the Site or any part thereof are damaged by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not so terminated, or Landlord or Tenant have no right to terminate this Lease, and in any such case the holder of any mortgage which includes the Building as a part of the mortgaged premises or any ground lessor of any ground lease which includes the Site as part of the demised premises allows the net insurance proceeds to be applied to the restoration of the Building (and/or the Site), Landlord shall, promptly after such damage and the determination of the net amount of insurance proceeds available, use due diligence to restore the Premises and the Building in the event of damage thereto (excluding “Tenant’s Property” (as defined in Section 8.4 hereof), except as expressly provided in the immediately following paragraph of this Section 6.1) into proper condition for use and occupation and a just proportion of the Annual Fixed Rent, Operating Expense Excess and Tax Excess shall be abated according to the nature and extent of the injury to the Premises, until the Premises shall have been restored by Landlord substantially into such condition except for punch list items and long lead items.  Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to expend for such repair and restoration any amount in excess of the net insurance proceeds.

 

Page 50

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is proceeding with the restoration of the Building and the Premises in accordance with the previous paragraph, Landlord shall also restore any alterations, additions or improvements within the Premises that are part of Tenant’s Property (x) which have previously been approved by Landlord in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease or which are existing in the Premises as of the date of this Lease, and (y) with respect to which Tenant has carried “all risk” insurance covering the loss or damage in accordance with Section 8.4 below and pays the proceeds of such insurance (or an amount equivalent thereto) to Landlord within five (5) business days following Landlord’s written request; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be required to fund any insufficiency in the insurance proceeds (or equivalent amount) provided by Tenant with respect to such loss or damage (or to fund any of the costs of restoration in the absence of any payment by Tenant).  If such net insurance proceeds are not allowed by such mortgagee or ground lessor to be applied to, or are otherwise insufficient for, the restoration of the Building (and/or the Site) and if Landlord does not otherwise elect to spend the additional funds necessary to fully restore the Building (and/or the Site), then Landlord shall give notice (“Landlord’s Insufficient Insurance Proceeds Notice”) to Tenant that Landlord does not elect to fund the amount of the insufficiency and Tenant shall thereafter have the right to terminate this Lease by providing Landlord with a notice of termination within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Insufficient Insurance Proceeds Notice (the effective date of which termination shall not be less than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice of such termination).

 

Where Landlord is obligated or otherwise elects to effect restoration of the Premises, unless such restoration is completed within one (1) year from the date of the casualty or taking, such period to be subject, however, to extension where the delay in completion of such work is due to Force Majeure, as defined hereinbelow, (but in no event beyond eighteen (18) months from the date of the casualty or taking), Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy, shall have the right to terminate this Lease at any time after the expiration of such one-year period (as extended), which right shall continue until the restoration is substantially completed.  Such termination shall be effective as of the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the date of receipt by Landlord of Tenant’s notice, with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof unless, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice, such restoration is substantially completed, in which case Tenant’s notice of termination shall be of no force and effect and this Lease and the Lease Term shall continue in full force and effect.  When used herein, “Force Majeure” shall mean any prevention, delay or stoppage due to governmental regulation, strikes, lockouts, acts of God, acts of war, terrorists acts, civil commotions, unusual scarcity of or inability to obtain labor or materials, labor difficulties, fire or other casualty (including the time necessary to repair any damage caused thereby) or other causes reasonably beyond Landlord’s control or attributable to Tenant’s action or inaction.  Landlord shall have the right to invoke the benefit of the Force Majeure provisions of this Section 6.2 only if (a) it advises Tenant of the occurrence of the Force Majeure event within three (3) business days after it becomes aware thereof and (b) Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the impact of such Force Majeure event to the extent it is within Landlord’s reasonable ability to do so under the circumstances.

 

Page 51

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

6.2

Uninsured Casualty

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if the Building or the Premises shall be substantially damaged by fire or casualty as the result of a risk not covered by the forms of casualty insurance at the time required to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease and such fire or casualty damage cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within one hundred fifty (150) days from the time that repair work would commence, Landlord may, at its election, terminate the Term of this Lease by notice to the Tenant given within sixty (60) days after such loss.  If Landlord shall give such notice, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof.

 

6.3

Rights of Termination for Taking

 

If the Building, or such portion thereof as to render the balance (if reconstructed to the maximum extent practicable in the circumstances) unsuitable for Tenant’s purposes, shall be taken by condemnation or right of eminent domain, Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to the other of its desire to do so, provided that such notice is given not later than thirty (30) days after Tenant has been deprived of possession.  If either party shall give such notice, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof.

 

Further, if (i) so much of the Building shall be so taken that continued operation of the Building would be uneconomic as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion or (ii) access to the Building shall be taken (such that Tenant and other tenants of the Building do not have any practical means of access to their premises for purposes of use and occupancy of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Total Rentable Floor Area of the Building), Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant of Landlord’s desire to do so not later than thirty (30) days after Tenant has been deprived of possession of the Premises (or such portion thereof as may be taken). Landlord agrees not to exercise such termination right in a discriminatory manner insofar as any election Landlord makes, or refrains from making, pursuant to any termination right Landlord may have with respect to other tenants of the Building whose premises are similarly affected. If Landlord shall give such notice to Tenant hereunder, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof.

 

Should any part of the Premises be so taken or condemned during the Lease Term hereof, and should this Lease not be terminated in accordance with the foregoing provisions, and the holder of any mortgage which includes the Premises as part of the mortgaged premises or any ground lessor of any ground lease which includes the Site as part of the demised premises allows the net condemnation proceeds to be applied to the restoration of the Building, Landlord agrees that after the determination of the net amount of condemnation proceeds available to Landlord, Landlord shall use due diligence to put what may remain of the Premises into proper condition for use and occupation as nearly like the condition of the Premises prior to such taking as shall be practicable (excluding Tenant’s Property).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to expend for such repair and restoration any amount in excess of the net condemnation proceeds made available to it.  If such net condemnation proceeds are not allowed by such mortgagee or ground lessor to be applied to, or are otherwise insufficient for, the

Page 52

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

restoration of the Building (and/or the Site) and if Landlord does not otherwise elect to spend the additional funds necessary to fully restore the Building (and/or the Site), then Landlord shall give notice (“Landlord’s Insufficient Condemnation Proceeds Notice”) to Tenant that Landlord does not elect to fund the amount of the insufficiency and Tenant shall thereafter have the right to terminate this Lease by providing Landlord with a notice of termination within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Insufficient Condemnation Proceeds Notice (the effective date of which termination shall not be less than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice of such termination).

 

If the Premises shall be affected by any exercise of the power of eminent domain, then the Annual Fixed Rent, Operating Expense Excess and Tax Excess shall be justly and equitably abated and reduced according to the nature and extent of the loss of use thereof suffered by Tenant; and in case of a taking which permanently reduces the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises, a just proportion of the Annual Fixed Rent, Operating Expense Excess and Tax Excess shall be abated for the remainder of the Lease Term.

 

6.4

Award

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4, Landlord shall have and hereby reserves and excepts, and Tenant hereby grants and assigns to Landlord, all rights to recover for damages to the Building, the Site and the Complex and the leasehold interest hereby created, and compensation accrued or hereafter to accrue by reason of such taking, damage or destruction, as aforesaid, and by way of confirming the foregoing, Tenant hereby grants and assigns, and covenants with Landlord to grant and assign to Landlord, all rights to such damages or compensation.

 

However, nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent Tenant from prosecuting in any such proceedings a claim for its trade fixtures so taken or relocation, moving and other dislocation expenses.

ARTICLE VII

Default

7.1

Tenant’s Default

 

 

(A)

If at any time subsequent to the date of this Lease any one or more of the following events (herein sometimes called an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

 

 

(i)

Tenant shall fail to pay the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other charges for which provision is made herein on or before the date on which the same become due and payable, and the same continues for five (5) days after written notice from Landlord thereof; or

 

Page 53

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(ii)

Landlord having rightfully given the notice specified in subdivision (i) above twice in any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall thereafter in the same twelve (12) month period fail to pay the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other charges on or before the date on which the same become due and payable; or

 

 

(iii)

Tenant shall assign its interest in this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises in violation of the requirements of Section 5.6 through 5.6.6 of this Lease; or

 

 

(iv)

Tenant shall fail to perform or observe some term or condition of this Lease which, because of its character, would immediately and materially jeopardize Landlord’s interest (such as, but without limitation, failure to maintain general liability insurance), and such failure continues for three (3) business days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant thereof; or

 

 

(v)

Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any other material requirement, term, covenant or condition of this Lease (not hereinabove in this Section 7.1 specifically referred to) on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or if said default shall reasonably require longer than thirty (30) days to cure, if Tenant shall fail to commence to cure said default within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof and/or fail to continuously prosecute the curing of the same to completion with due diligence; or

 

 

(vi)

Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises shall be taken on execution or by other process of law directed against Tenant; or

 

 

(vii)

Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief for itself under any present or future federal, state or other statute, law or regulation for the relief of debtors, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

 

 

(viii)

A petition shall be filed against Tenant in bankruptcy or under any other law seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any present or future Federal, State or other statute, law or regulation and shall remain undismissed or unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days (whether or not consecutive), or if any debtor in possession (whether or not Tenant) trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of all or any substantial part of its properties or of the Premises shall be appointed without the consent or acquiescence of Tenant and such appointment shall remain unvacated or unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days (whether or not consecutive) then, and in any of said cases (notwithstanding any license of a former breach of covenant or waiver of the benefit hereof or consent in a former instance); ; or

Page 54

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

(ix)

Tenant otherwise abandons the Premises.

 

Landlord lawfully may, immediately or at any time thereafter, and without demand or further notice terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant, specifying a date not less than five (5) days after the giving of such notice on which this Lease shall terminate, and this Lease shall come to an end on the date specified therein as fully and completely as if such date were the date herein originally fixed for the expiration of the Lease Term (Tenant hereby waiving any rights of redemption), and Tenant will then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

 

 

(B)

If this Lease shall have been terminated as provided in this Article, then Landlord may, without notice, re-enter the Premises, either by force, summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and remove and dispossess Tenant and all other persons and any and all property from the same, as if this Lease had not been made, and Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end.

 

 

(C)

In the event that this Lease is terminated due to an Event of Default under any of the provisions contained in Section 7.1(A), Tenant covenants and agrees forthwith to pay and be liable for, on the days originally fixed herein for the payment thereof, amounts equal to the several installments of rent and other charges reserved as they would, under the terms of this Lease, become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not entered or re-entered, as aforesaid, and whether the Premises be relet or remain vacant, in whole or in part, or relet for a period less than the remainder of the Term, and for the whole thereof, but in the event the Premises be relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the net amount of rent and other charges received by Landlord in reletting, after deduction of all expenses incurred in reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, remodeling costs, brokerage fees and the like), and in collecting the rent in connection therewith, in the following manner:

Amounts received by Landlord after reletting shall first be applied against such Landlord’s expenses, until the same are recovered, and until such recovery, Tenant shall pay, as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, the amount which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease (Tenant’s liability prior to any such reletting and such recovery not in any way to be diminished as a result of the fact that such reletting might be for a rent higher than the rent provided for in this Lease); when and if such expenses have been completely recovered, the amounts received from reletting by Landlord as have not previously been applied shall be credited against Tenant’s obligations as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, and only the net amount thereof shall be payable by Tenant.  Further, amounts received by Landlord from such reletting for any period shall be credited only against obligations of Tenant allocable to such period, and shall not be credited against obligations of Tenant hereunder accruing subsequent or prior to such period; nor shall any credit of any kind be due for any period after the date when the term of this Lease is scheduled to expire according to its terms.

 

Page 55

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises after Tenant vacates the same in the event this Lease is terminated based upon an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder.  The marketing of the Premises in a manner similar to the manner in which Landlord markets other premises within Landlord’s control within the Building shall be deemed to have satisfied Landlord’s obligation to use “reasonable efforts” hereunder.  In no event shall Landlord be required to (i) solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenant for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises (including, without limitation, the final and unappealable legal right to relet the Premises free of any claim of Tenant), (ii) relet the Premises before leasing other vacant space in the Building, or (iii) lease the Premises for a rental less than the current fair market rent then prevailing for similar office space in the Building.

 

 

(D)            (i)

In the alternative, Landlord may elect, by notice given to Tenant at any time after such termination and whether or not Landlord shall have collected any damages under subsection (C) above, but as liquidated final damages and in lieu of all other damages beyond the date of such notice, to require Tenant to pay such a sum as at the time of the giving of such notice represents the amount of the excess, if any, of (a) the discounted present value, at a discount rate of 6%, of the total rent and other charges which would have been payable by Tenant under this Lease from the date of such notice for what would be the then unexpired Lease Term if the Lease terms had been fully complied with by Tenant over and above (b) the discounted present value, at a discount rate of 6%, of the total rent and other charges that would be received by Landlord if the Premises were released at the time of such notice for the remainder of the Lease Term at the fair market value (including provisions regarding periodic increases in rent if such are applicable) prevailing at the time of such notice as reasonably determined by Landlord, plus all expenses which Landlord may have incurred with respect to the collection of such damages.

 

 

(ii)

For the purposes of this Article, if Landlord elects to require Tenant to pay damages in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the total rent shall be computed by assuming that Tenant’s share of excess taxes, Tenant’s share of excess operating costs and Tenant’s share of excess electrical costs would be, for the balance of the unexpired Term from the date of such notice, the amount thereof (if any) for the immediately preceding annual period payable by Tenant to Landlord.

 

 

(E)

In case of any Event of Default, re-entry, dispossession by summary proceedings or otherwise, Landlord may (i) re-let the Premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for a term or terms which may at Landlord’s option be equal to or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term of this Lease and may grant concessions or free rent to the extent that Landlord considers advisable or necessary to re-let the same and (ii) may make such alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary for the purpose of reletting the Premises; and the making of such alterations, repairs and decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid.  Subject to Landlord’s express obligations under Section 7.1(C) above, Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way

Page 56

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

whatsoever for failure to re-let the Premises, or, in the event that the Premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent under re-letting.  Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed, or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises, by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions of this Lease.

 

 

(F)

The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are not intended to be exclusive of any remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may at any time be entitled lawfully, and Landlord may invoke any remedy (including the remedy of specific performance) allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.  Further, nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

 

 

(G)

In lieu of any other damages or indemnity and in lieu of the recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1, Landlord may elect to collect from Tenant, by notice to Tenant given to Tenant at the time of termination

and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Annual Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent payable for the lesser of (y) the twelve (12) months ended next prior to such termination and (z) the number of full plus any partial months remaining in the Lease Term, plus (ii) the amount of Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of such election, plus (iii) any and all expenses which the Landlord may have incurred for and with respect to the collection of any such rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be entitled to collect liquidated damages under the provisions of this paragraph if such liquidated damages would exceed the damages to which Landlord would have been entitled had it elected to collect liquidated damages under the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 7.1.

 

7.2

Landlord’s Default

 

Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder unless and until Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days, or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default, after notice by Tenant to Landlord properly specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation.  The Tenant shall not assert any right to deduct the cost of repairs or any monetary claim against the Landlord from rent thereafter due and payable, but shall look solely to the Landlord for satisfaction of such claim.

Page 57

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

ARTICLE VIII

Insurance and Indemnity

8.1

Indemnity

 

 

(A)

Tenant’s Indemnity .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, and to the extent not resulting from any negligence or misconduct of Landlord or its contractors, agents, licensees, servants or employees, Tenant waives any right to contribution against the Landlord Parties (as hereinafter defined) and agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord Parties from and against all claims of whatever nature by a third party arising from or claimed to have arisen from (i) any act, omission or negligence of the Tenant Parties (as hereinafter defined); (ii) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in or about the Premises from the earlier of (A) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (B) the Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout and until the end of the Lease Term, and after the end of the Lease Term for so long after the end of the Lease Term as any of Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 8.4) remains on the Premises, or Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of any part of, or have access to the Premises or any portion thereof;  (iii) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever occurring outside the Premises but within the Building, or on common areas or the Complex, where such accident, injury or damage results, or is claimed to have resulted, from any act, omission or negligence on the part of any of the Tenant Parties; or (iv) any breach of this Lease by Tenant provided that except for Tenant’s liability in connection with a holding over in the Premises as set forth in Section 9.17 below, in no event shall Tenant be liable for any indirect or consequential damages pursuant to this Section 8.1(A).  Tenant shall pay such indemnified amounts as they are incurred by the Landlord Parties.   This indemnification shall not be construed to deny or reduce any other rights or obligations of indemnity that any of the Landlord Parties may have under this Lease or the common law.

 

 

(B)

Landlord’s Indemnity .   To the maximum extent this agreement may be made effective according to law, and subject to the limitations in Section 8.12 and 8.13 of this Article and in Section 9.3, and to the extent not resulting from the negligence or misconduct of Tenant, any Tenant Party or any of their respective contractors, licensees, invitees, agents, servants or employees, Landlord agrees to indemnify and save harmless Tenant and the Tenant Parties from and against any claims of whatever nature by a third party arising from any injury to any person or property damage occurring in or at the Property after the date that possession of the Premises is first delivered to Tenant and until the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, to the extent such injury results from the negligent act or omission of Landlord or Landlord’s contractors, agents or employees; provided, however that in no event shall the aforesaid indemnity render Landlord responsible or liable for any loss or damage to fixtures or personal property of Tenant and Landlord shall in no event be liable for any claims for loss of or interruption of Tenant’s business or any other indirect or consequential damages; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to the holder of any mortgage now or hereafter on the Site or the Buildings (whether or not such holder shall be a mortgagee in possession of or shall have exercised any rights under a conditional, collateral or other

Page 58

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

assignment of leases and/or rents respecting, the Site and/or Buildings).   Landlord shall have the right, but not the duty, to defend the claim.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be obligated to indemnify Tenant for any claims to the extent that Tenant’s damages result from the negligence or willful misconduct or breach of this Lease by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties.

 

 

(C)

Intentionally Omitted .

 

 

(D)

No limitation .  The indemnification obligations under this Section 8.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant of the Premises under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.  Tenant waives any immunity from or limitation on its indemnity or contribution liability to the Landlord Parties based upon such acts.

 

 

(E)

Subtenants and other occupants .  Tenant shall require its subtenants and other occupants of the Premises to provide similar indemnities to the Landlord Parties in a form acceptable to Landlord.

 

 

(F)

Survival .  The terms of this Section 8.1 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

 

(G)

Costs .  The foregoing indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity for all costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the indemnitee in connection with any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof.  In addition, in the event that any action or proceeding shall be brought against one or more Landlord Parties or Tenant Parties, as applicable, by reason of any such claim, the indemnitor shall, upon request from the indemnitee, resist and defend such action or proceeding on behalf of the indemnitee by counsel appointed by the indemnitor’s insurer (if such claim is covered by insurance without reservation) or otherwise by counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnitee.  The Landlord Parties and the Tenant Parties shall not be bound by any compromise or settlement of any such claim, action or proceeding without the prior written consent of such Landlord Parties or Tenant Parties, as applicable.

 

 

(H)

Landlord Parties and Tenant Parties .  The term “Landlord Party” or “Landlord Parties” shall mean Landlord, any affiliate of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agents for the Building, each mortgagee (if any), each ground lessor (if any), and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents or representatives.  For the purposes of this Lease, the term “Tenant Party” or “Tenant Parties” shall mean Tenant, any affiliate of Tenant, any permitted subtenant or any other permitted occupant of the Premises, and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents, invitees or representatives.

 

Page 59

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

8.2

Tenant’s Risk

 

Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises, and to use such other portions of the Building and the Complex as Tenant is given the right to use by this Lease at Tenant’s own risk.  Subject to Section 8.1(B) above and Section 8.13 below, the Landlord Parties shall not be liable to the Tenant Parties for any damage, injury, loss, compensation, or claim (including, but not limited to, claims for the interruption of or loss to a Tenant Party’s business) based on, arising out of or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, repairs to any portion of the Premises or the Building or the Complex, any fire, robbery, theft, mysterious disappearance, or any other crime or casualty, the actions of any other tenants of the Building or of any other person or persons, or any leakage in any part or portion of the Premises or the Building or the Complex, or from water, rain or snow that may leak into, or flow from any part of the Premises or the Building or the Complex, or from drains, pipes or plumbing fixtures in the Building or the Complex.  Any goods, property or personal effects stored or placed in or about the Premises shall be at the sole risk of the Tenant Party, and neither the Landlord Parties nor their insurers shall in any manner be held responsible therefor.  The Landlord Parties shall not be responsible or liable to a Tenant Party, or to those claiming by, through or under a Tenant Party, for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons occupying adjoining premises or any part of the premises adjacent to or connecting with the Premises or any part of the Building or otherwise.  The provisions of this section shall be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by law, and until the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and during such further period as any of Tenant’s Property remains on the Premises, or Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of any part of, or have access to the Premises or of the Building.

 

8.3

Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance

 

Tenant agrees to maintain in full force on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout and until the end of the Lease Term, and after the end of the Lease Term for so long any of Tenant’s Property remains on the Premises, or Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of any part of, or have access to the Premises or any portion thereof, a policy of commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence basis, issued on a form at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) Commercial General Liability Coverage “occurrence” form CG 00 01 10 01 or another Commercial General Liability “occurrence” form providing equivalent coverage.   Such insurance shall include contractual liability coverage, specifically covering but not limited to the indemnification obligations undertaken by Tenant in this Lease.  The minimum limits of liability of such insurance shall be Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) per occurrence, which may be satisfied through a combination of primary and excess/umbrella insurance.  In addition, in the event Tenant hosts a function in the Premises, in the Building or on the Site, Tenant agrees to obtain, and cause any persons or parties providing services for such function to obtain, the appropriate insurance coverages as determined by Landlord (including liquor liability coverage, if applicable) and provide Landlord with evidence of the same.

 

Page 60

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

8.4

Tenant’s Property Insurance

 

Tenant shall maintain at all times during the Term of this Lease, and during such earlier or later time as Tenant may be performing work in or to the Premises or have property, fixtures, furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, wares or merchandise on the Premises, and continuing thereafter so long as any of Tenant’s Property, remains on the Premises, or Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of or have access to, any part of the Premises, business interruption insurance and insurance against loss or damage covered by the so-called “all risk” type insurance coverage with respect to (i) Tenant’s property, fixtures, furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, wares and merchandise, and other property of Tenant located at the Premises, (ii) all additions, alterations and improvements made by or on behalf of the Tenant in the Premises (except to the extent paid for by Landlord in connection with this Lease) or existing in the Premises as of the date of this Lease, and (iii) any property of third parties, including but not limited to leased or rented property, in the Premises in Tenant’s care, custody, use or control, provided that such insurance in the case of (iii) may be maintained by such third parties, (collectively “Tenant’s Property”).  The business interruption insurance required by this section shall be in minimum amounts typically carried by prudent tenants engaged in similar operations, but in no event shall be in an amount less than the Annual Fixed Rent then in effect during any year during the Term, plus any Additional Rent due and payable for the immediately preceding year during the Term.  The “all risk” insurance required by this section shall be in an amount at least equal to the full replacement cost of Tenant’s Property.  In addition, during such time as Tenant is performing work in or to the Premises, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall also maintain, or shall cause its contractor(s) to maintain, builder’s risk insurance for the full insurable value of such work.  Landlord and such additional persons or entities as Landlord may reasonably request shall be named as loss payees, as their interests may appear, on the policy or policies required by this Lease, except for insurance maintained by third parties as provided in (iii) above.  In the event of loss or damage covered by the “all risk” insurance required by this Lease, the responsibilities for repairing or restoring the loss or damage shall be determined in accordance with Article VI.  To the extent that Landlord is obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage covered by the policy, Landlord shall be paid the proceeds of the “all risk” insurance covering the loss or damage.  To the extent Tenant is obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage, covered by the policy, Tenant shall be paid the proceeds of the “all risk” insurance covering the loss or damage.  If both Landlord and Tenant are obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage covered by the policy, the insurance proceeds shall be paid to each of them in the pro rata proportion of their obligations to repair or restore the loss or damage.  If the loss or damage is not repaired or restored (for example, if the Lease is terminated pursuant to Article VI), the insurance proceeds shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant in the pro rata proportion of their relative contributions to the cost of the leasehold improvements covered by the policy.

 

8.5

Tenant’s Other Insurance

 

Tenant agrees to maintain in full force on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout the end of the Term, and after the end of the Term for so long after the end of the Term any of Tenant’s Property remains on the Premises or as Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of, or have access to the Premises or any portion thereof, (1) comprehensive automobile liability insurance (covering any automobiles

Page 61

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

owned or operated by Tenant at the Site) issued on a form at least as broad as ISO Business Auto Coverage form CA 00 01 07 97 or other form providing equivalent coverage, which may be satisfied through a combination of primary and excess/umbrella insurance; (2) worker’s compensation insurance or participation in a monopolistic state workers’ compensation fund; and (3) employer’s liability insurance or (in a monopolistic state) Stop Gap Liability insurance.  Such automobile liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident.  Such worker’s compensation insurance shall carry minimum limits as defined by the law of the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located (as the same may be amended from time to time).  Such employer’s liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) disease-policy limit, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) disease-each employee.  

The requirements of the foregoing paragraph may be satisfied via primary liability coverage or excess umbrella liability coverage.

 

8.6

Requirements for Tenant’s Insurance

 

All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be maintained with responsible companies that are admitted to do business, and are in good standing in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that have a rating of at least “A” and are within a financial size category of not less than “Class X” in the most current Best’s Key Rating Guide or such similar rating as may be reasonably selected by Landlord.  All such insurance shall: (1) be acceptable in form and content to Landlord; and (2) be primary and noncontributory (including all primary and excess/umbrella policies.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any such cancellation, failure to renew or reduction in the amounts or types of such insurance below the minimum amounts and coverages required under this Lease.  No such policy shall contain any self-insured retention greater than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) for property insurance and Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) for commercial general liability insurance.   Any deductibles and such self-insured retentions shall be deemed to be “insurance” for purposes of the waiver in Section 8.13 below.  Landlord reserves the right from time to time to require Tenant to obtain higher minimum amounts of insurance based on such limits as are customarily carried with respect to similar properties in the area in which the Premises are located.  The minimum amounts of insurance required by this Lease shall not be reduced by the payment of claims or for any other reason.  In the event Tenant shall fail to obtain or maintain any insurance meeting the requirements of this Article, or to deliver such policies or certificates as required by this Article, Landlord may, at its option, on five (5) days’ notice to Tenant, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

 

Page 62

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

8.7

Additional Insureds

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the commercial general liability carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, and any additional liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.5 of this Lease or any other provision of this Lease, shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, and such other persons as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of or related to this Lease or the operations of Tenant (collectively “Additional Insureds”).  Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, or other Additional Insureds.  Such insurance shall also waive any right of subrogation against each Additional Insured.   For the avoidance of doubt, each primary policy and each excess/umbrella policy through which Tenant satisfies its obligations under this Section 8.7 must provide coverage to the Additional Insureds that is primary and non-contributory.

 

8.8

Certificates of Insurance

 

On or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Commencement Date, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates evidencing the insurance coverage required by this Lease, and renewal certificates shall be furnished to Landlord at least annually thereafter, and at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of each policy for which a certificate was furnished (acceptable forms of such certificates for liability and property insurance, respectively, as of the date hereof, are attached as Exhibit H , however, other forms of certificates may satisfy the requirements of this Section 8.8).   In jurisdictions requiring mandatory participation in a monopolistic state workers’ compensation fund, the insurance certificate requirements for the coverage required for workers’ compensation will be satisfied by a letter from the appropriate state agency confirming participation in accordance with statutory requirements.  Such current participation letters required by this Section 8.8 shall be provided every six (6) months for the duration of this Lease.   Failure by the Tenant to provide the certificates or letters required by this Section 8.8 shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the requirements in this Section 8.8.  

 

8.9

Subtenants and Other Occupants

 

Tenant shall require its subtenants and other occupants of the Premises to provide written documentation evidencing the obligation of such subtenant or other occupant to indemnify the Landlord Parties to the same extent that Tenant is required to indemnify the Landlord Parties pursuant to Section 8.1 above, and to maintain insurance that meets the requirements of this Article, and otherwise to comply with the requirements of this Article, provided that the terms of this Section 8.9 shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations to comply with the requirements of this Article.  Tenant shall require all such subtenants and occupants to supply certificates of insurance evidencing that the insurance requirements of this Article have been met and shall forward such certificates to Landlord on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which the subtenant or other occupant or any of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents, invitees or representatives first enters the Premises or (ii) the commencement of the sublease.  Tenant shall be responsible for identifying and remedying any deficiencies in such certificates or policy provisions.

Page 63

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

8.10

No Violation of Building Policies

 

Tenant shall not commit or permit any violation of the policies of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance covering the Complex and/or the fixtures, equipment and property therein carried by Landlord, or do or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept, in the Premises, which in case of any of the foregoing (i) would result in termination of any such policies, (ii) would adversely affect Landlord’s right of recovery under any of such policies, or (iii) would result in reputable and independent insurance companies refusing to insure the Complex or the property of Landlord in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

8.11

Tenant to Pay Premium Increases

 

If, because of anything done, caused or permitted to be done, or omitted by Tenant (or its subtenant or other occupants of the Premises), the rates for liability, fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance on the Complex or on the Site and equipment of Landlord or any other tenant or subtenant in the Building shall be higher than they otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord and/or the other tenants and subtenants in the Building for the additional insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord or by any of the other tenants and subtenants in the Building which shall have been charged because of the aforesaid reasons, such reimbursement to be made from time to time on Landlord’s demand.

 

8.12

Landlord’s Insurance

 

 

(A)

Required insurance .  Landlord shall maintain insurance against loss or damage with respect to the Building on an “all risk” type insurance form, with customary exceptions, subject to such deductibles and self‑insured retentions as Landlord may determine, in an amount equal to at least the replacement value of the Building.  Landlord shall also maintain such insurance with respect to any improvements, alterations, and fixtures of Tenant located at the Premises to the extent paid for by Landlord.  The cost of such insurance shall be treated as a part of Landlord’s Operating Expenses.  Such insurance shall be maintained with an insurance company selected by Landlord.  Payment for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord.

 

 

(B)

Optional insurance .  Landlord may maintain such additional insurance with respect to the Building and the Complex, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance, terrorism insurance, flood insurance, liability insurance and/or rent insurance, as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect.  Landlord may also maintain such other insurance as may from time to time be required by the holder of any mortgage on the Building or the Site.  The cost of all such additional insurance shall also be part of the Landlord’s Operating Expenses.

 

 

(C)

Blanket and self-insurance .  Any or all of Landlord’s insurance may be provided by blanket coverage maintained by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under its insurance program for its portfolio of properties, or by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under a program of self-insurance, and in such event Landlord’s Operating Expenses shall include the portion of the reasonable cost of blanket insurance or self-insurance that is

Page 64

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

allocated to the Building.  Any deductibles and any such self-insured retentions shall be deemed to be “insurance” for purposes of the waiver in Section 8.13 below.

 

 

(D)

No obligation .  Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall not assume any liability of risk of loss for, Tenant’s Property, including any such property or work of Tenant’s subtenants or occupants.  Landlord will also have no obligation to carry insurance against, nor be responsible for, any loss suffered by Tenant, subtenants or other occupants due to interruption of Tenant’s or any subtenant’s or occupant’s business.

 

8.13

Waiver of Subrogation

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto waive and release any and all rights of recovery against the other, and agree not to seek to recover from the other or to make any claim against the other, and in the case of Landlord, against all Tenant Parties, and in the case of Tenant, against all Landlord Parties, for any property loss or damage incurred by the waiving/releasing party to the extent such property loss or damage is insured under any insurance policy required by this Lease or which would have been so insured had the party carried the insurance it was required to carry hereunder.  Tenant shall obtain from its subtenants and other occupants of the Premises a similar waiver and release of claims against any or all of Tenant or Landlord.  In addition, the parties hereto (and in the case of Tenant, its subtenants and other occupants of the Premises) shall procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any insurance policy required by this Lease pursuant to which the insurance company waives subrogation to the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to occurrence of injury or loss.  The insurance policies required by this Lease shall contain no provision that would invalidate or restrict the parties’ waiver and release of the rights of recovery in this section.  The parties hereto covenant that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against the parties hereto by virtue of such insurance policy.

 

8.14

Tenant’s Work

 

During such times as Tenant is performing work or having work or services performed in or to the Premises, Tenant shall require its contractors, and their subcontractors of all tiers, to obtain and maintain commercial general liability, automobile, workers compensation, employer’s liability, builder’s risk, and equipment/property insurance in such amounts and on such terms as are customarily required of such contractors and subcontractors on similar projects.  The amounts and terms of all such insurance are subject to Landlord’s written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The commercial general liability and auto insurance carried by Tenant’s contractors and their subcontractors of all tiers pursuant to this Section 8.14 shall name the Additional Insureds as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of or related to their work or service).  Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, or other Additional Insureds.  Such insurance shall also waive any right of subrogation against each Additional Insured.  Tenant shall obtain and submit to Landlord, prior to the earlier of (i) the entry onto the Premises by such contractors or subcontractors or (ii) commencement of the work or services, certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with the requirements of this Section 8.14.

Page 65

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

9.1

Waiver

 

No waiver by Landlord of any condition of this Lease, nor any failure by Tenant to deliver any security deposit, letter of credit, pre-paid rent, financial information, guaranty or other item required upon the execution and delivery of this Lease, shall be construed as excusing satisfaction of any such condition or the delivery of any such item by Tenant, and Landlord reserves the right to declare the failure of Tenant to satisfy any such condition or deliver any such item an Event of Default under this Lease.  Further, no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord or Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof, and a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions.  The consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant to or of any action by the other requiring such consent or approval shall not be construed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s or Tenant’s consent or approval to or of subsequent similar act by the other.

 

No payment by Tenant, or acceptance by Landlord, of a lesser amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated otherwise than as a payment on account.  The acceptance by Landlord of a check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full, shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant.

 

9.2

Cumulative Remedies

 

Except as expressly provided in this Lease, the specific remedies to which Landlord and Tenant may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which they may be lawfully entitled to seek in case of any breach or threatened breach of any provisions of this Lease.  In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or to seek specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions, provided, however, the foregoing shall not be construed as a confession of judgment by Tenant.

 

9.3

Quiet Enjoyment

 

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all matters of record. Landlord agrees that, upon Tenant’s paying the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein reserved, and performing and observing the covenants, conditions and agreements hereof upon the part of Tenant to be performed and observed, Tenant shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the term of this Lease (exclusive of any period during which Tenant is holding over after the termination or expiration of this Lease without the consent of Landlord), without interruption or disturbance from Landlord or persons claiming through or under Landlord, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease. This covenant shall be construed as running with the land to and against subsequent owners and successors in interest, and is not, nor shall it operate

Page 66

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

or be construed as, a personal covenant of Landlord, except to the extent of the Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and this covenant and any and all other covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and upon such subsequent owners and successors in interest of Landlord’s interest under this Lease including ground or master lessees, to the extent of their respective interests, as and when they shall acquire same and then only for so long as they shall retain such interest.

 

Further, Tenant specifically agrees to look solely to Landlord’s then equity interest in the Building at the time owned, or in which Landlord holds an interest as ground lessee, for recovery of any judgment from Landlord; it being specifically agreed that neither Landlord (original or successor), nor any partner in or of Landlord, nor any beneficiary of any trust of which any person holding Landlord’s interest is trustee, nor any member, manager, partner, director or stockholder, nor Landlord’s managing agent, shall ever be personally liable for any such judgment, or for the payment of any monetary obligation to Tenant.  The provision contained in the foregoing sentence is not intended to, and shall not, limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or Landlord’s successors in interest, or any action not involving the personal liability of Landlord (original or successor), any partner in or of Landlord, any successor trustee to the persons named herein as Landlord, or any beneficiary of any trust of which any person holding Landlord’s interest is trustee, or of any manager, member, partner, director or stockholder of Landlord or of Landlord’s managing agent to respond in monetary damages from Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s equity interest aforesaid in the Building, but in no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold rent or to set-off any claim or damages against rent as a result of any default by Landlord or breach by Landlord of its covenants or any warranties or promises hereunder, except in the case of a wrongful eviction of Tenant from the Premises (constructive or actual) by Landlord continuing after notice to Landlord thereof and a reasonable opportunity for Landlord to cure the same and except as expressly set forth in Section 4.2(C) and Section 4.2(D) above.  In no event shall Landlord ever be liable to Tenant for any indirect or consequential damages or loss of profits or the like.  In the event that Landlord shall be determined to have acted unreasonably in withholding any consent or approval under this Lease, except in connection with a consent requested pursuant to Section 5.6 hereof, the sole recourse and remedy of the Tenant in respect thereof shall be to specifically enforce Landlord’s obligation to grant such consent or approval, and in no event shall the Landlord be responsible for any damages of whatever nature in respect of its failure to give such consent or approval nor shall the same otherwise affect the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease or act as any termination of this Lease.

 

9.4

Notice to Mortgagee and Ground Lessor

 

After receiving notice from any person, firm or other entity that it holds a mortgage which includes the Premises as part of the mortgaged premises, or that it is the ground lessor under a lease with Landlord, as ground lessee, which includes the Premises as a part of the demised premises, no notice from Tenant to Landlord shall be effective unless and until a copy of the same is given to such holder or ground lessor, and the curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by such holder or ground lessor within a reasonable time thereafter (including a reasonable time to obtain possession of the premises if the mortgagee or ground lessor elects to do so) shall be treated as performance by Landlord.  For the purposes of this Section 9.4 or Section 9.14, the term “mortgage” includes a mortgage on a leasehold interest of Landlord (but not one on Tenant’s leasehold interest).

Page 67

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

9.5

Assignment of Rents

 

With reference to any assignment by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, or the rents payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to the holder of a mortgage or ground lease on property which includes the Premises, Tenant agrees:

 

 

(A)

That the execution thereof by Landlord, and the acceptance thereof by the holder of such mortgage or the ground lessor, shall never be treated as an assumption by such holder or ground lessor of any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder, unless such holder, or ground lessor, shall, by notice sent to Tenant, specifically otherwise elect; and

 

 

(B)

That, except as aforesaid, such holder or ground lessor shall be treated as having assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder only upon foreclosure of such holder’s mortgage and the taking of possession of the Premises, or, in the case of a ground lessor, the assumption of Landlord’s position hereunder by such ground lessor.  In no event shall the acquisition of title to the Building and the land on which the same is located by a purchaser which, simultaneously therewith, leases the entire Building or such land back to the seller thereof be treated as an assumption, by operation of law or otherwise, of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, but Tenant shall look solely to such seller-lessee, and its successors from time to time in title, for performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.  In any such event, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lease to such purchaser provided that such purchaser-lessor agrees to recognize the right of Tenant to use and occupy the Premises upon the payment of rent and all other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease and the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  For all purposes, such seller-lessee, and its successors in title, shall be the landlord hereunder unless and until Landlord’s position shall have been assumed by such purchaser-lessor.

 

9.6

Surrender

 

 

(A)

No act or thing done by Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord.  No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises  as an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to the delivery of keys to Landlord or its agents in its (or their) capacity as managing agent or for purpose of emergency access. In any event, however, the delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

 

 

(B)

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition as required by Sections 5.2 and 5.12, first removing all goods and effects of Tenant and completing such other removals as may be permitted or required pursuant to Section 5.12.

Page 68

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

9.7

Brokerage

 

 

(A)

Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the broker, person or firm, if any, designated in Section 1.1 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against the Landlord relative to dealings by Tenant with brokers other than the Brokers, if any, designated in Section 1.1 hereof, Tenant shall defend the claim against Landlord with counsel of Tenant’s selection first approved by Landlord (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld) and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim.

 

 

(B)

Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the broker, person or firm, if any, designated in Section 1.1 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against the Tenant relative to dealings by Landlord with brokers other than the Brokers, if any, designated in Section 1.1 hereof, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant with counsel of Landlord’s selection first approved by Tenant (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld) and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim.  Landlord agrees that it shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to the Broker for the Original Term of this Lease, if any, designated in Section 1.1 hereof.

 

9.8

Invalidity of Particular Provisions

 

If any term or provision of this Lease, including but not limited to any waiver of contribution or claims, indemnity, obligation, or limitation of liability or of damages, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

9.9

Provisions Binding, Etc.

 

The obligations of this Lease shall run with the land, and except as herein otherwise provided, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns, respectively, of Landlord and Tenant and, if Tenant shall be an individual, upon and to his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.  Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition.  The reference contained to successors and assigns of Tenant is not intended to constitute a consent to subletting or assignment by Tenant, but has reference only to those instances in which Landlord may have later given consent to a particular assignment as required by the provisions of Sections 5.6 through 5.6.6 hereof.

 

9.10

Recording; Confidentiality

 

Each of Landlord and Tenant agree not to record the within Lease, but each party hereto agrees, on the request of the other, to execute a so-called Notice of Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M .

Page 69

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Tenant agrees that this Lease and the terms contained herein will be treated as strictly confidential and except as required by law or the requirements of any securities exchange listing the stock of Tenant and/or Guarantor (or except with the written consent of Landlord), Tenant shall not disclose the same to any third party except for Tenant’s advisors, brokers, partners, lenders, accountants and attorneys who have been advised of the confidentiality provisions contained herein and agree to be bound by the same; provided, Tenant and/or Guarantor shall be permitted at any time to disclose the terms of this Lease publicly to the extent required in connection with any filing made by Tenant and/or Guarantor with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, which disclosure may require attaching a copy of this Lease to such filings.

 

9.11

Notices

 

Whenever, by the terms of this Lease, notice shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant, such notice shall be in writing and shall be sent by overnight commercial courier or by registered or certified mail postage or delivery charges prepaid, as the case may be:

 

If intended for Landlord, addressed to Landlord at the address set forth in Article I of this Lease (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Landlord by like notice) with a copy to Landlord, Attention: Regional General Counsel.

 

If intended for Tenant, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth in Article I of this Lease except that from and after the Commencement Date, the attention parties to which notices are to be sent shall be the same, but the address of Tenant shall be the Premises (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Tenant by like notice).

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices shall be effective when received; provided, that (i) if receipt is refused, notice shall be effective upon the first occasion that such receipt is refused, (ii) if the notice is unable to be delivered due to a change of address of which no notice was given, notice shall be effective upon the date such delivery was attempted, (iii) if the notice address is a post office box number, notice shall be effective the day after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove or (iv) if the notice is to a foreign address, notice shall be effective two (2) days after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove.

 

Where provision is made for the attention of an individual or department, the notice shall be effective only if the wrapper in which such notice is sent is addressed to the attention of such individual or department.

 

Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord’s managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully effective.  Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of Tenant shall be considered as given by Tenant and shall be fully effective.

 

Time is of the essence with respect to any and all notices and periods for giving notice or taking any action thereto under this Lease.

 

Page 70

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

9.12

When Lease Becomes Binding and Authority

 

Employees or agents of Landlord have no authority to make or agree to make a lease or any other agreement or undertaking in connection herewith.  The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant.  All negotiations, considerations, representations and understandings between Landlord and Tenant are incorporated herein and may be modified or altered only by written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.  Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant to the other that all necessary action has been taken to enter this Lease and that the person signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord and Tenant has been duly authorized to do so.

 

9.13

Section Headings

 

The titles of the Articles throughout this Lease are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Lease.

 

9.14

Rights of Mortgagee

 

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage now or hereafter on the Building or the Complex, and to each advance made or hereafter to be made under any mortgage, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and all substitutions therefor, provided, however, that in consideration of and as a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease with respect to mortgages hereafter placed on the Building or the Complex shall be the receipt by Tenant of a commercially reasonable subordination, non‑disturbance and attornment agreement (an “ SNDA ”) from and wherein the applicable mortgagee expressly recognizes the rights of Tenant under this Lease (including the right to use and occupy the Premises) upon the payment of rent and other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease and the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  Tenant shall execute and deliver promptly such SNDA.  The SNDA shall be in the customary form required by such mortgagee as amended by such commercially reasonable changes as Tenant may reasonably require.  In the event that any mortgagee or its respective successor in title shall succeed to the interest of Landlord, then, this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect and Tenant shall and does hereby agree to attorn to such mortgagee or successor and to recognize such mortgagee or successor as its landlord.  If any holder of a mortgage which includes the Premises, executed and recorded prior to the date of this Lease, shall so elect, this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder, shall be superior in right to the rights of such holder, with the same force and effect as if this Lease had been executed, delivered and recorded, or a statutory notice hereof recorded, prior to the execution, delivery and recording of any such mortgage.  The election of any such holder shall become effective upon either notice from such holder to Tenant in the same fashion as notices from Landlord to Tenant are to be given hereunder or by the recording in the appropriate registry or recorder’s office of an instrument in which such holder subordinates its rights under such mortgage to this Lease.

 

Page 71

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

If in connection with obtaining financing a bank, insurance company, pension trust or other institutional lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent thereto, provided that (i) such modifications do not materially increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant’s rights hereunder and (ii) Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in complying with such request such as, for example, attorneys’ fees.

 

9.15

Status Reports and Financial Statements

 

Recognizing that the parties hereto may find it necessary to establish to third parties, such as accountants, banks , potential or existing mortgagees , potential purchasers or the like, the then current status of performance hereunder, each party (the “Non‑Requesting Party”) on the request of the other party (the “Requesting Party”) made from time to time, will promptly furnish to the Requesting Party, addressed to any existing or potential holder of any mortgage encumbering the Premises, the Buildings, the Site and/or the Complex or any potential purchaser of the Premises, the Buildings, the Site and/or the Complex (each an “Interested Party”) a statement of the status of any reasonable matter pertaining to this Lease, including, without limitation, acknowledgments that (or the extent to which) each party is in compliance with its obligations under the terms of this Lease; provided, however, that in the event that either party is requested to provide more than one (1) such statement in any twelve (12) month period, the Requesting Party shall be responsible for the payment of all reasonable costs incurred by the Non-Requesting Party in providing such statements, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees.

 

In addition, if Guarantor is not a publicly‑traded entity with financial statements that are freely available to the public which are certified to the governmental regulatory authorities, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, or any Interested Party designated by Landlord, financial statements of Guarantor, as reasonably requested by Landlord including, but not limited to, financial statements for the past three (3) years.

 

Any such status statement and non‑publicly available financial statement, which shall be certified by Tenant’s executives to the same extent as publicly‑available financial statements of publicly‑traded entities, which are delivered pursuant to this Section 9.15

may be relied upon by any Interested Party.

 

9.16

Self-Help

 

 

(A)

If Tenant shall at any time default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease (although notice and cure shall not be required either in an emergency or where Tenant has alleged in written notice to Landlord that an unsafe or dangerous condition exists), Landlord shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to enter upon the Premises and to perform such obligation notwithstanding the fact that no specific provision for such substituted performance by Landlord is made in this Lease with respect to such default.  In performing such obligation, Landlord may make any payment of money or perform any other act.  All sums so paid by Landlord (together with interest at the rate of two (2) percentage points over the then prevailing prime rate in Boston as set by Bank of America, N.A. or its successor, but in no event greater than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law) and all costs and expenses in connection with the performance of any

Page 72

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

such act by Landlord, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under this Lease and shall be payable to Landlord immediately on demand.  Landlord may exercise the foregoing rights without waiving any other of its rights or releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

 

(B)

If Landlord shall at any time be in default pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease attributable to its failure to perform any act which Landlord is obligated to perform under this Lease, and (except in the case of emergency) should such failure continue beyond applicable grace periods, Tenant may, but shall not be obligated so to do, after ten (10) business days’ written notice to and demand upon Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee explicitly setting forth the basis for Tenant’s claim of default and specifying that Tenant intends to invoke Tenant’s rights under this Section 9.16(B) (or in the case of emergency or imminent threat  to the safety of occupants in the Premises upon such shorter notice to Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee as may be reasonably practicable under the circumstances) (“Tenant’s Self‑Help Notice”), and without waiving, or releasing Landlord from, any obligations of Landlord in this Lease contained, perform such act which Landlord is obligated to perform under this Lease in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonably necessary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s rights under this Section 9.16(B) shall not apply to any service, maintenance or repair which (a) requires work outside of the Premises (except for components of systems which may be located outside of the Premises but which exclusively serve the Premises, provided that Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.16(B) will in no way affect Landlord’s operation of the Building or other tenants or occupants of the Building), or (b) might adversely affect other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Complex.  All sums reasonably so incurred and paid by Tenant and all reasonable and necessary costs and expenses of Tenant incidental to Tenant’s proper exercise of self‑help rights pursuant to this Section 9.16(B), together with interest thereon at the annual rate equal to two (2) percentage points over the then prevailing prime rate in Boston as set by Bank of America, N.A. or its successor (but in no event greater than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law), from the date of the making of such expenditures by Tenant, shall be payable to the Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s furnishing Landlord an invoice therefor, accompanied by reasonable substantiation, and Landlord covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest as aforesaid if not timely paid.  If Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for the sums paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s invoice (together with supporting documentation), and Landlord has not, within ten (10) business days of its receipt of such invoice, given written notice to Tenant objecting to such demand and stating that Landlord has filed suit in a court of competent jurisdiction to determine whether or not Tenant had validly exercised its self-help right hereunder (or if Landlord has timely disputed Tenant’s invoice, has filed suit and has thereafter failed to pay Tenant the amount of any final, unappealable award against Landlord within thirty (30) days after the issuance thereof) then subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, Tenant shall have the right to offset the amount of such sums demanded by Tenant against the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease until offset in full.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to reduce any monthly installment of Annual Fixed Rent by more than fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of Annual Fixed Rent which would otherwise have been due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, unless the aggregate amount of such deductions over the remainder of the Lease Term (as the same may have been extended) will be insufficient to fully reimburse

Page 73

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Tenant for the amount demanded by Tenant, in which event Tenant may effect such offset by making deductions from each monthly installment of Annual Fixed Rent in equal monthly amounts over the balance of the remainder of the Lease Term.  

 

9.17

Holding Over

 

 

(A)

Any holding over by Tenant after the expiration of the term of this Lease shall be treated as a tenancy at sufferance and shall be on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, as far as applicable except that Tenant shall pay as a use and occupancy charge (calculated on a daily basis) an amount equal to the greater of (y) (i) for the first two (2) months of any such holdover, an amount equal to 125% of the sum of the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent (including Operating Expense Excess and Tax Excess) calculated (on a daily basis) at the highest rate payable under the terms of this Lease, (ii) during the third (3 rd ) month of any such holdover, an amount equal to 175% of the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent (including Operating Expense Excess and Tax Excess) calculated (on a daily basis) at the highest rate payable under the terms of this Lease, and (iii) during the fourth (4 th ) and each subsequent month thereafter of any such holdover an amount equal to 200% of the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent (including Operating Expense Excess and Tax Excess) calculated (on a daily basis) at the highest rate payable under the terms of this Lease, or (z) the fair market rental value of the Premises as of the applicable month of Tenant’s holding over in the Premises; in each case for the period measured from the day on which Tenant’s hold-over commences and terminating on the day on which Tenant vacates the Premises.

 

 

(B)

In addition, Tenant shall save Landlord, its agents and employees harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees from and against any and all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant’s hold‑over in the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the Term of this Lease; provided, however, Tenant shall not be liable for indirect or consequential damages suffered by Landlord on account of any such holding over by Tenant during the first ninety (90) days of any holding over by Tenant.

 

 

(C)

Nothing in the foregoing nor any other term or provision of this Lease shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises or hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.  All property which remains in the Building or the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be conclusively deemed to be abandoned and may either be retained by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit.  If any part thereof shall be sold, then Landlord may receive the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option against the expenses of the sale, the cost of moving and storage, any arrears of rent or other charges payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord and any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under this Lease and at law and in equity.

Page 74

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

9.18

Letter of Credit

 

 

(A)

Not later than seven (7) days following the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant and Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a security deposit in the amount of One Million Three Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Five and 00/100  ($1,343,535.00) and Landlord shall hold the same, throughout the Term of this Lease (including the Extended Term, if applicable), unless sooner returned to Tenant as provided in this Section 9.18, as security for the performance by Tenant of all obligations on the part of Tenant to be performed under this Lease.  Such deposit shall be in the form of an irrevocable, unconditional, negotiable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”).  The Letter of Credit shall (i) be issued by and drawn on a bank reasonably approved by Landlord and at a minimum having a long term issuer credit rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service, (ii) be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , (iii) permit one or more draws thereunder to be made accompanied only by certification by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent that pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord is entitled to draw upon such Letter of Credit, (iv) permit transfers at any time without charge, (v) permit presentment in Boston, Massachusetts and (vi) provide that any notices to Landlord be sent to the notice address provided for Landlord in this Lease.  If the credit rating for the issuer of such Letter of Credit falls below the standard set forth in (1) above or if the financial condition of such issuer changes in any other material adverse way or if any trustee, receiver or liquidator shall be appointed for the issuer, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant provide a substitute letter of credit that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Section, and Tenant’s failure to provide the same within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor shall entitle Landlord to immediately draw upon Letter of Credit.  Any such Letter of Credit shall be for a term of two (2) years (or for one (1) year if the issuer thereof regularly and customarily only issues letters of credit for a maximum term of one (1) year) and shall in either case provide for automatic renewals through the date which is ninety (90) days subsequent to the scheduled expiration of this Lease (as the same may be extended).  Any failure or refusal of the issuer to honor the Letter of Credit shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder with regard to the security deposit.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord shall have the right from time to time without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to draw on all or any portion of such deposit held as a Letter of Credit and to apply the proceeds of such Letter of Credit or any cash held as such deposit, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages arising from such Event of Default under the terms of this Lease.  If Landlord so applies all or any portion of such deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore such deposit to the full amount stated in this Section 9.18.  While Landlord holds any cash deposit Landlord shall have no obligation to pay interest on the same and shall have the right to commingle the same with Landlord’s other funds.  Neither the holder of a mortgage nor the Landlord in a ground lease on property which includes the Premises shall ever be responsible to Tenant for the return or application of any such deposit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless such deposit shall have been received in hand by such holder or ground Landlord.

 

Page 75

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(B)         (1)

If Tenant satisfies the First Reduction Conditions as of the First Reduction Review Date, as such terms are hereinafter defined, then, upon written request of Tenant, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by $335,884.00 (the “First Reduction Amount”).  If, after having satisfied the First Reduction Conditions, Tenant subsequently satisfies the Second Reduction Conditions as of the Second Reduction Review Date, as such terms are hereinafter defined, then, upon written request of Tenant, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be reduced by $335,884.00 (the “Second Reduction Amount”).  In no event shall the Letter of Credit amount required under this Lease ever be less than $671,767.00.

 

 

(2)

Tenant shall be deemed to have satisfied the “First Reduction Conditions” if, as of the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “First Reduction Review Date”), all of the following shall be true as of such date: (i) no monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default by Tenant is in existence and continuing, and (ii) during the entirety of the period (“First Review Period”) consisting of the two (2) consecutive Fiscal Years immediately preceding the First Reduction Review Date, Tenant has Total Revenues, as hereinafter defined, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000,000.), and Positive Net Income, as hereinafter defined, as evidenced by the Audited Financial Statements of Tenant delivered to Landlord.   If Landlord refuses to recognize that Tenant has achieved the First Reduction Conditions based upon Tenant’s failure to be in full compliance with its obligations under the Lease, then Landlord shall promptly so advise Tenant in writing, and if Tenant shall thereafter cure such non-compliance, then Landlord shall reduce the Letter of Credit by the First Reduction Amount if, on the date that Tenant cures such non-compliance, all of the First Reduction Conditions are the satisfied.

 

 

(3)

Tenant shall be deemed to have satisfied the “Second Reduction Conditions” if, as of the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Second Reduction Review Date”), all of the following shall be true as of such date: (i) no monetary or material non-monetary Event of Default by Tenant is in existence and continuing, and (ii) during the entirety of the period (“Second Review Period”) consisting of the two (2) consecutive Fiscal Years immediately preceding the Second Reduction Review Date, Tenant has Total Revenues, as hereinafter defined, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000,000.) and Positive Net Income, as evidenced by the Audited Financial Statements of Tenant delivered to Landlord.  If Landlord refuses to recognize that Tenant has achieved the Second Reduction Conditions based upon Tenant’s failure to be in full compliance with its obligations under the Lease, then Landlord shall promptly so advise Tenant in writing, and if Tenant shall thereafter cure such non-compliance, then Landlord shall reduce the Letter of Credit by the Second Reduction Amount if, on the date that Tenant cures such non-compliance, all of the Second Reduction Conditions are the satisfied.

 

 

(4)

After Tenant has satisfied the First Reduction Conditions or the Second Reduction Conditions, as the case may be, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s election and within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of written request from Tenant, effect the return of the First Reduction Amount or the Second Reduction Amount by

Page 76

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

either accepting an amendment to the Letter of Credit which Landlord is then holding (which amendment shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord) or by exchanging the Letter of Credit which Landlord is then holding for a substitute Letter of Credit complying with the requirements of Section 9.18(A) in the appropriate amount.  In no event shall the Letter of Credit have automatic reduction provisions.  

 

 

(5)

“Fiscal Year” shall be defined as Tenant’s fiscal year for accounting purposes.  “Audited Financial Statement” shall be defined as Tenant’s audited financial statements for the Fiscal Years in question prepared by Tenant’s auditor, who shall be a major national independent certified accounting firm.  “Total Revenues” shall be defined as total gross revenues in accordance with GAAP, as disclosed in Tenant’s Audited Financial Statement.  “Positive Net Income” shall mean positive net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and adjusted for the following (1) non cash stock compensation (2) depreciation and amortization and (3) non cash foreign exchange gains or losses.

 

 

(C)

Tenant not then being in monetary or material non‑monetary default and having performed all of its obligations under this Lease, including the payment of all Annual Fixed Rent, Landlord shall promptly return the deposit, or so much thereof as shall not have theretofore been designated for application in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.18 to the cure of any Event of Default, to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease (as the same may have been extended) and surrender of possession of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord in the condition required in the Lease at such time.

 

9.19

Late Payment

 

If Landlord shall not have received any payment or installment of Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent (the “Outstanding Amount”) on or before the date on which the same first becomes payable under this Lease (the “Due Date”), the amount of such payment or installment shall incur a late charge equal to the sum of: (a) five percent (5%) of the Outstanding Amount for administration and bookkeeping costs associated with the late payment and (b) interest on the Outstanding Amount from the Due Date through and including the date such payment or installment is received by Landlord, at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) the rate announced by Bank of America, N.A. (or its successor) from time to time as its prime or base rate (or if such rate is no longer available, a comparable rate reasonably selected by Landlord), plus two percent (2%), or (ii) the maximum applicable legal rate, if any.  However, not more than once per calendar year, the aforesaid late charge will not be imposed until five (5) days after written notice of such delinquency is given to Tenant, in which case the aforesaid late charge shall be due only if such delinquency fails to be cured within such five (5) day period. Additionally, in the case where Tenant is entitled to such additional five (5) day cure period after notice, as provided above, interest on the Outstanding Amount shall not begin to accrue until the day following such five (5) day cure period so long as Landlord receives such payment from Tenant within the five (5) day cure period after notice to Tenant of such nonpayment.  Such late charge and interest shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

 

Page 77

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

9.20

Tenant’s Payments

 

Each and every payment and expenditure, other than Annual Fixed Rent, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder, whether or not the provisions requiring payment of such amounts specifically so state, and shall be payable, unless otherwise provided in this Lease, within thirty (30) days after written demand by Landlord, and in the case of the non-payment of any such amount, Landlord shall have, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies, all the rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder or by law in the case of non-payment of Annual Fixed Rent.  Unless expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the performance and observance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed and observed by Tenant shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  If Tenant has not objected to any statement of Additional Rent which is rendered by Landlord to Tenant within one hundred fifty (150) days after Landlord has rendered the same to Tenant, then the same shall be deemed to be a final account between Landlord and Tenant not subject to any further dispute.  In the event that Tenant shall seek Landlord’s consent or approval under this Lease, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, for all reasonable costs and expenses, including legal and architectural costs and expenses, incurred by Landlord in processing such request, whether or not such consent or approval shall be given.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord has elected to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”), any service required or permitted to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the charge or cost of which may be treated as impermissible tenant service income under the laws governing a REIT, may be performed by a taxable REIT subsidiary that is affiliated with either Landlord or Landlord’s property manager, an independent contractor of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager (the “Service Provider”).  If Tenant is subject to a charge under this Lease for any such service, then, at Landlord’s direction, Tenant will pay such charge either to Landlord for further payment to the Service Provider or directly to the Service Provider, and, in either case, (i) Landlord will credit such payment against Additional Rent due from Tenant under this Lease for such service, and (ii) such payment to the Service Provider will not relieve Landlord from any obligation under the Lease concerning the provisions of such service.

 

9.21

Guaranty

 

Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease and as a material inducement for Landlord to enter into this Lease, Guarantor, having an address of CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate, London, United Kingdom EC2Y 9AW, shall execute and deliver a guaranty (the “ Tenant Guaranty ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit P attached hereto and incorporated herein, guaranteeing the performance of all of Tenant’s covenants, obligations and agreements under this Lease.  During the Lease Term, and any extensions or renewals thereof, the Tenant Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall hold the Tenant Guaranty as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  Guarantor shall execute any reaffirmations of the Tenant Guaranty from time to time requested by Landlord.

 

9.22

Waiver of Trial by Jury

 

To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either Landlord or Tenant on any matters whatsoever arising out of or any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of the Landlord

Page 78

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

and the Tenant, the Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, including but not limited to, any summary process eviction action.

 

9.23

Electronic Signatures

 

The parties acknowledge and agree that this Lease may be executed by electronic signature, which shall be considered as an original signature for all purposes and shall have the same force and effect as an original signature.  Without limitation, “electronic signature” shall include faxed versions of an original signature or electronically scanned and transmitted versions (e.g., via pdf) of an original signature.

 

9.24

Governing Law

 

This Lease shall be governed exclusively by the provisions hereof and by the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as the same may from time to time exist.

ARTICLE X

Tenant Signage

10.1

Definitions

 

The following terms have the meanings herein set forth for all purposes under this Lease, and capitalized terms used in the following definitions which are not elsewhere defined in this Lease are defined in this Section 10.1:

 

 

(A)

“Building Signage” means one (1) non-exclusive (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 10.1) identification sign with Tenant’s name and logo on the exterior façade of the Building facing US‑95, in the approximate area shown on Exhibit I‑1 , which Building Signage may, subject to applicable Legal Requirements and Tenant first obtaining all applicable governmental permits and approvals, including, without limitation, if required, any permits required by the Town of Lexington Division of Building Inspection, be illuminated.  

 

 

(B)

“Monument Signage” means one (1) non-exclusive listing with Tenant’s name and logo on the exterior monument sign to be installed by Landlord at the entrance to the Complex (the “Monument”) subject to Landlord’s obtaining all necessary permits and approvals (including any special permits) required to install such Monument, in the approximate area shown on Exhibit I‑2 .

 

 

(C)

“Entrance Signage” means one (1) non-exclusive sign with Tenant’s name and logo to be located on the exterior façade of the third floor entrance to the Building, in the approximate area shown on Exhibit I-3 , which Entrance Signage may, subject to applicable Legal Requirements and Tenant first obtaining all applicable governmental permits and approvals, including, without limitation, if required, any permits required by the Town of Lexington Division of Building Inspection, be illuminated.  

 

Page 79

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(D)

“Directional Signage”  means one (1) non-illuminated, non-exclusive sign with Tenant’s name and an arrow directing traffic to the Tenant’s exclusive third floor entrance to the Building to be located in an area reasonably approved by Landlord at the fork in the private subdivision road on the Entire Property.  

 

 

(E)

“Lawn Signage” means one (1) non-exclusive identification sign with Tenant’s name and logo to be located in an area reasonably approved by Landlord on the landscaped area of the Site facing US‑95, which Lawn Signage may, subject to applicable Legal Requirements and Tenant first obtaining all applicable governmental permits and approvals, including, without limitation, if required, any permits required by the Town of Lexington Division of Building Inspection, be illuminated.

 

 

(F)

“Permitted Logo” means an entity mark or trade mark commonly used by a member of the Tenant Group and which, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, is consistent with the signage standards of a first class office building in the Market Area.

 

 

(G)

“Permitted Names” means the entity name or trade name of a member of the Tenant Group and which, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, is consistent with the signage standards of a first class office building in the Market Area.

 

 

(H)

“Signage Appearance Standards” means that the finished appearance, taking into account the applicable Signage Factors, (i) shall be of high quality and have a tasteful presentation which is aesthetically compatible and harmonious with the architectural elements of the Building and the Complex and (ii) shall not interfere with Landlord’s ability to use, operate, maintain and manage the Building and the Complex in a first-class manner similar to other office buildings in similar locations, with similar types of tenants.

 

 

(I)

“Signage Factors” means the design, size, materials, quality, method of attachment, coloring and location of the signage.

 

 

(J)

“Signage Occupancy Condition (s) ” means as follows:  (1) one or more members of the Tenant Group shall occupy at least 23,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the Building; and (2) the Original Tenant has not assigned this Lease (except for an assignment to a Permitted Transferee under Section 5.6.4 above).

 

 

(K)

“Tenant Group” means the Tenant entity originally named in this Lease, Mimecast North America, Inc. (the “Original Tenant”) and any entity to whom this Lease may be assigned or the Premises may be sublet under Section 5.6.4 above without Landlord’s consent so long as such Permitted Transferee is of a character and reputation consistent with the standards of a first class office building in the Market Area (it being understood and agreed that any and all other assignees or subtenants shall not be considered to be a part of the Tenant Group for the purposes hereof).

 

 

(L)

“Tenant’s Signage” means that the Building Signage, the Monument Signage, the Entrance Signage, the Directional Sign and the Lawn Signage.  

 

Page 80

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

10.2

Signage

 

 

(A)

Landlord shall provide and install, at Landlord’s expense, letters or numerals on the main entrance door to the Premises to identify Tenant’s name and Building address; all such letters and numerals shall be in the building standard graphics and no others shall be used or permitted on the Premises.  Landlord shall, during the Term of this Lease, provide Tenant with a listing of Tenant’s name on all tenant directories in the Building and, at Tenant’s request, the name of Tenant’s subtenants.  The initial listing of Tenant’s name shall be at Landlord’s cost and expense.  Any changes, replacements or additions by Tenant to such directory shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  In addition, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense and subject to Landlord’s right to reasonably approve all graphics, to install letters or numerals on all other entrance doors to the Premises to identify Tenant’s name and Building address and that of its subtenants.

 

 

(B)

Provided that the Tenant Group shall continuously meet the Signage Occupancy Conditions applicable to the Monument Signage and subject to the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to have its Monument Signage on the Monument substantially in accordance with the conceptual plan attached hereto as Exhibit I‑2 .  The initial listing of Tenant’s name and logo on the Monument shall be at Landlord’s cost and expense; provided, however, any changes, replacements or additions to the Monument Signage after initial installation requested by Tenant shall be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (so long as such changes, replacements or additions are consistent with Exhibit I-2 ).

 

 

(C)

Provided that the Tenant Group shall continuously meet the Signage Occupancy Conditions applicable to the Building Signage and subject to the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to design and install the Building Signage, subject to applicable zoning requirements and other applicable Legal Requirements and to Tenant obtaining all necessary permits and approvals therefor, including, without limitation, if required, any special permit required by the Town of Lexington Division of Building Inspection (Landlord hereby agreeing to reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or expense to Landlord, in Tenant’s obtaining of such permits and approvals).  Tenant’s right to Building Signage shall be non-exclusive with respect to tenants or occupants of the Building, provided, however, if during the Term of this Lease Tenant directly leases at least 96,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the Building (the “Exclusivity Threshold”), then Tenant’s right to the Building Signage will thereafter become exclusive as to any future tenants or occupants of the Building under leases executed after the date Tenant first satisfies the Exclusivity Threshold and Landlord shall not thereafter grant or permit any such future tenants or occupants of the Building the right to maintain exterior signage on the façade of the Building.  For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant’s right to exclusive Building Signage on the exterior façade will not apply to tenants and occupants under leases executed prior to (and Landlord will not have any obligation to remove any exterior signage installed by tenants or occupants of the Building prior to) the date that Tenant satisfies the Exclusivity Threshold.

 

 

(D)

Provided that the Tenant Group shall continuously meet the Signage Occupancy Conditions applicable to the Entrance Signage and subject to the provisions of this Lease,

Page 81

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Tenant shall have the exclusive right, at its sole cost and expense, to design and install the Entrance Signage substantially in accordance with and in the location shown on Exhibit I ‑3 , subject to applicable zoning requirements and other applicable Legal Requirements and to Tenant obtaining all necessary permits and approvals therefor, including, without limitation, if required, any special permit required by the Town of Lexington Division of Building Inspection (Landlord hereby agreeing to reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or expense to Landlord, in Tenant’s obtaining of such permits and approvals).  Tenant’s Entrance Signage, together with any changes or replacements to the Entrance Signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval (in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion so long as such Entrance Signage and any changes or replacements thereto are consistent with the Signage Appearance Standards).

 

 

(E)

Provided that the Tenant Group shall continuously meet the Signage Occupancy Conditions applicable to the Directional Signage and subject to the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to have the Directional Signage installed at the Site, subject to applicable zoning requirements and other applicable Legal Requirements and to Tenant obtaining all necessary permits and approvals therefor, including, without limitation, if required, any special permit required by the Town of Lexington Division of Building Inspection (Landlord hereby agreeing to reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or expense to Landlord, in Tenant’s obtaining of such permits and approvals).  Tenant’s Directional Signage, together with any changes or replacements to the Directional Signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval (in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion so long as such Directional Signage and any changes or replacements thereto are consistent with the Signage Appearance Standards) and Landlord may require Tenant’s Directional Signage be consistent with the size, style, design and/or brand of other multi-tenant pylon signs at the Complex.

 

 

(F)

Provided that the Tenant Group shall continuously meet the Signage Occupancy Conditions applicable to the Lawn Signage and subject to the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to have the Lawn Signage installed at the Site, subject to applicable zoning requirements and other applicable Legal Requirements and to Tenant obtaining all necessary permits and approvals therefor, including, without limitation, if required, any special permit required by the Town of Lexington Division of Building Inspection (Landlord hereby agreeing to reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or expense to Landlord, in Tenant’s obtaining of such permits and approvals).  The Lawn Signage, together with any changes or replacements to the Lawn Signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval (in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion so long as such Lawn Signage and any changes or replacements thereto are consistent with the Signage Appearance Standards).

 

 

(G)

Tenant’s Signage shall satisfy, as determined by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, the Signage Appearance Standards in all respects, except that Landlord h ereby approves the signs shown on Exhibits I-1, I-2 and I-3 attached hereto (and shall otherwise not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed with respect to any proposed signage that is consistent in size, design and location with the signage shown on Exhibits I-1, I-2 and I-3 ) .

Page 82

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

(H)

Except as set forth in Section 10.2(A), the installation and maintenance of Tenant’s Building Signage shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.  Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any damage to Tenant’s Signage; provided, however, that Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain the Tenant’s Signage and repair any damage to Tenant’s Signage.  Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as Additional Rent the actual and reasonable cost of any such maintenance and repairs within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord of a bill therefor.  Landlord’s right to approve the Tenant Signage includes the right to approve all of the Signage Factors of the Tenant Signage.  

 

 

(I)

The rights provided to Tenant under this Section 10.2 are personal to the Original Tenant and may not be transferred or assigned to any entity that is not a member of the Tenant Group and in no event shall any subtenant be granted any of the signage rights set forth in this Section 10.2 (except for a Permitted Transferee under Section 5.6.4 to the extent such subtenant is permitted to be included in the Tenant Group pursuant to the terms of Section 10.1(K) above).  Original Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, change the Permitted Name and/or related Permitted Logo of Tenant’s Signage from time to time with Landlord’s prior consent to another Permitted Name or Permitted Logo, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, to another Permitted Name and/or related Permitted Logo, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Building as a result thereof.  

 

 

(J)

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.2 to the contrary, within ninety (90) days after the first to occur (if either) of (x) the date on which the Term of this Lease is terminated due to a Tenant default pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease, and (y) such time as the Signage Occupancy Conditions are no longer satisfied, then Tenant shall, at its cost and expense, remove the Building Signage and restore all damage to the Building caused by the installation and/or removal of such Building Signage.  Such removal and restoration shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions governing alterations pursuant to Section 5.12 .

 

 

(K)

If at any time during the Term, one or more members of the Tenant Group shall not fulfill the Signage Occupancy Conditions for the applicable signage granted under this Article X or the Term of this Lease is terminated due to a Tenant default pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease , Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, direct Tenant to remove the Tenant’s Signage and to effect such repairs as shall be necessary to the affected areas of the Building, the Site or the Complex to restore such areas to the condition thereof prior to the installation of the applicable Tenant’s Signage, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  Any such removal and restoration shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and completed within ninety (90) days after the date of Landlord’s removal notice .

 

 

(L)

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all (and at any time prior thereto Tenant may remove any) of Tenant’s Signage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (exclusive of any main lobby directory sign listings of Tenant which shall be removed by Landlord) and shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, restore any damage to the Building caused by such removal.

 

Page 83

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(M)

If necessary or advisable in connection with maintenance, repairs or construction, Landlord may, at Tenant’s cost and expense, temporarily cover or remove Tenant’s Signage for the reasonable duration of the subject work.

ARTICLE XI

Expansion Option

11.1

Expansion Option

 

On the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive, at its election, by written notice to Tenant at any time) that both at the time that Tenant exercises its expansion option under this Section 11.1 and as of the date upon which the Expansion Premises, as hereinafter defined, would have otherwise become incorporated into the Premises: (i) there exists no monetary or material non‑monetary Event of Default and there have been no more than two (2) monetary or material non‑monetary Events of Default during the Term, (ii) this Lease is still in full force and effect, and (iii) Tenant has neither assigned this Lease nor sublet more than thirty-three percent (33%) of the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises (except for an assignment or subletting permitted without Landlord’s consent under Section 5.6.4 hereof), Tenant shall have the option to expand the Premises to include additional space in the Building in an area and configuration to be designated by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion so long as such area contains not less than 15,000 nor more than 25,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area (as so designated by Landlord, the “Expansion Premises”) for a term commencing on a date designated by Landlord and falling during the period between the 48 th and 78 th full calendar months of the Original Lease Term following the Commencement Date (the “Expansion Premises Delivery Window”).  The Expansion Premises shall be located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, except that, if Tenant did not exercise the adjustment option under Section 2.1.1 of this Lease, then the Expansion Premises may, at Landlord’s option, be located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building.   For purposes hereof, Landlord and Tenant agree that the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building consists of 47,950 square feet of Rentable Floor Area.

 

 

(A)

Exercise of Rights to Expansion Premises .  Tenant may exercise its option to lease the Expansion Premises by giving written notice (“Expansion Request Notice”) to Landlord not later than the last day of the 42 nd full calendar month of the Original Lease Term following the Commencement Date (the “Expansion Request Date”) that Tenant is interested in exercising its expansion option for the Expansion Premises and requesting that Landlord identify the size and location in the Building of the proposed Expansion Premises and the estimated delivery date for the Expansion Premises.  If Tenant fails timely to deliver an Expansion Request Notice by the Expansion Request Date, time being of the essence of this Section 11.1, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived Tenant’s rights under this Section 11.1 and Tenant shall have no further right to lease any Expansion Premises.  Upon the timely giving of a Expansion Request Notice, Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof, deliver written notice to Tenant (the “Landlord’s Expansion Response”) which sets forth the location and rentable square footage of the Expansion Premises and the anticipated commencement date (the “Anticipated Expansion Inclusion Date”) for the Expansion Premises which Anticipated Expansion Inclusion Date shall fall within the Expansion Premises Delivery Window.  If

Page 84

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Tenant wants to exercise its option to lease the Expansion Premises, Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord (“Tenant’s Expansion Exercise Notice”) within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Landlord’s Expansion Response (the “Expansion Exercise Date”) that Tenant unconditionally exercises its option under this Section 11.1 to lease the Expansion Premises.  If Tenant fails timely to deliver a Expansion Exercise Notice by the Expansion Exercise Date, Tenant shall have no further right to lease such Expansion Premises, time being of the essence of this Section 11.1.  Upon the timely giving of a Tenant’s Expansion Exercise Notice, Landlord shall lease and demise to Tenant, and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord or Landlord’s affiliate, as the case may be, such Expansion Premises, without the need for further act or deed by either party for the term and upon all of the same terms and conditions of this Lease, except as hereinafter set forth and except that Tenant will have no further option to expand the Premises pursuant to this Section 11.1.

 

 

(B)

Lease Provisions Applying to Expansion Premises .  The leasing to Tenant of the Expansion Premises shall be upon all the same terms and conditions of the Lease except as follows:

 

 

(1)

Commencement Date .  The commencement date of the Lease Term in respect of the Expansion Premises shall be the later date to occur of (y) the Anticipated Expansion Inclusion Date, and (z) the date that Landlord delivers the Expansion Premises to Tenant vacant, broom‑clean and free of any occupants, occupancy rights, personal property and debris.

 

 

(2)

Annual Fixed Rent .  Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord receives the Expansion Exercise Notice, provide Tenant with written notice setting forth Landlord’s quotation of a proposed fixed annual rent (which shall reflect the Prevailing Market Rent for the Expansion Premises) and the tenant improvement allowance (if any) for the Expansion Premises (“Landlord’s Expansion Premises Terms”).  Tenant shall notify Landlord, within ten (10) business days of receipt of Landlord’s notice as aforesaid whether Tenant agrees or disagrees with Landlord’s Expansion Premises Terms, time being of the essence.  If Tenant fails to timely deliver written notice to Landlord that Tenant agrees with Landlord’s Expansion Premises Terms then Tenant will be deemed to have elected to rescind Tenant’s Expansion Exercise Notice and Tenant shall have no further rights under this Section 11.1 to lease the Expansion Premises.  If Tenant timely disagrees with Landlord’s Expansion Premises Terms and the parties do not come to agreement on such terms within thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice from Tenant, then Tenant may initiate a Broker Determination in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit J attached hereto to determine the Prevailing Market Rent for the Expansion Premises, by giving notice to Landlord within an additional ten (10) days after the end of such thirty (30) day negotiation period, time being of the essence.  If Tenant fails to timely submit a request for Broker Determination pursuant to Exhibit J within such additional ten (10) day period, Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market Rent and the Expansion Premises Terms shall be binding on the parties.

 

Page 85

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(3)

Condition of Expansion Premises .  The Expansion Premises shall be delivered by Landlord (or Landlord’s affiliate, as the case may be) and accepted by Tenant “as is,” in its then (i.e. as of the Commencement Date in respect of the Expansion Premises), state of construction, finish and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct the Expansion Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, or to provide any work allowance or contribution to Tenant in respect of the Expansion Premises, except that Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant vacant, broom clean and free of any occupants, occupancy rights, personal property and debris.

 

 

(4)

Holdover Tenants .  The rent abatement and termination rights for late delivery of the Premises set forth in the Work Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B‑1 shall not be applicable to late delivery of the Expansion Premises and Tenant’s remedies shall instead be as set forth in this Section 11.1(B)(4).  In the event that any tenant of any portion of the Expansion Premises and any parties claiming by, through or under such tenant wrongfully fails to deliver possession of such premises at the time when such tenant’s tenancy is scheduled to expire, Landlord shall use or shall cause its affiliates to use, as applicable, reasonable efforts and due diligence (which shall be limited to the commencement and prosecution of an eviction proceeding within sixty (60) days after the date on which the hold-over commences, but shall not require the taking of any appeal) to evict such occupant from such space and to recover from such occupant any Expansion Premises Hold Over Premium (as defined below) payable by such occupant.  In such event, the commencement of the term of Tenant’s occupancy and lease of the Expansion Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Annual Rent and Additional Rent with respect thereto) shall, in the event of such holding over by such occupant, be deferred until possession of such space is delivered to Tenant.  The failure of the then occupant of such premises to so vacate shall not constitute a default or breach by Landlord and shall not give Tenant any right to terminate this Lease or to deduct from, offset against or withhold Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent (or any portions thereof); provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to require Landlord to pay to Tenant fifty percent (50%) of the net amount (i.e. net of the costs and expenses, including, attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in obtaining such Expansion Premises Hold Over Premium) of any Expansion Premises Hold-Over Premium received by Landlord from such hold-over occupant relative to periods from and after the thirty-first (31 st ) day of any hold-over, when and if Landlord receives any such payment.  For the purposes hereof, the term “Expansion Premises Hold Over Premium” shall be defined as the amount (if any) which a hold-over occupant of any portion of the Expansion Premises is required to pay to Landlord in respect of its hold-over in the Expansion Premises (whether characterized as rent, damages, or use and occupation) in excess of the amount of fixed rent and other charges which the tenant under whom such occupant claims would have been required to pay to Landlord had the term of such tenant’s lease been extended throughout the period of such hold-over at the same rental rate as such tenant was required to pay during the last month of its tenancy.

 

Page 86

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(C)

Lease with respect to Expansion Premises .  Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s exercise of the above-described expansion option with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be self-executing, as aforesaid, the parties hereby agree promptly to execute a lease amendment reflecting the addition of the Expansion Premises to the Premises upon all of the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except (i) to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 11.1, (ii) the term of Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Premises  shall be coterminous with the Lease Term for the Premises (as the same may be extended), (iii) the Annual Fixed Rent and any Landlord’s improvement allowance shall be as determined pursuant to this Section 11.1, and (iv) the rent commencement date for the Expansion Premises shall be the earlier of (y) the date Tenant commences occupancy of the Expansion Premises for the conduct of business, or (z) the date that is ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date for the Expansion Premises.  Landlord and Tenant shall use good faith efforts to finalize any such amendment within sixty (60) days from the date of Landlord’s submission of a draft amendment (which such 60 day period may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties in their reasonable discretion).

 

 

(D)

Rights Personal to Tenant .  The rights created by this Section 11.1 shall be personal to the Original Tenant under this Lease and shall not apply in favor of or be exercisable by any assignee of this Lease (other than a Permitted Transferee), nor any sublessee of all or any portion of the Premises.

 

 

(E)

Fourth Floor Common Area Factor .  With respect to any Rentable Floor Area leased by Tenant pursuant to this Article XI or Article XII below, Landlord and Tenant agree to use a common area factor of 20% where one tenant will be leasing the entire floor, a common area factor of 28.8% where not more than two (2) tenants will be leasing such fourth (4 th ) floor and a common area factor reasonably determined by Landlord where more than two (2) tenants will be leasing such fourth (4 th ) floor.  

ARTICLE XII

12.1

Tenant’s Right of First Offer

 

 

(A)

Right of First Offer Conditions .  During the Lease Term and subject to the Initial Lease Up, as hereinafter defined,, on the conditions (which conditions Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant) that both at the time that any Available ROFO Space first becomes available and as of the date upon which the Available ROFO Space which Tenant has elected to lease pursuant to this Article XII would have otherwise become incorporated into the Premises: (i) there exists no Event of Default, (ii) this Lease is still in full force and effect, and (iii) Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet more than thirty three percent (33%) of the Premises (excluding any assignment or subleases which are permitted without Landlord’s consent in accordance with Section 5.6.4) and Tenant (together with any Permitted Transferee permitted under Section 5.6.4) directly leases and occupies not less than 70,000 square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the Building, prior to accepting any offer to lease Available ROFO Space to a third party other than a third party with Prior Rights, Landlord will first offer such Available ROFO Space to Tenant for lease pursuant to this Article XII.

 

Page 87

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(B)

Available ROFO Space .  For the purposes hereof, the “Available ROFO Space” shall be defined as any and all space in the Building as and when such space becomes available for reletting (as hereinafter defined).  Available ROFO Space shall be deemed “available for reletting” when Landlord, in its sole judgment, determines that the then current tenant of the applicable Available ROFO Space will vacate the Available ROFO Space at the expiration or earlier termination of such tenant’s lease and any applicable Prior Rights have lapsed or been waived.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Available ROFO Space in the Building is currently available and being marketed for lease by Landlord and the term “Initial Lease Up” shall refer to the initial leases (and any extensions or renewals thereof) entered into by Landlord with third party tenants for all or any portion of the Available ROFO Space following the date of this Lease.  The parties agree that the provisions of this Article XII shall not apply to any space in the Building until after the applicable space has been leased by Landlord to third party tenants as part of the Initial Lease Up thereof and the tenants or occupants of such space have either not exercised any extension options therefore or not otherwise agreed with Landlord to renew the term of its lease or other occupancy agreement and Landlord determines such space will become available for reletting.  In addition, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s rights under this Article XII shall not apply to (i) any space that would otherwise constitute Available ROFO Space and that Landlord leases on a short term basis in order for such space to be available to satisfy Tenant’s expansion option under Section 11.1 (and Tenant expressly agrees that Landlord shall have the right to renew or extend the terms of any such short term leases if Tenant fails to exercise the expansion option under Section 11.1), (ii) the Expansion Premises (as defined in Section 11.1) identified in Landlord’s Expansion Response if Tenant fails to timely exercise Tenant’s expansion option under Section 11.1 until following Landlord’s subsequent lease-up of the applicable Expansion Premises, as the case may be, and the tenants or occupants of such space have either not exercised any extension options therefore or not otherwise agreed with Landlord to renew the term of its lease or other occupancy agreement for such expansion premises and Landlord determines such expansion premises will become available for reletting, and (iii) any space in the Building that Landlord uses or leases or intends to use or lease for the Amenities or any subsequent amenity space in the Building.  

 

 

(C)

Exercise of Right to Lease Available ROFO Space .  Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (“Landlord’s ROFO Notice”) at the time that Landlord determines, as aforesaid, that an Available ROFO Space will become available for reletting and any applicable Prior Rights have lapsed or been waived.  Landlord’s ROFO Notice shall set forth the size, configuration, proposed term, the Base Years for Operating Expenses and Taxes, tenant improvement allowances (if any), the exact location of the Available ROFO Space, Landlord’s quotation of a proposed annual fixed rent for the Available ROFO Space, and all other material terms and conditions which will apply to the Available ROFO Space.  Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph (D) below, the term for the Available ROFO Space shall be coterminous with the Original Lease Term (including extension terms timely and properly exercised pursuant to Section 2.4.1).

 

Page 88

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Tenant shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice (“Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice”) given to Landlord not later than ten (10) business days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s ROFO Notice to elect (i) to lease all of the Available ROFO Space, on the terms set forth in Landlord’s ROFO Notice, (ii) to lease all of the Available ROFO Space, but reject the quotation of annual fixed rent set forth in Landlord’s ROFO Notice, or (iii) reject Landlord’s ROFO Notice.

 

If Tenant fails timely to give Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice or Tenant timely rejects Landlord’s ROFO Notice under clause (iii) above, Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected Landlord’s ROFO Notice and Landlord shall be free to lease the Available ROFO Space (or any portion thereof) to any other third party on such terms and conditions and for such rent, as Landlord determines in its sole discretion, and Tenant will have no further right to lease such Available ROFO Space pursuant to this Article XII unless such Available ROFO Space again becomes available for reletting after its subsequent leasing by Landlord to a third party after Tenant’s rejection or deemed rejection and further subject to any Prior Rights.  If Tenant timely delivers the Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice that accepts the terms of Landlord’s ROFO Notice, Landlord shall lease and demise to Tenant and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord such Available ROFO Space upon the terms set forth in Landlord’s ROFO Notice and otherwise upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease except as otherwise hereinafter set forth.

 

If Tenant shall timely deliver the Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice then Landlord shall lease and demise to Tenant and Tenant shall hire and take from Landlord, such Available ROFO Space, upon the terms set forth in Landlord’s ROFO Notice and otherwise upon all of the same terms and conditions of this Lease except as otherwise set forth in this Article XII, provided, however, if Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice rejected Landlord’s quotation of the annual fixed rent for the Available ROFO Space, then the parties shall negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days after the delivery of Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice (“ROFO Negotiation Period”) to reach agreement on the Prevailing Market Rent for the Available ROFO Space.  If the parties reach such agreement within the ROFO Negotiation Period, then the Annual Fixed Rent shall be the amount so agreed to by the parties and if the Landlord and Tenant do not agree upon the Prevailing Market Rent for such Available ROFO Space during the ROFO Negotiation Period, then Tenant may initiate the Broker Determination procedure set forth in Exhibit J attached hereto to determine the Prevailing Market Rent by giving notice Landlord of such election not later than ten (10) days after the end of such ROFO Negotiation Period.  If Tenant fails to timely initiate the Broker Determination of the Prevailing Market Rent pursuant to Exhibit J within such additional ten (10) day period, Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Market Rent shall be binding on the parties.

 

 

(D)

Lease Provisions Applying to Available ROFO Space .  The leasing to Tenant of such Available ROFO Space shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as follows:

 

 

(1)

Commencement Date .  The Term of this Lease as to the Available ROFO Space shall be co-terminous with the then scheduled expiration of the Lease Term (as it may have been extended), subject, however, to the terms of Section 12.1(D)(4)

Page 89

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

below.  The Commencement Date in respect of such Available ROFO Space shall be the later of:  (x) the commencement date in respect of such Available ROFO Space specified in Landlord’s ROFO Notice (“Estimated ROFO Commencement Date”) or (y) the date that Landlord delivers such Available ROFO Space to Tenant in the condition specified in Landlord’s ROFO Notice or as otherwise provided in Section 12.1(D)(3) below.  The rent commencement date for the Available Space shall be the earlier date to occur of (i) the date Tenant commences occupancy of any portion of the Available ROFO Space for the conduct of business, or (ii) the date that is ninety (90) days following the Commencement Date for the Available ROFO Space.  

 

 

(2)

Fixed Annual Rent .  The Annual Fixed Rent in respect of such Available ROFO Space shall be as determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.1(C) above.

 

 

(3)

Condition of Available ROFO Space .  Tenant shall take such Available ROFO Space “as-is” in its then (i.e., as of the date of delivery) state of construction, finish, and decoration, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to construct or prepare any Available ROFO Space for Tenant’s occupancy (other than to deliver the Available ROFO space broom‑clean and vacant), and with no obligation on the part of Landlord to provide any Landlord Contribution or other work allowance in respect of such Available ROFO Space unless otherwise specified in Landlord’s ROFO Notice or otherwise mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.

 

 

(4)

End of Lease Term .  If the Available ROFO Space shall be available for delivery to Tenant at any time during the last thirty-six (36) months of the Lease Term then:  (a) if Tenant then has a right to extend the term of the Lease pursuant to Section 2.4.1 for an Extended Term which has not either lapsed unexercised or been irrevocably waived, then Tenant shall have no right to lease such Available ROFO Space unless Tenant irrevocably and unconditionally exercises Tenant’s extension option under Section 2.4.1 of this Lease prior to, or simultaneously with, the giving of Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice (notwithstanding any limitation as to the time of exercise set forth in Section 2.4.1), in which event the term as to the Available ROFO Space shall be co-terminous with the Lease Term as so extended; or (b) if Tenant has no further right to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 2.4.1 for the Extended Term (i.e., because Tenant’s right to extend the Term of the Lease pursuant to Section 2.4.1 has been irrevocably waived by Tenant or has lapsed unexercised), then Tenant shall not be entitled to lease the Available ROFO Space under this Section 12.1.  Notwithstanding Tenant’s exercise of its extension option in accordance with this Section 12.1(D)(4), the Annual Fixed Rent for the original Premises (as it may have been previously expanded) for such Extended Term shall be determined at the same time and in the same manner such Annual Fixed Rent would have been determined if Tenant had exercised the extension option within the time periods for such exercise set forth in Section 2.4.1 of this Lease.

 

Page 90

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(E)

Prior Rights .  For purposes of this Lease, it is agreed that the term “Prior Rights” means (x) extension or renewal rights granted to tenants as part of the Initial Lease Up of the Available ROFO Space and regardless of whether the leases for such space expressly provide the Initial Lease Up tenants with extension or renewal rights, (y) extension or renewal rights granted by Landlord at any time to future tenants of any space that would otherwise have been Available ROFO Space after Tenant declines (or is deemed to have declined) to lease such space pursuant to this Section 12.1 and regardless of whether the leases for such space expressly provide the existing tenants thereunder with any such right to renew or extend; and (z) any rights of first offer, first refusal, expansion, renewal, extension or other rights to lease that encumber what would otherwise have been Available ROFO Space, which rights were granted by Landlord to tenants after Tenant declines (or is deemed to have declined) to lease such space pursuant to this Section 12.1 provided the leases with such tenants expressly provide such tenants with such rights.

 

 

(F)

Holdover Tenants .  The rent abatement and termination rights for late delivery of the Premises set forth in the Work Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 shall not be applicable to late delivery of any Available ROFO Premises and Tenant’s remedies shall instead be as set forth in this Section 2.4(F).  If Tenant shall timely exercise its rights under this Section 2.4 with respect to the Available ROFO Space designated in Landlord’s ROFO Notice and if, thereafter, the then occupant of the Available ROFO Space with respect to which Tenant shall have so exercised such right wrongfully fails to deliver possession of such premises at the time when its tenancy is scheduled to expire, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts and due diligence (which shall be limited to the commencement and prosecution of an eviction proceeding within sixty (60) days after the date on which the hold-over commences, but shall not require the taking of any appeal) to evict such occupant from such space and to recover from such occupant any Hold-Over Premium (as defined below) payable by such occupant.  In such event, the commencement of the term of Tenant’s occupancy and lease of such additional space shall, in the event of such holding over by such occupant, be deferred until possession of the additional space is delivered to Tenant.  The failure of the then occupant of such premises to so vacate shall not constitute a default or breach by Landlord and shall not give Tenant any right to terminate this Lease or to deduct from, offset against or withhold Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent (or any portions thereof); provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to require Landlord to pay to Tenant fifty percent (50%) of the net (i.e. net of the costs and expenses, including, attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in obtaining such Hold-Over Premium) amount of any Hold-Over Premium received by Landlord from such hold-over occupant relative to periods from and after the thirty-first (31 st ) day of any hold-over, when and if Landlord receives any such payment.  For the purposes hereof, the term “Hold-Over Premium” shall be defined as the amount (if any) which a hold-over occupant of any portion of the Available ROFO Space is required to pay to Landlord in respect of its hold-over in the premises (whether characterized as rent, damages, or use and occupation) in excess of the amount of fixed rent and other charges which the tenant under whom such occupant claims would have been required to pay to Landlord had the term of such tenant’s lease been extended throughout the period of such hold-over at the same rental rate as such tenant was required to pay during the last month of its tenancy.

Page 91

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXECUTED in two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

191 Spring Street trust u/d/t dated May 6, 1985 Recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book 16197, Page 583, as amended

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

By:

\s\ David Provost

 

 

Name:

David Provost

 

 

Title:

By Delegation on behalf of the Trustees

 

WITNESS:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

\s\ Tracey Firman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Peter C. Campbell

 

 

 

Name:

Peter C. Campbell

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

Hereunto duly authorized

 

 

Page 92

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DESCRIPTION OF SITE

The land  with the buildings and improvements thereon situated in the Town of Lexington and the City of Waltham, Middlesex County , Massachusetts being shown on a plan entitled, “Plan of Land in Lexington, Mass. and Waltham, Mass." dated January 18, 1984 revised March 19, 1984 drawn by R. E. Cameron & Associates, Inc., Civil Engineers recorded with Middlesex South Deeds  in Book 15803, Page 212 as  Plan 1127 of 1984, and  more particularly described as follows ::

 

Beginning at a stone bound on the Lexington/Waltham town line, thence;

 

N9-12-32W

1447.13 feet along Northern Circumferential Highway (Route 128) to a stone bound, thence ;

N39-48-23E

132.22 feet to a stone bound thence;

N59-18-34E

384.16 feet, the last two courses by ramp to Rte. 2 thence;

S26-59-10E

125.16 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S28-15-30E

53.17 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S18-58-40E

40.90 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S27-06-00E

123.08 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S26-34-20E

167.00 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S26-55-40E

212.91 feet to a drill hole, the last six courses by land now or formerly of Doris Floyd, thence;

S26-22-20E

235.97 feet by land now or formerly of Francis A. and Thelma D. Gallagher to a drill hole, thence;

S27-14-50E

272.18 feet by land now or formerly of Jacob N. and Bessie Panjian to a drill hole, thence;

S26-01-20E

152.23 feet by land now or formerly of Jacob N. and Bessie Panjian and Jack Panjian and Barbara Jones, thence;

S29-19-00E

80.28 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S25-07-40E

45.14 feet to a drill hole by land now or formerly of George G. and Maureen G. Cagliuso, thence

S30-43-20E

106.95 feet to a drill hole by land now or formerly of Dominick Jr. and Catherine P. Morley, thence;

S24-41-20E

211.32 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S10-58-35E

16.32 feet to a drill hole, thence;

Page 1

Exhibit A

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

S26-50-00W

34.41 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S43-58-40W

35.26 feet to a drill hole, thence;

S38-40-15W

51.11 feet the last four and one-half courses by Warren W. and Elizabeth B. Fox, thence;

S63-09-29E

473.00 feet to said Fox land, thence;

S6-40-02W

350.00 feet by Spring Street, thence;

S66-17-44E

9.91 feet by the Lexington/Waltham town line, thence;

S7-18-13W

66.00 feet by Smith Street, thence;

N66-14-17W

9.11 feet to a concrete bound, thence;

N66-14-17W

133.28 feet to a drill hole, thence;

N65-05-29W

181.26 feet to a drill hole, thence;

N65-53-34W

136.03 feet, thence;

N65-14-54W

233.50 feet to a drill hole, thence;

N61-43-52W

32.34 feet, thence;

N64-09-50W

71.66 feet, thence;

N69-26-07W

107.21 feet, thence;

N66-07-42W

98.54 feet, thence;

N62-12-30W

29.90 feet, thence;

N69-32-17W

30.01 feet, thence;

N65-08-00W

183.06 feet, thence

N67-16-12W

173.56 feet, thence;

N67-06-03W

12.54 feet, the last 14 courses by land of Honeywell, thence;

Along a curve to the left of radius 5150.00 feet, 38.33 feet, by Route 128, thence;

N9-12-32W

25.33 feet, again by Route 128, to the point of beginning.

 

Together with  the  benefit of  the  easement taken by the Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts   by instrument recorded at Book 9622, Page 252

 

Said premises are subject to easements, agreements, restrictions and other matters of record insofar as in force and applicable..

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit A

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

SITE PLAN OF THE COMPLEX

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit A-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

WORK AGREEMENT

 

1.1

BASE BUILDING WORK

 

 

A.

Subject to the provisions of this Exhibit B-1 , Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall perform (x) the base building work identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto and (y) the Amenities work set forth on Exhibit N to and described in Section 2.1.2 of the Lease (“ Base Building Work ”).  Subject to delays due to Landlord’s Force Majeure (as hereinafter defined), up to a maximum extension, in the aggregate, of ninety (90) days, or attributable to a Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined), Landlord shall use reasonable speed and diligence in the construction of the Base Building Work, but Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for failure so to complete construction of the Base Building Work, except as expressly set forth in Section 1. 5 of this Work Agreement.  

 

 

B.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Base Building Work will be performed by Landlord simultaneously with and in coordination with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

 

1.2

TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK

 

(A) Planning Process .

 

 

(1)

Selection of General Contractor :  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the general contractor for the performance of the Base Building Work and the Tenant Improvement Work shall be Whiting-Turner Contracting Co. (the “ Approved GC ”).  Landlord agrees that the general conditions fee for the Approved GC shall not exceed 3% and the general contractor’s fee for the Approved GC shall not exceed 2%.  

 

 

(2)

Plans .   Exhibit B-4 attached to the Lease contains an initial set of plans (“ Initial Plans ”) for the Tenant Improvement Work (as hereinafter defined). Tenant shall, on or before the dates set forth in Exhibit B-2 , submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval a full set of design development plans (“ Interim Plans ”), and a full set of construction drawings (“ Final Plans ”) for the Tenant Improvement Work (collectively the Plans ”) and consistent with the Initial Plans.  The Plans shall be prepared by an architect licensed by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and reasonably approved by Landlord and contain at least the information required by, and shall conform to the requirements of, Exhibit B-3 .  The Initial Plans shall include preliminary written specifications.  The Final Plans shall consist of a full set of construction plans and specifications for the work necessary to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy (the “ Tenant Improvement Work ”) and be in suitable form for filing an application for a building permit with the Town of Lexington building department.

 

Page 1

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(3)

Landlord’s Approval .  Provided that each set of the Plans (x) contain at least the information required by, and shall conform to the requirements of, Exhibit B-3 and (y) comply with Landlord’s requirements to avoid aesthetic or other material conflicts with or an adverse effect on the design and function of the balance of the base building, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent thereto; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s determination of matters relating to any aesthetic design of alterations or changes visible outside the Premises shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion.  Landlord’s approval is solely given for the benefit of Landlord under this Work Agreement and neither Tenant nor any third party shall have the right to rely upon Landlord’s approval of the Plans for any other purpose whatsoever.  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of the Plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment), and Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall in no event relieve Tenant of the responsibility for such design and compliance with law.  The foregoing sentence shall not be deemed to limit Landlord’s obligation to enforce the warranty with respect to the construction (as opposed to the design) of the Tenant Improvement Work set forth in Section 1.7(C) below of this Work Agreement.  Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord the Plans within the time frames set forth on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto.  

 

 

(4)

Timing of Approval .  Landlord agrees to respond to Tenant’s submission of the Interim Plans within ten (10) business days after receipt and to respond to Tenant’s submission of the Final Plans within twenty-one (21) days of receipt thereof.  If Landlord disapproves of any submission of the Plans, it shall do so in writing and with reasonable detail and then Tenant shall have the applicable set of Plans revised by its architect to incorporate all reasonable objections and conditions presented by Landlord and resubmitted to Landlord within such period of time as may be required to meet the time frames set forth in the schedule for plan delivery attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 .  Such process shall be followed until the Plans shall have been approved by Landlord without objection or condition.  Landlord shall respond to the resubmission of any Plans by Tenant within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt thereof (or such longer time as may be required in the case of a major redesign).   To the extent that Landlord has previously approved a particular element shown in an earlier iteration of the Plans (or such element has been deemed approved in accordance with the terms of this Work Agreement), Landlord shall not have the right to disapprove such element in any subsequent plan submittal, provided that (i) such element has not been modified, (ii) such element was approved without objection or condition by Landlord in the earlier iteration of the plans, and (iii) in the case of plans that had been deemed approved, the element was shown in sufficient detail in the earlier iteration of the plans that Landlord could reasonably have responded to the same at the time.

 

Page 2

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

If Landlord shall fail to respond to any submission of the Plans within the applicable time periods following receipt thereof set forth above, then Tenant may, at any time thereafter, give Landlord another request (“ Second Request ”) therefor, which shall clearly identify the plans in question and state in bold face, capital letters at the top thereof:  “ WARNING:  SECOND REQUEST.  FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS REQUEST WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED APPROVAL THEREOF .”  If Landlord does not respond within five (5) business days after receipt of the Second Request, Tenant’s submission shall be deemed approved.

 

Landlord shall have no obligation to perform the Tenant Improvement Work until the Plans shall have been presented to it and approved by it. In addition, Tenant shall, with Tenant’s submission of the Final Plans, deliver to Landlord any affidavits and documentation executed by Tenant or Tenant’s architect and/or engineers preparing the Plans required in order to obtain all permits and approvals necessary for Landlord to commence and complete the Tenant Improvement Work (excluding any operational permits that are required in order for Tenant to operate its business in the Premises, which such operational permits shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility to obtain) on a timely basis (“ Permit Documentation ”).

 

In connection with the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that (i) Landlord must file for a building permit by March 31, 2017 (the “ Building Permit Application Date ”) based on the Plans submitted by Tenant on or before the Final Plans Date in order to commence and complete construction of the Tenant Improvement Work within the time periods contemplated by the Construction Schedule, even though Landlord’s review of the Final Plans and the pricing of the Tenant Improvement Work will not have been completed by such Building Permit Application Date, and (ii) any delay in the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work caused by the need to amend the application for a building permit as the result of modification to the Final Plans after the Final Plans Date shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay (as that term is defined in Section 1.4(B) below) for the purposes of this Work Agreement.

 

 

(1)

Time of the Essence .  Time is of the essence in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 1.2.

 

1.3

Pricing and Authorization

 

 

(A)

Selection of Subcontractors .  Concurrent with Landlord’s review of the Final Plans, Landlord shall cause the Approved GC to request, from a list of subcontractors approved by Tenant (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and shall be provided or withheld within three (3) business days after request therefor) at least three (3) qualified subcontractor bids for each trade and materials provider expected to cost in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000.00) (“ Major Trade ”) in connection with the Tenant Improvement Work, and at least one (1) subcontractor bid for all other trades and materials providers.  Landlord and the

Page 3

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Approved GC shall involve Tenant (and Tenant’s Construction Representative) in the preparation of the bid packages and the bidding process for each Major Trade, including reviewing with Tenant the bid packages, subcontractor responses and so forth and meeting with Tenant as reasonably requested by Tenant during such process. The bid packages shall be based on a merit shop basis and shall require bids to identify all long lead items and to specify delivery dates therefor.  Upon the conclusion of the bid solicitation process, Landlord shall prepare a bid format which compares each bid, and shall deliver such bid format, together with copies of the bids themselves to Tenant (together with Landlord’s designation of the bid Landlord intends to accept).

 

 

(B)

Major Trades .  After receipt of the bids, which Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s approval of the Final Plans, Landlord shall have the right to select the subcontractor bids for the Tenant Improvement Work from the pre‑approved list of subcontractors.  Landlord shall reasonably consult with Tenant on the selection of the subcontractor bids for the Major Trades and will use reasonable efforts to select the lowest subcontractor bid for the Major Trades so long as Landlord does not object to such subcontractor based on any Project Management Reasons as hereinafter defined.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Landlord is acting in good faith for Project Management Reasons, Landlord shall have the right, without obtaining Tenant’s approval, to select any subcontractor bids which Landlord deems to be qualified to perform the applicable portions of the Tenant Improvement Work, provided such subcontractor’s bid for the applicable portion of the Tenant Improvement Work does not exceed the lowest received bid by more than three percent (3%).  As used herein, “Project Management Reasons” shall mean (i) Landlord’s knowledge of the subcontractor project management staff for the subcontract in question, (ii) labor availability or capacity of the subcontractors in question to complete the Tenant Improvement Work by the Estimated Commencement Date, (iii) scheduling and availability of material and equipment to complete the Tenant Improvement Work by the Estimated Commencement Date.  If Landlord is required to select the lowest bid subcontract for any Major Trades, Tenant agrees that any increase in the Total Costs to perform the Tenant Improvement Work from the Total Costs Notice resulting from the selection of such bid shall be 100% Tenant’s responsibility to pay, and any delay in completion of the Tenant Improvement Work resulting from use of such subcontractor shall be deemed a Tenant Delay hereunder.

 

 

(C)

Final Cost Proposal .  After receipt of the bids, Landlord shall calculate and furnish to Tenant a “ Total Costs Notice ” which shall constitute the aggregate of (i) the amounts payable under the subcontracts selected (and if and where the Approved GC is performing work that would be performed by a subcontractor, the cost of such work) in the bid process and broken down by trade (“ Direct Costs ”), (ii) an estimate of the Construction Management Fee (as hereinafter defined), (iii) the amount of the Approved GC’s fee and indirect costs, and (iv) a reasonable construction contingency (not to exceed 3% of the Total Costs Notice amount).  Landlord shall charge a construction management fee (the “ Construction Management Fee ”) for its management of the Tenant Improvement Work in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the hard construction costs (but not design or other soft costs) in the Total Costs Notice (exclusive of such Construction Management Fee) plus any Change Order Costs.  The Construction

Page 4

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Management Fee shall be deducted from the Landlord’s Contribution as set forth in Section 1.5 below and/or paid by Tenant as part of Excess Costs as set forth in Section 1.5 below.  In connection with the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree to use a Guaranteed Maximum Price “GMP” contract for the Tenant Improvement Work.  Within seven (7) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Total Costs Notice, Tenant may either approve the Total Costs Notice or provide changes to the Plans to eliminate or revise one or more scope ‑of ‑work items included in the Plans and request a revised Total Costs Notice.  In the event that Tenant timely and properly requests such revised Total Costs Notice and changes to the Plans, Landlord shall reprice the Plans for purposes of preparing a revised Total Costs Notice.  If Tenant fails to deliver either its written approval of, or its written modifications to, any Total Costs Notice within two (2) business days following delivery by Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Total Costs Notice in its entirety.  In addition, if Tenant’s request for a revised Total Costs Notice results in (y) the Total Cost Notice not being approved or deemed approved by the Authorization to Proceed Date, or (z) Tenant failing to authorize, in writing, Landlord to commence the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work by the Authorization to Proceed, the same shall be a Tenant Delay without need for any additional notice to Tenant.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s approval of the Total Cost Notice and Tenant’s delivery of its authorization, in writing, in Landlord to commence the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work by the Authorization to Proceed is a material condition to Landlord’s ability to complete the Tenant Improvement Work by the Estimated Commencement Date.  Once Landlord and Tenant have approved the Total Costs Notice (or the Total Costs Notice is deemed approved), the parties shall promptly execute an instrument confirming the amount of the final Total Costs Notice.

 

 

(D)

Long Lead Items .  Landlord shall provide a reasonably detailed final construction schedule in connection with its approval of the Final Plans, and at such time shall also identify and notify Tenant of any items contained in the Final Plans which Landlord then reasonably believes will constitute long lead items.  Landlord will give to Tenant Landlord’s best, good faith estimate of the period(s) of any delay which would be caused by a long-lead item.  On or before the Long-Lead Items Release Date (as set forth on Exhibit B-2 ), Tenant shall have the right to either (a) revise the Plans to eliminate any such long-lead item or (b) authorize Landlord to construct the Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the approved Plans including any such long-lead items (any such approved long-lead items being hereinafter called “ Tenant Approved Long Lead Items ”).  Tenant acknowledges that certain Tenant Approved Long Lead Items may still delay completion of the Tenant Improvement Work and thus result in a Tenant Delay even if Tenant does authorize them on or before the Long‑Lead Item Release Date.  Any delay in Tenant providing an authorization to proceed with the Tenant Improvement Work by the Authorization to Proceed Date set forth on Exhibit B-2 which results from any redesign of the Plans to address long lead items or to reduce the Total Costs Notice amount shall constitute a Tenant Delay.

 

 

(E)

Authorization to Proceed; Release of Long Lead Items .  In any event, the cost of any change in or cancellation of any long lead time items after the “ Long Lead Items Release Date ” (as set forth on Exhibit B-2 ) shall be Tenant’s responsibility.  Tenant shall, on or before the later of (i) the Authorization to Proceed Date, and (ii) three (3)

Page 5

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

days following Tenant’s receipt of the Total Costs Notice (unless such failure to give Tenant the Total Costs Notice is due to any Tenant Delay), give Landlord written authorization to proceed with the Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the approved Tenant Plans and Tenant’s failure by such later date to approve a Total Costs Notice acceptable to Landlord and to authorize, in writing, Landlord to commence the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay.  Following receipt of the Authorization to Proceed from Tenant, Landlord will enter into a construction  contract with the Approved GC (the “ TI Contract ”) and begin buying subcontracts in conformance with Section 1.3(B) above of this Work Agreement.

 

 

(F)

Tenant Response to Requests for Information and Approvals.   Except to the extent that another time period is expressly herein set forth, Tenant shall respond to any request specifying the information and/or approvals needed from Landlord, Landlord’s architect, Landlord’s contractor and/or Landlord’s Construction Representative for approvals or information in connection with the approval of the Plans or the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work, within two (2) business days after Tenant’s receipt of such request.  

 

 

(G)

Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in connection with Tenant’s obligations under this Section 1.3.

 

1.4

Construction Process; Change Orders

 

 

(A)

Tenant shall have the right, in accordance herewith, to submit for Landlord’s approval written change proposals subsequent to Landlord’s approval of the Plans and Tenant’s approval of the Total Costs Notice, if any (each, a “ Change Proposal ”).  Any Change Proposal shall include design development level plans for the changes proposed to the Plans.  Landlord agrees to respond to any such Change Proposal within ten (10) days after the submission thereof by Tenant, advising Tenant of any anticipated increase in costs (“ Change Order Costs ”) associated with such Change Proposal, as well as an estimate of any delay which would likely result in the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work if a Change Proposal is made pursuant thereto (“ Landlord’s Change Order Response ”).   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to respond to any non-material Change Proposal within five (5) business days after submission thereof by Tenant.  With respect to Change Proposals for which a response cannot reasonably be developed within ten (10) days, Landlord shall within the ten (10) day response period advise Tenant of the steps necessary in order for Landlord to evaluate the Change Order Proposal and the date upon which Landlord’s Change Order Response will be delivered.  Tenant shall have the right within five (5) days after receiving Landlord’s Change Order Response (or Landlord’s notice that a Change Proposal could not be evaluated within the ten (10) day response period set forth above) to then approve or withdraw such Change Proposal.  If Tenant fails to respond to Landlord’s Change Order Response within such five (5) day period, such Change Proposal shall be deemed withdrawn.  If Tenant approves such Change Proposal, then such Change Proposal shall be deemed a “ Change Order ” hereunder and if the Change Order is made, then the Change Order Costs associated with the Change Order shall be deemed additions to the Total Costs Notice and shall be paid in the same manner as

Page 6

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Excess Costs are paid as set forth in Section 1.6.  Landlord shall not be authorized to make any material changes to the Plans without Tenant’s approval unless such changes are required to comply with Legal Requirements or interpretations of Legal Requirements by municipal authorities having jurisdiction over the Tenant Improvement Work.

 

 

(B)

Tenant Delay .  A “ Tenant Delay ” shall be defined as any actual delay in the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work to the extent that such delay is:

 

 

(1)

Tenant’s failure to deliver the Final Plans to Landlord on or before the Final Plans Date, or to provide to Landlord any Permit Documentation required to be submitted in connection with the application for a building permit for the Tenant Improvement Work within the timeframes set forth herein for delivery of the same;

 

 

(2)

Tenant’s failure to approve the Total Costs Notice and to give authorization to Landlord to proceed with the Tenant Improvement Work on or before the Authorization to Proceed Date;

 

 

(3)

Tenant’s failure timely to respond to any written request from Landlord under this Work Agreement within one (1) business day after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord of Tenant’s failure to timely respond to such written request from Landlord;

 

 

(4)

Tenant’s failure to pay the Excess Costs in accordance with Section 1.6;

 

 

(5)

any delay due to Change Orders or Tenant Approved Long Lead Items and any delays due to any errors, defects, discrepancies or inconsistencies in the Plans;

 

 

(6)

any delay due to Tenant’s or Tenant’s vendors or contractors accessing the Premises or the Building prior to the Commencement Date; or

 

 

(7)

except to the extent caused by a Landlord Delay, any other delays caused by Tenant, Tenant’s contractors, architects, engineers or anyone else engaged by Tenant in connection with the preparation of the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, including, without limitation, utility companies and other entities furnishing communications, data processing or other service, equipment, or furniture.

 

In order to invoke a Tenant Delay, Landlord must advise Tenant in writing of the alleged Tenant Delay within two (2) business days after Landlord becomes aware thereof.

 

Tenant covenants that no Tenant Delay shall delay commencement of the Term or the obligation to pay Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, regardless of the reason for such Tenant Delay or whether or not it is within the control of Tenant or any such employee. The Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed substantially completed as of the date when the Tenant Improvement Work would have been substantially completed but for any Tenant Delays, as determined by Landlord in the exercise of its good faith business

Page 7

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

judgment.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the amount, if any, by which the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work is increased as the result of any Tenant Delay.  Any amounts due from Tenant to Landlord under this Section 1.4(B) shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days of billing therefor, and shall be considered to be Additional Rent.  Nothing contained in this Section 1.4(B) shall limit or qualify or prejudice any other covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease.

 

A “ Landlord Delay ” shall mean Landlord’s failure timely to respond to any written request from Tenant within the time period specified therefor under this Exhibit B-1 . In order to invoke a Landlord Delay, Tenant must advise Landlord in writing of the alleged Landlord Delay within two (2) business days after Tenant becomes aware thereof.

 

 

(C)

Subject to any prevention, delay or stoppage due to Landlord’s Force Majeure (as hereinafter defined) (up to a maximum of ninety (90) days, in the aggregate, of Force Majeure delay) or attributable to any Tenant Delays, Landlord shall use reasonable speed and diligence in the construction of the Tenant Improvement Work so as to have the Tenant Improvement Work Substantially Completed (as hereinafter defined) on or before the Estimated Commencement Date as set forth in Section 1.1 of the Lease, but Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for failure to complete construction of the Tenant Improvement Work except as expressly set forth in Section 1.5 below.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no responsibility for the installation or connection of Tenant’s computer, telephone, other communication equipment, systems, cabling or wiring (although Landlord will reasonably cooperate with Tenant in order to facilitate the completion by Tenant of this work).

 

 

(D)

The “ Actual Substantial Completion Date ” shall be defined as the date on which both the Tenant Improvement Work and the Base Building Work has been Substantially Completed. “ Substantial Completion ” and “ Substantially Completed ” shall each mean (x) with respect to the Tenant Improvement Work, the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work has been completed except for those items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures in the Premises, the incompleteness of which do not cause material interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises and access thereto, and which can be completed after Tenant commences its occupancy of the Premises without causing material interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises and access thereto (the “ Tenant Improvement Work Punch List Items ”) and (y) with respect to the Base Building Work, the date on which the Base Building Work has been completed except for (i) minor, punch list-type items of work and adjustment of equipment and fixtures that can be completed after or during the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work or after Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises without causing material interference with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Amenities in accordance with Section 2.1.2 of the Lease, and (ii) landscaping elements (the “Base Building Work Punch List Items ” and, together with the Tenant Improvement Work Punch List Items, the “ Punch List Items ”).  The Tenant Improvement Work Punch List Items shall be set forth in a so‑called punch list prepared and signed by Tenant and Landlord (provided, however, that Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree upon a time when Landlord and Tenant intend to walk through the Premises and compile the Tenant Improvement Work Punch List Items, and, if Tenant

Page 8

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

does not accompany Landlord on such walk ‑through at the mutually agreed upon time, Tenant shall be bound by the punch list compiled by Landlord).  Landlord shall use diligent efforts to complete, as soon as conditions practically permit, all Punch List Items, and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in providing access during the performance as may be required to complete such work in a normal manner.

 

 

(E)

The “ Substantial Completion Date ” shall be defined as the later to occur of (i) Actual Substantial Completion Date, or (ii) the date when permission has been obtained from the applicable governmental authority (which such permission may be evidenced by the signature(s) of the appropriate municipal official(s) on the building permit for the Tenant Improvement Work) to the extent required by law, for occupancy by Tenant of the Premises for the Permitted Uses, a certificate of occupancy (or other like governmental approval) permitting, except that Landlord shall be relieved of its responsibility for obtaining such governmental approval to the extent that Landlord’s failure to obtain such certificate of occupancy (or such other like governmental approval) is based upon (i) Tenant Delay or Tenant’s installation of furniture, fixtures or equipment or (ii) if Tenant engages its own contractors to perform any portion of the work to be performed in the initial preparation of the Premises, any aspect of the work performed by Tenant’s contractors.

 

When used in this Lease “ Landlord’s Force Majeure ” shall mean any prevention, delay or stoppage due to governmental regulation, strikes, lockouts, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, civil commotions, unusual scarcity of or inability to obtain labor or materials (to the extent that such scarcity or inability is the result of conditions not prevalent in the market, and otherwise unforeseen, as of the date of this Lease), labor difficulties, casualty or other causes reasonably beyond Landlord’s control; provided, however, that in no event shall the financial inability of Landlord or Landlord’s Approved GC constitute a cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In order to invoke the Landlord’s Force Majeure provision of this Exhibit B-1 , Landlord must advise Tenant in writing of the alleged Landlord’s Force Majeure within three (3) business days after Landlord becomes aware thereof. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the impact of Landlord’s Force Majeure on the performance of Landlord’s Work, to the extent it is within Landlord’s reasonable ability to do so given the nature of the event giving rise to the Landlord’s Force Majeure.

 

 

(F)

Landlord shall permit Tenant access for installing Tenant’s trade fixtures in the Premises prior to Substantial Completion when it can be done without material interference with remaining work and with the maintenance of harmonious labor relations. Any such access by Tenant shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of the Lease (other than the payment of Annual Fixed Rent, the Tax Excess, the Operating Cost Excess and payments on account of electricity under Section 2.8 of the Lease with respect to the Premises Component at issue) and shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, and Landlord shall not be responsible for any injury to persons or damage to property resulting from such early access by Tenant.

 

 

(G)

If, prior to the date that the Tenant Improvement Work is in fact actually Substantially Completed, the Tenant Improvement Work is deemed to be Substantially Completed

Page 9

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 (i.e. and the Commencement Date has therefore occurred), Tenant shall not (except with Landlord’s consent) be entitled to take possession of the Premises for the Permitted Uses until the Tenant Improvement Work is in fact actually Substantially Completed.

 

1.5

Tenant’s Remedies Based on Delays in the Substantial Completion Date

 

 

(A)

If the Substantial Completion Date shall not have occurred by that date (the “ First Interim Completion Date ”) which is sixty (60) days from the Estimated Commencement Date (which date shall be extended automatically for such periods of time as Landlord is prevented in delivering the same by reason of Landlord’s Force Majeure (up to a maximum of ninety (90) days, in the aggregate, of Force Majeure delay) or any Tenant Delay, without limiting Landlord’s other rights on account thereof), then the Annual Fixed Rent and payments on account of the Tax Excess and the Operating Cost Excess shall be abated, from and after the Commencement Date, by one (1) day for each one (1) day beyond the First Interim Completion Date that the Substantial Completion Date is delayed.

 

 

(B)

If the Substantial Completion Date shall not have occurred by that date (the “ Second Interim Completion Date ”) which is one hundred twenty (120) days from the Estimated Commencement Date (which date shall be extended automatically for such periods of time as Landlord is prevented in delivering the same by reason of Landlord’s Force Majeure (up to a maximum of ninety (90) days, in the aggregate, of Force Majeure delay) or any Tenant Delay, without limiting Landlord’s other rights on account thereof), then the Annual Fixed Rent and payments on account of the Tax Excess and the Operating Cost Excess shall be abated, from and after the Commencement Date, for two (2) days for each one (1) day beyond the Second Interim Completion Date that the Substantial Completion Date is delayed.

 

 

(C)

In addition, if the Substantial Completion Date shall have not occurred by the Outside Completion Date as set forth in Section 1.1 of the Lease (which date shall be extended automatically for such periods of time as Landlord is prevented in delivering the same by reason of Landlord’s Force Majeure (up to a maximum of ninety (90) days, in the aggregate, of Force Majeure delay) or any Tenant Delay, without limiting Landlord’s other rights on account thereof), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the thirtieth (30 th ) day after receipt by Landlord of a notice from Tenant given on or after the Outside Completion Date (as so extended) indicating Tenant’s desire to so terminate; and upon the giving of such notice, the Term of the Lease shall cease and come to an end without further liability or obligation on the part of either party as of the expiration of the aforesaid thirty (30) business day period, unless the Substantial Completion Date shall in fact have occurred on or before such expiration date.

 

 

(D)

The foregoing remedies shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedies at law or in equity or otherwise for the failure of the Substantial Completion Date to have occurred within the time periods set forth above.

 

Page 10

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

1.6

Payment of Tenant Improvement Work Costs; Excess Costs

 

 

(A)

As an inducement to Tenant’s entering into the Lease, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance in an amount not to exceed the product of (i) $70.00 and (ii) the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises, as the same may be expanded pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.1 (the “ Landlord’s Contribution ”) to be used and applied by Landlord towards the total costs of the Tenant Improvement Work.  The amount of Landlord’s Contribution that Tenant may apply towards the reimbursement of Tenant’s architectural and engineering fees, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing plans (the “ Soft Costs ”) shall be capped at an amount equal to the product of (y) $15.00 and (z) the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises (the “ Soft Cost Cap ”), as the same may be expanded pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.1, but in no event shall Soft Costs include the cost of any of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures or trade equipment, telephone and computer systems, tel/data cabling installation, or moving expenses.  Tenant shall, at the time that Tenant gives Landlord a written Authorization to Proceed with the Tenant Improvement Work, prepare and submit to Landlord a budget (the “ Tenant’s Budget ”) which constitutes Tenant’s good faith estimate of the total amount of Soft Costs to be incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvement Work.  Tenant shall submit an updated Tenant’s Budget to Landlord, from time to time based upon the then current information available to Tenant about the amount of the total Soft Costs for the Tenant Improvement Work.

 

 

(B)

Landlord shall be under no obligation to apply any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution for any purposes other than as provided in this Section 1.6. In addition, in the event that (i) Tenant has received notice from Landlord that it is in default of its obligations under this Lease and such default remains uncured or (ii) there are any liens which are not bonded to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord against Tenant’s interest in the Lease or against the Building arising out of any work performed by Tenant (it being acknowledged and agreed for these purposes that the Tenant Improvement Work being performed by Landlord shall not be considered “work performed by Tenant”) or any litigation in which Tenant is a party and which would result in a lien against Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Lease or the Building, then, from and after the date of such event (“ Event ”), Landlord shall have no further obligation to fund any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution and Tenant shall be obligated to pay, as Additional Rent, all costs of the Tenant Improvement Work in excess of that portion of the Landlord’s Contribution funded by Landlord through the date of the Event, subject to reimbursement by Landlord after the condition giving rise to the Event has been cured or otherwise rectified to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Further, the Landlord’s Contribution shall only be applied towards the cost of leasehold improvements and, subject to the limitations set forth in subsection (A) above, architectural and engineering fees and tel/data cabling installation. In no event shall Landlord be required to make application of any portion of the Landlord’s Contribution towards Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, trade equipment, furniture/furniture fronts or moving expenses or on account of any supervisory fees, overhead, management fees or other payments to Tenant, or any partner or affiliate of Tenant.

 

Page 11

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(C)

If the Total Costs Notice amounts for the Tenant Improvement Work plus any Change Order Costs and additional costs incurred as a result of Tenant Delays exceed the Landlord’s Contribution, such excess costs shall hereinafter be defined as “ Excess Costs ” and shall be payable by Tenant as set forth in this Section 1.6(C).  Excess Costs shall expressly include any and all additional and/or increased costs to perform the Tenant Improvement Work as the result of any errors, defects, discrepancies or inconsistencies in the Plans.

 

To the extent, if any, that there are Excess Costs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after billing therefor, from time to time during the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work, in the proportion that the Excess Costs for the Tenant Improvement Work in the proportion that the Excess Costs bear to the sum of the Total Costs Notice plus the total Soft Costs set forth from time to time in the Tenant’s Budget for the Tenant Improvement Work; provided however, that if the Excess Costs are the result of a Change Order, then Tenant shall pay all such Excess Costs to Landlord, as Additional Rent, at the time that Tenant approves such Change Order in accordance with Section 1.4(A) above.

 

With respect to Soft Costs for which Tenant is entitled to request reimbursement from the Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant may from time to time request disbursements of the Landlord’s Contribution to pay such costs (or reimburse Tenant for having paid such costs), up to the maximum amounts set forth in subsections (A) and (B) above, including with its request for payment a summary of the costs incurred and reasonable supporting documentation with respect thereto (which in the case of any payment for which Tenant seeks reimbursement shall include, without limitation, paid invoices, receipts and the like evidencing such payment, as well as lien waivers in recordable form reasonably acceptable to Landlord from all persons who might have a lien as a result of such work). Provided that the conditions to disbursement of the Landlord’s Contribution as set forth in this Section 1.5 have otherwise been satisfied, Landlord shall disburse the requested funds to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s request therefor.

 

With respect to all Excess Costs, Landlord shall submit disbursement requests (each, a “ Requisition ”) to Tenant not more than once during each calendar month certified by the Approved GC seeking Tenant’s share of the Excess Costs.

 

 

(D)

With respect to Soft Costs, Tenant may from time to time request disbursements of the Landlord’s Contribution to pay such costs (or reimburse Tenant for having paid such costs), up to the Soft Cost Cap, including with its request for payment a summary of the costs incurred and reasonable supporting documentation with respect thereto (which in the case of any payment for which Tenant seeks reimbursement shall include, without limitation, paid invoices, receipts and the like evidencing such payment, as well as lien waivers in the form(s) attached as Exhibit F to this Lease from all persons who might have a lien as a result of such work).  Provided that the conditions to disbursement of the Landlord’s Contribution as set forth in this Section 1.6 have otherwise been satisfied, Landlord shall disburse the requested funds to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s request therefor; provided that, prior to the date Tenant delivers to Landlord the

Page 12

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

Authorization to Proceed required under this Work Agreement, Landlord will not be obligated to reimburse Tenant more than 50% of the Soft Costs Cap.

 

 

(E)

Subject to Section 1.6(D) above, if Tenant has satisfied the conditions to disbursement of the Landlord’s Contribution and Landlord fails to disburse the requested funds to Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s request therefor, and Landlord has not, within ten (10) business days of its receipt of Tenant’s demand, given written notice to Tenant objecting to such demand and submitting the same to arbitration under Section 1.8 below (or if Landlord has timely disputed Tenant’s demand, has submitted such dispute to arbitration in accordance with said Section 1.8 and has thereafter failed to pay Tenant the amount of any final, unappealable arbitration award against Landlord within thirty (30) days after the issuance thereof) then subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, Tenant shall have the right to offset the amount of such sums demanded by Tenant against the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable under the Lease until offset in full.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to reduce any monthly installment of Annual Fixed Rent by more than fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of Annual Fixed Rent which would otherwise have been due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, unless the aggregate amount of such deductions over the remainder of the Lease Term (as the same may have been extended) will be insufficient to fully reimburse Tenant for the amount demanded by Tenant, in which event Tenant may effect such offset by making deductions from each monthly installment of Annual Fixed Rent in equal monthly amounts over the balance of the remainder of the Lease Term.

 

 

(F)

Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any undisbursed amount of the Landlord’s Contribution with respect of any Requisition submitted after the second anniversary of the Commencement Date.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any unused portion of the Landlord’s Contribution, nor shall there be any application of the Landlord’s Contribution toward Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent owed by Tenant under the Lease.

 

 

(G)

In addition, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance equal to $30,000.00 (the “HVAC Allowance”) to be used solely towards the costs of installing a new supplemental HVAC unit (the “HVAC Work”) as part of the Tenant Improvement Work.  In connection therewith, it is understood and agreed that the  HVAC Allowance shall be applied solely towards the cost of the HVAC Work, and to the extent Tenant does not fully utilize the HVAC Allowance, Tenant shall not be entitled to apply any unused portions of such allowance towards the costs of any other portion of the Tenant Improvement Work nor shall Tenant be entitled to any credit on account thereof.  

 

 

(H)

The Tenant Improvement Work shall be performed on an open book basis, and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a final accounting in reasonable detail, together with all backup and supporting materials reasonably requested by Tenant, prepared by Landlord for all direct costs of the Tenant Improvement Work (including Change Orders) and other costs on the Total Costs Notice and Tenant will be permitted, upon request, to review all the backup and supporting materials.  Landlord shall cause its contractors, architects, engineers and consultants to, keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management of the Tenant Improvement Work.

Page 13

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

1.7

Quality and Performance of Work

 

 

(A)

All construction work required or permitted by the Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, by-laws, court decisions, and orders and requirements of all public authorities (“ Legal Requirements ”) and all Insurance Requirements (as defined in Section 5.12(B) of the Lease). Any work performed by or on behalf of Tenant under the Lease shall be coordinated with any work being performed by or on behalf of Landlord and in such a manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations.

 

 

(B)

Each party authorizes the other to rely in connection with design and construction upon the written approval or other written authorizations on the party’s behalf by any Construction Representative of the party named in Section 1.1 of the Lease or any person hereafter designated in substitution or addition by notice to the party relying. Each party may inspect the work of the other at reasonable times and shall promptly give notice of observed defects, and Tenant or Tenant’s Construction Representative shall be permitted to attend all material construction meetings relating to the Tenant Improvement Work.  Tenant acknowledges that Tenant is acting for its own benefit and account and that Tenant will not be acting as Landlord’s agent in performing any work that may be undertaken by or on behalf of Tenant under this Lease, and accordingly, no contractor, subcontractor or supplier of Tenant shall have a right to lien Landlord’s interest in the Property in connection with any such work.

 

 

(C)

Landlord warrants to Tenant that (i) except to the extent the quality of the materials and/or equipment is specified by Tenant in the Plans, the materials and equipment furnished in the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work will be of good quality; (ii) the Tenant Improvement Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality described in the applicable plans and specifications therefor; and (iii) the Tenant Improvement Work and all components thereof shall be in good working order and condition, consistent with those of Class A office buildings in the Market Area. Any portion of the Tenant Improvement Work not conforming to the foregoing requirements will be considered defective.  Landlord’s warranty hereunder shall not apply to materials and equipment specified by Tenant in the Plans, or to the extent of damage or defect caused by (1) the negligent acts or omissions or the willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Parties, (2) improper operation by any of the Tenant Parties, or (3) normal wear and tear and normal usage.

 

The foregoing warranty with respect to each component of the Tenant Improvement Work shall commence with respect to the Premises on the date on which Landlord has Substantially Completed the Tenant Improvement Work to the Premises and shall expire on the date which is fifty-one (51) weeks after the commencement of the warranty on the Tenant Improvement Work (the “ Warranty Period ”), and Tenant shall be required to deliver notice to Landlord of any defects prior to the expiration of the Warranty Period in order to permit Landlord to take action to enforce Landlord’s warranty rights with respect to the Tenant Improvement Work.  Landlord agrees that it shall correct any portion of the Tenant Improvement Work which during the Warranty Period is found not to be in

Page 14

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

accordance with the warranties set forth in this subsection I.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce warranties from its general contractors, subcontractors, vendors and others on Tenant’s behalf.  

 

 

(D)

Except for latent defects which could not reasonably have been discovered during the Warranty Period despite the exercise of due diligence and except to the extent to which Tenant shall have given Landlord notice of any manner in which Landlord has not performed Landlord’s construction obligations under this Exhibit B-1 within the Warranty Period, Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to have approved Landlord’s construction and shall have no claim that Landlord has failed to perform any of Landlord’s obligations under this Exhibit B-1 .

 

1.8

Fast Track Arbitration

 

Any controversy, dispute or claim arising under this Exhibit B-1 shall be settled by arbitration in Boston, Massachusetts in accordance with the Expedited Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association as then in effect (unless the parties mutually agree otherwise). The decision rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final and conclusive upon Landlord and Tenant. To avail itself of the dispute resolution procedures of this Section 1.8, the party demanding arbitration shall file a written notice of such demand with the other party and with the American Arbitration Association. In connection with resolution of disputes submitted to arbitration hereunder, Landlord and Tenant hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights they may have to resolve such dispute in a manner that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 1.7. The costs and administration expenses of each arbitration hereunder shall be borne equally by the parties, and each party shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ fees and expert witnesses’ fees.

 

In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the Lease and this Exhibit B‑1 during the pendency of any arbitration proceeding hereunder (with any adjustments or reallocations to be made on account of such continued performance as determined by the arbitrator in his or her award).

Page 15

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street, Lexington Massachusetts

Base Building Specifications – Office

 

1.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

 

The existing five-story structure at 191 Spring Street will be redeveloped into a multi-tenant office building equating to approximately 160,000-170,000 Rentable Square Feet. A portion of the 1 st floor of the building will be renovated into tenant amenity space including lobby, café, servery, and multi-purpose room(s).

 

Other elements to be provided by Landlord are as follows:

 

 

A.

Landlord will install new windows and glazing at South, East, and West elevations.

 

 

B.

Existing open Atrium with overhead skylight.

 

 

C.

The wall and finishes shall be consistent with first class office buildings in Lexington, MA. Interior Tenant lobby finishes, stairs, and walls are the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

2.

GREEN BUILDING AND SUSTAINABLE OPERATIONS

 

 

A.

Our sustainability strategy is broadly focused on the economic, social, and environmental aspects of our activities, which include the design and construction of our new developments and the operation of our existing buildings.

 

 

B.

Landlord will provide secure bike storage, common showers, and changing facilities.

 

 

C.

Landlord will continuously measure and manage the usage of electricity and gas using real time energy consumption metering, Energy Intelligence Software (EIS), EPA’s ENERGY STAR Portfolio Manager® and periodic energy audits. Landlord has established company-wide energy and emissions goals – and will make best efforts to maintain a building ENERGY STAR score of 75 or better.

 

 

D.

Office building Core and Shell have been designed for solar readiness, including a space allocation for solar photovoltaic equipment, conduit from the electrical room to the roof and compliance with structural requirements.

 

 

E.

Landlord will implement a Green Cleaning Program. The program requires the use of Green Seal Certified cleaning products, High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) vacuums, dry cleaning for carpets, and restroom supply products made from recycled materials.

 

Page 16

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

3.

SITEWORK

 

All new landscaping improvements around the building per landscape design provided by Lemon Brooke LLC by Landlord.

 

 

A.

Directional and way-finding signage for the project site shall be provided by the Landlord. Base Building signage by the Landlord shall include life safety signage only.

 

 

B.

Utilities – Domestic Water, Gas, Power, and Fire Protection services will be adequately engineered and sized to service the building.  All utilities except gas will be stuffed within the rentable square footage.

 

 

C.

Conduits will be provided for Telephone/Data routing as necessary to service the building.

 

 

D.

Outdoor Patio Area – A landscaped outdoor terrace of approximately 3,000 square feet directly accessed from the Level 1 common area at the South Entrance approach.

 

 

E.

Roof Terrace – Accessible roof terrace will be provided at Southwest corner of roof and per the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit N; to include raised decking and sun-protection trellis. Roof deck to be accessed by extensions to existing elevator and stairwells.

 

 

F.

Repaving – Pave and restripe parking lot and driveway areas post-construction.

 

4.

FOUNDATIONS

 

 

A.

Existing foundations are cast-in-place reinforced concrete. New foundations, if necessary for Base Building, shall be constructed of cast-in-place reinforced concrete.

 

5.

STRUCTURE

 

 

A.

The existing structure will be reused. The Lower Level is an existing concrete slab on grade. Level 1 is an existing exposed cast-in-place concrete two-way pan joist floor system with concrete columns with a portion of the floor being concrete slab on grade. Level 2 is an existing exposed cast-in-place concrete one-way post-tensioned floor joist system with post-tensioned girders and concrete columns. Levels 3, 4, and roof are existing exposed cast-in-place concrete one-way post-tensioned floor systems with post-tensioned girders and concrete columns with a raised plenum floor slab system above the structural floor.  All concrete floors to be patched by Landlord where large penetrations or large pitted concrete areas need to be smoothed.  In addition, Landlord shall skim the flooring located on the 3 rd floor bridge/walkway and the 3 rd floor north tower lobby.

 

Page 17

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

B.

The existing structure to be reused has approximate existing floor to floor heights of the following dimensions:

 

Lower Level: 19’-5”

Level 1: 15’-8.5”

Level 2: 13’-5”

Level 3: 13’-5”

Level 4: 13’-3”

 

 

C.

The structure has been evaluated for the following live loads:

 

 

1.

Wind and seismic load in accordance with State Building Code for Existing Structures.

 

 

2.

Floor live load of 100 lbs. (including partitions) based on the original structural design drawings, with reduced loads at existing locations where new topping slabs or other dead loads are added.

 

 

3.

Basement mechanical equipment rooms – actual weight of equipment.

 

 

4.

Roof – 40 lbs. per square foot minimum snow load based on the original structural design drawings, plus allowances for new specific drifting and equipment loads in accordance with governing building codes.

 

 

5.

Roof Terrace – 60 lbs. per square foot maximum with posted live load limits and occupancy limits not to exceed 1 person per 15 square feet.

 

 

6.

The existing structure can accommodate the design loads as stated.

 

 

D.

Structure will be fireproofed where required by the Building Code. Structural assemblies requiring fireproofing will be sprayed with a fiber fireproofing system as provided by W. R. Grace & Co. or equal.

 

 

E.

Existing fire exit stairs are standard metal pan stair assemblies with painted steel handrails and concrete infill, or cast in place concrete stairs.

 

6.

ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING

 

 

A.

The roofing system remains in place, with minor work associated with a Core Shell project.

 

 

B.

Compatible roof walkway pads shall be provided for equipment access and servicing.

 

Page 18

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

7.

EXTERIOR WALLS

 

 

A.

The new exterior windows on the South, East, and West elevations of the building will reflect a “factory-style” design. Remedial and corrective work on the concrete will be performed to correct aesthetic deficiencies.

 

 

B.

Typical “factory-style” windows to have a manufactured look with outside applied muntins and insulated glass.

 

 

C.

Exterior entrance doors will be similar in aesthetic to building window systems.

 

 

D.

Exterior wall system to be designed in accordance with the State Building Code.

 

 

E.

Landlord to install 2 double set 3’0” by 8’0” doors to the Outdoor Patio Area with doors having similar aesthetic to the remainder of the Building façade.

 

8.

INTERIOR FINISHES

 

 

A.

All interior finishes shall be sanded and prepped for paint in a manner consistent with the quality of interior finishes in the other Class “A” office buildings owned by Boston Properties in Lexington, MA.

 

 

B.

Toilet Rooms – Landlord to renovate existing Base Building bathrooms as follows:

 

 

1.

Flooring will consist of ceramic floor tile.

 

 

2.

Ceramic Tile will be installed to at least 5’ above the finished floor on wet walls. Paint shall be applied on non-tiled walls.

 

 

3.

Ceiling will be acoustical ceiling tile: 2’x2’ (or 2’x4’) Armstrong CIRRUS tile set in white standard duty grid or equal.

 

 

4.

Lavatory counters will be stone or other solid surface material with backsplash and under-mount china sinks.

 

 

5.

Metal toilet enclosures will be ceiling mounted and of stainless steel panel construction. Toilet partition compartments shall have satin chrome hardware, one dual tissue holder, and one coat hook.

 

 

6.

Each bathroom will have an automatic paper towel dispenser, a waste receptacle, ¼” polished plate glass mirror over the counter, and lavatory mounted soap dispensers.

 

Page 19

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

7.

Ensuite shower facilities will be provided at Lower Level with changing facilities and day lockers.  Showers and lockers to be shared by all tenants in the Building.

 

 

8.

Toilet room accessories will be similar or equal to those manufactured by Bobrick Company, all in accordance with regulations of Architectural Access Board.

 

 

C.

Other Area Finishes

 

 

1.

Existing concrete floor slab is being reused. Floors will be delivered to the Tenant in a broom clean condition and stripped of existing floor finishes.

 

 

2.

Loading Dock and Storage Area – Areas within the loading dock and storage areas shall have a concrete sealer.

 

 

3.

Existing exit stair treads and landings are carpet. Stairwell walls will be painted drywall.

 

 

4.

Remove existing cap rail and replace with code compliant wood handrail.  Install new metal horizontal railings on top and bottom to meet necessary code requirements.

 

 

D.

Newly installed interior drywall surfaces will be 5/8” drywall prepared to receive paint. Interior hollow metal surfaces will receive one coat of primer and two coats eggshell finish. Paint grade doors will be installed.

 

9.

LOADING DOCK

 

 

A.

Loading dock includes one leveler.

 

 

B.

A connection from the loading dock to the Tenant space will be provided as indicated on the Lower Level plan. Double doors will be provided as necessary to provide access from the loading dock area to the storage area and freight elevator.

 

10.

WALL PARTITIONS

 

 

A.

All Base Building partitions will be of gypsum wall board construction complying with building code. Fire-rated construction to be provided as required by code.

 

 

B.

Typical demising walls will consist of 3 5/8” studs or as required for wall height, insulated, up to the underside of slab, with one layer of 5/8” gypsum board on the common side of the stud with finished drywall to receive paint.

 

 

C.

Exterior walls shall be framed and insulated and have drywall to encapsulate the insulation system installed by Landlord, where applicable and required by code. Walls will be taped ready to receive paint by Tenant.

 

 

D.

Interior tenant partitions and column enclosures are installed by Tenant.

Page 20

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

11.

WINDOW TREATMENTS

 

 

A.

All exterior windows at South, East, and West elevations will be equipped with manual roll down shades.

 

12.

DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE

 

 

A.

Metal doors shall be provided at service core and mechanical rooms. They will be flush type 3’ x 8’ x 1-3/4” with veneer or stained hardwood finish at rooms with guest access (toilet rooms) and painted hollow metal at service rooms (electrical closets, mechanical rooms, etc.) in accordance with fire resistive requirements for each opening.

 

 

B.

Exterior service doors will be painted hollow metal 3’ x 7’ x 1-3/4” in a painted hollow metal frame. At storefront and curtain wall locations, aluminum doors with glazing will be provided by the Landlord.

 

 

C.

Frames – All Base Building doors, except storefront doors, shall be installed and painted. Hollow metal door frame and door colors will be determined by Landlord.

 

 

D.

Hardware – Base Building doors shall have mortise-bodied levers with keyed locksets and closers.

 

 

E.

Hardware sets shall be Schlage, Sargent or approved equal.

 

 

F.

Hardware shall be a brushed aluminum or brushed chrome finish.

 

13.

VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION

 

 

A.

Two existing passenger elevators are provided at the North entrance. An existing single passenger elevator is provided at the South entrance.

 

 

B.

The elevator materials and color selected for the interiors of the building’s passenger cabs shall be determined by Landlord.

 

14.

PLUMBING

 

 

A.

All material and workmanship shall be in strict accordance with the following codes:

 

 

1.

Massachusetts State Plumbing Code.

 

 

2.

Massachusetts State Building Code.

 

 

3.

National Fire Codes.

 

 

4.

Requirements of the local regulatory authorities.

 

Page 21

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

B.

Sanitary Waste and Vent System

 

Interior waste and vent piping shall convey wastes to the underground sanitary waste system and shall be vented through the roof as required by code. Exterior sanitary waste are connected to the site sanitary service outside the building.

 

 

C.

Roof drainage system

 

Interior roof drains are installed to drain all roof surfaces and are connected to the site storm drain outside of the building.

 

 

D.

Cold and Hot Water System

 

Cold and hot water systems shall be installed to service all Base Building fixtures and equipment requiring cold and hot water and shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of the applicable plumbing codes.

 

 

E.

Natural Gas System

 

Gas piping shall convey gas from the outlet of the meter to all Base Building equipment requiring gas and shall be sized in accordance with applicable fuel gas codes.

 

 

F.

Piping and Fittings

 

Piping and fittings shall be cast iron for sanitary and storm; copper for water; and black steel for natural gas.

 

 

G.

Insulation

 

All above ground cold and hot water piping, valves, and fittings shall be insulated, up to the mechanical shock absorbers.

 

 

H.

Water Meter

 

Water meter and piping are installed in accordance with the requirements of the local municipal service provider.

 

 

I.

Plumbing Fixtures

 

Fully-accessible, hands-free fixtures shall be provided in the Base Building toilet rooms. The number of plumbing fixtures shall be as required by applicable codes and shall be as follows:

 

 

1.

Water closets shall be elongated, low-flow, auto flush valve closets with 1 ½” top spud and exposed valve as manufactured by Sloan Company, or approved equal, with white, open front seats, no cover.

 

Page 22

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

2.

Urinals shall be wall-hung, low flow, white with ¾” top spud, exposed valve as manufactured by Sloan Company, or approved equal.

 

 

3.

Lavatories shall be auto detect under mount type with hot and cold fixtures.

 

 

4.

Shower mixing valves shall be pressure balancing, temperature selection type with accessible accessories where required. Shower heads shall be low-flow type.

 

 

5.

Provide electric hot water heaters for Base Building core restrooms.

 

15.

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

 

 

A.

The automatic light hazard fire protection system is to be furnished by the Landlord, and an automatic standpipe system equipped with 2 ½” fire department hose valves on each floor landing in each stairwell is also provided.

 

 

B.

The Base Building sprinkler system will consist of general coverage (15’ x 15’ grid) with upturned heads to meet minimum code requirements for light hazard occupancy. All relocation and/or additional heads and associated piping shall be Tenant work.

 

 

C.

The combination sprinkler/standpipe system will include wet alarm check valves located at the service entry. Alarm check valves where required are provided in the Base Building design.

 

 

D.

Dry pipe sprinkler system will be installed in the Loading Dock area as required by code.

 

 

E.

The sprinkler system on each floor will have a floor control valve assembly for isolating the sprinkler system for maintenance or for modifications due to Tenant Work .

 

 

F.

The Tenant ’s Work will include the installation of distribution piping, sprinkler heads throughout the building in accordance with the code requirements for Tenant’s particular uses and layouts.

 

 

G.

Tenant’s fire protection drawings shall be approved by the Landlord.

 

 

H.

The combination sprinkler/standpipe system will be designed to meet NFPA, state and local governmental requirements.

 

 

I.

Existing hydrants are located on the site as required by NFPA, state and local requirements.

 

 

J.

The combination sprinkler and standpipe system alarm and supervisory devices will be interfaced with the fire alarm system as required by NFPA 13, Massachusetts State Building Code, and local municipal requirements. The Base Building fire protection is designed per MA State Building Code.

 

 

K.

All sprinkler system piping and equipment shall be tested in accordance with all applicable codes and local municipal requirements.

 

Page 23

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

16.

HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

 

All items provided as part of Landlord’s Work unless otherwise noted.

 

 

A.

Materials, equipment and systems installed shall meet all requirements of applicable local codes.

 

 

B.

Base Building HVAC system includes medium pressure supply and return horizontal air tunnels within the floor slab on each floor for extension by Tenant. Also includes hot water supply/return risers capped and valved connections on each floor for extension by Tenant.

 

 

C.

Tenant ’s Work i ncludes hot water distribution system, connection and tie into on floor supply and return air tunnels, and all downstream secondary ductwork, interior and exterior VAV boxes, controls, registers, grilles and diffusers, perimeter hot water radiation as scheduled and located on the documents.

 

 

D.

Design Conditions

 

 

1.

The HVAC systems shall be designed to maintain the following conditions:

 

As provided in design.

 

Outdoor summer = 91F DB / 73F WB

Indoor summer = 75F DB / 62F WB (50% RH)

Outdoor winter = 7F DB

Indoor winter = 70F DB

 

Outside air shall be introduced to the building in accordance with ASHRAE Standards.

 

 

2.

For Tenant areas, the load calculations shall be based on a maximum sustained peak loading condition of one (1) person per one hundred fifty (150) usable square feet and a combined lighting and power load of 4.0 watts per usable square foot office.

 

 

E.

Scope of Work

 

The HVAC system will consist of air handling units with chilled and hot water coils. The units will be complete with supply fan, return fan, variable frequency drives, and heat for morning warm-up. Medium pressure supply and return air systems shall be provided as part of the Base Building Work. All run-outs, connections to the medium pressure supply air system and in-slab distribution work, including associated variable air volume boxes (interior and exterior zones), shall be part of the Tenant Improvements Work. The Tenant Improvements shall be designed such that the interior zones shall be controlled by the use

Page 24

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

of variable air volume boxes with remote thermostats and the building perimeter areas shall be controlled by the use of VAV terminal units with hot water heating coils. Each office floor will be provided with capped off hot water pipe work to be connected to a Tenant installed perimeter hot water fin-tube system, specified by Landlord.

 

Base Building Work HVAC System shall include:

 

 

1.

Toilet and miscellaneous exhaust fans with separate exhaust system.

 

 

2.

Medium pressure supply and return air systems to be on each floor.

 

 

3.

Gas fired hot water boilers, pumps, piping and controls. Supply and return piping risers with capped and valved connections on each floor for future extension by the Tenant.

 

 

4.

DDC control system for the Base Building air handling units and VAV boxes.

 

 

F.

All required balancing tests and adjustments for all Base Building systems, including air systems, automatic control, and piping systems will be performed by accredited personnel. Tenant shall perform balancing tests upon completion of Tenant Improvement work.

 

 

G.

All low pressure supply duct work in Base Building unconditioned spaces, under roof and in mechanical equipment rooms shall be insulated. All low pressure supply ductwork above air conditioned space will be insulated.  Landlord will remove all surface mounted ductwork.

 

 

H.

The entire building system shall be controlled and monitored by a Building Management System, which shall automatically monitor and adjust building temperatures and energy usage. Lighting control shall be furnished and installed by the Tenant and may utilize the BMS at the Tenant’s election.

 

17.

ELECTRICAL

 

 

A.

General: All electrical work shall conform to The National Board of Fire Underwriters, the latest edition of the Massachusetts Electrical Code.

 

 

B.

Base Building electrical system extends up to the Base Building electric room sized to accommodate Tenant electrical design load of 6.0 watts/SF for lighting and power.

 

 

C.

Design Conditions:

 

 

1.

Service shall be capable of satisfying all the Base Building power requirements for heating, ventilating, air conditioning equipment, common areas power and lighting, and building site lighting.

 

Page 25

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

2.

Lighting power densities shall be designed to Massachusetts State Building Code, 8 th Edition CMR 780 Chapter 13 Energy Conservation Code for the following lighting levels:

 

 

Office areas (tenant improvements) – 0.98 watts/SF (building area method)

 

Lobby and toilet areas – 0.98 watts/SF (building area method)

 

Storage areas – 0.63 watts/SF (building area method)

 

Closets and mechanical areas – as required, including individual switching – 0.95 watts/SF (building area method)

 

 

3.

Tenant lighting and equipment power shall be designed for 6.0 watts connected load per usable square foot.

 

 

D.

Electric Power Distribution:

 

 

1.

The building shall be served by a 277/480 volt three phase, 4 wire service.

 

 

2.

The building shall be provided with a utility grade electric meter.

 

 

3.

If required by code, a Base Building emergency generator will be installed by Landlord to provide backup power for building life safety systems and building lighting for emergency egress.

 

If a dedicated emergency power generator is not required by code, then emergency egress lighting will be provided by integral emergency ballast and battery system.

 

 

4.

A 277/480 volt, three-phase, four-wire distribution panels in (2) electrical closets per floor and low voltage transformers shall be provided as required for Base Building work.

 

All distribution of electricity from the building’s service for Tenants’ use, including high and low voltage panels, transformers, shall be by Tenant. Panels for Tenant use to support Tenant Improvement work shall be provided by the Tenant.

 

 

5.

The electrical switchgear manufacturer shall be General Electric, Cutler Hammer, Siemens, Square D, Westinghouse, or approved equal.

 

 

6.

Panel boards as manufactured by General Electric, Cutler Hammer, Siemens, Square D, or approved equal.

 

 

7.

Dry Type Transformers as manufactured by General Electric, Cutler Hammer, Siemens, Square D, Jefferson, or approved equal.

Page 26

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

8.

Landlord shall provide check metering equipment, at Landlord’s expense, capable of remote reading as may be required for LEED certification.

 

 

9.

Landlord shall clear all existing walker duct free from existing wiring and/or debris to allow for future tenant installation and Landlord shall repair any damage to the top plate of the walker duct caused by Landlord’s wiring removal.  

 

 

E.

Wiring methods shall be as follows:

 

 

1.

Type “THWN” or “THHN” wires installed in electric metallic tubing (emt) for main, sub main feeders, and branch circuitry.

 

 

2.

Flexible metal conduit may utilize branch circuitry above acoustic ceiling.

 

 

F.

The following items shall be included in the Tenant’s Work:

 

 

1.

Tenant shall make the necessary connection to the Base Building busway and/or distribution panels provided in two (2) electrical closets per floor providing all panel boards, transformers, wiring, devices and related electrical components required to service their electrical requirements. All Tenant busway takeoffs and Tenant panelboards shall be by Tenant.

 

 

2.

Tenant to provide panel boards as follows:

 

 

480/277 volt mechanical panels

 

480/277 volt lighting panels

 

208/120 volt power panels

 

 

3.

Supply power with characteristics as follows:

 

 

480 volts three phase to all motors ½ horsepower and larger.

 

277 volts single phase to all LED and fluorescent (and other discharge type lamp) lighting fixtures.

 

120 volts single phase to all general convenience receptacle outlets.

 

Special power for hard-wired or receptacle connections to appliances.

 

 

4.

Incorporate three-phase dry type transformers (480 volt delta to 208/128 volt wye) as required to produce the aforementioned supply characteristics which are not available from direct connection off the main service characteristics.

 

Page 27

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

5.

Lighting fixtures other than in the Main Entrance Lobby, Base Building stairs, building service rooms and Base Building toilet rooms.

 

 

6.

Life safety egress as required by local and state codes. Fixtures will utilize LED or T8 lamps, electronic ballasts and/or battery packs.

 

 

7.

Motors, Motor Starters and Power Circuit Wiring:

 

 

Motors will be furnished and installed separate from the electric work.

 

Motor starters will be furnished and installed as part of the electric work. Starters for air conditioning compressors will be supplied by mechanical contractor.

 

The electric work shall include all power circuit wiring up to motor terminals together with final connections to same.

 

 

G.

Rough-in Provisions for Telephone/Data Company:

 

 

1.

Service entrance conduits extending from the property line to a main telephone room on Lower Level.

 

 

2.

One (1) main telephone closet on Lower Level.

 

 

3.

Two (2) 4.8 sheets of fire rated plywood mounted to wall in main telephone room.

 

 

H.

Automatic Addressable Fire Alarm Detection System:

 

 

1.

A fire alarm system for the building common areas shall be installed in accordance with all current applicable building codes including NFPA and ADA.

 

 

2.

Fire alarm devices outside the core areas and within the Premises shall be installed as part of the Tenant s Work.

 

 

3.

Base Building fire alarm system shall have capacity to accommodate speaker and strobe devices per floor for Tenant’s use as per code.

 

 

4.

Fire Alarm equipment as manufactured by E.S.T., Simplex, Honeywell, Notifier, Alerton, or approved equal.

 

 

5.

The Fire Alarm Transponder Cabinets shall have spare capacity for additional initiation devices required for Tenant fit out.

 

Page 28

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

18.

ACCESS CONTROL AND SECURITY SYSTEM

 

Landlord to provide door hardware and locking hardware only, for the perimeter card access system including the electric door locks, raceways, and power for main exterior entries.

 

If Tenant requires interior card security, then security wiring, card readers, and the interior security system shall be furnished and installed by Tenant.

 

19.

OTHER CLARIFICATIONS

 

 

A.

The following items shall be part of Tenant ’s Work and are not included in the Landlord’s Work or the responsibility of the Landlord :

 

 

1.

Ceiling high demising partitions except on multi-tenant floors

 

2.

Internal tenant entrance doors and interior doors

 

3.

Acoustical ceilings

 

4.

Carpet or other floor covering

 

5.

Interior finish on exterior wall

 

6.

Light fixtures

 

7.

Single pole switches

 

8.

Wall-mounted duplex outlets

 

9.

Wall-mounted telephone outlets

 

10.

Final sprinkler head layout, fixture upgrades, quantities above Base Building, and all piping associated with changes

 

11.

Interior and exterior VAV boxes, all Registers, Diffusers and Grilles (RDG) with medium pressure and distribution ductwork. Medium pressure supply ductwork shall have duct sound attenuators and external duct insulation throughout

 

12.

Hot water distribution system within tenant spaces

 

13.

All electrical work on Tenant’s meter

 

14.

Fire alarm stations and exit signs required by code (but such items shall be included in Base Building to the extent located in core areas)

 

15.

Elevator lobby finishes on single tenant floors (elevator frames and doors are brushed stainless steel)

 

 

Page 29

Exhibit B-1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT B-2

TENANT PLANS DATES

 

Event

 

Date

 

 

 

Interim Plans Submission Date (Design Development):

 

February 14, 2017

 

 

 

Final Plans Date (100% Complete):

 

March 31, 2017

 

 

 

Tenant Costs Notice:

 

April 28, 2017

 

 

 

Long-Lead Item Release Date:

 

April 28, 2017

 

 

 

Authorization to Proceed Date:

 

May 1, 2017

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit B-2

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT B-3

 

TENANT PLAN AND WORKING DRAWING REQUIREMENTS

 

1.

Floor plan indicating location of partitions and doors (details required of partition and door types).

 

2.

Location of standard electrical convenience outlets and telephone outlets.

 

3.

Location and details of special electrical outlets; (e.g. Xerox), including voltage, amperage, phase and NEMA configuration of outlets.

 

4.

Reflected ceiling plan showing layout of standard ceiling and lighting fixtures.  Partitions to be shown lightly with switches located indicating fixtures to be controlled.

 

5.

Locations and details of special ceiling conditions, lighting fixtures, speakers, etc.

 

6.

Location and heat load in BTU/Hr. of all special air conditioning and ventilating requirements and all necessary HVAC mechanical drawings.

 

7.

Location and details of special structural requirements, e.g., slab penetrations and areas with floor loadings exceeding a live load of 70 lbs./s.f.

 

8.

Locations and details of all plumbing fixtures; sinks, drinking fountains, etc.

 

9.

Location and specifications of floor coverings, e.g., vinyl tile, carpet, ceramic tile, etc.

 

10.

Finish schedule plan indicating wall covering, paint or paneling with paint colors referenced to standard color system.

 

11.

Details and specifications of special millwork, glass partitions, rolling doors and grilles, blackboards, shelves, etc.

 

12.

Hardware schedule indicating door number keyed to plan, size, hardware required including butts, latchsets or locksets, closures, stops, and any special items such as thresholds, soundproofing, etc.  Keying schedule is required.

 

13.

Verified dimensions of all built-in equipment (file cabinets, lockers, plan files, etc.).

 

14.

Location of any special soundproofing requirements.

 

15.

All drawings to be uniform size and shall incorporate the standard project electrical and plumbing symbols and be at a scale of 1/8” = 1’ or larger.

 

16.

Drawing submittal shall include the appropriate quantity required for Landlord to file for permit along with four half size sets and one full size set for Landlord’s review and use.

 

17.

Provide all other information necessary to obtain all permits and approvals for Landlord’s Work.

 

18.

Upon completion of the work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with two hard copies and one CAD file of the Record Drawings to reflect all project sketches and changes.

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit B-3

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT B ‑4

 

INITIAL PLANS

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit B-4

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit C

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit C

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT C

 

LANDLORD SERVICES

 

I.

CLEANING

 

Cleaning and janitorial services shall be provided as needed Monday through Friday, exclusive of holidays observed by the cleaning company and Saturdays and Sundays.

 

 

A.

OFFICE AREAS

 

Cleaning and janitorial services to be provided in the office areas shall include:

 

 

1.

Vacuuming, damp mopping of resilient floors and trash removal.

 

 

2.

Dusting of horizontal surfaces within normal reach (tenant equipment to remain in place).

 

 

3.

High dusting and dusting of vertical blinds to be rendered as needed.

 

 

B.

LAVATORIES

 

Cleaning and janitorial services to be provided in the common area lavatories of the building shall include:

 

 

1.

Dusting, damp mopping of resilient floors, trash removal, sanitizing of basins, bowls and urinals as well as cleaning of mirrors and bright work.

 

 

2.

Refilling of soap, towel, tissue and sanitary dispensers to be rendered as necessary.

 

 

3.

High dusting to be rendered as needed.

 

 

C.

MAIN LOBBIES, ELEVATORS, STAIRWELLS AND COMMON CORRIDORS

 

Cleaning and janitorial services to be provided in the common areas of the building shall include:

 

 

1.

Trash removal, vacuuming, dusting and damp mopping of resilient floors and cleaning and sanitizing of water fountains.

 

 

2.

High dusting to be rendered as needed.

 

 

D.

WINDOW CLEANING

 

All exterior windows shall be washed on the inside and outside surfaces at a frequency necessary to maintain a first class appearance.

Page 3

Exhibit C

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

II.

HVAC

 

 

A.

Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment will be provided with sufficient capacity to accommodate a maximum population density of one (1) person per one hundred fifty (150) square feet of useable floor area served, and a combined lighting and standard electrical load of 3.0 watts per square foot of useable floor area.  In the event Tenant introduces into the Premises personnel or equipment which overloads the system’s ability to adequately perform its proper functions, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in writing and supplementary system(s) may be required and installed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, if within fifteen (15) days Tenant has not modified its use so as not to cause such overload.

 

Operating criteria of the basic system shall not be less than the following:

 

 

(i)

Cooling season indoor temperature of not in excess of 73 – 79 degrees Fahrenheit when outdoor temperatures are 91 degrees Fahrenheit ambient.

 

 

(ii)

Heating season minimum room temperature of 68 – 75 degrees Fahrenheit when outdoor temperatures are 6 degrees Fahrenheit ambient.

 

 

B.

Landlord shall provide heating, ventilating and air conditioning as normal seasonal changes may require during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Monday through Friday (legal holidays in all cases excepted).

 

If Tenant shall require air conditioning (during the air conditioning season) or heating or ventilating during any other time period, Landlord shall use landlord’s best efforts to furnish such services for the area or areas specified by written request of Tenant delivered to the Building Superintendent or the Landlord before 3:00 p.m. of the business day preceding the extra usage.  Landlord shall charge Tenant for such extra-hours usage at reasonable rates customary for first-class office buildings in the Boston Suburban market, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, upon receipt of billing therefor.

 

III.

ELECTRICAL SERVICES

 

 

A.

Landlord shall provide electric power for a combined load of 6.0 watts per square foot of useable area for lighting and for office machines through standard receptacles for the typical office space.

 

 

B.

In the event that Tenant has special equipment (such as computers and reproduction equipment) that requires either 3-phase electric power or any voltage other than 120 volts, or for any other usage, Landlord may at its option require the installation of separate metering (Tenant being solely responsible for the costs of any such separate meter and the installation thereof) and direct billing to Tenant for the electric power required for any such special equipment.

 

Page 4

Exhibit C

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

C.

Landlord will furnish and install, at Tenant’s expense, all replacement lighting tubes, lamps and ballasts required by Tenant.  Landlord will clean lighting fixtures on a regularly scheduled basis at Tenant’s expense.

 

IV.

ELEVATORS

 

Provide passenger elevator service twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, fifty-two (52) weeks per year during the Lease Term (subject to events of Landlord’s Force Majeure and to Landlord’s right to periodically shut down elevators for repairs and maintenance; it being understood and agreed in connection with the foregoing that elevator service will be disrupted in the event of power outages at the Building).

 

V.

WATER

 

Provide tempered water for lavatory purposes and cold water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes.

 

VI.

CARD ACCESS SYSTEM

 

Landlord will provide a card access system at one entry door of the Building.

 

 

 

Page 5

Exhibit C

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT D

 

FLOOR PLANS

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit D

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit D

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF DECLARATION AFFIXING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE OF LEASE

 

THIS AGREEMENT made this          day of                  , 200           , by and between [LANDLORD] (hereinafter “Landlord”) and Mimecast North America, Inc. (hereinafter “Tenant”).

 

 

W I T N E S S E T H T H A T :

 

1. This Agreement is made pursuant to Section [2.4] of that certain Lease dated [date] , between Landlord and Tenant (the “Lease”).

 

2. It is hereby stipulated that the Lease Term commenced on [commencement date] , (being the “Commencement Date” under the Lease), and shall end and expire on [expiration date] , unless sooner terminated or extended, as provided for in the Lease.

 

WITNESS the execution hereof by persons hereunto duly authorized, the date first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

191 Spring Street Trust u/d/t dated May 6, 1985 recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book 16197, Page 583, as amended

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

David Provost

 

 

Title:

By Delegation on behalf of the Trustees

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Hereunto duly authorized

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit E

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORMS OF LIEN WAIVERS

 

CONTRACTOR’S PARTIAL WAIVER AND SUBORDINATION OF LIEN

 

STATE OF

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

COUNTY

Application for Payment No.:

 

 

OWNER:

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRACTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER / MORTGAGEE:

None

 

 

1.

Original Contract Amount:

$

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Approved Change Orders:

$

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Adjusted Contract Amount:

$

 

 

(line 1 plus line 2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Completed to Date:

$

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Less Retainage:

$

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Total Payable to Date:

$

 

 

(line 4 less line 5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Less Previous Payments:

$

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Current Amount Due:

$

 

 

(line 6 less line 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Pending Change Orders:

$

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Disputed Claims:

$

 

 

The undersigned who has a contract with _________________________ for furnishing labor or materials or both labor and materials or rental equipment, appliances or tools for the erection, alteration, repair or removal of a building or structure or other improvement of real property known and identified as located in ____________ (city or town), _________County, _________________________ and owned by _________________, upon receipt of __________ ($__________) in payment of an invoice/requisition/application for payment dated __________________ does hereby:

 

Page 1

Exhibit F

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

(a)

waive any and all liens and right of lien on such real property for labor or materials, or both labor and materials, or rental equipment, appliances or tools, performed or furnished through the following date ________________ (payment period), except for retainage, unpaid agreed or pending change orders, and disputed claims as stated above;

 

 

(b)

subordinate any and all liens and right of lien to secure payment for such unpaid, agreed or pending change orders and disputed claims, and such further labor or materials, or both labor and materials, or rental equipment, appliances or tools, except for retainage, performed or furnished at any time through the twenty-fifth day after the end of the above payment period, to the extent of the amount actually advanced by the above lender/mortgagee through such twenty-fifth day.

 

Signed under the penalties of perjury this _________ day of _________, 20__.

 

WITNESS:

 

CONTRACTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit F

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

SUBCONTRACTOR’S LIEN WAIVER

 

General Contractor:

 

 

 

 

 

Subcontractor:

 

 

 

 

 

Owner:

 

 

 

 

 

Project:

 

 

 

 

 

Total Amount Previously Paid:

$

 

 

 

 

Amount Paid This Date:

$

 

 

 

 

Retainage (Including This Payment) Held to Date:

$

 

 

In consideration of the receipt of the amount of payment set forth above and any and all past payments received from the Contractor in connection with the Project, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that it has been paid all sums due for all labor, materials and/or equipment furnished by the undersigned to or in connection with the Project and the undersigned hereby releases, discharges, relinquishes and waives any and all claims, suits, liens and rights under any Notice of Identification, Notice of Contract or statement of account with respect to the Owner, the Project and/or against the Contractor on account of any labor, materials and/or equipment furnished through the date hereof.

 

The undersigned individual represents and warrants that he is the duly authorized representative of the undersigned, empowered and authorized to execute and deliver this document on behalf of the undersigned and that this document binds the undersigned to the extent that the payment referred to herein is received.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it has paid in full each and every sub-subcontractor, laborer and labor and/or material supplier with whom undersigned has dealt in connection with the Project and the undersigned agrees at its sole cost and expense to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor against any claims, demands, suits, disputes, damages, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liens and/or claims of lien made by such sub-subcontractors, laborers and labor and/or material suppliers arising out of or in any way related to the Project.

Page 3

Exhibit F

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Signed under the penalties of perjury as of this ______ day of ______________, 20__.

 

 

SUBCONTRACTOR:

 

Signature and Printed Name of Individual

 

 

Signing this Lien Waiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Page 4

Exhibit F

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

CONTRACTOR’S WAIVER OF CLAIMS AGAINST OWNER AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF FINAL PAYMENT

 

 

Commonwealth of Massachusetts

Date:

 

 

 

COUNTY OF

 

Invoice No.:

 

 

 

OWNER:

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRACTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

PROJECT:

 

 

 

 

1.

Original Contract Amount:

$

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Approved Change Orders:

$

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Adjusted Contract Amount:

$

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Sums Paid on Account of Contract Amount:

$

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Less Final Payment Due:

$

 

 

The undersigned being duly sworn hereby attests that when the Final Payment

Due as set forth above is paid in full by Owner, such payment shall constitute payment in full for all labor, materials, equipment and work in place furnished by the undersigned in connection with the aforesaid contract and that no further payment is or will be due to the undersigned.

 

The undersigned hereby attests that it has satisfied all claims against it for items, including by way of illustration but not by way of limitation, items of: labor, materials, insurance, taxes, union benefits, equipment, etc. employed in the prosecution of the work of said contract, and acknowledges that satisfaction of such claims serves as an inducement for the Owner to release the Final Payment Due.

 

The undersigned hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against all claims arising in connection with its Contract with respect to claims for the furnishing of labor, materials and equipment by others.  Said indemnification and hold harmless shall include the reimbursement of all actual attorney’s fees and all costs and expenses of every nature, and shall be to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably waives and releases any and all liens and right of lien on such real property and other property of the Owner for labor or materials, or both labor and materials, or rental equipment, appliances or tools, performed or furnished by the undersigned, and anyone claiming by, through, or under the undersigned, in connection with the Project.

Page 5

Exhibit F

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

The undersigned hereby releases, remises and discharges the Owner, any agent of the Owner and their respective predecessors, successors, assigns, employees, officers, shareholders, directors, and principals, whether disclosed or undisclosed (collectively “Releasees”) from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, actions and causes of action (collectively “Claims”) which the undersigned and anyone claiming by, through or under the undersigned has or may have against the Releasees, including, without limitation, any claims arising in connection with the Contract and the work performed thereunder.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, payment to the undersigned of the Final Payment Due sum as set forth above, shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any of its rights under the contract including by way of illustration but not by way of limitation guarantees and/or warranties.  Payment will not be made until a signed waiver is returned to Owner.

 

The undersigned individual represents and warrants that he/she is the duly authorized representative of the undersigned, empowered and authorized to execute and deliver this document on behalf of the undersigned.

 

Page 6

Exhibit F

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Signed under the penalties of perjury as of this ___ day of ________________, _____.

 

 

Corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Hereunto duly authorized

 

 

 

 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

COUNTY OF SUFFOLK

 

On this ___ day of __________, 20___, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared _____________________________, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he/she signed it as ______________ for ______________, a corporation/partnership voluntarily for its stated purpose.

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:

 

 

Page 7

Exhibit F

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

[Letterhead of a money center bank acceptable to the Owner]

 

[Please note the tenant on this Letter of Credit must match the exact tenant entity in the Lease]

 

 

[date]

 

191 Spring Street Trust

c/o Boston Properties LP

800 Boylston Street, Suite 1900

Boston, Massachusetts 02199-8103

Attn: Lease Administration, Legal Dept.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit and authorize you to draw on us at sight for the account of [Tenant] (“Applicant”), the aggregate amount of [spell out dollar amount] and [__] /100 Dollars [($              )] .  You shall have the right to make partial draws against this Letter of Credit from time to time.

 

Funds under this Letter of Credit are available to the beneficiary hereof as follows:

 

Any or all of the sums hereunder may be drawn down at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof by [Landlord] (“Beneficiary”) when accompanied by this Letter of Credit and a written statement signed by an individual purporting to be an authorized agent of Beneficiary, certifying that such moneys are due and owing to Beneficiary, and a sight draft executed and endorsed by such individual.

 

This Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety to any successor in interest to Beneficiary as owner of [Property, Address, City/Town, State] .  Should a transfer be desired, such transfer will be subject to the return to us of this advice, together with written instructions.  Any fees related to such transfer shall be for the account of the Applicant.

 

The amount of each draft must be endorsed on the reverse hereof by the negotiating bank.  We hereby agree that this Letter of Credit shall be duly honored upon presentation and delivery of the certification specified above.

 

This Letter of Credit shall expire on [Final Expiration Date] .

 

Page 1

Exhibit G

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Notwithstanding the above expiration date of this Letter of Credit, the term of this Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewed for successive, additional one (1) year periods unless, at least sixty (60) days prior to any such date of expiration, the undersigned shall give written notice to Beneficiary, by certified mail, return receipt requested and at the address set forth above or at such other address as may be given to the undersigned by Beneficiary, that this Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

 

If any instructions accompanying a drawing under this Letter of Credit request that payment is to be made by transfer to your account with another bank, we will only effect such payment by fed wire to a U.S. regulated bank, and we and/or such other bank may rely on an account number specified in such instructions even if the number identifies a person or entity different from the intended payee.

 

This Letter of Credit is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication 500.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[Name of Issuing Bank]

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit G

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT H

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit H

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit H

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT I ‑1

 

BUILDING SIGNAGE

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit I‑1

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT I ‑2

 

MONUMENT SIGNAGE

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit I‑2

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT I ‑3

 

ENTRANCE SIGNAGE

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit I‑3

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT J

 

BROKER DETERMINATION OF PREVAILING MARKET RENT

 

Where in the Lease to which this Exhibit is attached provision is made for a Broker Determination of Prevailing Market Rent, the following procedures and requirements shall apply:

 

1.

Definition of Prevailing Market Rent .  “Prevailing Market Rent” shall mean the annual fair market rental value of the Premises or the applicable expansion premises in connection Tenant’s exercise of its options under Section 2.4.1, Article XI or Article XII, as applicable, of the Lease.  Such annual fair market rental value determination (a) may include provision for annual increases in rent during the Lease Term or the Extended Term, as applicable, if so determined, (b) shall take account of, and be expressed in relation to, the payment in respect of taxes and operating costs and provisions for paying for so-called tenant electricity as contained in this Lease, (c) shall be based on comparable office lease transactions with third party tenants for office space in the Building and in comparable first class office buildings in the Route 128 West Suburban Class A market (the “Market Area”), including premises within the Complex if at the time such quotation is requested such premises shall be available for rent, and (d) shall take into account all relevant factors as determined by the brokers selected in accordance with the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the base years for Landlord’s Operating Expenses and Taxes.

 

2.

Tenant’s Request .  Tenant shall send a notice to Landlord by the time set for such notice in the applicable section of the Lease, requesting a Broker Determination of the Prevailing Market Rent, which notice to be effective must (i) make explicit reference to the Lease and to the specific section of the Lease pursuant to which said request is being made, (ii) include the name of a broker selected by Tenant to act for Tenant, which broker shall be affiliated with a major commercial real estate brokerage firm selected by Tenant and which broker shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience dealing in properties of a nature and type generally similar to the Building located in the Market Area, and (iii) explicitly state that Landlord is required to notify Tenant within thirty (30) days of an additional broker selected by Landlord.

 

3.

Landlord’s Response .  Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice requesting the Broker Determination and stating the name of the broker selected by Tenant, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s selection of a broker having at least the affiliation and experience referred to above.

 

4.

Selection of Third Broker .  Within ten (10) days thereafter the two (2) brokers so selected shall select a third such broker (the “Third Broker”) also having at least the affiliation and experience referred to above, provided, as a further qualification, that the Third Broker shall not be an individual who is then under contract to represent either Landlord or Tenant.

 

5.

Rental Value Determination .  Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the Third Broker, the three (3) brokers so selected, by majority opinion, shall make a determination of the annual fair market rental value of the Premises for the period referred to in the Lease.  Such annual fair market rental value determination (i) shall require rent to commence upon the commencement of the period in question, and may include provision for annual increases in rent during said term if

Page 1

Exhibit J

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

so determined, (ii) shall take into account the as-is condition of the Premises and the amount, if any, that Landlord will be making available to Tenant as a leasehold improvements allowance, as specified in Landlord’s rent quotation as set forth in the Lease, (iii) shall take account of, and be expressed in relation to, the applicable tax and operating cost bases expressly set forth in the Lease and provisions for paying for so-called tenant electricity as contained in the Lease and (iv) shall take into account all relevant factors as determined by the brokers.  The brokers shall advise Landlord and Tenant in writing by the expiration of said thirty (30) day period of the annual fair market rental value which as so determined shall be referred to as the Prevailing Market Rent.

 

6.

Resolution of Broker Deadlock .  If the Brokers are unable by the expiration of such thirty (30) day period to agree at least by majority on a determination of annual fair market rental value, then the brokers designated by Landlord and Tenant shall submit their individual determinations of fair market rental value to the Third Broker within five (5) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period and the Third Broker shall select from these two individual determinations the one closest to the Third Broker’s own individual determination of fair market rental value, and the determination so selected shall constitute and be referred to as the Prevailing Market Rent.

 

7.

Costs .  Each party shall pay the costs and expenses of the broker selected by it and each shall pay one half (1/2) of the costs and expenses of the Third Broker.

 

8.

Failure to Select Broker or Failure of Broker to Serve .  If Tenant shall have requested a Broker Determination and Landlord shall not have designated a broker within the time period provided therefor above, then Tenant’s Broker shall alone make the determination of Prevailing Market Rent in writing to Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration of Landlord’s right to designate a broker hereunder.  If Tenant and Landlord have both designated brokers but the two brokers so designated do not, within a period of fifteen (15) days after the appointment of the second broker, agree upon and designate the Third Broker willing so to act, the Tenant, the Landlord or either broker previously designated may request the Boston Bar Association (or such organization as may succeed to the Boston Bar Association) to designate the Third Broker willing so to act and a broker so appointed shall, for all purposes, have the same standing and powers as though he had been seasonably appointed by the brokers first appointed.  In case of the inability or refusal to serve of any person designated as a broker, or in case any broker for any reason ceases to be such, a broker to fill such vacancy shall be appointed by the Tenant, the Landlord, the brokers first appointed or the Boston Bar Association as the case may be, whichever made the original appointment, or if the person who made the original appointment fails to fill such vacancy, upon application of any broker who continues to act or by the Landlord or Tenant such vacancy may be filled by the Boston Bar Association and any broker so appointed to fill such vacancy shall have the same standing and powers as though originally appointed.

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit J

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT K

 

Preliminary Design Plan of Outdoor Patio Area

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit K

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT l

 

PROCEDURE FOR ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS
OF ELECTRIC POWER USAGE BY TENANTS

 

This memo outlines the procedure for adjusting charges for electric power to office tenants in the Building.

 

1.

Main electric service will be provided by the local utility company to a central utility metering center.  All charges by the utility will be read from these meters and billed to and paid by Landlord at rates established by the utility company.

 

2.

In order to assure that charges for electric service are allocated among tenants in relation to the relative amounts of electricity used by each tenant, meters (known as “check meters”) will be installed by Landlord and used to monitor tenant electric usage.  On each office floor there shall be one or more check meter(s) serving all of the floor, and on multi-tenant floors Landlord may require that the tenants install check meters relating to their premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall install, in conjunction with the Landlord’s Work, but at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, check meters for the Premises prior to the Commencement Date in order to monitor usage as aforesaid.  Also, in the event that there is located in the Premises a data center containing high density computing equipment, as defined in the U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® rating system (“Energy Star”), Landlord may, at any time during the Term, require the installation in accordance with Energy Star of separate metering or check metering equipment (Tenant being responsible for the costs of any such meter or check meter and the installation and connectivity thereof).  In such event, Tenant shall directly pay to the utility all electric consumption on any meter and shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all electric consumption on any check meter within thirty (30) days after being billed thereof by Landlord, in addition to other electric charges payable by Tenant under the Lease.

 

3.

The Landlord will cause the check meters to be read periodically by its employees and will perform an analysis of such information for the purpose of determining whether any adjustments are required to achieve an allocation of the costs of electric service among the tenants in relation to the respective amounts of usage of electricity for those tenants.  For this purpose, the Landlord shall, as far as possible in each case, read the check meters to determine usage for periods that include one or more entire periods used by the utility company for the reading of the meters located within the central utility metering center (so that the Landlord may, in its discretion, choose periods that are longer than those used by the utility company – for example, quarterly, semi-annual or annual periods).  Tenant shall have reasonable access to such check meters to read the same.

 

4.

Tenant’s share of electricity shall be determined by Landlord on the following basis:

 

 

a.

The cost of the total amount of electricity supplied for usage by tenants during the period being measured shall be determined by dividing the total cost of electricity through the central utility metering center as invoiced by the utility company for the same period by the total amount of kilowatt hour usage as measured by the meters located within the central utility metering center (herein called “Cost Per Kilowatt Hour”).

Page 1

Exhibit L

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

b.

Tenant’s allocable share of electricity costs for the period (“Tenant Electricity”) shall be determined by multiplying the Cost Per Kilowatt Hour by the number of kilowatt hours utilized by Tenant for such period as indicated by the check meter(s) for Tenant’s Premises.

 

 

c.

Where a floor is occupied by more than one tenant, and where all of the tenant spaces on such floor are not separately check-metered, the cost of Tenant Electricity for tenant spaces that are not separately check-metered shall first be determined by the same procedure as set forth in paragraph (b) above (after subtracting out the usage shown on any check meter that runs off such floor meter), and then the allocable share of each tenant on that floor whose space is not separately check-metered shall be determined by multiplying the total costs of Tenant Electricity for that floor by a fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable area leased to such tenant and the denominator of which is the total rentable area under lease from time to time to tenants on said floor (other than those who are separately check metered); provided, however, that if the Landlord shall reasonably determine that the cost of electricity furnished to the Tenant at the Premises exceeds the amount being paid under this Subsection (d), then Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written documentation establishing Landlord’s basis for such determination and Landlord shall charge Tenant for such excess and Tenant shall promptly pay the same upon billing therefor as Additional Rent under the Lease.  Tenant’s payment of electricity charges shall be subject to Tenant’s rights under Section 7.6 of the Lease.

 

 

d.

Where part or all of the rentable area on a floor has been occupied for less than all of the period for which adjustments are being made, appropriate and equitable modifications shall be made to the allocation formula so that each tenant’s allocable share of costs equitably reflects its period of occupancy, provided that in no event shall the total of all costs as allocated to tenants (or to unoccupied space) be less than the total cost of Tenant Electricity for said period.

 

 

e.

Tenant shall make estimated payments on account of Tenant Electricity, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, on a monthly basis at the same time and in the same manner as Tenant’s monthly installments of Annual Fixed Rent.

 

5.

Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount from time to time reasonably estimated by Landlord to be sufficient to cover, in the aggregate, a sum equal to the Tenant’s allocable share of Tenant Electricity costs for each calendar year during the Lease Term.  No later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the first calendar year or fraction thereof ending December 31 and of each succeeding calendar year during the Lease Term or fraction thereof at the end of the Lease Term, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement in reasonable detail certified by an officer of Landlord, showing for the preceding calendar year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the Tenant’s allocable share of Tenant Electricity costs.  Said statement to be rendered to Tenant also shall show for the preceding year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the amounts already paid by Tenant on account of Tenant’s allocable share of Tenant Electricity costs and the amount of Tenant’s allocable share of Tenant Electricity costs remaining due from, or overpaid by, Tenant for the year or other period covered by the statement.  If such statement shows a balance remaining due to Landlord, Tenant shall pay same to Landlord on or before the thirtieth (30 th )

Page 2

Exhibit L

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

day following receipt by Tenant of said statement.  Any balance shown as due to Tenant shall be credited against Annual Fixed Rent next due, or refunded to Tenant if the Lease Term has then expired and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord.  Payments by Tenant on account of Tenant’s allocable share of Tenant Electricity costs shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be made monthly at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent.

 

All costs of electricity billed to Landlord through the central utility metering center other than the costs of Tenant Electricity allocated pursuant to the procedures established herein, shall be treated as part of the Landlord’s Operating Expenses for the Building or the Complex for purposes of determining the allocation of those costs.  Taxes imposed upon the electricity furnished to the Building shall be included in the calculation of electricity charges payable under this Lease, however, there shall not be included in such electricity charges any tax imposed upon Landlord on account of Landlord’s sale, use or resale of electrical energy to Tenant or other tenants in the Building (i.e., no double taxation due to the fact that Landlord is not a licensed reseller of electricity).

 

Tenant shall be required to maintain any meter located within its Premises.  Further, Tenant agrees that it will not make any material alteration or material addition to the electrical equipment and/or appliances in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance first obtained, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and will promptly advise Landlord of any other alteration or addition to such electrical equipment and/or appliances.

 

 

Page 3

Exhibit L

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT M

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE

 

NOTICE OF LEASE

 

Pursuant to Section 4 of Chapter 183 of the General Laws of Massachusetts, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following described lease (the “Lease”).  Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Notice of Lease shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Lease.

 

LANDLORD:

 

191 SPRING STREET TRUST under Declaration of Trust dated May 6, 1985, as the same may have been amended, but not individually

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

Mimecast North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

LEASE EXECUTION DATE:

 

                    , 2016

 

 

 

PREMISES AND EXPANSION

PREMISES:

 

The entire third (3 rd ) floor and a portion of the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building containing approximately [70,000 – 80,000] square feet of Rentable Floor Area, subject to adjustment if Tenant exercises Tenant’s right under Section 2.1.1 of the Lease.  The Building is commonly known as 191 Spring Street, Lexington, Massachusetts, being more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Site”).

 

 

 

TERM:

 

Commencing as of the date hereof, and, unless extended or sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions of the Lease, ending on                         .

 

 

 

TENANT’S EXTENSION OPTIONS:

 

Tenant has the right to extend the term of the Lease for two (2) periods of five (5) years, as provided in and on the terms set forth in Section 3.2 of the Lease.

 

 

 

TENANT’S ADJUSTMENT OPTION:

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT’S EXPANSION OPTION:

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT’S RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER:

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit M

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

This Notice of Lease has been executed merely to give notice of the Lease, and all of the terms, conditions and covenants thereof which are incorporated herein by reference.  The parties do not intend this Notice of Lease to modify or amend the terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

Page 2

Exhibit M

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXECUTED UNDER SEAL as of the date first above-written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

191 Spring Street trust u/d/t dated May 6, 1985 Recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book 16197, Page 583, as amended

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

David Provost

 

 

Title:

By Delegation on behalf of the Trustees

 

WITNESS:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Hereunto duly authorized

 

Page 3

Exhibit M

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

__________________, ss.

 

On this _____ day of ___________, 20__, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared David Provost, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was ___________________, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose, by delegation on behalf of the Trustees of 191 SPRING STREET TRUST u/d/t dated May 6, 1985 Recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book 16197, Page 583, as amended.

 

 

Notary Public

[Seal]

 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

_____________, ss.

 

On this _____ day of ___________, 20__, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared ________________________, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was ___________________, to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he/she signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose, as _______________ of Mimecast North America, Inc.

 

 

Notary Public

[Seal]

 

Page 4

Exhibit M

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT A TO NOTICE OF LEASE

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

Page 5

Exhibit M

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT N

 

AMENITY PLANS

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit N

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

Page 2

Exhibit N

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

 

 

Page 3

Exhibit N

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT O

 

SPRING STREET PARKING LOT SITE MAP

 

 

 

Page 1

Exhibit O

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT P

 

FORM OF GUARANTY

 

GUARANTY OF LEASE

 

THIS GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”) is made as of the ___ day of February, 2017 (“Effective Date”) by Mimecast Limited, , a company registered in the Bailiwick of Jersey (“Guarantor”), having an address at CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, Moorgate, London, United Kingdom EC2Y 9AW, to 191 Spring Street Trust under Declaration of Trust dated May 6, 1985, as the same may have been amended, but not individually, (“Landlord”), having an address at c/o Boston Properties Limited Partnership, Prudential Center, 800 Boylston Street, Suite 1900, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.

 

WHEREAS, Landlord has leased to Mimecast North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), certain space (the “Premises”) within the building known as 191 Spring Street, Lexington, Massachusetts, pursuant to that certain lease by and between Landlord and Tenant dated as of the date hereof (the “Lease”); and

 

WHEREAS, Guarantor is materially benefited by the Lease and Landlord’s execution of the Lease constitutes good, valuable and sufficient consideration for Guarantor’s execution of this Guaranty; and

 

WHEREAS, the undertaking by Guarantor to execute and deliver this Guaranty is a material inducement to Landlord to enter into the Lease.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, Guarantor agrees with Landlord as follows:

 

1. (a)         Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual payment of rent, operating expenses, additional rent and all other sums payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease including any amendments thereto. If for any reason any sums described herein shall not be paid promptly when due, Guarantor will, within three (3) business days after notice thereof, pay the same to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Lease regardless of (i) any defenses or rights of setoff or counterclaims which Tenant or Guarantor may have or assert against Landlord, (ii) whether Landlord shall have taken any steps to enforce any rights against Tenant or any other person to collect such sum or any part thereof, (iii) the termination of the Lease, or (iv) any other condition or contingency. Guarantor also agrees to pay to Landlord the cost of collecting any sums described herein and all other costs of enforcing this Guaranty, including, without limitation, court costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

(b) Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and prompt performance and observance of each and every covenant, obligation and agreement in the Lease required to be performed and observed by Tenant under the Lease.   If for any reason Tenant shall fail to perform or observe each and every covenant, obligation and agreement required to be performed and observed by Tenant as set forth herein, Guarantor will, promptly after notice thereof, cause such covenant, obligation or agreement to be performed and observed regardless of (i) any defenses or

Page 1

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

counterclaims which Tenant or Guarantor may have or assert against Landlord, (ii) whether Landlord shall have taken any steps to enforce such covenant, obligation or agreement against Tenant or any other person, (iii) the termination of the Lease, or (iv) any other condition or contingency. Guarantor also agrees to pay to Landlord such further amount as shall be incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform or observe any covenant, obligation or agreement and all other costs of enforcing this Guaranty, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

(c) Guarantor further agrees to be liable to Landlord for all damages, costs and expenses (including without limitation, court costs and attorney’s fees) suffered by Landlord on account of any default by Tenant under the Lease. All amounts owed by Guarantor to Landlord under this Guaranty shall bear interest at the Default Rate (as defined in the Lease) from the date due until the date paid to Landlord.

 

(d) This Guaranty (i) is irrevocable, unconditional and absolute, (ii) is a guaranty of full payment and performance (and not merely collection), and (iii) and is a continuing guaranty (and not a guaranty from month-to-month or a periodic guaranty).

 

(e) Guarantor assumes the responsibility to remain informed of the financial condition of Tenant and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of Tenant’s default, which reasonable inquiry would reveal, and agrees that Landlord shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstance.

 

2. (a)         The obligations, covenants and agreements of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall in no way be affected or impaired for any reason whatsoever, and Guarantor shall have no defense whatsoever to the enforcement of this Guaranty, including without limitation, by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following, whether or not Guarantor has been notified thereof or consented thereto:

 

(i) the waiver by Landlord of the performance or observance by Tenant, Guarantor or any other party of any of the agreements, covenants or conditions contained in the Lease or this Guaranty;

 

(ii) payment by Tenant or Guarantor of any sums owing or payable under the Lease or this Guaranty, or of any other sums or obligations under, or arising out of, or on account of the Lease of this Guaranty (provided that Landlord shall not be entitled to recover from both Tenant and Guarantor on account of the same sum);

 

(iii) any assignment of the Lease or subletting of the Premises or any part thereof and this Guaranty may not be assigned without Landlord’s express consent except as set forth in Section 6(k) below of this Guaranty;

 

(iv) the modification or amendment (whether material or otherwise) of any of the obligations of Tenant or Guarantor under the Lease or this Guaranty;

 

(v) the doing or the omission of any of the acts referred to in the Lease or this Guaranty (including, without limitation, the giving of any consent referred to therein);

 

Page 2

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

(vi) any failure, omission or delay on the part of Landlord to enforce, to assert or to exercise any right, power or remedy conferred on or available to Landlord in or by the Lease or this Guaranty, or any action on the part of Landlord granting indulgence or extension in any form whatsoever;

 

(vii) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or sale of all or substantially all of the assets, marshalling of assets and liabilities, receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of, or other similar proceeding affecting Tenant or Guarantor or any of their assets;

 

(viii) the release of Tenant or Guarantor from the performance or observation of any of the agreements, covenants, terms or conditions contained in the Lease or this Guaranty by operation of law;

 

(ix) any renewal or extension of the term of the Lease;

 

(x) the breach of or the default under the Lease by Tenant;

 

(xi) any invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Lease, or the termination or expiration of the Lease;

 

(xii) the single or partial exercise of Landlord’s rights under this Guaranty.

 

(b) To the extent not prohibited by law, Guarantor hereby expressly waives (i) any right Guarantor may now or hereafter have to any hearing prior to the attachment of any real or personal property of Guarantor to satisfy the obligations of Guarantor hereunder and (ii) the benefits of any present or future constitution, statute or rule of law which exempts property from liability for debt.

 

 

3.

Guarantor hereby expressly waives:

 

(a) the protection of any statute or rule of law requiring Landlord to deliver any notice to Guarantor or to pursue or exhaust any remedies against Tenant prior to proceeding against Guarantor in the event of default by Tenant under the Lease; and

 

(b) notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, notice of any obligations or liabilities contracted or incurred by Tenant, diligence, presentment, protest and notice of dishonor, non-payment or non-performance.

 

Guarantor, separate and distinct from Tenant, further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability of Tenant or by reason of any legal or equitable releases or discharge of the obligations of Tenant under the Lease. Guarantor further agrees that, in its capacity as a guarantor, it shall not be required to consent to or to receive any notice of any supplement to or amendment of or waiver or modification of the terms and provisions of the Lease.

 

Page 3

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

 

4.

Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a) Guarantor is a company registered in the Bailiwick of Jersey;

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty are within Guarantor’s power and authority, do not contravene the charter or the by-laws of Guarantor or any indenture, mortgage, credit agreement, note, long-term lease or other material agreement to which Guarantor is a party or by which Guarantor is bound; and

 

(c) This Guaranty has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Guarantor and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Guarantor.

 

5. (a)         In the event of the termination, rejection, disaffirmance or other avoidance of the Lease by Tenant or Tenant’s trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to bankruptcy law or any other law affecting creditors’ rights, Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall continue to the same extent as if the Lease had not been so terminated, rejected, disaffirmed or otherwise avoided, and Guarantor will, and hereby does (without the necessity of any further agreement or act), assume all obligations and liabilities of Tenant under the Lease to the same extent as if (i) Guarantor were originally named Tenant under the Lease, and (ii) there had been no such rejection, disaffirmance or other avoidance, and Guarantor will confirm such assumption in writing promptly at the request of Landlord upon or after such rejection, disaffirmance or other avoidance. Guarantor shall and does hereby waive all rights and benefits which might, in whole or in part, relieve Guarantor from the performance of its duties and obligations under this Guaranty by reason of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar proceeding, and Guarantor agrees that it is and shall be liable for all payment and performance guaranteed hereunder, without regard to any modification, limitation or discharge of the liability of Tenant that may result from such proceedings. Furthermore, the obligations of Guarantor hereunder will not be discharged by:

 

(i) any waiver, consent or other action or inaction or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy or power with respect to Tenant or any change in the structure of Tenant; or

 

(ii) any change in ownership of the shares of capital stock of Guarantor or Tenant or any other merger or consolidation of either of them into or with any other person.

 

(b) No payment by Guarantor pursuant to any provision of this Guaranty shall entitle Guarantor, by subrogation, indemnification or otherwise, to the rights of Landlord, to any payment by Tenant, or to any recovery from any property of Tenant. Guarantor waives any right Guarantor may now or hereafter have against Tenant (and/or any other guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease) with respect to this Guaranty (including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or similar right, and any right to participate in any claim, right or remedy of Landlord against Tenant or any security which Landlord may now or hereafter have with respect to the Lease), whether such right arises under an express or implied contract, by operation of law, or otherwise. Guarantor shall be deemed not to be a "creditor" of Tenant by reason of the existence of this Guaranty in the event that Tenant becomes a debtor in any bankruptcy proceeding. The obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that any

Page 4

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

payment by or on behalf of Tenant under the Lease is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by Landlord as a result of any proceeding in bankruptcy or reorganization or similar proceedings. In the event action is taken against the Guarantor, in addition to the attorneys’ fees and costs for which the Guarantor is liable to the Landlord arising from the Tenant’s breach, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in addition thereto in taking action and pursuing it against the Guarantor shall be paid by the Guarantor. The Landlord may file an affidavit from its attorney with the court as to such attorneys’ fees past, present, and to be reasonably incurred in future activity, and the court may act upon the affidavit; Guarantor hereby waives any hearing as to the issue of attorneys’ fees.

 

6. (a)         This Guaranty shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to the application of choice of law principles).

 

(b) Guarantor represents, warrants and covenants that all financial information regarding Guarantor that has been delivered to Landlord is true, correct and complete in all material respects. On each anniversary of the Effective Date, Guarantor shall deliver to Landlord Guarantor’s financial statements, audited by a certified independent public accountant, for the fiscal year ending in the previous calendar year stating, among other things, Guarantor’s revenues and net income, net worth/assets and liabilities. Guarantor shall make its chief financial officer available to answer any questions Landlord may have concerning such financial statements and shall deliver any additional information reasonably requested by Landlord to clarify or verify the data shown on the statements provided pursuant to the preceding sentence, provided Landlord agrees to hold the financial statements and other such additional information subject to customary confidentiality conditions.

 

(c) This Guaranty may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement duly executed by Guarantor and Landlord.

 

(d) Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall be personal and primary and not secondary, and shall be joint and several with that of Tenant and any other guarantors. No waiver, release or modification of the obligations of any such person or entity shall affect the obligations of any other such person or entity. Landlord may proceed against Guarantor under this Guaranty without first initiating or exhausting its remedy or remedies against Tenant or any other guarantors. Landlord may proceed against Tenant, Guarantor and any other guarantors separately or concurrently. Notwithstanding anything in the Lease or this Guaranty to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to apply or not apply any security deposit or other credit in favor of Tenant as Landlord shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, and Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty shall not be affected in any manner thereby. All remedies afforded to Landlord by reason of this Guaranty are separate and cumulative.

 

(e) Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request to Guarantor, Guarantor shall execute and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing confirming reasonable amendments to the Lease, any amendments to this Guaranty, whether this Guaranty is in full force and effect, and any reasons or defenses supporting any claim that this Guaranty is not in full force and effect.

 

(f) Any notice which Landlord may elect to send to Guarantor shall be binding upon Guarantor if mailed to Guarantor at the address set forth below or at the last address of Guarantor known to Landlord, by United States Certified or Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service.

 

Page 5

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

Guarantor’s Address:

 

CityPoint

One Ropemaker Street

Moorgate, London

United Kingdom EC2Y 9AW

With a copy prior to the Commencement Date to:

 

Mimecast North America, Inc.

480 Pleasant Street

Watertown, MA 02472

Attention:  General Counsel

Email:  legal@mimecast.com

 

With a copy following the Commencement Date to:

 

Mimecast North America, Inc.

191 Spring Street

Lexington, MA

Attention:  General Counsel

Email:  legal@mimecast.com

 

(g) This Guaranty shall be binding upon Guarantor and its heirs and personal representatives. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of, and may be enforced by Landlord and its successors and assigns, including any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or the holder of any deed in lieu of foreclosure. Any references in this Guaranty to “Tenant” shall include the named Tenant and its trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, conservator and other successors and assigns.

 

(h) For the purposes of this Guaranty, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

 

(i) In the event any provision of this Guaranty is held to be invalid or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Guaranty shall, nevertheless, remain valid and enforceable.

 

(j) Section and paragraph headings in this Guaranty are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions of this Guaranty.

 

(k) As a material inducement for Landlord to enter into the Lease, Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this Guaranty may not be assigned without Landlord’s express consent.  If and so long as Guarantor is a corporation with fewer than five hundred (500) shareholders or a limited liability company or a partnership, an assignment, within the meaning of this Section 6(k), shall be deemed to include one or more sales or transfers of stock or membership or partnership interests, by operation of law or otherwise, or the issuance of new stock or membership or partnership interests, by which an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of Guarantor’s stock or membership or partnership interests shall be vested in a party or parties who are not stockholders or members or partners as of the date hereof (a “Majority Interest Transfer”).  For the purpose of this Section 6(k), ownership of stock or

Page 6

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

membership or partnership interests shall be determined in accordance with the principles set forth in Section 544 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or the corresponding provisions of any subsequent law.  In addition, the following shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning of this Section 6(k): (a) the merger or consolidation of Guarantor into or with any other entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, and (b) the establishment by the Guarantor or a permitted successor or assign of one or more series of (1) members, managers, limited liability company interests or assets, which may have separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified property or obligations of the Guarantor (or such successor or assignee) or profits or losses associated with specified property or obligations of the Guarantor (or such successor or assignee), pursuant to §18-215 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended, or similar laws of other states or otherwise, or (2) limited partners, general partners, partnership interests or assets, which may have separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified property or obligations of the Guarantor (or such successor or assignee) or profits or losses associated with specified property or obligations of the Guarantor (or such successor or assignee) pursuant to §17-218 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended, or similar laws of other states or otherwise (a “Series Reorganization”).   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Guarantor shall have the right:

 

 

(x)

to assign this Guaranty to any other entity (the “Successor Entity”) (i) which controls or is controlled by Guarantor or which is under common control with Guarantor, or (ii) which purchases all or substantially all of the assets and business of Guarantor, or (iii) which purchases all or substantially all of the stock of (or other ownership or membership interests in) Guarantor or (iv) which merges or combines with Guarantor, or

 

 

(y)

to effect a Series Reorganization, or

 

 

(z)

to engage in a Majority Interest Transfer,

 

provided that in any of the foregoing events described in clauses (x), (y) and (z) above, the transaction is for a legitimate business purpose of Guarantor other than a transfer of Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty or the limitation or segregation of the liabilities of Guarantor, and provided further that in any of the foregoing events described in in (x), (y) and (z) the entity to which this Guaranty is so assigned or the series established by the Series Reorganization has a credit worthiness (e.g. net assets on a pro forma basis using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and using the most recent financial statements) which is the same or better than that of the Guarantor as of the date of this Guaranty (the foregoing transferees referred to, individually or collectively, as a “Permitted Transferee”).  Except in cases of statutory merger or a Series Reorganization, in which case the surviving entity in the merger or the series to which this Guaranty has been designated shall be liable as the Guarantor under this Guaranty, Guarantor shall continue to remain fully liable under this Guaranty, on a joint and several basis with the Permitted Transferee.  If any parent, affiliate or subsidiary of Guarantor to which this Guaranty is assigned shall cease to be such a parent, affiliate or subsidiary, such cessation shall be considered an assignment or subletting requiring Landlord’s consent.

 

Page 7

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

(l) GUARANTOR AND LANDLORD EACH HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AT LAW, IN EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, BROUGHT ON, UNDER OR BY VIRTUE OF THIS GUARANTY. GUARANTOR WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE VENUE OF ANY ACTION FILED IN ANY COURT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT UNDER THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR OTHERWISE TO TRANSFER ANY SUCH ACTION TO ANY OTHER COURT.

 

(m) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty or the Lease, Guarantor

and Landlord hereby agree that any dispute, controversy or claim against Guarantor relating to enforcement of this Guaranty, including the formation, interpretation, breach or termination thereof, including whether the claims asserted are arbitrable, will be referred to and finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the JAMS International Arbitration Rules. The tribunal will consist of three arbitrators to be selected by JAMS.  The place of arbitration will be in Boston, Massachusetts, USA. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings will be English.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.  Guarantor appoints Mimecast North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation , having an address at 480 Pleasant Street, Watertown, MA 02472 until the Commencement Date and, following the Commencement Date, at the Premises , as Guarantor’ s agent for receipt of service of any notice on Guarantor s behalf in connection with any claim , writ, attachment, execution or discovery or supplementary proceedings in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty.  Service of any claim or notice shall be effected by mailing , postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by hand delivery or a recognized overnight courier service such as Federal Express, either to Guaranto r’s agent at the foregoing address or to Guarantor at Guarantor’s address set forth on the first page of this Guaranty.  Service shall be deemed effective upon receipt.  This consent to arbitration is not intended to modify the provisions in the Lease providing for the jurisdiction of the courts located in Boston, Massachusetts, USA to decide matters relating to disputes between Landlord and Tenant arising out of the Lease or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises .  Guarantor shall designate a change of address or agent by written notice given by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least ten (10) days before such change is to become effective.

 

Page 8

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

(n) As an inducement to Landlord to enter into the Lease, Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that, to Guarantor’s knowledge: (i) Guarantor is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Guarantor is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) from and after the effective date of the above-referenced Executive Order, Guarantor (and any person, group, or entity which Guarantor controls, directly or indirectly) has not conducted nor will conduct business nor has engaged nor will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation, including without limitation any assignment of this Guaranty or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation. In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that (x) any breach by Guarantor of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed a default by Guarantor hereunder and shall be covered by the default provisions of this Guaranty, and (y) the representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Guaranty.

 

[Signature page follows.]

Page 9

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

WITNESS:

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MIMECAST LIMITED, a company registered in the Bailiwick of Jersey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Hereunto duly authorized

 

 

 

Page 10

Exhibit P

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease


 

EXHIBIT Q

 

PLAN OF SHUTTLE SERVICE ROADS

 

Page 1

Exhibit Q

191 Spring Street – Mimecast Lease

 

Exhibit 4.12

Dated: 21 April 2017

Real Estatel023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX

L_LlVE_EMEA 1 :34971988v5

Underlease

between

Simmons & Simmons LLP

as Landlord

Mimecast Services Limited

as Tenant

and

Mimecast Limited

as Tenant's Guarantor

relating to

Part Level 5, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London

EC2

Simmons & Simmons

Simmons & Simmons LLP CityPoint One Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9SS United Kingdom

T +44 20 7628 2020 F +44 20 7628 2070 DX Box No 12

 

 

 

 


 

CONTENTS

 

part 1 : INTERPRETATION OF THIS LEASE

5

 

 

 

1.

Interpretation

5

 

 

part 2: CREATION OF THE LETTING AND RIGHTS AND RESERVATIONS

11

 

 

 

2.

Letting and term

11

 

 

 

3.

Rights and reservations

12

 

 

part 3 : RENTS

14

 

 

 

4.

Rents

14

 

 

part 4 : INSURANCE

16

 

 

 

5.

Insurance obligations

16

 

part 5 : TENANT'S COVENANTS

20

 

 

 

6.

Financial obligations

20

 

 

 

7.

Repair and redecoration

22

 

 

 

8.

Alterations

24

 

 

 

9.

Use of the Premises

25

 

 

 

10.

Alienation generally

26

 

 

 

11.

Assignment

27

 

 

 

12.

Underletting

29

 

 

 

13.

Mortgaging and charging

31

 

 

 

14.

General provisions and registration of dispositions

31

 

 

 

15.

Legislation

32

 

 

 

16.

Third party rights

33

 

 

 

17.

Title matters

33

 

 

 

18.

End of the Term

33

 

 

part 6 : LANDLORD'S COVENANTS

34

 

 

 

19.

Landlord's obligations

34

 

 

part 7 : SUPERIOR LEASE

35

 

 

 

20.

Superior Lease

35

 

 

part 8 : GUARANTOR'S OBLIGATIONS

36

 

 

 

21.

Tenant's Guarantor

36

 

 

part 9: GENERAL PROViSiONS

36

 

 

 

22.

Contractual rights of third parties

36

 

 

 

23.

Third party disputes

36

 

 

 

24.

Assignment of Reversion

36

 

 

 

25.

Notices

37

 

 

 

26.

Law and jurisdiction

37

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

i

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

 

 

27.

Address for service

37

 

 

 

28.

Execution and delivery

37

 

 

schedule 1 : THE PREMISES

38

 

 

part 1 : DEFINITION OF THE PREMISES

38

 

 

 

1.

Identification of the Premises

38

 

 

 

2.

Areas included in the Premises

38

 

 

 

3.

Areas excluded from the Premises

38

 

 

part 2 : THE SERVICES SYSTEMS

39

 

 

schedule 2 : RIGHTS GRANTED

40

 

 

schedule 3: RIGHTS RESERVED

41

 

 

schedule 4 : USE RESTRICTIONS

42

 

 

 

1.

Dangerous materials and use of machinery

42

 

 

 

2.

Overloading floors and services

42

 

 

 

3.

Discharges into Conduits

42

 

 

 

4.

Disposal of refuse

42

 

 

 

5.

Obstruction of Common Parts

42

 

 

 

6.

Prohibited uses

42

 

 

 

7.

Nuisance

43

 

 

 

8.

General

43

 

 

schedule 5 : GUARANTEE PROVISIONS

44

 

 

 

1.

Defined terms

44

 

 

 

2.

Effect of the Guarantee

44

 

 

 

3.

Postponement of rights

45

 

 

 

4.

Event of Default

46

 

 

appendix 1: SCHEDULE OF CONDITION

49

 

 

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

ii

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

LR1. Date of lease

21 April 2017

LR2. Title number(s)

LR2.1 Landlord's title number(s)

Title number(s) out of which this lease is granted. Leave blank if not registered.

NGL787358

LR2.2 Other title numbers

Existing title number(s) against which entries of matters referred to in LR9, LR10, LR11 and LR13 are to be made.

LR3. Parties to this lease

Give full names and addresses of each of the parties. For UK incorporated companies and limited liability partnerships, also give the registered number including any prefix. For overseas companies, also give the territory of incorporation and, if appropriate, the registered number in the United Kingdom including any prefix.

Landlord

Simmons & Simmons LLP registered in England & Wales as company number OC352713 and having its registered office at Simmons & Simmons LLP, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9SS.

 

 

Tenant

Mimecast Services Limited registered in England & Wales as company number 04901524 and having its registered office at 6th Floor, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW.

 

Tenant's Guarantor

Mimecast Limited registered in Jersey as company number 119119 and having its registered office at 22 Grenville Street St Helier Jersey JE4 8PX.

LR4. Property

Insert a full description of the land being leased

Or

Refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease in which the land being leased is more fully described.

Where there is a letting of part of a registered title, a plan must be attached to this lease and any floor levels must be specified.

In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.

Please see part 1 of schedule 1.

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

1

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

LR5. Prescribed statements etc.

If this lease includes a statement falling within LRS.1, insert under that sub-clause the relevant statement or refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which contains the statement.

LRS.1 Statements prescribed under rules 179 (dispositions in favour of a charity), 180 (dispositions by a charity) or 196 (leases under the Leasehold Reform, Housing and Urban Development Act 1993) of the Land Registration Rules 2003.

N/A

In LRS.2, omit or delete those Acts which do not apply to this lease.

LR5.2 This lease is made under, or by reference to, provisions of:

N/A

LR6. Term for which the Property is leased

Include only the appropriate statement (duly completed) from the three options.

NOTE: The information you provide, or refer to, here will be used as part of the particulars to identify the lease under rule 6 of the Land Registration Rules 2003.

From and including 21 April 2017

To and including 1 December 2019.

LR7. Premium

Specify the total premium inclusive of any VAT where payable.

None.

LR8. Prohibitions or restrictions on disposing of this lease

This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts dispositions.

LR9. Rights of acquisition etc.

Insert the relevant provisions in the sub-clauses or refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which contains the provisions.

LR9.1 Tenant's contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land

None.

 

LR9.2 Tenant's covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease

None.

 

LR9.3 Landlord's contractual rights to acquire this lease

None.

LR10. Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property.

Insert the relevant provisions or refer to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which contains the provisions.

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

2

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

LR11. Easements

Refer here only to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which sets out the easements

LR11.1 Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property

schedule 2

 

LR11.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other property

schedule 3

LR12. Estate rentcharge burdening the Property

Refer here only to the clause, schedule or paragraph of a schedule in this lease which sets out the rentcharge.

N/A

LR13. Application for standard form of restriction

Set out the full text of the standard form of restriction and the title against which it is to be entered. If you wish to apply for more than one standard form of restriction use this clause to apply for each of them, tell us who is applying against which title and set out the full text of the restriction you are applying for.

Standard forms of restriction are set out in Schedule 4 to the Land Registration Rules 2003.

N/A

LR14. Declaration of trust where there Is more than one person compriSing the Tenant

If the Tenant is one person, omit or delete all the alternative statements.

If the Tenant is more than one person, complete this clause by omitting or deleting all inapplicable alternative statements.

N/A

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

3

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

PARTICULARS

 

Date

 

21 April 2017

 

 

 

Landlord

 

SIMMONS & SIMMONS LLP , registered in England and Wales as company number OC352713 and having its registered office at Simmons & Simmons LLP, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9SS.

 

 

 

Tenant

 

MIMECAST SERVICES LIMITED , registered in England and Wales as company number 04901524 and having its registered office at 6 th Floor, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW.

 

 

 

Tenant's Guarantor

 

MIMECAST LIMITED , registered in Jersey as company number 119119 and having its registered office at 22 Grenville Street St Helier Jersey JE4 8PX.

 

 

 

Authorised Use

 

The use of the Premises for offices within class 81(a) of the Use Classes Order.

 

 

 

Building

 

The building known as CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9SS described in more detail in clause 1.8 of the Superior Lease.

 

 

 

Contractual Term

 

The term of years from and including the Term Commencement Date to and including 1 December 2019.

 

 

 

Declaration

 

A statutory declaration dated 21 December 2016 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 2 to the Order in response to the Notice.

 

 

 

Notice

 

A notice dated 15 December 2016 in a form complying with the requirements of Schedule 1 to the Order in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease.

 

 

 

Order

 

The Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003.

 

 

 

Premises

 

Part of the fifth floor of the Landlord's Premises described in more detail in part 1 of schedule 1.

 

 

 

Principal Rent

 

The rent of £882,695 per annum.

 

 

 

Rent Commencement Date

 

21 August 2017

 

 

 

Term Commencement Date

 

21 April 2017

 

This Lease creates a "new tenancy" for the purposes of the 1995 Act.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

4

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

THIS LEASE is dated on the date set out in the Particulars and made

BElWEEN:

(1)

The Landlord;

(2)

The Tenant; and

(3)

The Tenant's Guarantor.

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT:

PART 1 : INTERPRETATION OF THIS LEASE

1.

Interpretation

1.1

Defined terms

In this Lease, unless the contrary intention appears:

"1927 Act " means the Landlord and Tenant Act, 1927 as amended prior to (but not after) the date of this Lease.

"1954 Act" means the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954.

"1995 Act" means the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995.

"Adjoining Property" means any land, buildings or structures near or adjoining the Building in or over which the Landlord or any other person owns an estate or interest from time to time.

"Alterations" means any alterations, additions or other works to the Premises.

"Application to Assign" means an application made by the Tenant to assign this Lease pursuant to clause 11.

"Authorised Guarantee Agreement" means an authorised guarantee agreement for the purposes of s.16 ofthe 1995 Act.

"Base Building Services" means mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning services.

"COM Regulations" means the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007.

"Common Parts" means all areas in or forming part of the Building from time to time intended by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord for the common use of more than one tenant or occupier or which are not intended to be let to occupational tenants which are described in more detail in clause 1.10 of the Superior Lease.

"Conduits" means all drains, pipes, gullies, gutters, sewers, watercourses, ducts, mains, channels, subways, wires, cables, conduits, trunking, ducting, flues, boilers, pumps and other plant and equipment for the provision of water, gas, electricity, telephone communications, heating, cooling, ventilation, sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems and other services and any other conducting media and ancillary apparatus of whatsoever nature now, or during the Term, laid or constructed in through over or under the Building, used for the passage or transmission of Utilities or used by the Service Systems but excluding the conduits and tunnels existing as at December 1997 and which connect or used to connect the Building with Shire and Milton House and Tenter and Moorfields House.

"CRC" mean the carbon reduction commitment and trading scheme established by the CRC Order or any like scheme relating to carbon consumption that may replace it from time to time.

"CRC Order" means the CRC Energy Effidency Order 2010 (as amended from time to time).

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

5

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

'’CRC Charge" means 10.64% of the cost charged to the Landlord by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease in respect of and in connection with the CRC (including any professional agents or advisory costs or any administrative or management costs).

"Current Tenant" means the person or persons in whom this Lease is vested at the date of any relevant Application to Assign.

"Energy Charge" means 10.64% of the actual cost charged to the Landlord by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease of supplying the Premises Services to the Premises and shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within five Working Days of the Tenant receiving the Landlord's written demand for the same, supported by accompanying evidence of the manner of calculation of the sum demanded, proVided that demands may be made by the Landlord not more frequently than monthly in arrear.

"Event of Insolvency" means any of the following:

 

(A)

the Tenant is unable to pay its debts or is deemed to be unable to pay its debts under s.123 Insolvency Act 1986 (if a company) or s.268 Insolvency Act 1986 (if an individual); or

 

(B)

proceedings are taken against the Tenant or the Tenant makes any agreement, arrangement, scheme or composition with its creditors, including a voluntary arrangement under part I (if a company) or part VIII (if an individual) of the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

(C)

if the Tenant is a company:

 

(1)

an administrator is appointed; or

 

(2)

it has an administration order made against it under the Insolvency Act 1986

or a petition or application for such an order is presented or made; or

 

(D)

if the Tenant is an individual, a bankruptcy petition against him is presented to the Court or his circumstances are such that a bankruptcy petition could be presented under part IX of the Insolvency Act 1986, he has a bankruptcy order made against him or he is otherwise adjudged to be bankrupt; or

 

(E)

if the Tenant is a company and has a receiver, receiver, administrative receiver (in the case of a debenture to which the Tenant is a party created before 15 September 2003) or manager appOinted in respect of the Tenant's property or assets or any part thereof; or

 

(F)

if the Tenant is a company, has a winding up order presented against it or passes a winding up resolution except for and followed by a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganisation, merger or consolidation of the Tenant while solvent; or

 

(G)

in respect of a Tenant incorporated or resident in a jurisdiction outside England and Wales, any event or circumstance occurs which under the laws of that jurisdiction has an analogous or equivalent effect to any of the Events of Insolvency defined in this definition; or

 

(H)

any of the Events of Insolvency defined in this definition occur in relation to any guarantor of the Tenant.

"Group Company" means, in relation to any company, another company which is a member of the same group of companies as that company within the meaning of s.42 of the 1954 Act as enacted at the date of this Lease.

"Guarantor" means the party (if any) named as "Guarantor" in this Lease and includes any person from time to time guaranteeing the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease.

"Hazardous Material" means any substance, whether in solid, liquid or gaseous form, which is or may become a pollutant or which is hazardous, toxic, radioactive, noxious, corrosive or caustic.

"HeaHh and Safety File" means any health and safety file required by the CDM Regulations.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

6

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

"Insurance Event” means any damage or destruction of the Building by any of the Insured Risks which at the date of such damage or de struction is covered by any policy of insurance maintained by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or the Landlord under this Lease.

"Insurance Excess" means such amounts, if any, which are stated in any insurance policy maintained by the Superior Landlord or the Landlord as being not payable to the insured in respect of the first part of any loss resuHing from the happening of any of the Insured Risks.

"Insurance Rent" means the sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under clause 5.5.

"Insured Risks" means the insured risks defined in the Superior Lease together with any contingency insured by the Superior Landlord pursuant to clause 29.2 of the Superior Lease.

"Landlord's Covenants" means the obligations in this Lease to be complied with by the Landlord.

"Landlord's Premises" means the premises in the Building demised by the Superior Lease and the premises demised by the other leases of floors in the Building dated 6 April 2000 and made between (1) Wates City Point First Limited and Wates City Point Second Limited and (2) the Landlord.

"Lease" means this lease and any document which is supplemental to it.

"Lettable Areas" means those parts of the Building let or designed to be let for use as office accomodation to occupational tenants excluding:

 

(A)

any parts used or designed to be used by persons responsible for the provision of public utilities in connection with the carrying out of their statutory duties; and

 

(B)

accommodation from time to time reserved in the Building for staff engaged in or employed in connection with the provision of the Services.

"Outgoings" means any rates, taxes, charges, and outgoings from time to time assessed or charged on the Premises or payable by the owner or occupier of them and includes a proportion, to be fairly and reasonably determined by the Landlord having regard to any determination made by the Superior Landlord in accordance with clause 7.1 of the Superior Lease, of any amounts assessed, charged or payable in respect of the Building.

"Particulars” means the Particulars at the front of this Lease.

"Plans" means the plans annexed to this Lease and marked "Plan A", "Plan B" and "Plan Co, and references to individual Plans are to the Plans so marked.

"Planning Acts” •means the planning Acts defined in s.336 Town and Country Planning Act 1990 together with the Planning and Compensation Act 1991 and any other Statute relating to town and country planning.

"Premises Services" comprise:

 

(A)

heating to the Premises when required by the Tenant;

 

(B)

air conditioning to the Premises when required by the Tenant;

 

(C)

the supply of mains electricity to the Premises;

 

(D)

the provision of chilled water to the Premises.

"Prescribed Rate" means 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC or such other clearing bank as the Landlord may nominate or, if the clearing banks cease to publish a base rate, 3 per cent per annum above such reasonably comparable rate of interest as the Landlord may determine.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

7

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

"Proposed Assignee" means the person stated in the Application to Assign as being the person to whom the Tenant wis hes to assign this Lease under clause 11.

"Proposed Assignment" means the proposed assignment of this Lease by the Current Tenant to the Proposed Assignee described in the Application to Assign.

"Proposed Guarantor" means the person (if any) who will guarantee to the Landlord the obligations of the Proposed Assignee, but this expression shall not include the Current Tenant.

"Quarter Days" means 25 March, 24 June, 29 September and 25 December.

"Rating Proposal" means any proposal made to agree the rateable value of or amend the non-domestic rating list in respect of the Premises or the Building.

"Regulations" means any reasonable and proper regulations consistent with the principles of good estate management as the Superior Landlord or the Landlord may from time to time properly make and notify in writing to the Tenant for the general proper management overseeing and security of the Premises, the Building, the Common Parts and other areas used or to be used in common with others and which are for the benefit of the tenants and occupiers of the Building as a whole, provided that no regulation preventing the Tenant's access to and use of the Premises at any time shall be valid and enforceable.

"Rents" mean the rents payable under clause 4.1.

 

 

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

8

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


 

"Retained Parts" means all parts of the Building which do not comprise Lettable Areas and includes:

 

(A)

the Common Parts; and

 

(B)

all parts of the Building reserved for the housing of the Services Systems or otherwise required or used for the provision of the Services; and

 

(C)

all structural or load bearing walls, columns, slabs, joists and beams forming part of the Building, its foundations and roofs and all external parts of the Building the repair and maintenance of which are not the responsibility of tenants or other occupiers of the Building; and

 

(D)

all party structures, boundary walls and railings, if any, within the boundaries of the Building.

‘'Schedule of Condition" means the schedule of condition in relation to the Premises annexed hereto as appendix 1.

"Service Charge" means 10.64% of the sums payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord under clause 32 of the Superior Lease and provided that the Tenant's proportion shall not be increased by reason of the remainder of the Landlord's Premises not being occupied by a tenant or other occupier paying towards the Service Charge.

"Services" means the services to be provided by the Superior Landlord for the benefrt of the Building and its tenants and occupiers in accordance with clause 31 of the Superior Lease.

"Services Systems" means all electrical and mechanical apparatus, plant, machinery and equipment installed in the Building from time to time, including those listed in part 2 of schedule 1, used for the provision of services and facilities within or to the Building but excludes any installed by the Tenant or any other tenant or occupiers of the Building which are tenant's fixtures.

‘'Statute" means every Act of Parliament, including any named in this Lease, in force during the Term together with all other legislation having effect in England and Wales.

"Superior Landlord" means the Landlord for the time being of the Superior Lease.

"Superior Lease" means a lease of Levels 0-5 CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2 dated 6 April 2000 made between (1) Wates City Point First Limited and Wates City Point Second Limited and (2) Sands service Company (No.2) and includes any documents supplemental to it at the date of this Lease.

''Tenant's Covenants" means the obligations in this Lease to be complied with by the Tenant.

"Term" means the Contractual Term.

"Uninsured Risks" means any risks expressly specified in the definition of the Insured Risks which render the Premises unfrt for occupation and use or inaccessible and which are not insured because insurance for such risks is not available or is not available in the London insurance market at economic rates.

‘'Use Classes Order" means the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 as at the date ofthis Lease.

"Utilities’’ means the drainage of surface water and sewage and the supply or transmission of electricity, gas, telecommunications, water or any other services or supplies made to or consumed in the Building.

"Value Added Tax" includes any future tax of a like nature.

''Working Days" means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or traditional public holidays from time to time.

1.2

The Particulars

The Particulars form part of this Lease and words and expressions defined in the Particulars shall be treated as defined terms in this Lease.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

9

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

1.3

Construction

In this Lease, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(A)

references to Statute include references to:

 

(1)

that Statute as amended or re-enacted or as other Statutes modify its application from time to time; and

 

(2)

any subordinate legislation made or to be made under that Statute; and

 

(B)

references to clauses or schedules are references to clauses in or schedules to this Lease and references to paragraphs are references to paragraphs in the schedule in which those references are made; and

 

(C)

references to the singular include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(D)

references to the parties include their successors in title; and

 

(E)

references to persons include individuals, companies, firms, partnerships, govemment bodies or agencies and corporations sole and aggregate; and

 

(F)

references to the masculine gender include the feminine and the neuter genders and vice versa; and

 

(G)

references to an indemnity mean an indemnity against all actions, claims, demands and proceedings made against the Landlord and all costs, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred directly or indirectly by the Landlord and "indemnify" and "indemnified" shall be construed in the same way; and

 

(H)

references to the Premises, the Building and Adjoining Property include any part of them; and

 

(I)

references to the end of the Term include the determination of the Term before the end of the Contractual Term; and

 

(J)

where the Tenant requires the consent of the Landlord to any Alterations, any change of the Authorised Use or any assignment or any underletting, such consent shall not be effective unless given by way of a formal licence executed as a deed; and

 

(K)

any reference to the date of assignment shall mean the date of the deed of assignment or transfer of this Lease and any covenants given to the Landlord on any assignment of this Lease shall take effect from such date; and

 

(L)

any obligation on the Tenant includes an obligation on the Tenant to ensure that any person deriving title under the Tenant and its and their agents, employees, licensees and any other person under its or their control comply with that obligation and any reference to an act or default of the Tenant includes the act or default of those persons; and

 

(M)

any obligation on the Tenant not to do an act or thing includes an obligation not to knowingly permit or allow that act or thing to be done; and

 

(N)

any obligations entered into by more than one person in this Lease are entered into jOintly and severally; and

 

(O)

any reference to the right of the Landlord to have access to, enter or call for information on the Premises shall be construed as extending to all persons authorised by it, including professional advisers, contractors, workmen and others, and any rights expressed to be reserved in favour of the Landlord shall be deemed to extend to the Superior Landlord and any mortgagee of the Premises, and all persons authorised by the Superior Landlord or mortgagee, including its or their agents, profeSSional advisers, contractors and workmen;

 

(P)

any provisions in this Lease referring to the consent or approval of the Landlord shall be construed as also requiring the consent or approval of the Superior Landlord (and/or its mortgagee) where such consent shall be

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

10

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

required, but nothing in this Lease shall be construed as implying that any obligation is imposed upon the Superior Landlord (and/or its mortgagee) not unreasonably to refuse or delay any such consent or approval;

 

(Q)

any question or dispute arising under the Superior Lease which also affects or relates to the provisions of this Lease is to be determined as provided in the Superior Lease and the determination is to be binding on the Tenant;

 

(R)

the headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Lease; and

 

(S)

all agreements and obligations by any party contained in this Lease (whether or not expressed to be covenants) shall be deemed to be, and shall be construed as, covenants by such party;

 

(T)

if any provision in this Lease is held to be illegal, void, invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected.

PART 2 : CREATION OF THE LETTING AND RIGHTS AND RESERVATIONS

2.

Letting and term

2.1

Creation of the Contractual Term

The Landlord lets the Premises to the Tenant for the Contractual Term reserving the Rents.

2.2

Re-entry

The Landlord shall be entitled to re-enter the Premises or any part of them and by so doing end this Lease if:

 

(A)

the Rents or any part of them remain unpaid twenty one days after becoming payable, whether (in the case of Principal Rent) formally demanded or not; or

 

(B)

the Tenant does not comply with the Tenant's Covenants; or

 

(C)

there is an Event of Insolvency; or

 

(D)

any process of distress, execution or similar process is levied against any of the assets and undertaking of the Tenant at the Premises.

2.3

Termination on destruction

If an Insurance Event damages or destroys so as to render the Premises or those areas which the Tenant enjoys rights pursuant to the terms of this Lease substantially unfit for use and occupation or renders them inaccessible and they have not been reinstated and made accessible then:

 

(A)

if either:

 

(1)

the Superior Landlord or the Landlord serves notice on the other under clause 29.7.1 ofthe Superior Lease; or

 

(2)

the Landlord serves notice on the Superior Landlord under clause 29.7.2 of the Superior Lease; or

 

(3)

the Superior Landlord serves notice on the Landlord under clause 29.8 of the Lease; or

 

(4)

on the date which is two years and six months follOwing the Insurance Event's occurrence the Landlord or the Tenant serves not less than six months' prior written notice on the other

this Lease shall end on the date the relevant notice expires ,unless clauses 2.3(C) or 2.3(0) apply, and each of the Superior Landlord and the Landlord shall be entitled to retain for their own benefit all insurance moneys received or receivable under any policy of insurance maintained by then; and

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

11

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(B)

the Landlo rd shall provide the Tenant with a copy of any notice served referred to in clauses 2.3(A)(1) to 2.3(A)(3); and

 

(C)

if any insurance moneys have been withheld in whole or in part due to the act or default of the Tenant, any notice served by the Tenant under clause 2.3(A)(4) shall be ineffective unless the Tenant has complied with clause 5.12; and

 

(D)

if the Premises have been reinstated and made accessible by the date any notice served by the Tenant under clause 2.3(A)(4) expires, this Lease shall not end.

Any dispute about the operation of this clause 2.3 shall be submitted at the request of the Landlord or the Tenant to the decision of a single arbitrator under the Arbitration Act 1996.

2.4

Exclusion of Sections 24 to 28 Landlord and Tenant Act 1954

In relation to the 1954 Act:

 

(A)

the Tenant confirms that before it became contractually bound to enter into the tenancy created by this Lease:

 

(1)

the Landlord served on the Tenant the Notice; and

 

(2)

the Tenant, or a person duly authorised by the Tenant, made the Declaration; and

 

(3)

where the Declaration was made by a person other than the Tenant, the declarant was duly authorised by the Tenant to make the Declaration on the Tenant's behalf; and

 

(B)

the Landlord and Tenant agree to exclude the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease.

2.5

Effect of termination

When this Lease ends it shall be without prejudice to any outstanding liabilities of any party to any other party.

3.

Rights and reservations

3.1

Rights granted

The Landlord lets the Premises together with the rights set out in schedule 2:

 

(A)

for the benefit of the Tenant and any person deriving title under the Tenant; and

 

(B)

in common with the Superior Landlord, Landlord and all others authorised by them; and

 

(C)

subject to the right of the Superior Landlord to interrupt, modify or end these rights under the terms of the Superior Lease; and

 

(D)

subject to the right of the Landlord to interrupt, modify or end the rights in schedule 2 without any liability to the Tenant if it grants the Tenant such alternative rights as may be necessary for the proper use and enjoyment of the Premises.

3.2

Reservations in the Superior Lease

The Premises are let subject to the rights, for the benefit of the Superior Landlord and all others authorised by it, over the Premises set out in schedule 2 to the Superior Lease.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

12

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

3.3

Rights reserved

The Landlord reserves throughout the Term to itself and all others authorised by it the rights over the Premises set out in schedule 3 which may be exercised without any liability to the Tenant beyond that set out in schedule 3 and the Tenant shall not prevent or interfere with the exercise of these rights.

3.4

Title matters

The Premises are let subject to the title matters set out in schedule 6 to the Superior Lease save that the date 15 September 1997 shall be deemed deleted and substituted with the date 4 May 2012 and the reference to the entry 7 of the charges register shall be deemed deleted and substituted with entries 13 and 14 of the charges register and all other easements, covenants, privileges and rights enjoyed over or against the Building so far as any of them are still subsisting and capable of taking effect.

3.5

No implied or prescriptive rights

 

(A)

section 62 Law of Property Act 1925 shall not apply to this Lease; and

 

(B)

the Tenant shall not be entitled to the benefit of or to claim or enforce against the Landlord or any other person any covenant, right, agreement, privilege or easement in respect of the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Property except those expressly granted in clause 3.1; and

 

(C)

any other right from time to time enjoyed by the Tenant in respect of the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Property shall be enjoyed by the consent of the Landlord, terminable at any time by notice in writing to the Tenant and without any liability to the Tenant.

3.6

No benefit of covenants and conditions

Nothing in this Lease shall give the Tenant any right to claim or enforce against the Landlord or any other person or to receive the benefit of any covenant, term or condition in any lease (other than this Lease), deed or document relating to the Premises, the Building or any Adjoining Property.

3.7

Use of the Building and Adjoining Property

Nothing in this Lease shall limit or affect the rights of:

 

(A)

the Superior Landlord, the Landlord or any other person in relation to the remainder of the Building; or

 

(B)

the Landlord or any other person in relation to the remainder of the Landlord's Premises; or

 

(C)

the Superior Landlord, the Landlord or any other person in relation to any Adjoining Property

to use or otherwise deal with the remainder of the Building, the Landlord's Premises and any Adjoining Property in such manner and for any purpose as it wishes (save that upon request from the Tenant (and at the Tenant's cost) the Landlord shall in circumstances where the Tenant's use and enjoyment of the Premises is materially adversely affected use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord enforces such rights as the Superior Landlord has against other tenants in the Building).

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

13

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

PART 3: RENTS

4.

Rents

4.1

Rents payable

During the Term the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord by way of rent without any abatement, counterclaim, deduction, reduction or set-off whatsoever unless required to do so by any Statute:

 

(A)

the Principal Rent by equal quarterly payments in advance on the Quarter Days which, if the Landlord requires, shall be paid by banker's standing order; and

 

(B)

the Insurance Rent, which shall be payable within five working days of demand; and

 

(C)

the Service Charge which shall be payable within five working days of demand; and

 

(D)

the Energy Charge; and

 

(E)

the CRC Charge; and

 

(F)

any other sums expressed to be payable as additional rent under this Lease, which shall be payable on demand.

4.2

First payment of Principal Rent

Principal Rent for the period from and including the Rent Commencement Date to the next Quarter Day shall be paid on the Rent Commencement Date.

4.3

Payment of Insurance Rent, Service Charge, Utilities and Outgoings

Insurance Rent, Service Charge, Utilities and Outgoings shall be payable from and including the Term Commencement Date.

4.4

Value Added Tax

Each sum payable by the Tenant under this Lease shall be treated as being exclusive of Value Added Tax. The Tenant shall pay as additional rent any Value Added Tax properly demanded by the Landlord:

 

(A)

on the Rents; and

 

(B)

on any supply made by the Landlord under this Lease; and

 

(C)

on any supply made to the Landlord or any other person that the Tenant covenants to reimburse, but only to the extent that the person to whom the supply was made is unable to recover the Value Added Tax

and the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with a valid Value Added Tax invoice relating to such payment within five working days thereafter.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

14

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

4.5

Overpayment of Value Added Tax

If any amount paid by the Tenant to the Landlord in respect of Value Added Tax was not properly chargeable:

 

(A)

if the prescribed VAT accounting period of the Landlord in which the Value Added Tax was charged has not ended, the Landlord shall repay the Valued Added Tax promptly to the Tenant; and

 

(B)

if the prescribed VAT accounting period of the Landlord in which the Value Added Tax was charged has ended, the Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours, at the Landlord's expense, to obtain the repayment of the Value Added Tax as soon as possible. Upon receipt of the repayment, the Landlord shall repay the amount recovered promptly to the Tenant.

4.6

Interest on late payments

The Tenant shall pay as additional rent interest on any sums due to the Landlord which have been fonnally demanded by the Landlord (save in the case of the Principal Rent) but which are not paid within seven days of the due date for payment or, for Principal Rent, on the due date for payment. Interest shall be calculated at the Prescribed Rate, both before and after any judgment, from the due date for payment to the date on which payment is made. It shall accrue on a daily basis.

4.7

Suspension of rent

The following provisions shall apply following an Insurance Event which renders the Premises unfit for occupation and use or inaccessible:

 

(A)

the Principal Rent and the Service Charge, or a proper proportion according to the extent of the damage or destruction, shall be suspended except to the extent that any insurance moneys are withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant; and

 

(B)

the period of suspension shall be from the date of the Insurance Event until the date when the Premises are reinstated or made fit so as to render the Premises fit for occupation and use and made accessible by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or the Landlord under this Lease or, if earlier, the date on which the period covered by the Superior Landlord's or the Landlord's (as appropriate) loss of rent insurance expires provided that such suspension shall not apply to the extent that the policy or policies of insurance in respect of loss of rent shall have been invalidated and the payment of the policy monies properly refused wholly or partly as a result of some act or default of the Tenant or any undertenant or occupier of the Premises or any of their respective agents licensees visitors or contractors or any person under the control of any of them; and

 

(C)

any dispute about the operation of this clause 4.7 shall be submitted at the request of the Landlord or the Tenant to the decision of a single arbitrator under the Arbitration Act 1996; and

 

(D)

if the Tenant shall have paid any sum comprising the Principal Rent or Service Charge in advance in respect of a period following the date of damage or destruction the Landlord shall on whichever shall be the earlier of the end of the period in respect of which the sum was paid and the date upon which the Premises are rendered fit for beneficial use as aforesaid refund (unless the insurance shall have been vitiated by the Tenant) the same or a due proportion thereof (but excluding always any Insurance Rent, Service Charge, Energy Charge or other sums used or to be used by the Landlord to pay for insurance, services or other items of expenditure) according to the length of time and the extent to which the Premises are unfit for occupation or use for the use pennitted by this Lease.

4.8

Suspension of Rent Free Period

If the suspension of rent provisions in clause 4.7 (relating to an Insured Risk) apply during at any time prior to the Rent Commencement Date, the Principal Rent (or a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage) shall not be payable for a further period which is equivalent to the period between (i) the date of damage or destruction causing the suspension provisions to apply and (ii) the date on which re-instatement of the damage or destruction has taken place.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

15

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

PART 4: INSURANCE

5.

Insurance obligations

5.1

Insurance of the Building

The Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord insures the Building against the Insured Risks in accordance with the terms of the Superior Lease.

5.2

Supplemental insurance

The landlord shall insure in an insurance office of good repute and through such agency as the Landlord may from time to time determine or through underwriters at Lloyds the landlord's Premises:

 

(A)

against damage or destruction by any of the Insured Risks if the Superior Landlord fails to insure the Landlord's Premises against damage or destruction by any such Insured Risks in accordance with the terms of the Superior Lease in each case in its full reinstatement cost including demolition, site clearance, hoarding and shoring up and all surveyor's, architect's and legal and professional fees and statutory fees together in each case with Value Added Tax; and

 

(B)

three years' loss of the Principal Rent and Service Charge, in respect of the Landlord's Premises taking into account the Landlord's reasonable estimate of any increase in those rents upon any rent review or new letting but only insofar as, and to the extent that, such Principal Rent and Service Charge is not insured under the Superior Landlord's policy or policies of insurance and such Principal Rent and Service Charge is more than that reserved in the Superior Lease.

5.3

Notice of Tenant's interest

The Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours:

 

(A)

where the Landlord is entitled to make a request to do so under the Superior Lease, to procure that the Superior Landlord notes the interest of the Tenant on any policy or policies of insurance of the Building effected by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease; and

 

(B)

to note the interest of the Tenant on any policy or poliCies of insurance of the Landlord's Premises maintained by the Landlord under clause 6.2.

The Landlord's obligations under this clause 5.3 shall be satisfied if the relevant policy or policies of insurance contain provisions which deem the interest of any tenant or undertenant of the Building or the Landlord's Premises to be noted on them.

5.4

General insurance provisions

The Landlord's obligations under clause 5.2 shall be subject always to:

 

(A)

cover being normally available with insurance offices of good repute in the United Kingdom or through underwriters at Lloyd's on reasonable commercial terms; and

 

(B)

such Insurance Excesses, exclusions and conditions in the United Kingdom insurance market in which the insurance is placed applicable to the area in which the Building is situated or the type of building insured including any exclusions in respect of Terrorist Activity; and

 

(C)

any policy of insurance not being made void or voidable by any act or default of the Tenant; and

 

(D)

in respect of the Landlord's obligations under clause 6.2, the Tenant notifying the Landlord of the reinstatement value of any Alterations.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

16

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

5.5

Insurance Rent

The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord:

 

(A)

10.64% of the sums defined as "Insurance Rent" in the Superior Lease and charged to the Landlord by the Superior Landlord under the terms of the Superior Lease and provided that the Tenant's proportion shall not be increased by reason of the remainder of the Landlord's Premises not being occupied by a tenant or other occupier paying towards the "Insurance Rent"; and

a due proportion, to be fairly, properly and reasonably determined by the Landlord, of:

 

(B)

any costs incurred by the Landlord under clause 5.2; and

 

(C)

where the Landlord insures the Landlord's Premises under clause 6.2, the costs incurred by the Landlord in valuing the Landlord's Premises at reasonable intervals for insurance purposes; and

 

(D)

any Insurance Excess; and

 

(E)

the Landlord's costs of preparing, making and settling any insurance claim under any policy of insurance maintained by the Landlord; and

 

(F)

all other sums payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this clause 5,

and provided that the Tenant's proportion shall not be increased by reason of the remainder of the 6th Floor forming part of the Landlord's Premises not being occupied by a tenant or other occupier paying towards costs listed above.

5.6

Reinstatement of the Building

Following an Insurance Event, except to the extent that the insurance moneys are properly withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant and not made good by the Tenant under clause 5.12, the Landlord shall:

 

(A)

use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all insurance moneys received from the insurer by the Superior Landlord are laid out towards rebuilding or reinstating the Building in accordance with the Superior Landlord's obligations in the Superior Lease; and

 

(B)

where any insurance moneys in respect of the Landlord's Premises are payable to the Landlord:

 

(1)

use all reasonable endeavours to obtain any planning permissions and other approvals (including the consent of the Superior Landlord) required for the rebuilding and reinstatement of the Landlord's Premises, but without any obligation to appeal against a refusal to grant planning permission or any other approval; and

 

(2)

subject to those planning permissions and approvals being obtained, procure that all insurance moneys received from the insurer by virtue of clause 5.2(A) are laid out towards rebuilding or reinstating the Landlord's Premises as soon as reasonably practicable making up any deficiency out of out of its own monies.

5.7

Manner of reinstatement

Where the Landlord reinstates the Building or the Landlord's Premises the Landlord shall:

 

(A)

reinstate the Building or the Landlord's Premises in substantially as convenient a form from the point of view of the Tenant as it was prior to any such damage or destruction (but not so as to provide identical accommodation if it would not be reasonably practicable to do so) and so that the Landlord may make changes to take account of modem first class office specification at the relevant time; and.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

17

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(B)

carry out any works of reinstatement or replacement in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with good building practice and usi ng good sound and suitable materials and in accordance with all necessary consents and Statute to the extent that such are obtainable in the market at the time at reasonable rates and on reasonable terms;

PROVIDED THAT if it is not reasonably possible to rebuild or reinstate the Building or the Landlord's Premises in accordance with clause 5.7(A) or (B) above, the Landlord shall rebuild or reinstate the same making any necessary changes provided that the use and enjoyment of the Premises and the ability of the Tenant and any lawful occupier to use the Premises benefiCially for the Permitted Use shall not be materially and adversely affected.

5.8

Impossibility of reinstatement

If the Superior Landlord or the Landlord are unable to rebuild or reinstate the Building or the Landlord's Premises for any reason beyond their control, then they shall not be under any obligation to do so and shall be entitled to retain for their own benefit all insurance moneys received or receivable under any policies of insurance maintained by them (in the case of the Superior Landlord, in accordance with the terms ofthe Superior Lease).

5.9

Commission and agency fees

The Landlord shall be entitled to retain for its own benefit any agency fee or other commission paid or allowed by the insurers.

5.10

Certificate of insurance

The Landlord shall:

 

(A)

give the Tenant full details of the insurance of the Building maintained by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease on receipt of such information from the Superior Landlord; and

 

(B)

give the Tenant full details of the insurance of the Landlord's Premises maintained by the Landlord under this Lease (if any),

and in each case notify the Tenant in writing of any material change in the terms of cover from time to time and shall supply a copy of any new form of policy which becomes applicable as a consequence.

5.11

Increased insurance costs

The Tenant shall not knowingly do or bring anything upon the Premises or any other part of the Building which may increase the premium payable for any policy of insurance effected by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or by the Landlord under this Lease. If the Tenant breaches this obligation, it shall pay the amount of any increased premium to the Landlord and indemnify the Landlord against the amount of any increased premium payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease arising from the Tenant's breach.

5.12

Invalidation of insurance

The Tenant shall not knowingly do or bring anything upon the Premises or any other part of the Building which may invalidate any policy of insurance effected by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or by the Landlord under this Lease. If any insurance moneys become irrecoverable due to the act or default of the Tenant, it shall pay the amount irrecoverable to the Landlord and indemnify the Landlord against all sums payable by the Landlord to the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease arising from the Tenant's breach.

5.13

Compliance with insurer's requirements

The Tenant shall comply with the proper requirements and reasonable recommendations of the insurers of the Building or the Landlord's Premises so far as the same have been communicated to the Tenant and relate to the Premises or the use of the Common Parts.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

18

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

5.14

Noti fication

The Tenant shall promptly give notice to the Landlord if:

 

(A)

there is an Insurance Event; or

 

(B)

the Tenant becomes aware of any matter which would invalidate or give the insurers of the Building or the Landlord's Premises grounds for avoiding any policy of insurance relating to the Building or the Landlord's Premises or which might increase the premium payable for any insurance of the Building or the Landlord's Premises maintained by the Superior Landlord under the Superior Lease or by the Landlord under this Lease.

5.15

Non Invalidation Clause

The Landlord shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that every policy of insurance effected by the Landlord and/or the Superior Landlord hereunder and under the Superior Lease contains a non-invalidation clause to the effect that the policy shall not be avoided by any act or omission or by any alteration whereby the risk of damage or destruction is increased unknown to or beyond the control of the Landlord and/or the Superior Landlord and a provision whereby the insurers agree to waive all rights of subrogation remedies or relief to which the insurers might become subrogated against the Tenant (unless the loss has been occasioned by or contributed to by the fraudulent or criminal or malicious act of the Tenant).

5.16

Vacating Premises

Following any Insurance Event, the Tenant shall, if requested to do so by the Superior Landlord or the Landlord, vacate those parts of the Premises which have been damaged or destroyed or which the Superior Landlord or the Landlord reasonably requires access to in order to enable the Superior Landlord to comply with its reinstatement obligations under the Superior Lease or Landlord to reinstate under this Lease.

5.17

Tenant's insurance

The Tenant shall not insure the Superior Landlord's or the Landlord's interest in the Building or the Landlord's Premises against any of the Insured Risks. If the Tenant breaches this clause 5.17, it shall hold the benefit of any insurance moneys which it receives in respect of such interest on trust for the Superior Landlord and the Landlord and shall pay such sums to the Superior Landlord or the Landlord or, if they so request, layout such sums in reinstating the damage in respect of which those sums were paid.

5.18

Tenant's third party liability

The Tenant shall insure its public liability and employer's liability in respect of the Premises.

5.19

Uninsured Risk Damage

If and whenever during the Term the Building is damaged or destroyed by an Uninsured Risk so that the Premises or any part of them are thereby unfit for occupation or use or inaccessible in accordance with this Lease then:

 

(A)

for the purpose of the repairing clauses under this Lease such destruction or damage shall be deemed to have been damage or destruction caused by an Insured Risk and the Tenant shall not be required to repair such damage in accordance with its covenants;

 

(B)

no later than two years after the damage or destruction in question the Landlord shall give written notice to the Tenant (the "Election Notice") stating whether or not the Landlord or the Superior Landlord proposes to rebuild or reinstate the Building at its own cost (enclosing a copy of any notice and accompanying documentation received by the Landlord from the Superior Landlord pursuant to the provisions of the Superior Lease and if the Landlord proposes to reinstate enclosing evidence that the Landlord has taken such reasonable and proper steps as may be necessary to enable the Landlord to fulfil such intentions or that there is a reasonable prospect that the Landlord will be able to do so);

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

19

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(C)

if the Election Notice states that the Landlord or the Superior Landlord does propose to rebuild or reinstate the Building at its own cost then for all the purposes of this Lease the Building shall be deemed to hav e been damaged or destructed by an Insured Risk in respect of which the full insurance monies are recoverable by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord under the policy or policies of insurance for the Building and the Landlord shall use all reasonable ende avours to procure that the Superior Landlord reinstates the Building in accordance with its reinstatement obligations under the Superior Lease and if the Landlord is reinstating in accordance with its obligations specified in this Lease and for the avoidan ce of doubt the Landlord and/or the Superior Landlord shall not recover the cost of repairing such damage under the Service Charge or otherwise under this Lease;

 

(D)

if the Election Notice states that the Landlord does not propose to rebuild or reinstate the Building or if no Election Notice is served within the period referred to in clause 5.19(B) above then either the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time thereafter give written notice to the other to determine this Lease whereupon this Lease shall forthwith determine with immediate effect but without prejudice to any rights or liabilities in respect of any antecedent breaches;

 

(E)

50% of the Principal Rent or 50% of a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained will be suspended until the earlier of:

 

(1)

the date the Premises shall again be fit for occupation and use and accessible and ready for the Tenant's fitting out works; or

 

(2)

the date this Lease shall determine in accordance with clauses 5.19(0) above or 5.19(F) below;

 

(3)

the date two years from the date of damage or destruction

and thereafter the Principal Rent and the Service Charge or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and the extent of the damage sustained shall be suspended until the Premises shall again be fit for occupation and use and accessible and ready for the Tenant's fitting out works or the date this Lease shall determine in accordance with clauses 5.19(0) above or 5.19(F) below;

 

(F)

if following the service of the Election Notice the Premises shall not be fit for or capable of full beneficial occupation and use by the Tenant for the use permitted by this Lease and accessible within three years after the occurrence of the damage by an Uninsured Risk either the Tenant or the Landlord may at any time prior to the Premises being rebuilt or reinstated so as to render the Premises capable of full beneficial use as aforesaid terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party but without prejudice to any claim either party may have against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of their respective obligations hereunder.

PART 5: TENANT'S COVENANTS

6.

Financial obligations

6.1

Payment of Outgoings

The Tenant shall pay and indemnify the Landlord against all Outgoings except for:

 

(A)

any tax, other than Value Added Tax, payable by the Landlord on the Rents; and

 

(B)

any tax on any dealing by the Landlord with its interest in the Premises or the Landlord's Premises.

6.2

loss of rating relief

If the Tenant claims any rating relief during the Term for empty premises, it shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to any rating relief which the Landlord is unable to claim after the Term has ended as a result of the Tenant having made such a claim.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

20

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

6.3

Rating Proposals

The following provisions shall apply in respect of any Rating Proposal:

 

(A)

the Tenant shall notify the Landlord as soon as it is aware of any Rating Proposal made by a third party and shall not agree to any Rating Proposal or make any Rating Proposal itself without the prior written consent of the Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

(B)

unless the Tenant can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Superior Landlord and the Landlord that the Rating Proposal would increase the Outgoings the Tenant shall:

 

(1)

not object to any Rating Proposal made by the Superior Landlord or the Landlord or to the outcome of any Rating Proposal; and

 

(2)

co-operate with the Superior Landlord and the Landlord in making any Rating Proposal and give the Superior Landlord and the Landlord such information as they reasonably request; and

 

(3)

sign all consents, authorisations or other documents as the Superior Landlord or the Landlord reasonably request to give full effect to the Rating Proposal or its outcome.

6.4

Payment for Utilities

To the extent the same are not recovered through the Energy Charge, the Tenant shall pay for all Utilities used by the Tenant (and/or a fair proportion of the cost of Utilities used by the Premises together with the remainder of the premises demised under the Superior Lease) and any related meter rents, installation charges and connection charges.

6.5

To pay costs

The Tenant shall pay all proper costs, charges and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Landlord (together with the Landlord's own administrative and management expenses)  in relation to:

 

(A)

the preparation and service of any notice and any proceedings under ss146 or 147 Law of Property Act 1925 or the Leasehold Property (Repairs) Act 1938 whether or not forfeiture is avoided other than by relief granted by the court; and

 

(B)

the preparation and service on any undertenant of any notice under s.6 Law of Distress Amendment Act 1908; and

 

(C)

the preparation and service of any notice under s.17 of the 1995 Act; and

 

(D)

the recovery of any arrears of the Rents, whether by action or otherwise; and

 

(E)

the preparation and service of a schedule of dilapidations at any time during or within three months after the end of the Term (but relating to all cases only to such wants of repair which accrued not later than the expiration of the Term); and

 

(F)

any action taken by the Landlord to ensure that the Tenant makes good any breach of the Tenant's Covenants including, without limitation, any survey carried out by or on behalf of the Landlord to determine the nature and extent of any

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

21

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(G)

the application for consent to any matter for which the consent or approval of the Landlord is required under this Lease whether such consent is granted or not for any reason unless the Landlo rd acts unreasonably in refusing consent. Any costs payable under this clause 6.5(G) shall:

 

(1)

be payable to the extent only that they are proper and reasonable; and

 

(2)

include the proper and reasonable costs of the Superior Landlord where the cost of the Superior Landlord is required under the terms of the Superior Lease.

6.6

Indemnity

The Tenant shall keep the Landlord indemnified against any breach of the Tenant's Covenants or any act or default of the Tenant in relation to the Premises save that the Landlord shall be obliged to use reasonable endeavours to mitigate its loss. Repair and redecoration

7.

Repair and redecoration

7.1

Upkeep of the Premises

Subject to clause 7.3, the Tenant shall:

 

(A)

keep the Premises in good and substantial repair and condition provided that the Tenant shall not be obliged to keep the Premises in any better state and condition than that evidenced by the Schedule of Condition; and

 

(B)

replace any carpets and other floor coverings with new articles of a similar kind and quality at the end of the Term; and

 

(C)

replace:

 

(1)

any landlord's fixtures; and

 

(2)

any blinds, curtains or other window coverings in the Premises with new articles of a similar kind and quality if they become incapable of repair or, in the case of plant and eqUipment, if they cease to operate properly; and

 

(D)

redecorate the Premises intemally within the three months before the end of the Term; and

 

(E)

as often as reasonably necessary, wash down all tiles, glazed bricks and similar washable surfaces

provided that the Tenant shall not paint, or otherwise treat, surfaces within the Premises not previously painted or treated without the Landlord's prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

7.2

Cleaning

The Tenant shall:

 

(A)

keep the Premises in a clean and tidy condition and (save to the extent that the Tenant employs and utilises its own cleaning staff) employ only the Superior Landlord's nominated cleaning contractors or the Landlord's cleaning contractor for such purposes, but so that:

 

(1)

the Landlord shall consult with the Tenant in relation to each proposed appointment, and the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord shall have due regard to any proper and reasonable representations made by the Tenant relating to the identity of all such cleaning contractors;

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

22

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(2)

if the Tenant reasonably and properly determines that the service provided by the Superior Landlord's nominated cleaning contractor is unsatisfactory, and the Landlord fails within a reasonable time of being requested by the Tenant to procure a reasonable improvement, the Tenant shall (subject to the Superior Landlord agreeing thereto pursuant to the terms of the Superior Lease) be entitled to appoint its own competent a nd reputable cleaning contractors;

 

(B)

as often as may be necessary, property clean the inside surfaces of all exterior windows and windows looking onto any galleria or atrium and:

 

(1)

in the event that the Superior Landlord enforces clause 10.5.3(a) of the Superior Lease keep the toilets shown shaded yellow on Plan A in a clean and tidy condition, and either appoint competent and reputable cleaning contractors for such purposes, or employ its own cleaning staff, provided that, to the extent the Landlord (acting reasonably) or the Superior Landlord considers the said toilets are not being kept in a clean and tidy condition, the Landlord shall be entitled to appoint its own cleaning contractors for such purposes, and the Tenant shall then no longer be entitled or obliged to provide such cleaning contractors under this clause 7.2(8)(1);

 

(2)

permit the Landlord, its servants, agents and contractors after reasonable prior notice (but not less than ten (10) Working Days prior notice save in emergency (where no notice need be given)) to enter the Premises to inspect the toilets and thereafter to carry out any works of refurbishment as the Landlord or the Superior Landlord may require, such works to be carried out in accordance with a programme, and subject to conditions including access, security and hours of working, first approved by the Tenant, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed PROVIDED THAT the Tenant may from time to time request the Landlord to carry out such refurbishment works, and, if the Landlord declines so to do, then the Tenant may itself carry out such works in accordance with details previously approved by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

7.3

Insurance Events

Clause 7.1 shall not apply to any damage to or destruction of the Premises which is an Insurance Event except to the extent that the insurance moneys are withheld due to the act or default of the Tenant.

7.4

Manner of redecoration

The Tenant shall carry out all redecoration with appropriate materials in a good, substantial and workmanlike manner and in accordance with best modern practice in colours and with materials previously approved in writing by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the final three months of the Term, the Tenant shall use such colours and materials as the Landlord requires.

7.5

Making good disrepair

The Tenant shall carry out any works required to remedy any breach of the Tenant's Covenants relating to the repair and condition of the Premises within three months after the service of any notice specifying the works required or immediately in case of emergency. In default, the Landlord with its contractors may enter and remain upon the Premises to carry out those works itself and all proper costs incurred by the Landlord shall be a debt payable on demand to the Landlord by the Tenant. For the avoidance of doubt the Tenant shall not be required to reimburse the Landlord for any costs which put the Premises in any better condition than as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

23

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

7.6

Defective premises

The Tenant shall do everything necessary to comply with the Defective Premises Act 1972 and in particular shall:

 

(A)

promptly give notice to the Landlord of any defect in the Premises or the Building which may give rise to a duty of care on the Superior Landlord or the Landlord under that Act; and

 

(B)

not do any act or thing which might breach any duty of care on the Superior Landlord or the Landlord under that Act; and

 

(C)

display and maintain on the Premises any notices which the Superior Landlord or the Landlord may reasonably require.

8.

Alterations

8.1

No structural alterations

 

(A)

The Tenant shall not alter, cut into or remove any of the principal or load-bearing walls, floors, beams or columns in or enclosing the Premises, or carry out any alteration or addition incapable of being fully reinstated at the expiry or sooner determination of the Term.

 

(B)

Notwithstanding clause 8.1(A) the Tenant shall be entitled to make minor openings in floor slabs or interior walls in the Premises and into other immediately adjacent or contiguous premises in the Building let to the Tenant (and which continue at the time of the making of the minor openings to be let to the Tenant) which do not (whether individually or in aggregate) adversely affect the structural integrity of the Building or the operation of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation, air conditioning or other services within the Building subject to first obtaining the Landlord’s written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

8.2

No alterations to landlord's fixtures

The Tenant shall not make any alteration or addition to any of the landlord's fixtures or to any of the Conduits in the Premises without the Landlord's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

8.3

Non-structural alterations

The Tenant shall not make any alteration or addition of a non-structural nature to the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed in circumstances where such alterations do not materially adversely affect the Premises or the efficiency of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning or other services in the Premises (otherwise than temporarily until they have been re-balanced) and do not adversely affect anything outside the Premises (including the external appearance of the Building) or the efficacy of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilation, air conditioning or other services in the Building (otherwise than temporarily until they have been re-balanced) and any obligation to supply air conditioning and/or heating to the Premises shall be qualified to the extent the Landlord or the Superior Landlord is prevented or restricted from doing so by reason of alterations carried out pursuant to this clause 8.3, but the Tenant shall:

 

(A)

supply the Landlord beforehand with plans showing its proposed layout and all other relevant details together with particulars of its type and design;

 

(B)

comply with all statutory requirements applicable to the works being carried out; and,

 

(C)

within fifteen (15) Working Days after substantial completion of the works, provide the Landlord with two sets of final "as-built" plans and specifications and a set of plans and specifications showing the Premises prior to the commencement of the works (in both cases hard copy and CAD disk) for retention.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

24

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant sh all be entitled to install, relocate and remove demountable partitioning, floor boxes and light switches within the Premises without the Landlord's prior consent, provided that such works do not have a materially adverse effect on the management of the Bui lding, or the operation of the Base Building Services and provided the Tenant complies with clauses 8.3(A) to 8.3(C).

8.4

Covenants by Tenant

The Tenant shall enter into such covenants as the Landlord or the Superior Landlord may reasonably and properly require regarding the execution of any works to which the Landlord consents under this clause, and the reinstatement of the Premises in respect of such works, or any other areas, at the end or earlier determination of the Term.

8.5

Reinstatement

In respect of all Alterations, the Tenant shall comply with the reinstatement provisions in clauses 18.2 and 18.3 at the end of the Term.

8.6

Effect of consent to Alterations

In consenting to any Alterations, the Landlord shall not guarantee:

 

(A)

the structural stability of either the Alterations or the Premises as altered by them; or

 

(B)

the suitability of any materials to be used in the Alterations; or

 

(C)

the compatibility of the Alterations with the Services Systems; or

 

(D)

that the Premises as altered will comply with the requirements of any Statute.

9.

Use ofthe Premises

9.1

Authorised Use

The Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Authorised Use for such use 24 hours every day of the year.

9.2

Prohibited uses

The Tenant shall not use the Premises:

 

(A)

as offices to which members of the public are normally admitted otherwise than by way of appointment; or

 

(B)

for the wholesale or retail sale of goods or any sale by auction; or

 

(C)

for any religious,public or political meeting; or

 

(D)

for any offensive, noxious or noisy trade, business or occupation; or

 

(E)

for illegal or immoral purposes; or

 

(F)

for the sale or production of alcohol; or

 

(G)

for residential purposes; or

 

(H)

as a club, sex shop, amusement arcade, belting office, staff agency or employment agency; or

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

25

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(I)

the preparation or cooking of food, other than in those areas reasonably designated by the Landlord for those purposes; or

 

(J)

for any use which is prohibited under the Superior Lease.

9.3

Regulations

The Tenant shall:

 

(A)

comply with any reasonable requirements or reasonable regulations made in respect of the Utilities by the supply companies; and

 

(B)

comply with the lawful requirements and reasonable recommendations of the local fire officer in respect of the Premises and the Building or their use; and

 

(C)

operate the Services Systems within and exclusively serving the Premises in accordance with the manufacturer's operating guidelines and recommendations; and

 

(D)

comply with all Regulations.

9.4

Keyholders

The Tenant shall:

 

(A)

ensure that, at all times, the Landlord and the Superior Landlord has details of the names, home numbers and home addresses of at least two keyholders of the Premises; and

 

(B)

provide the Landlord and the Superior Landlord with a set of keys and passes, and any necessary codes for any keypads or other equipment necessary for gaining access to the Premises to enable the Landlord and the Superior Landlord, or their agents and others authorised by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord to enter the Premises for security purposes or in cases of emergency, provided that the Landlord shall only enter the Premises unaccompanied where the Tenant's keyholder has not provided access within a reasonable time  

PROVIDED THAT the foregoing provisions of this clause 9.4 shall only apply in circumstances where the Landlord acting reasonably and properly has notified the Tenant in writing that the Landlord considers that the security arrangements implemented by the Tenant are insufficient for the Landlord's purposes and the Tenant has failed, within 10 (ten) Working Days of receipt of the Landlord's notice, to implement aHernative security arrangements that are acceptable to the Landlord (acting reasonably).

9.5

Use Restrictions

The Tenant shall perform and observe the obligations set out in schedule 4.

9.6

No warranty as to use

The Landlord gives no warranty that the Authorised Use is or will remain a permitted use under the Planning Acts.

10.

Alienation generally

10.1

Disposals

The Tenant shall not assign, charge, underlet or part with possession, or share the occupation of, or permit any perSon to occupy the whole or any part or parts of the Premises except as may be expressly permitted by clauses 10 to 13 (inclusive).

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

26

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

10.2

Sharing with a Group Company

Nothing shall prevent the Tenant from sharing occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises with any company which is, for the time being, a Group Company of the Tenant subject to:

 

(A)

the Tenant giving to the Landlord written notice of the sharing of occupation and the name of the Group Company concerned within five (5) Working Days after the sharing begins;

 

(B)

the Tenant and that Group Company remaining in the same relationship whilst the sharing lasts;

 

(C)

the sharing not creating the relationship of landlord and tenant between the Tenant and that Group Company; and

 

(D)

no security of tenure under Part II of the 1954 Act arising.

11.

Assignment

11.1

No assignment of part

The Tenant shall not assign any part or parts (as distinct from the whole) of the Premises.

11.2

Prohibition on assignment

The Tenant shall not assign the whole of the Premises without complying with, or fulfilling, the circumstances and conditions set out in this clause 11.

11.3

Information relating to Application to Assign

The Landlord shall be entitled to receive from the Tenant the following undertaking and information prior to considering any Application to Assign from the Tenant:

 

(1)

an undertaking (unconditional, save as to a reasonable upper limit in line with the Landlord's reasonable estimate of costs) from solicitors acting for the Current Tenant or for the Proposed Assignee to pay on demand all costs and disbursements (and irrecoverable VAT) which may reasonably and properly be incurred by the Landlord and the Superior Landlord in considering the Application to Assign, whether or not consent is granted, and in granting consent (if it is granted); and,

 

(2)

such information relating to the financial affairs and position of the Proposed Assignee and the Proposed Guarantor as the Landlord and the Superior Landlord may reasonably require.

11.4

Circumstances in which assignment not allowed

For the purposes of section 19(1)A of the 1927 Act it is agreed that, in addition to any other circumstance in which consent to assignment may lawfully be withheld, the Landlord may withhold consent to an assignment by the Tenant of the whole of the Premises in any of the circumstances set out in clauses 11.4(A) and 11.4(8). In this clause, references to the Proposed Assignee shall be interpreted so that, where it is proposed that a Proposed Guarantor shall act as a guarantor for the liabilities of the Proposed Assignee, the criteria set out below need apply to the Proposed Guarantor (mutatis mutandis) only, and not the Proposed Assignee itself. The circumstances are as follows:

 

(A)

where the Proposed Assignee is a person or entity who has, or may come to have, the right to claim diplomatic or sovereign immunity or exemption from liability for the breach of the covenants contained in this Lease, unless such diplomatic or sovereign immunity or exemption from liability is effectively and irrevocably waived, disclaimed or negated beforehand, and the Tenant has at its own cost supplied to the Landlord and the Superior Landlord any legal opinion reasonably required by the Landlord in connection with such waiver, disclaimer or negation in a form acceptable both to the Landlord, in each case acting reasonably, and the Superior Landlord; and

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

27

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(B)

where the Landlord (acting reasonably) considers the Proposed Assignee (or the Proposed Gua rantor) is a person who WOUld, in the reasonable opinion of a prudent landlord of high quality offices in the City of London, not be considered of sufficient financial standing to enable it to comply with the tenant's covenants in

 

(C)

where the Proposed Assignee is a company incorporated in or an individual resident in a jurisdiction outside the United Kingdom in respect of which there no applicable treaty for the mutual enforcement of civil judgments unless the Landlord is reasonably satisfied that a judgment obtained in England and Wales against the assignee can be enforced in the relevant jurisdiction; and

 

(D)

where the Proposed Assignee is a Group Company of the Tenant unless the Landlord is provided with:

 

(1)

evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the covenant strength of the assignee is not less than that of the Tenant at the date of the assignment disregarding any Authorised Guarantee Agreement given by the Tenant to the Landlord; and

 

(2)

a new guarantor of the Tenant's Covenants of no less covenant strength than the Tenant's Guarantor at the date of the assignment.

11.5

Conditions for assignment

For the purposes of section 19( 1 A) of the 1927 Act, it is further agreed that, in addition to any other conditions subject to which licence or consent may be granted for the Proposed Assignment, any consent of the Landlord shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(A)

the Tenant has paid to the Landlord the whole of any arrears of Principal Rent; and

 

(B)

that the Current Tenant shall, prior to completion of the Proposed Assignment, procure that the Proposed Assignee enters into a direct covenant with the Landlord to pay the Rents reserved by, and to perform the covenants by the Tenant contained in this Lease; and

 

(C)

that, if the Landlord shall reasonably so require, the Current Tenant shall obtain an acceptable guarantor for the Proposed Assignee, and shall procure that such guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Landlord a deed containing covenants by that (or, if more than one, joint and several covenants) with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, in the terms contained in schedule 5 (with necessary changes), or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require; and

 

(D)

if reasonably required by the Landlord, a rent deposit of not less than twelve months' Principal Rent, together with Value Added Tax (if any), shall be provided to the Landlord on such terms and for such period as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

11.6

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

 

(A)

For the purposes of section 19(1)A of the 1927 Act and section 16 of the 1995 Act, it is agreed that any consent of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord to an assignment of the whole of the Premises shall be subject to a condition that the Current Tenant shall, prior to such assignment being completed, execute and deliver to the Superior Landlord and the Landlord deeds, which shall be prepared by the Landlord's solicitors, containing covenants on the part of the Current Tenant in the case of the deed to entered into with the Landlord in the form of those set out in schedule 5 with any necessary changes.

 

(B)

For the purposes of section 19(1)A of the 1927 Act and section 16 of the 1995 Act, and as a separate and severable obligation from that set out in this clause 11.6, it is further agreed that any consent of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord to an assignment of the whole of the Premises shall be subject to a condition that any guarantor of the Current Tenant shall, prior to such assignment being completed, execute and deliver to the Landlord and the Superior Landlord deeds containing a direct covenant by way of a guarantee and indemnity that the Tenant will comply with its obligations in the Authorised Guarantee Agreement referred to in clause 11.6(A) above in the case of the deed to entered into with the Landlord in the form of those set out in schedule 5, with any necessary changes.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

28

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

11.7

Consent for assignment

Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this clause 11, the Tenant shall not assign the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, and, save in relation to the circumstances set out in clause 11.4 and the conditions mentioned in clauses 11.5 and 11.6, such consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, and of the Superior Landlord; and the parties hereby agree that, in considering whether or not the Landlord is reasonably withholding such consent, due and proper regard shall be had to the provisions and effect of the 1995 Act.

12.

Underletting

12.1

Underletting of the whole

 

(A)

The Tenant shall not underlet the whole of the Premises other than on condition that, if the Landlord shall reasonably so require, the Tenant obtains a reasonably acceptable guarantor for any proposed undertenant, and such guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Landlord a deed containing covenants by that guarantor (or, if more than one, jOint and several covenants) with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, in the terms contained in schedule 5 (with any necessary changes) or in such other terms as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

(B)

Any underletting of the whole shall incorporate an agreement effectually excluding sections 24 to 28 of the 1954 Act (as amended).

12.2

Underletting of part

The Tenant shall not underlet any part of the Premises.

12.3

Underletting rent

The Tenant shall not underlet the Premises:

 

(A)

at a fine or premium or at a rent less than the open market rent for the space being underlet; or,

 

(B)

on terms whereby any rent free or concessionary rent period or financial inducement, given or received, is materially different from that which is customary at the time in the open market (except in respect of an underlease for 24 months or less containing no options to renew or extend for any party).

12.4

Direct covenants from undertenant

Prior to the grant of any permitted underlease, the Tenant shall procure that the undertenant enters into the following direct covenants with the Landlord (and the Superior Landlord):

 

(A)

an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to assign or charge any part (as distinct from the whole) of the premises to be underlet;

 

(B)

an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to part with possession or share the occupation of the whole or any part of the premises to be underlet or permit any person to occupy them, save on the same basis that the Tenant is entitled to deal with the Premises, mutatis mutandis;

 

(C)

a covenant by the undertenant not to assign or underlet the whole without the prior written consents of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord, such consent in the case of the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

(D)

a covenant by the undertenant not to underlet any part of the Premises;

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

29

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(E)

a covenant by the undertenant to perform and observe all the tenant's covenants contained in the permitted underlease; and

 

(F)

an unqualified covenant by the undertenant not to charge the premises to be underlet, save at arm's length to a bona fide bank or other substantial institution.

12.5

Contents of underlease

Every permitted underlease shall contain the following provisions:

 

(A)

save in relation to an underlease which is for a term of 5 years or less and which is granted for a term commencing less than two (2) years before a Review Date, provisions for the review of the rent payable under it, on an upwards-only and at least five yearly basis corresponding with the rent review provisions in this Lease;

 

(B)

a covenant by the undertenant (which the Tenant covenants to use all reasonable endeavours to enforce) prohibiting the undertenant from doing or suffering any act or thing on, or in relation to, the premises underlet in breach of this Lease;

 

(C)

a condition for re-entry on breach of any covenant by the undertenant;

 

(D)

a covenant by the undertenant prohibiting the undertenant from assigning or underletting the whole of the premises demised by the underlease without the prior written consents (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Tenant and the Landlord under this Lease and the Superior Landlord;

 

(E)

a provision to the effect that, for the purposes of section 19(1A) of the 1927 Act and section 16 of the 1995 Act, any consents to an assignment of the underlease shall be subject to a condition that the undertenant under the underlease shall, if reasonably required by the Landlord, prior to such assignment being completed, execute and deliver to the Tenant, and, except in relation to a lease for a term of five years or less and subject to clause 12.5(D), to the Landlord under this Lease and to the Superior Landlord, a deed, which shall be prepared by the Tenant's solicitors, containing covenants on the part of the then undertenant with the Tenant, and, if applicable, separately with the Landlord and separately with the Superior Landlord, in the case of the deeds to be entered into with the Tenant and the Landlord in the form set out in schedule 5 (with any necessary changes); and

 

(F)

except in relation to a lease which is for a term of 5 years or less and subject to clause 12.5(D), the same, or at the Tenant's option greater, restrictions as to assignment, underletting and parting with, or sharing the possession or occupation of, the premises underlet, and the same provisions for direct covenants and registration, as are in this Lease (with any necessary changes) provided that no more than two further derivative underlettings of whole are permitted (beyond this Lease).

12.6

Tenant to obtain Landlord's consent

Without prejudice to the other provisions of this clause, the Tenant shall not underlet the Premises without the prior written consents of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord, such consents not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

12.7

Tenant to enforce obligations

The Tenant shall enforce the performance and observance of the covenants by the undertenant contained in any permitted underlease, and shall not, at any time, either expressly or by implication, knowingly waive any breach of them.

12.8

Review of underlease rent

The Tenant shall procure that the rent under any permitted underlease is reviewed in accordance with its terms.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

30

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

12.9

No variation ofterrns

The Tenant shall not vary the terms of any permitted underlease, without the prior written consents of the Landlord and of the Superior Landlord, such consent in the case of the Landlord not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

12.10

No reduction in rent

The Tenant shall procure that the rent payable under any permitted underlease is not commuted or made payable more than one quarter in advance, and shall not permit any reduction of that rent without the Landlord's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

12.11

Covenants by assignee and assignor of underlease

Prior to the assignment of any permitted underlease, the Tenant shall procure that there are delivered:

 

(A)

to the Landlord and to the Superior Landlord, a deed or deeds containing covenants by the assignee with the Landlord and the Superior Landlord, in such form as the Landlord may reasonably require, to perform and observe all the tenant's covenants in, and conditions of, the underlease during the residue of the term of the underlease; and,

 

(B)

to the Landlord and to the Superior Landlord, and separately to the Tenant, a deed containing covenants by the assignor, in the case of the deeds to be entered into with the Landlord and the Tenant in the form of the deed set out in schedule 5, if the Landlord's consent to such assignment is subject to a condition that the undertenant shall enter into such a deed as contemplated by clause 12.5(E).

13.

Mortgaging and charging

13.1

Mortgaging and charging

The Tenant shall not mortgage or charge, in any way, part only of the Premises, and shall not otherwise mortgage or charge the whole of the Premises, save at arm's length to a bona fide bank or other substantial financial institution.

14.

General provisions and registration of dispositions

14.1

Any guarantee and indemnity to be given to the Superior Landlord shall be in such form as the Superior Landlord shall properly and reasonably require under the Superior Lease.

14.2

The Landlord shall prepare all documents containing covenants to be given to it.

14.3

Within fifteen (15) Working Days after every assignment, transfer, assent, underlease, assignment of underlease, mortgage, charge, commencement of sharing possession or any other disposition, whether mediate or immediate, of or relating to the Premises or any part, the Tenant shall give written notice thereof to the Landlord and provide the Landlord or its solicitors with two copies (certified as true) of the deed, instrument or other document evidencing or effecting such disposition and, on each occasion, shall pay to the Landlord or its solicitors a fee of twenty-five pounds (£25.00) together with VAT thereon, or such larger sum as may be reasonable, together with any fee or fees payable by the Landlord and the Superior Landlord.

14.4

From time to time, within 15 Working Days of written demand, during the Term, but not more than twice in anyone year, the Tenant shall furnish the Landlord with full particulars of all derivative interests of or in the Premises, however remote or inferior, including particulars of the rents payable in respect of such derivative interests, and such further particulars as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

31

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

15.

Legislat ion

15.1

Planning

The Tenant shall comply with the Planning Acts in so far as they relate to the Premises and the use of the Common Parts and shall not:

 

(A)

make any application for planning permission or any application for a determination that planning permission is not required for any Alterations or any change of the Authorised Use without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the application relates to a matter for which the Landlord cannot unreasonably withhold or delay its consent under this Lease; and

 

(B)

carry out any Alterations or change the Authorised Use until all necessary planning permissions have been obtained and approved in writing by the Landlord. Subject to clause 15.2, the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval where it has given consent to the application for planning permission being made.

15.2

Approval of permissions

The Landlord shall be entitled to:

 

(A)

impose reasonable conditions to the giving of its approval; and

 

(B)

withhold its approval to any planning permission if any condition contained in or omitted from it or its duration would, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord, have or be likely to have an adverse effect on the value of the Landlord's interest in the Building or any AdjOining Property at any time during or after the end of the Term.

15.3

Statutes

The Tenant shall comply with every Statute which affects the Premises and the Common Parts or their use and occupation and shall carry out and maintain at its own cost and expense all works and arrangements required under any Statute in so far as the same impose obligations on the Tenant and its use of the Premises.

15.4

COM Regulations

The Tenant shall comply in all respects with the CDM Regulations in so far as they relate to the Premises and, without limitation, shall at its own cost and expense:

 

(A)

(where applicable) notify the Health and Safety Executive of any Alterations; and

 

(B)

maintain and update the Health and Safety File as necessary and provide copies of it to the Landlord and any person entitled to inspect it on request by those persons; and

 

(C)

where there is more than one client in relation to a project, make a written election to be treated as the only client for the purposes of the CDM Regulations and provide the Landlord with a copy of the election, (and, where the Landlord is a client, the Landlord hereby consents to such election).

15.5

Statutory notices

The Tenant shall give to the Landlord a copy of every notice, order, direction, licence, consent or pennission relating to the Premises made or given under any Statute within seven days of its receipt, or sooner in cases of emergency. If required by the Landlord, the Tenant shall at its own cost and expense make or join the Landlord in making such objections, applications or representations against or in respect of them as the Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

32

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

16.

Third party rights

16.1

Loss of existing rights benefiting the Premises

The Tenant shall not stop up, darken or obstruct any window or other opening belonging to the Premises or do any other act or thing which may lead to any rights benefiting the Premises or the Building being lost.

16.2

Creation of new rights over the Premises

The Tenant shall not knowingly pennit or allow any encroachment to be made which may lead to rights being acquired by any person over the Premises or the Building.

16.3

Notification

The Tenant shall notify the Landlord of any of the matters referred to in this clause 16 as soon as reasonably practicable as the same come to the notice of the Tenant and shall at the parties' joint cost and expense take such action as the Landlord reasonably requires to prevent any rights being acquired over the Premises or the Building or any rights benefiting the Premises or the Building being lost.

17.

Title matters

17.1

Covenants restricting use

The Tenant shall not enter into any covenant in favour of any person other than the Landlord relating to the Premises or require any assignee or undertenant to give covenants which would restrict the use of the Premises to a greater extent than the restrictions on use contained in this Lease.

17.2

Existing title matters

The Tenant shall by way of indemnity only comply with the conditions, covenants, restrictions and other matters contained or referred to in the deeds and documents specified in schedule 6 to the Superior Lease in so far as the same relate to the Premises.

18.

End of the Term

18.1

Return of the Premises

At the end of the Term, the Tenant shall retum the Premises to the Landlord:

 

(A)

with vacant possession, except to the extent that any permitted undertenant of the whole or any part of the Premises has the right to the statutory continuation of their underlease under the 1954 Act; and

 

(B)

repaired, cleaned and maintained in accordance with the Tenant's Covenants.

18.2

Reinstatement at the end of the Term

Subject to clause 18.3, at the end of the Term the Tenant shall:

 

(A)

remove any buildings or other works in respect of which any planning permission, bye-law or other consent may have been granted for a limited period only; and

 

(B)

remove any moulding, sign or painting of the name or business of the Tenant or any undertenant or other occupiers of the Premises and all tenant's fixtures and chattels; and

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

33

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

(C)

remove any Hazardous Material unless it was present at the time the Tenant first took possession of the Premises; and

 

(D)

reinstate all Alterations made to the Premises and restore the Premises to the state and condition in which the Tenant first took possession of them as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition.

The Tenant shall carry out all works in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with Statute and the Tenant shall make good all damage caused to the • Premises and any Common Parts in the exercise of these obligations. For the avoidance of doubt the Tenant shall not be required to reinstate the Premises in any better state of repair and condition than as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition.  

18.3

Waiver of reinstatement

Clause 18.2 shall not apply to the extent that the Landlord notifies the Tenant in writing at any time before the last three months of the Term that it does not require any works of reinstatement specified in that notice to be carried out. If the Landlord serves notice under this clause 18.3, the Tenant shall not carry out the works specified in that notice.

18.4

Removal of Tenant's effects

The Tenant irrevocably appOints the Landlord as its agent to store and dispose of any tenant's fixtures and chattels left by the Tenant on the Premises for more than one month after the end of the Term. The Landlord shall be entitled to dispose of these items on such terms as it sees fit without being liable to the Tenant except to account for the net proceeds of sale after deducting any costs of storage and any other expenses reasonably incurred by the Landlord.

18.5

Exclusion of compensation

Subject to the 1954 Act, the Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation under any Statute or otherwise at the end of the Term.

18.6

Land Registry forms

 

(A)

Obligation to register Lease at Land Registry

If the Lease is or should be registered at HM Land Registry under the Land Registration Act 2002 the Tenant will:

 

(1)

procure that the Tenant is registered at HM Land Registry as proprietor of the Lease as soon as reasonably possible; and

 

(2)

procure that all rights granted or reserved by the Lease are properly noted against the affected titles; and

 

(3)

deliver to the Landlord, within one month of registration, official copies of the registered title evidencing that the Tenant is the registered proprietor of the Lease.

PART 6: LANDLORD'S COVENANTS

19.

Landlord's obligations

19.1

Quiet enjoyment

Subject to clause 19.2 the Tenant shall be entitled quietly to enjoy the Premises throughout the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or by any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord.

19.2

No derogation from grant

The exercise by the Landlord or any other person of any right reserved in this Lease shall not be in derogation of the Landlord's grant nor be a breach of the Landlord's obligation in clause 19.1.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

34

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

19.3

Exclusion of liability

The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant or to any persons deriving title under the Tenant or its or their respective licensees, agents or employees in respect of any loss or damage caused by or arising from:

 

(A)

any Insurance Event where the Landlord complies with its obligations under clause 5; or

 

(B)

any act or omission of the Superior Landlord; or

 

(C)

any act or omission of any other tenant of the Landlord or any person deriving title under such a tenant or any licensee where the Landlord has taken all reasonably available steps to enforce the covenants of any such lease or licence; or

 

(D)

any failure, interruption or delay in the performance of the Landlord's Covenants from any cause or circumstance beyond the control of the Landlord including, without limitation, mechanical breakdown, failure, malfunction, shortages of fuel or materials or labour disputes; or

 

(E)

any failure, interruption or delay in the supply of any of the Services from any necessary maintenance, servicing, repair or replacement of the Conduits, any Services Systems or any other plant, equipment or machinery used in the provision of the Services.

PART 7: SUPERIOR LEASE

20.

Superior Lease

20.1

Tenant's obligations

The Tenant shall comply with the obligations contained in the Superior Lease which the tenant of the Superior Lease covenants to comply with insofar as they are applicable to the Premises, except for:

 

(A)

the obligation on the tenant of the Superior Lease to pay the rents reserved by it or any other sums payable under the Superior Lease not reserved as rent; and

 

(8)

the obligation on the tenant to comply with the Shareholders Deed pursuant to clause 46 of the Superior Lease; and

 

(C)

the obligation to comply with the words "corresponding with the rent review provisions in this Lease" at the end of clause 21.6.1 of the Superior Lease which shall be deemed substituted for the words "in no more than five yearly intervals".

20.2

Landlord's obligations

The Landlord shall:

 

(A)

pay the rents reserved by the Superior Lease; and

 

(B)

comply with the obligations on the part of the tenant of the Superior Lease which are not the responsibility of the Tenant under this Lease; and

 

(C)

at the request and (only in so far as such request relates to the Premises demised by this Lease) cost of the Tenant and otherwise at the joint cost of the parties such cost to be apportioned fairly and reasonably, use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Superior Landlord complies with the obligations on the part of the landlord contained in the Superior Lease.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

35

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

20.3

Consents

Without prejudice to the terms of this Lease, where the consent or approval of the Landlord is required to any act or thing:

 

(A)

it shall be a condition precedent to the grant of that consent or approval that, if required under the Superior Lease, the consent or approval of Superior Landlord is obtained; and

 

(B)

where the Landlord is under an obligation not unreasonably to withhold or delay its consent or approval, the Landlord shall at the cost of the Tenant (provided such costs are proper and reasonable costs) apply for and use all reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent or approval of the Superior Landlord where this is required under the Superior Lease; and

 

(C)

references to the consent or approval of the Superior Landlord shall include the consent or approval of any person from whom the Superior Landlord is under an obligation to obtain consent or approval.

PART 8: GUARANTOR'S OBLIGATIONS

21.

Tenant's Guarantor

21.1

The Tenant's Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that the Tenant will comply with the Tenant's Covenants until the Tenant is released from them under the terms of the 1995 Act. This obligation is a guarantee and indemnity for the purposes of schedule 4 and incorporates its provisions.

PART 9: GENERAL PROVISIONS

22.

Contractual rights of third parties

22.1

No person who is not a party to this Lease shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Lease.

23.

Third party disputes

23.1

Notification by the Tenant

The Tenant shall promptly give notice to the Landlord of any dispute arising between it and any other tenants or occupiers of the remainder of the Building or the owners or occupiers of any Adjoining Property which relates to any right or privilege, any party wall or to the use and enjoyment of the Common Parts.

23.2

Determination by the Landlord

Unless the Landlord is a party to the dispute, the resolution of any dispute notified under clause 23.1 shall, at the request of the Landlord, be carried out on behalf of the Tenant by the Landlord, but at the Tenant's cost and expense.

24.

Assignment of Reversion

24.1

The Tenant agrees not unreasonably to withhold or delay its consent to any release requested by the Landlord under s.6 or s.7 of the 1995 Act.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

36

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

25.

N otices

25.1

Any notice served under or in respect of this Lease may be served by posting it in a prepaid envelope and shall be deemed to have been served on the first working day after which it was posted and evidence showing that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, stamped and posted shall be sufficient proof of service. Notices shall be served:

 

(A)

on the Landlord or any guarantor of the Tenant at its registered office or last known address; and

 

(B)

on the Tenant at its registered office.

26.

Law and jurisdiction

26.1

English law

This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

26.2

Jurisdiction

The parties to this Lease:

 

(A)

irrevocably agree that, subject to clause 26.2(8), the English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction in relation to any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Lease (“ Proceedings” ) and waive any objection to Proceedings in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the grounds that Proceedings have been brought in an inappropriate forum; and

 

(B)

agree that the Landlord shall be entitled to take Proceedings in any other court or courts having jurisdiction.

27.

Address for service

Any Proceedings shall be validly served on the Tenant's Guarantor if sent to 6th Floor, CityPoint, One Ropemaker Street, London EC2Y 9AW or to any other address for service in England or Wales as it may notify in writing to the Landlord at any time.

28.

Execution and delivery

28.1

The parties have executed this Lease as a deed but have not delivered it until the date of this Lease. For the purposes of s.2 Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989, any person who witnesses the execution of this Lease as a deed shall be taken to have signed it on behalf of the party executing it if that party is not an individual.

 

 

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

37

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

SCHEDULE 1 : THE PREMISES

PART 1 : DEFINITION OF THE PREMISES

1.

Identification of the Premises

1.1

The Premises are shown for identification edged red on Plan A.

2.

Areas included in the Premises

2.1

The Premises include:

 

(A)

the internal plaster surfaces and finishes of any structural or load-bearing walls, and columns in, or which enclose them, but not any other part of such walls and columns;

 

(B)

the entirety of any non-structural or non-load bearing walls and columns in them;

 

(C)

the inner half (severed medially) of any internal, non-load bearing walls which divide them from any other part of the Building;

 

(D)

the floor finishes of them and all carpets and the floor voids beneath them, but the lower limit of the Premises shall not extend to anything below the upper surface of the floor screed;

 

(E)

the ceiling finishes of them, including suspended ceilings and the voids above them and light fittings, but the upper limit of the Premises shall not extend to anything above the lower surface of the ceiling screed;

 

(F)

all internal window frames and window furniture and all glass in interior doors, windows partitions and the like, but not including any exterior cladding or the glass in any exterior windows or windows looking onto any galleria or atrium;

 

(G)

all sanitary and hot and cold water apparatus and equipment and any radiators in them, and all fire fighting equipment provided by the Landlord and hoses in them;

 

(H)

all Conduits in them and exclusively serving the same, except those of any utility company;

 

(I)

all landlord's fixtures, fittings, plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment at any time in or on them and exclusively serving the same;

 

(J)

any additions, alterations and improvements;

 

(K)

all doors, door furniture and door frames

but excluding all Common Parts.

3.

Areas excluded from the Premises

3.1

The Premises exclude:

 

( A)

all structural or loadbearing walls and columns and the structural slabs of any roofs, ceilings and floors; and

 

(B)

all Conduits within the Premises which do not exclusively serve them; and

 

(C)

the Services Systems within the Premises;

 

(D)

all tenant's fixtures and chattels.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

38

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

PART 2 : THE SERVICES SYSTEMS

The Services Systems include, without limitation:

1.

All heating, cooling, air conditioning and ventilation units (but excluding fan coils, pipework, valves and other equipment located in the ceiling void).

2.

Boilers and storage tanks.

3.

Sprinkler systems, fire alarm systems and fire prevention equipment serving the Building as a whole and excluding any equipment or pipework in the ceiling void.

4.

Emergency generators.

5.

All control systems for any of the Services Systems located outside of the ceiling void.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

39

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

SCHEDULE 2 : RIGHTS GRANTED

Subject to the proviso at the end of this schedule 2, the following rights and easements are granted (but only insofar as the Landlord is able to do so under the terms of the Superior Lease) and are exercisable 24 hours every day of the year the right for the Tenant and all persons expressly or by implication authorised by the Tenant (in common with the Landlord and all persons having a similar right):

1.

to use the Common Parts reasonably designated for use by the Tenant for all proper purposes in connection with the use and enjoyment of the Premises;

2.

to use the passenger lifts and good lifts and fireman lifts as shall serve the Premises and the lift lobby shown shaded green on Plan A for the purpose only of obtaining access to and egress from the Premises;

3.

to use the entrance halls adjoining core 1 and 2 shown cross hatched green on Plan B in common with all those permitted pursuant to the Superior Lease for the purpose of accessing the passenger lifts serving the Premises;

4.

the right for the Tenant and all persons expressly or by implication authorised by the Tenant to exclusively use the lavatories shown shaded yellow on the Plan A;

5.

to use the lobby area shown shaded green on Plan C for accessing the goods lift within core 2;

6.

the right to the passage of any of the Utilities to and from the Premises through any relevant Conduits which are now, or may be, in, under, or over any other part of the Building, in each case so far as any of the same are necessary for the reasonable use and enjoyment of the Premises;

7.

the right of support and protection from all other parts of the Building as is now enjoyed by the Premises;

8.

the right, in emergencies or during fire drills, to enter and use other parts of the Building designated by the Landlord as a means of escape;

9.

the right to have the Tenant's name displayed in the Landlord's house style on the directory board in the entrance halls referred to in paragraph 3 above;

10.

the right to use that part of the Building so reasonably designated by the Landlord for the deposit of all rubbish and refuse in proper receptacles for collection by or on behalf of the local authority;

11.

the right to use, at nil cost, any cycle racks and motor cycle spaces in the Building on a first come first served basis

PROVIDED THAT the Superior Landlord or the Landlord may temporarily interrupt the use and exercise of these rights where either of them gives reasonable prior notice in writing to the Tenant (except in case of emergency, when no notice need be given) for repairs, maintenance, cleaning, alterations or replacements and the carrying out of any other obligations of the Superior Landlord or the Landlord, consistent with those in this Lease, and provided that such interruption is for as little a period as is reasonably practicable, and, wherever reasonably practicable, the Tenant is afforded alternative rights, being no less commodious.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

40

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

SCHEDULE 3 : RIGHTS RESERVED

There are excepted and reserved to the Landlord and the Superior Landlord and all other persons authorised by either of them or having similar rights and subject to the person exercising such rights complying with the proviso at the end of this schedule where relevant:

1.

the right to the passage connection and running of the Utilities through any relevant Conduits which are now, or may at any time be, in, under, or over the Premises;

2.

the right after reasonable notice (but not less than seven (7) Working Days' prior written notice save in emergency, where such prior notice as can be given shall be given) to enter the Premises in order to:

 

(A)

inspect, clean, maintain, repair, connect, remove, lay, renew, relay, replace, alter or execute any works whatsoever reasonably required to, or in connection with, any of the Conduits or any other services;

 

(B)

execute repairs, decorations, alterations or any other works, and to make installations to, the Premises or the Building; or

 

(C)

do anything which the Landlord may properly do under this Lease;

3.

the right to maintain connections or (if necessary) to connect (a) appropriate Conduits to any communication equipment provided for the use of the tenants of all Lettable Areas by the Landlord or by the Superior Landlord which are now or may be at any time in under or over the Premises (b) to any sprinkler or other fire fighting system which is now or may at any time be in under or over the Premises serving the Premises in common with other Lettable Areas (c) to any fire alarm system within the Premises (d) to any soil or vent pipe or any associated drains and sewers which are now or may be in under or over the Premises and provided by the Landlord or by the Superior Landlord for use by occupiers of the Lettable Areas;

4.

the right to affix or display on any exterior part of the Building any plate or sign and to erect any pipe, wire, aerial, mast or other apparatus whatsoever in or upon the Building or any part thereof, and to place on the frontage of the Building name plates or fascia;

5 .

the right to erect scaffolding for the purpose of repairing or cleaning the Building or any building now, or after the date of this Lease, erected on any Adjoining Property, or in connection with the exercise of any of the rights mentioned in this schedule provided that such scaffolding or hoists do not materially (and in any event temporarily) restrict the access to, or enjoyment or use of, the Premises;

6.

any rights of light, air, support, protection and shelter or other easements and rights now, or after the date of this Lease, belonging to, or enjoyed by, other parts of the Building or any Adjoining Property;

7.

full right and liberty at any time after the date of this Lease to raise the height of, or make any alterations or additions or execute any other works to, the Building or any buildings on any Adjoining Property, or to erect any new buildings of any height on any Adjoining Property in such manner as the Landlord or the Superior Landlord or the person exercising the right shall think fit and even though they may obstruct, affect or interfere with the amenity of, or access to, the Premises or the passage of light and air to the Premises, but not so that the Tenant's ability to use and occupy and enjoy them is materially adversely affected for the purpose permitted by this Lease;

8.

the right, in emergencies or during fire drills, to enter the Premises and use any designated escape route

PROVIDED THAT on the exercise of any rights of entry on to the Premises, the person entering shall give reasonable prior written notice to the Tenant that the right is to be exercised and shall only exercise it at reasonable times unless the rights need to be exercised in an emergency and so far as practicable shall comply with any reasonable requirement of the Tenant in respect of security and in respect of the confidentiality of the Tenant's business affairs and matters, cause as little damage and inconvenience as reasonably practicable in the exercise of the rights and make good any damage caused to the Premises or to any chattels therein or to any of the Tenant's fixtures plant and equipment in the exercise of those rights to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

41

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

SCHEDULE 4 : USE RESTRICTIONS

1.

Dangerous materials and use of machinery

1.1

The Tenant shall not:

 

(A)

bring into the Building or keep in the Premises any article or thing which is or may become especially combustible or dangerous or explosive or inflammable or offensive or radio-active, or which might materially increase the risk of fire or explosion, other than usual office supplies and equipment and reasonable quantities of oil or other fuel required for the operation of any boiler, plant, machinery and equipment which shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of any statute affecting the Premises and of any insurer of them;

 

(B)

keep or operate in the Premises any machinery which is unduly noisy or causes undue vibration, or which is likely to annoy or disturb any other tenant or occupier of the Building.

2.

Overloading floors and services

2.1

The Tenant shall not:

 

(A)

overload the floors of the Premises or the Building, nor suspend any excessive weight from any ceiling, roof, stanchion, structure or wall of the Building, nor overload any Utility in or serving it;

 

(B)

do anything which may subject the Premises or the Building to any strain beyond that which they are designed to bear (with due margin for safety);

 

(C)

exceed the weight limits prescribed for any lift in the Building.

3.

Discharges into Conduits

The Tenant shall not discharge into any Conduit any oil or grease or any noxious or deleterious effluent or any substance which is likely to cause an obstruction or might be or become a source of danger, or which might damage any Conduit or the drainage system of the Building.

4.

Disposal of refuse

The Tenant shall not deposit in the Common Parts any refuse, rubbish or trade empties of any kind other than in proper receptacles and as may be reasonably designated by the Landlord or the Superior Landlord, and shall not bum any refuse or rubbish on the Premises.

5.

Obstruction of Common Parts

The Tenant shall not do anything as a result of which the Common Parts or other area over which the Tenant may have rights of access or use may be damaged, or their fair use by others may be obstructed in any way and shall not park any vehicle on any road or open area forming part of the Building, otherwise than in the spaces properly designated by the Landlord.

6.

Prohibited uses

The Tenant shall not use the Premises for any public or political meeting, or for any dangerous, noisy, noxious or offensive business, occupation or trade; or for any illegal or immoral purpose; or for residential purposes; or for betting, gambling, gaming or wagering; or as a betting office; or for the sale of any beer, wines or spirits to the general public; or for any auction.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

42

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

7.

Nuisance

7.1

The Tenant shall not:

 

(A)

do anything in the Premises or the Building which may be or become an actionable nuisance, or which may cause annoyance or damage, disturbance or inconvenience to, the Landlord or the Superior Landlord or any other tenant or occupier in the Building, or which may be injurious to the amenity, character, tone or value of the Building;

 

(B)

play any musical instrument, or use any loudspeaker, radio, tape recorder, record or compact disc player or similar apparatus in such a manner as to be audible outside the Premises;

 

(C)

place outside the Premises or in the Common Parts or expose from any window of the Premises any articles, goods or things of any kind.

8.

General

8.1

The Tenant shall not:

 

(A)

allow any animals (other than guide dogs) in the Building; or

 

(B)

erect, exhibit or hang any signs, advertisements, placards, flags, posters or, aerials, flags, poles, masts or satellite dishes or any other thing whatsoever on the exterior of the Premises or any other parts of the Building unless permitted to do so under clause 3.1.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

43

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

SCHEDULE 5: GUARANTEE PROVISIONS

1.

Defined terms

1.1

In this schedule 4, unless the contrary intention appears:

"Event of Default" means:

 

(A)

the disclaimer of this Lease by a trustee in bankruptcy or liquidator of the Tenant or by the Crown; or

 

(B)

if the Tenant is a company, the Tenant is dissolved, struck off the register of companies or otherwise ceases to exist; or

 

(C)

the ending of this Lease pursuant to clause 2.2.

"Guarantee" means any guarantee and indemnity given to the Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease by:

 

(A)

the Tenant's Guarantor under clause 21.1; or

 

(B)

the Tenant in accordance with clause 11.6(A); or

 

(C)

any guarantor or guarantors of an assignee of this Lease in accordance with clause 11.5(C); or

 

(D)

any guarantor of the Tenant in accordance with clause 11.6(B); or

 

(E)

any guarantor or guarantors of an undertenant in accordance with clause 12.1(A);

or

 

(F)

any undertenant on an assignment of their underlease in accordance with clause 12.5(E); or

 

(G)

any other person in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

"Guarantor" means the party giving the Guarantee.

"New Lease" means a lease of the Premises:

 

(A)

for a term of years commencing on the date of the Event of Default and expiring on the date upon which the Contractual Term would have expired; and

 

(B)

reserving a yearly rent equal to the yearly rent reserved under this Lease at the date of the Event of Default; and

 

( C)

containing redecoration dates which occur on the dates upon which the Premises were to be redecorated under this Lease; and

 

(D)

otherwise containing the same terms and conditions as this Lease. "Obligations" means the obligations guaranteed by the Guarantor under its Guarantee. "Principal" means the party who has responsibility for complying with the Obligations but excludes the Guarantor.

2.

Effect of the Guarantee

2.1

Guarantee and indemnity

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord as primary obligor, and not merely as guarantor, that the Obligations will be complied with and also as a separate obligation to indemnify the Landlord against any breach of them subject to the Landlord using reasonable endeavours to mitigate its losses.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

44

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

2.2

Claims

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the Landlord may make any claim against the Guarantor without first making demand of the Principal or exercising any other rights or enforcing any other security or guarantee which it may have in respect of the Obligations.

2.3

Continuing guarantee

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall not be released or varied by:

 

(A)

any Event of Default; or

 

(B)

the surrender of any part of the Premises; or

 

( C)

the variation of this Lease (subject always to s.18 of the 1995 Act); or

 

(D)

any concession, time, indulgence given by the Landlord to the Principal or any co­guarantor; or

 

(E)

any other act or thing which would, but for this paragraph 2.3, release or vary the Guarantee.

3.

Postponement of rights

3.1

Priority of claims

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that, unless and until all the Obligations have been complied with or otherwise discharged:

 

(A)

the Guarantor shall not claim any rights of subrogation against the Principal, prove or claim in competition to the Landlord in any liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, scheme of arrangement, composition with creditors, receivership or administration of or concerning the Principal, or take any guarantee, indemnity or other security or other right from the Principal in respect of all or any of the liabilities of the Guarantor under this Lease; and

 

(B)

any moneys which the Guarantor receives from any procedure or action of any of the kinds referred to in paragraph 3.1(A) shall be paid to the Landlord, and every guarantee, indemnity or other security or other right referred to in paragraph 3.1(A) shall be held on trust for the benefit of the Landlord.

3.2

Discharge conditional

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that, if any payment made by the Principal, Guarantor or any co-guarantor is ordered to be refunded under any law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency, the Landlord may claim from the Guarantor as if such payment had not been made and any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Landlord shall take effect subject to this condition.

3.3

Set-off, counterclaim and other deductions

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that the Guarantor shall make any payments due from it under the Guarantee in full, without any deduction or withholding by way of set­ off, counterclaim, taxation or otherwise, except only those required by law, in which case the Guarantor shall pay such increased amount as is necessary to ensure that the Landlord receives, after all such deductions and withholdings, the full amount.

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

45

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

4.

Event of Default

4.1

Landlord's rights

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that, at any time within the period of six months after the Landlord receives actual notice that an Event of Default has occurred, the Landlord may serve written notice on the Guarantor requiring the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease as tenant. Where there is more than one Guarantor, the Landlord may serve the notice on any of them.

4.2

Guarantor's obligations

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that if the Landlord requires the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease, the Guarantor shall:

 

(A)

execute and deliver to any superior landlord a counterpart of any licence to underlet which may be required for the grant of the New Lease. The licence to underlet shall contain such covenants as may be properly required of the Guarantor as undertenant; and

 

(B)

if required by the Landlord, do all things required for the purposes of validly excluding the provisions of ss24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act (as amended by the Order) in relation to the New Lease; and

 

(C)

accept the grant of the New Lease and execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of the New Lease; and

 

(D)

pay the proper costs and proper disbursements of the Landlord's solicitors and other professional advisers arising from the grant of the New Lease and the enforcement of the Guarantee together with any irrecoverable Value Added Tax incurred by the Landlord.

4.3

Effect of the grant of a New Lease

The Guarantor acknowledges to the Landlord that the grant of a New Lease shall not prejudice any rights of the Landlord against the Guarantor or any co-guarantor in respect of any liability under the Guarantee or any other guarantee or security held by the Landlord in respect of the Obligations in so far as that liability relates to any period prior to the date of the Event of Default.

4.4

No New Lease

The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord that if an Event of Default occurs and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Guarantor to accept the grant of a New Lease under paragraph 4.1, the Guarantor shall:

 

(A)

pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to all sums which would have been payable under this Lease but for the Event of Default; and

 

(B)

as a separate indemnity, indemnify the Landlord against the failure of the Tenant to comply with the Tenant's Covenants;

in each case for the period commencing on the date of the Event of Default and ending on the date six months after the Event of Default or, if earlier, the date upon which the Landlord re-lets the Premises.

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

46

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

SIGNED as a deed by

 

)

 

SIMMONS & SIMMONS LLP

 

)

 

acting by two members

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED as a deed by MIMECAST

 

)

 

SERVICES LIMITED

 

)

 

acting by one

 

)

 

director and in the presence of:

 

)

\s\ Peter Bauer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

47

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

 

SIGNED as a deed by MIMECAST

 

)

 

LIMITED a copy incorporated in

 

)

 

Jersey, by

 

)

 

and

 

)

 

being persons who, in accordance

 

)

 

with the laws of that territory, are

 

)

 

acting under the authority of the

 

)

 

company acting by

 

)

 

one director and signed in the presence of:

 

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

\s\ Peter Bauer

 

 

 

 

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

48

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


 

APPENDIX 1: SCHEDULE OF CONDITION

 

 

 

 

Real Estate/023459-00004/NDJ/ADAX ADAX(LDN7L28188)

49

L_LIVE_EMEA1:34971988v5

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

Contents

 

1.0

 

Preliminaries

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

2.0

 

Schedule of Condition

 

5

 

 

2

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

1.0 Preliminaries - Schedule of Condition

1.1 Introduction

1.1.1

We have received instructions from Simmons & Simmons to prepare a Schedule of Condition of the premises known as Part 5 th floor, City Point, London

1.2 Generally

1.2.1

Weather conditions at the time of inspection were dry and warm

1.2.2

Our inspection was based on a visual examination only, without the aid of ladders and with no special facilities for access having been provided.

1.2.3

The inspection was limited as follows:

 

The schedule records the condition of the property at the time of inspection but does not state the cause of the defects or prescribe remedies, as this is beyond the scope of a schedule of condition.

 

We have not carried out a structural survey or checked the design of the building in anyway whatsoever by calculation.

 

Covered, unexposed or inaccessible parts of the building structure have not been inspected and are therefore not included within the schedule. The inspection was limited to visible areas only, no opening up was undertaken.

 

No specialist inspections of the plumbing, heating, drainage and electrical installations have been arranged and we are therefore unable to confirm they are free from defect and in working order.

1.3 Orientation

1.3.1

Any directions given assume a viewpoint from Part 5 th floor, City Point, London facing the premises with north, east, south and west referred to accordingly. Please refer to demise plan for further information.

1. 3.2

The terms left and right are used to describe the two sides of any specific element as viewed by an observer facing the element.

1.4 Glossary of Terms

1.4.1

The description and expressive terms used in the schedule which describe the state of condition of the property are for the purposes of the report defined as follows:

 

Expression

 

Description

 

 

 

Good

 

In new condition with no soiling/wear or other defects

 

 

 

Fair

 

Subject to several years wear, slight signs of wear/soiling but still serviceable and functioning adequately

 

 

 

Poor

 

Subject to hard or long term wear with repair and/or renovation necessary

 

 

 

LHS

 

Left hand side

 

 

 

RHS

 

Right hand side

 

 

 

NND

 

No noticeable defects

 

 

3

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

1.5 Brief description of demise

1.5.1

The demise in question is formed of unoccupied office accommodation located to Part 5 th floor, City Point, London. The demise is dog-legged in shape and positioned to the south-west of the building. The primary entrance to the space is located to the north-east of the demise and further escape staircases are located to the south-east and south-west of the floor. WCs are also located to the south of the floor but are not demised.

1.5.2

The ceiling is formed of modular perforated metal pan suspended ceiling tiles set within painted plasterboard margins. Lighting consists of recessed units, and metal grilles serve the space of ventilation, heating and cooling. The core walls are formed of painted plaster with plastic skirtings, with door sets leading to the WCs and various riser cupboards, and the glazing consists of full height units within aluminium frames. The raised access floor is formed of metal tiles, with grommets remaining in-situ throughout the demise.

1.5.3

For the ease of reporting, the demise has been split into north, south, and east zones. Please refer to the appendix for further details.

 

 

4

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

2.0 Schedule of Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

Part 5th floor, City Point, London

Ref: CS/091600

This schedule is prepared as an accurate record of the property as at 31st March 2017.

 

Signed

Signed

 

 

 

 

 

Name

James Stack

Name

 

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of :-

Simmons & Simmons

For and on behalf of :-

 

 

 

 

 

Date

31st March 2017

Date

 

 

 

 

 

67

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


Simmons & Simmons

 

Appendix A – Plan of demise

 

 

 

 

 

We | Listen Create Deliver

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN

SP MILLENNIUM CENTER, L.P.,

AS LANDLORD, AND

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

AS TENANT

DATED JANUARY 4, 2013

URBAN TOWERS

222 WEST LAS COLINAS BOULEVARD

IRVING, TEXAS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Date:

 

January 4,2013

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

SP MILLENNIUM CENTER, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Premises:

 

Suite No. 1950N, containing 2,954 rentable square feet, in the building commonly known as Urban Towers (the “ Building ”), and whose street address is 222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Irving, Texas 75039. The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A . The land on which the Project is located (the “ Land ”) is described on Exhibit B . The term “ Project ” shall collectively refer to the Building, all other buildings and improvements in the multi-building office complex known as Urban Towers of which the Building is a part, the Land and the driveways, parking facilities, and similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or the operations thereof.

 

 

 

Term:

 

65 full calendar months, plus any partial month from the Commencement Date to the end of the month in which the Commencement Date falls, starting on the Commencement Date and ending at 5:00 p.m. local time on the last day of the 65 th full calendar month following the Commencement Date, subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in the Lease.

 

 

 

Commencement Date:

 

30 days (such 30-day period is referred to herein as the “ Beneficial Occupancy Period ” and shall be subject to Section 26.1 below) following the earliest of (a) the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Premises and begins conducting business therein, (b) the date on which the Work (as defined in Exhibit D hereto) in the Premises is Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit D hereto) (estimated to be on the Estimated Delivery Date, as defined in Section 3 of the Lease), or (c) the date on which the Work in the Premises would have been Substantially Completed but for the occurrence of any Tenant Delay Days (as defined in Exhibit D hereto).

 

 

 

Basic Rent:

 

Subject to the abatement of Basic Rent provided below, Basic Rent shall be the following amounts for the following periods of time:

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Months

Annual Basic Rent Rate Per Rentable

Square Foot in the Premises

Monthly Basic Rent

 

 

1-17

$23.50

$5,784.92

 

 

18-29

$24.00

$5,908.00

 

 

30-41

$24.50

$6,031.08

 

 

42-53

$25.00

$6,154.17

 

 

54-65

$25.50

$6,277.25

 

 

 

Basic Rent shall be abated during the first five months of the Term, e.g., if the Commencement Date is March 15, 2013, Basic Rent shall be abated until August 14, 2013. Commencing with the first day after the end of the abatement period referred to above, Tenant shall make Basic Rent payments for any remaining partial calendar month and on the first day of the first full calendar month thereafter shall make Basic Rent payments as otherwise provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding such abatement of Basic Rent (a) all other sums due under this Lease, including Additional Rent and parking rent shall be payable as provided in this Lease, and (b) any increases in Basic Rent set forth in this Lease shall occur on the dates scheduled therefor.

 

 

 

 

 

As used herein, the term “ Lease Month ” means each calendar month during the Term (and if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the period from the Commencement Date to the first day of the next calendar month shall be included in the first Lease Month for purposes of determining the duration of the Term and the monthly Basic Rent rate applicable for such partial month).

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

 

$12,062.17.

 

i


Additional Rent:

 

Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs, Excess Taxes and Electrical Costs.

 

 

 

Rent:

 

Basic Rent, Additional Rent, and all other sums that Tenant may owe to Landlord or otherwise be required to pay under the Lease.

 

 

 

Permitted Use:

 

General office use in compliance with Section 9 of the Lease.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Proportionate

Share:

 

.35%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the number of rentable square feet in the Premises as stated above by (b) the 844,113 rentable square feet in the Project. Landlord and Tenant stipulate that the number of rentable square feet in the Premises and in the Project set forth above is conclusive and shall be binding upon them.

 

 

 

Base Year:

 

The calendar year 2013.

 

Tenant’s Address:

 

Prior to Commencement Date:

And for all Notices

Mimecast North America, Inc.

203 Crescent Street, Suite 303

Waltham, MA 02453

Attention: Corporate Controller

Telephone: 781.996.4284

Facsimile: 617.660.0663

 

Following Commencement Date:

Mimecast North America, Inc.

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 1950N

Irving, Texas 75039

Attention:  [To be determined pursuant to Exhibit E hereto.]

Telephone:  [To be determined pursuant to Exhibit E hereto.]

Facsimile:  [To be determined pursuant to Exhibit E hereto.]

With a copy to:

Mimecast North America, Inc.

203 Crescent Street, Suite 303

Waltham, MA 02453

Attention: Corporate Controller

Telephone: 781.996.4284

Facsimile: 617.660.0663

 

 

 

 

 

ii


Landlord’s Address:

 

For all Notices:

 

With a copy to:

 

 

SP Millennium Center, L.P.

c/o CBRE, Inc.

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 165

Irving, TX 75039

Attention: Property Manager

Telephone: 972.501.9009

Facsimile: 972.501.9019

 

SP Millennium Center, L.P.

CBRE Global Investors - Strategic Partners

515 S. Flower Street, Suite 3100

Los Angeles, CA 90071

Attention: Darla Szalla

Telephone: 213.683.4300

Facsimile: 213.683.4336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If by check to:

SP Millennium Center LP

PO Box 846131

Los Angeles, CA 90084-6131

If by overnight mail to:

Lockbox Services

SP Millennium Center LP - Dept 6131

3440 Flair Drive

El Monte, CA 91731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If by wire transfer or ACH to:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

San Francisco, CA

ABA #121000 248

Acct# 4123524738

Name: SP Millennium Center LP

 

 

 

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease identified above. If any conflict exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control.

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page No.

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND BASIC PROVISIONS

1

 

 

 

2.

LEASE GRANT

1

 

 

 

3.

TENDER OF POSSESSION

1

 

 

 

4.

RENT

1

 

4.1

Payment

1

 

4.2

Additional Rent

2

 

4.3

Cap on Excess Operating Costs

3

 

 

 

5.

DELINQUENT PAYMENT; HANDLING CHARGES

4

 

 

 

6.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

4

 

 

 

7.

LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS

4

 

7.1

Services

4

 

7.2

Excess Utility Use

5

 

7.3

Restoration of Services; Abatement

5

 

7.4

Repair and Maintenance by Landlord

5

 

 

 

8.

IMPROVEMENTS; ALTERATIONS; REPAIRS; MAINTENANCE

5

 

8.1

Improvements; Alterations

5

 

8.2

Repair and Maintenance by Tenant

6

 

8.3

Performance of Work

6

 

8.4

Mechanic’s Liens

6

 

 

 

9.

USE

7

 

 

 

10.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

7

 

10.1

Transfers

7

 

10.2

Consent Standards

7

 

10.3

Request for Consent

8

 

10.4

Conditions to Consent

8

 

10.5

Attornment by Subtenants

8

 

10.6

Cancellation

8

 

10.7

Additional Compensation

9

 

10.8

Permitted Transfers

9

 

 

 

11.

INSURANCE; WAIVERS; SUBROGATION; INDEMNITY

9

 

11.1

Tenant’s Insurance

9

 

11.2

Landlord’s Insurance

10

 

11.3

No Subrogation; Waiver of Property Claims

10

 

11.4

Indemnity

10

 

 

 

12.

SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NOTICE TO LANDLORD’S MORTGAGEE

11

 

12.1

Subordination

11

 

12.2

Attornment

11

 

12.3

Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee

11

 

12.4

Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions

11

 

 

 

13.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

11

 

 

 

14.

CONDEMNATION

11

 

14.1

Total Taking

11

 

14.2

Partial Taking - Tenant’s Rights

11

 

14.3

Partial Taking - Landlord’s Rights

12

 

14.4

Award

12

 

 

 

15.

FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

12

 

15.1

Repair Estimate

12

 

15.2

Tenant’s Rights

12

iv


 

15.3

Landlord’s Rights

12

 

15.4

Repair Obligation

12

 

15.5

Abatement of Rent

12

 

 

 

16.

PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES

12

 

 

 

17.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

13

 

17.1

Payment Default

13

 

17.2

Abandonment

13

 

17.3

Estoppel; Subordination; Financial Reports

13

 

17.4

Insurance

13

 

17.5

Mechanic’s Liens

13

 

17.6

Other Defaults

13

 

17.7

Insolvency

13

 

 

 

18.

REMEDIES

13

 

18.1

Termination of Lease

13

 

18.2

Termination of Possession

13

 

18.3

Perform Acts on Behalf of Tenant

14

 

18.4

Suspension of Services

14

 

18.5

Alteration of Locks

14

 

 

 

19.

PAYMENT BY TENANT; NON-WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; MITIGATION OF DAMAGE

14

 

19.1

Payment by Tenant

14

 

19.2

No Waiver

14

 

19.3

Cumulative Remedies

14

 

19.4

Mitigation of Damage

14

 

 

 

20.

LANDLORD’S LIEN

15

 

 

 

21.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

15

 

 

 

22.

HOLDING OVER

16

 

 

 

23.

CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD

16

 

23.1

Building Operations

16

 

23.2

Security

16

 

23.3

Prospective Purchasers and Lenders

16

 

23.4

Prospective Tenants

16

 

 

 

24.

SUBSTITUTION SPACE

16

 

 

 

25.

MISCELLANEOUS

17

 

25.1

Landlord Transfer

17

 

25.2

Landlord’s Liability

17

 

25.3

Force Majeure

17

 

25.4

Brokerage

17

 

25.5

Estoppel Certificates

17

 

25.6

Notices

17

 

25.7

Separability

17

 

25.8

Amendments; Binding Effect; No Electronic Records

17

 

25.9

Counterparts

18

 

25.10

Quiet Enjoyment

18

 

25.11

No Merger

18

 

25.12

No Offer

18

 

25.13

Entire Agreement; No Reliance

18

 

25.14

Waiver of Jury Trial

18

 

25.15

Governing Law

18

 

25.16

Recording

18

 

25.17

Water or Mold Notification

18

 

25.18

Joint and Several Liability

18

 

25.19

Financial Reports

18

 

25.20

Landlord’s Fees

19

 

25.21

Telecommunications

19

v


 

25.22

Confidentiality

19

 

25.23

Authority

19

 

25.24

Hazardous Materials

19

 

25.25

List of Exhibits

20

 

25.26

Determination of Charges

20

 

25.27

Prohibited Persons and Transactions

20

 

25.28

Waiver of Consumer Rights

20

 

 

 

26.

OTHER PROVISIONS

20

 

vi


LIST OF DEFINED TERMS

 

 

Page No.

 

 

 

Additional Rent

 

ii

Affiliate

 

1

Base Year

 

ii

Basic Lease Information

 

1

Basic Rent

 

i

Beneficial Occupancy Period

 

i

Building

 

i

Building’s Structure

 

1

Building’s Systems

 

1

Casualty

 

12

Collateral

 

15

Commencement Date

 

i

Construction Allowance

 

D-3

Controllable Operating Costs

 

4

Damage Notice

 

12

Default Rate

 

4

Disabilities Acts

 

7

Electrical Costs

 

3

Estimated Delivery Date

 

1

Event of Default

 

13

Excess Amount

 

D-2

Excess Operating Costs

 

2

Excess Taxes

 

3

GAAP

 

9

Hazardous Materials

 

19

HVAC

 

4

including

 

1

Land

 

i

Landlord

 

i

Landlord’s Mortgagee

 

11

Law

 

1

Laws

 

1

Lease

 

1

Lease Date

 

i

Lease Month

 

i

Loss

 

10

Mortgage

 

11

Move-Out Date

 

21

Moving Costs

 

D-3

Non-Standard Alterations

 

15

OFAC

 

20

Operating Costs

 

2

Parking Area

 

G-1

Permitted Transfer

 

9

Permitted Transferee

 

9

Permitted Use

 

ii

Premises

 

1

Prevailing Rental Rate

 

H-1

Primary Lease

 

11

Project

 

i

Punchlist Items

 

E-1

Reconciliation Statement

 

3

Release

 

19

Rent

 

ii

Repair Period

 

12

Security Deposit

 

i

vii


Substantial Completion

 

D-2

Substantially Completed

 

D-2

Substitute Tenant

 

14

Taking

 

11

Tangible Net Worth

 

9

Taxes

 

3

Telecommunications Services

 

19

Temporary Space

 

20

Temporary Space Term

 

20

Tenant

 

i

Tenant Delay Day

 

D-2

Tenant Party

 

1

Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment

 

1

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

 

1

Term

 

i

Test-Fit Allowance

 

D-3

Total Construction Costs

 

D-3

Transfer

 

7

UCC

 

15

Work

 

D-2

Working Drawings

 

D-1

 

 

 

viii


LEASE

This Lease Agreement (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of the Lease Date between Landlord and Tenant (as each such term is defined in the Basic Lease Information).

1. Definitions and Basic Provisions .    The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “ Basic Lease Information ”) are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. Additionally, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Lease:  “ Affiliate means any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party in question; “ Building’s Structure means the Building’s roof and roof membrane, elevator shafts, footings, foundations, structural portions of load-bearing walls, structural floors and subfloors, structural columns and beams, and curtain walls; “ Building’s Systems means the Building’s HVAC, life-safety, plumbing, electrical, mechanical and elevator systems; “ including means including, without limitation; “ Laws ” means all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, building codes and standards, rules and regulations, all court orders, governmental directives, and governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing, and all restrictive covenants affecting the Project, and “ Law means any of the foregoing; “ Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment means any of Tenant’s equipment or other property that may be located on or about the Project (other than inside the Premises); and “ Tenant Party means any of the following persons: Tenant; any assignees claiming by, through, or under Tenant; any subtenants claiming by, through, or under Tenant; and any of their respective agents, contractors, officers, employees, licensees, guests and invitees.

2. Lease Grant .    Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises.

3. Tender of Possession . Landlord and Tenant presently anticipate that possession of the Premises will be tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease on or about March 1, 2013 (or, if later, 90 days following Tenant’s full execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, the “ Estimated Delivery Date ”) .    If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Premises in such condition to Tenant by the Estimated Delivery Date, then (a) the validity of this Lease shall not be affected or impaired thereby, (b) Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for damages therefor, and (c) Tenant shall accept possession of the Premises when Landlord tenders possession thereof to Tenant.  Tenant shall have early access to the Premises as provided in Section 26.1. By occupying the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in their condition as of the date of such occupancy, subject to the performance of punch-list items that remain to be performed by Landlord, if any. Prior to occupying the Premises, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto confirming (1) the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the initial Term, (2) that Tenant has accepted the Premises, and (3) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations with respect to the Premises (except for punch-list items specified in such letter); however, the failure of the parties to execute such letter shall not defer the Commencement Date or otherwise invalidate this Lease. Entry into the Premises by any Tenant Party prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease excepting only those requiring the payment of Basic Rent and Additional Rent.

4. Rent .

4.1 Payment . Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord Rent, without notice, demand, deduction or set off (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), by good and sufficient check drawn on a national banking association, or, at either party’s election, by electronic or wire transfer, at Landlord’s address provided for in this Lease or such other address as may be specified in writing by Landlord, and shall be accompanied by all applicable state and local sales or use taxes; provided, that following any default by Tenant, Landlord shall be permitted to require alternative methods of payment, in Landlord’s sole discretion. The obligations of Tenant to pay Rent to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Basic Rent, adjusted as herein provided, shall be payable monthly in advance. The first monthly installment of Basic Rent, in the amount payable under this Lease after the end of all Basic Rent abatement periods provided in the Basic Lease Information, is due upon execution of this Lease by Tenant; thereafter, Basic Rent shall be payable on the first day of each calendar month, subject to any Basic Rent abatement provision in the Basic Lease Information. The monthly Basic Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the Term shall equal the product of 1/365 of the annual Basic Rent in effect during the partial month and the number of days in the partial month, and such Basic Rent payment is due upon execution of this Lease by Tenant; however, if the Commencement Date is not a fixed date that is ascertainable as of the Lease Date, then such Basic Rent payment for any fractional calendar month at the beginning of the Term shall be due by Tenant on the Commencement Date. Payments of Basic Rent for any fractional calendar month at the end of the Term shall be similarly prorated. Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Additional Rent in advance on the first day of each calendar month and otherwise on the same terms and conditions described above with respect to Basic Rent. Unless a shorter time period is specified in this Lease, all payments of miscellaneous Rent charges hereunder (that is, all Rent other than Basic Rent and Additional Rent) shall be due and payable within 30 days following Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of an invoice therefor.

1


4.2 Additional Rent .

4.2.1 Excess Operating Costs . Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs. As used herein, Excess Operating Costs means any increases in Operating Costs (defined below) for each year and partial year of the Term over the Operating Costs incurred during the Base Year. Landlord may make a good faith estimate of Excess Operating Costs to be due by Tenant for any calendar year or part thereof during the Term. During each calendar year or partial calendar year of the Term after the Base Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance concurrently with each monthly installment of Basic Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s estimated Excess Operating Costs for such calendar year or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. From time to time, Landlord may estimate and re-estimate the Excess Operating Costs to be due by Tenant and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Excess Operating Costs payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the calendar year in question, Tenant shall have paid all of the Excess Operating Costs as estimated by Landlord. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when actual Operating Costs are available for each calendar year.

4.2.2 Operating Costs Defined . The term Operating Costs means all costs, expenses and disbursements (subject to the limitations set forth below) that Landlord incurs in connection with the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Project and performing Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, in each case, determined in accordance with sound accounting principles consistently applied, including the following costs: (a) wages and salaries of all on-site employees at or below the grade of senior building manager engaged in the operation, maintenance or security of the Project (together with Landlord’s reasonable allocation of expenses of off-site employees at or below the grade of senior building manager who perform a portion of their services in connection with the operation, maintenance or security of the Project including accounting personnel), including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; (b) all supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Project; (c) costs for improvements made to the Project which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs (including all utility costs) of the Project, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Landlord to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as determined by Landlord using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority, or any amendment to or any interpretation hereafter rendered with respect to any existing Law that have the effect of changing the legal requirements applicable to the Project from those currently in effect, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion; (d) cost of all utilities, except Electrical Costs and the cost of other utilities reimbursable to Landlord by the Project’s tenants other than pursuant to a provision similar to this Section 4.2.2; (e) insurance expenses, including the cost of any deductibles; (f) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of the Project; (g) fair market rental and other costs with respect to the management office for the Project; and (h) service, maintenance and management contracts and fees (payable to Landlord, Landlord’s affiliate or a third-party management company; provided that any costs paid to Landlord or Landlord’s affiliate for management services shall exclude amounts paid in excess of the competitive rates for management services of comparable quality rendered by persons or entities of similar skill, competence and experience) for the operation, maintenance, management, repair, replacement, or security of the Project (including alarm service, window cleaning, janitorial, security, landscape maintenance and elevator maintenance). Landlord shall have the right to allocate costs among different uses of space in the Project if Landlord reasonably determines the costs for operating, maintaining and repairing such different spaces differ from other spaces within the Project.

Operating Costs shall not include costs for (1) capital improvements made to the Project, other than capital improvements described in Section 4.2.2(c) and except for items which are generally considered maintenance and repair items, such as painting and wall covering of common areas, replacement of carpet or other floor coverings in elevator lobbies and common areas, and the like; (2) repair, replacements and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties; (3) interest, amortization or other payments on loans to Landlord; (4) depreciation; (5) leasing commissions; (6) legal expenses for services, other than those that benefit the Project tenants generally (e.g., tax disputes and negotiation of vendor contracts); (7) renovating or otherwise improving space for specific occupants of the Project or vacant leasable space in the Project, other than costs for repairs, maintenance and compliance with Laws provided or made available to the Project tenants generally; (8) Taxes; and (9) federal income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Project. Operating Costs for the Base Year only shall not include costs incurred due to extraordinary circumstances or other non-recurring charges, including market-wide labor rate increases due to boycotts and strikes; utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances or other non-recurring charges, including conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargos or other shortages; insurance deductibles; or amortized costs relating to capital improvements.

2


4.2.3 Excess Taxes; Taxes Defined . Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Taxes. As used herein, Excess Taxes means any increase in Taxes (defined below) for each year and partial year falling within the Term over the Taxes for the Base Year. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Taxes in the same manner as provided above for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs. If Landlord receives a refund or abatement from a taxing authority for any portion of the Taxes allocable to the Base Year, the Taxes for the Base Year shall be reduced by the amount of such refund or abatement. Taxes means taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments (including non-governmental assessments [including assessments from any applicable property owner’s association] for common charges under a restrictive covenant, declaration of covenants, restrictions and easements or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Project (or its operation), excluding, however, penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income. However, if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents or revenues received therefrom or a franchise tax, margin tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents or revenues for the Project, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term “Taxes” for purposes hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Taxes shall include the Texas margin tax and/or any other business tax imposed under Texas Tax Code Chapter 171 and/or any successor statutory provision. Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Taxes for the Base Year only shall not include costs incurred due to extraordinary circumstances or other non recurring charges, including tax consultants and other costs incurred by Landlord in an effort to lower the tax valuation of the Project, For property tax purposes, Tenant waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises, as well as the Project, and all rights to receive notices of reappraisement as set forth in Sections 41,413 and 42.015 of the Texas Tax Code. From time to time during any calendar year, Landlord may estimate or re-estimate the Excess Taxes to be due by Tenant for that calendar year and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Excess Taxes payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations.

4.2.4 Electrical Costs . Tenant shall also pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Electrical Costs. As used herein, Electrical Costs means the cost of all electricity used by the Project, which shall include sales, use, excise or other taxes assessed by governmental authorities on electrical services supplied to the Project. Such amount shall be payable in monthly installments on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter. Each installment shall be based on Landlord’s estimate of the amount due for each month. From time to time during any calendar year, Landlord may estimate or re-estimate the Electrical Costs to be due by Tenant for that calendar year and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Electrical Costs payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations.

4.2.5 Reconciliation Statement . By April 30 of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Operating Costs and Electrical Costs for the previous year, in each case adjusted as provided in Section 4.2.6, and of the Taxes for the previous year (the Reconciliation Statement ”). If Tenant’s estimated payments of Excess Operating Costs, Excess Taxes or Electrical Costs under this Section 4.2 for the year covered by the Reconciliation Statement exceed Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such items as indicated in the Reconciliation Statement, then Landlord shall credit or reimburse Tenant for such excess within 30 days; likewise, if Tenant’s estimated payments of Excess Operating Costs, Excess Taxes or Electrical Costs under this Section 4,2 for such year are less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such items as indicated in the Reconciliation Statement, then Tenant shall pay Landlord such deficiency within 30 days of invoice from Landlord,

4.2.6 Gross up . With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year in which the Project is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, or Landlord is not supplying comparable services to 95% of the rentable area thereof, the Operating Costs and Electrical Costs for such period which vary with the occupancy of the Project or level of service shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Project been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof and Landlord had been supplying comparable services to 95% of the rentable area thereof,

4.3 Cap on Excess Operating Costs . For purposes of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs under Section 4.2.1, the maximum increase in the amount of Controllable Operating Costs (defined below) that may be included in calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs for each calendar year after the Base Year shall be limited to 6% per calendar year on a cumulative, compounded basis; for example, the maximum amount of Controllable Operating Costs that may be included in the calculation of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs for each calendar year after the Base Year shall equal the product of the Controllable Operating Costs during the Base Year and the following percentages for the following calendar years: 106% for the first calendar year following the Base Year; 112.36% for the second calendar year following the Base Year;

3


119.10% for the third calendar year following the Base Year, etc. However, any increases in Operating Costs not recovered by Landlord due to the foregoing limitation shall be carried forward into succeeding calendar years during the Term (subject to the foregoing limitation) to the extent necessary until fully recouped by Landlord. Controllable Operating Costs means all Operating Costs which are within the reasonable control of Landlord; thus, excluding taxes, insurance, utilities, snow removal costs and other weather-related costs (including extraordinary landscape maintenance costs, such as those resulting from infestation, storms, drought and other severe weather), costs incurred to comply with governmental requirements, increased costs due to union labor or other collective bargaining negotiations, costs resulting from acts of force majeure, and other costs beyond the reasonable control of Landlord,

5. Delinquent Payment; Handling Charges . All past due payments required of Tenant hereunder shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of eighteen percent per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest (such lesser amount is referred to herein as the Default Rate ”); additionally, Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it, may charge Tenant a late fee equal to the greater of (a) five percent of the delinquent payment, or (b) $250, to reimburse Landlord for its cost and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s delinquency. In no event, however, shall the charges permitted under this Section 5 or elsewhere in this Lease, to the extent they are considered to be interest under applicable Law, exceed the maximum lawful commercial rate of interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the late fee referenced above shall not be charged with respect to the first occurrence (but not any subsequent occurrence) during any 12-calendar month period that Tenant fails to make any payment of Additional Rent when due, until five days after Landlord delivers written notice of such delinquency to Tenant.

6. Security Deposit . Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Security Deposit, which shall be held by Landlord to secure Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit of Landlord’s damages upon an Event of Default (as defined herein). Landlord may, from time to time following an Event of Default and without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a part of the Security Deposit to perform any obligation Tenant fails to perform hereunder. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall, within 60 days after the expiration of the Term and Tenant’s surrender of the Premises in compliance with the provisions of this Lease, return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit which was not applied to satisfy Tenant’s obligations. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, Landlord may retain that portion of the Security Deposit which Landlord reasonably estimates is necessary to pay all amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease (including all reconciliation amounts payable by Tenant for the year in which the Term expires) until such time after the expiration of the Term that Landlord is actually able to reconcile and confirm such amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease have been paid in full by Tenant (e.g., Landlord cannot reconcile and confirm Tenant has paid Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Taxes for the calendar year in which the Term expires if Landlord has not received a Tax bill from all applicable taxing authorities at the time of such expiration). The Security Deposit may be commingled with other funds, and no interest shall be paid thereon. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises and the transferee assumes Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, then Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and Landlord thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit. The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 6 are subject to any other requirements and conditions imposed by Laws applicable to the Security Deposit.

7. Landlord’s Obligations .

7.1 Services . Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to Tenant: (a) water at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building; (b) the equipment to provide heated and refrigerated air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) as appropriate, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are standard for comparable buildings with comparable densities and heat loads in the vicinity of the Building (not to exceed the current HVAC system’s capacity existing as of the Lease Date); (c) janitorial service to the Premises five days per week, other than holidays, for Building-standard installations and such window washing as may from time to time be reasonably required; (d) elevators for ingress and egress to the floor on which the Premises are located, in common with other tenants, provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of operating elevators during non-business hours and holidays; and (e) electrical current during normal business hours for equipment that does not require more than 110 volts and whose electrical energy consumption does not exceed normal office usage. If Tenant desires janitorial service at other than normal service times, or HVAC service: (1) at any time other than between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and between 8:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (in each case other than holidays), or (2) on Sundays or holidays, then such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon the written request (or such other means as may be requested by Landlord) by Tenant delivered to Landlord’s designated property manager before 3:00 p.m. on the business day preceding such extra usage, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord its then standard cost of such services (which shall not be included in Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs or Electrical Costs) within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. However, with respect to HVAC services on Saturdays, in order to conserve energy and reduce Operating Costs, Tenant shall notify Landlord whether Tenant desires HVAC services to the Premises on Saturdays by 3:00 p.m. on the immediately preceding business day. If Tenant so notifies Landlord that Tenant desires such HVAC services on Saturday, Landlord shall provide such HVAC service during the Building’s standard hours on Saturday (as described above) at no additional separate charge to Tenant. If Tenant desires HVAC services on Saturdays in excess of the Building’s standard hours on Saturdays, then Landlord shall provide such services subject to the additional HVAC charges for such additional hours in excess of the Building’s standard hours. Tenant

4


acknowledges that the cost components for providing after-hours HVAC service to the Premises are not separately metered; accordingly, Landlord’s determination of after-hours HVAC charges is an estimate of the costs incurred by Landlord in providing such after-hours HVAC service to Tenant. The costs charged to Tenant for such after-hours service shall include Landlord’s reasonable allocation of the costs for electricity, water, sewage, water treatment, labor, metering, filtering, equipment depreciation, wear and tear and maintenance to provide such service and an administrative fee of 15%.

7.2 Excess Utility Use . Landlord shall not be required to furnish electrical power for equipment that requires more than 110 volts or other equipment whose electrical energy consumption exceeds normal office usage. If Tenant’s requirements for or consumption of electricity exceed the electricity to be provided by Landlord as described in Section 7.1, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make reasonable efforts to supply such service through the then-existing feeders and risers serving the Building and the Premises, provided the additional use of such feeders and risers caused by Tenant’s excess electrical requirements do not adversely affect Landlord’s ability to provide reasonable electrical service to the balance of the Building (as determined by Landlord in the exercise of its reasonable discretion); and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such service within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord may determine the amount of such additional consumption and potential consumption by any verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter in the Premises installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of 110 volts unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring voltage in excess of Building capacity unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers to or wiring in the Premises. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenant’s excess electrical requirements shall, upon Tenant’s written request, be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, if, in Landlord’s judgment, the same are necessary and shall not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expenses, adversely affect Landlord’s ability to provide reasonable service to the balance of the Building, or interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building, If Tenant (a) uses machines or equipment in the Premises or (b) operates within the Premises at a density, either of which (1) affects the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or (2) otherwise overloads any utility, Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of design, installation, operation, use, and maintenance, in each case plus an administrative fee of 15% of such cost, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor.

7.3 Restoration of Services; Abatement . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore any service required of it under Section 7.1 that becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty, or, except as provided in the next sentence, entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If, however, Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises for the Permitted Use because of the unavailability of any such service for a period of 25 consecutive business days (or 15 consecutive business days because of the unavailability and the restoration of such services is within the reasonable control of Landlord) following Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such unavailability, and such unavailability was not caused by a Tenant Party, a governmental directive, or the failure of public utilities to furnish necessary services, then Tenant shall, as its exclusive remedy be entitled to a reasonable abatement of Basic Rent and Additional Rent for each consecutive day (after such 25-day period [or after such 15-day period, if applicable]) that Tenant is so prevented from using the Premises.

7.4 Repair and Maintenance by Landlord . Landlord shall maintain and repair the common areas of the Project, Building’s Structure, the core portions of the Building’s Systems, the parking areas and other exterior areas of the Project, including driveways, alleys, landscape and grounds of the Project and utility lines in a good condition, consistent with the operation of similar class office buildings in the market in which the Project is located, including maintenance, repair and replacement of the exterior of the Project (including painting), landscaping, sprinkler systems and any items normally associated with the foregoing. All costs in performing the work described in this Section shall be included in Operating Costs except to the extent excluded by Section 4.2. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for alterations to the Building’s Structure required by applicable Law because of Tenant’s use of the Premises or alterations or improvements to the Premises made by or for a Tenant Party (which alterations shall be made by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and on the same terms and conditions as Landlord performed repairs as described in Section 8.2 below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall, in its commercially-reasonable discretion, determine whether, and to the extent, repairs or replacements are the appropriate remedial action.

8. Improvements; Alterations; Repairs; Maintenance .

8.1 Improvements; Alterations . Improvements to the Premises shaJl be installed at Tenant’s expense only in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall be governed by the provisions set forth in this Section 8.1. No alterations or physical additions in or to the Premises (including the installation of systems furniture or other equipment or personal property that affects or otherwise connects to the Building’s Systems) may be made without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, Landlord may withhold its consent to any alteration or addition that would (a) adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) the Building’s

5


Structure or the Building’s Systems (including the Project’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), or (b) affect (in the sole discretion of Landlord) the (1) exterior appearance of the Project, (2) appearance of the Project’s common areas or elevator lobby areas, (3) quiet enjoyment of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or (4) provision of services to other occupants of the Project. To the extent that Landlord grants Tenant the right to use areas within the Project, whether pursuant to the terms of this Lease or through plans and specifications subsequently approved by Landlord (and without implying that Landlord shall grant any such approvals), (A) in no event may Tenant use more than its Proportionate Share of the areas within the Building or utility capacity made available by Landlord for general tenant usage for Tenant’s installations and operations in the Premises (including chilled water, electricity, telecommunications room space, electrical room space, plenum space and riser space), and (B) Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Section with respect to all such items, including Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment. Tenant shall not paint or install lighting or decorations, signs, window or door lettering, or advertising media of any type visible from the exterior of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. All alterations, additions, and improvements shall be constructed, maintained, and used by Tenant, at its risk and expense, in accordance with all Laws; Landlord’s consent to or approval of any alterations, additions or improvements (or the plans therefor) shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord, nor Landlord’s acceptance, that the same comply with sound architectural and/or engineering practices or with all applicable Laws, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring all such compliance.

8.2 Repair and Maintenance by Tenant . Tenant shall maintain the Premises in a clean, safe, and operable condition, and shall not permit or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. If the Premises include, now or hereafter, one or more floors of the Building in their entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such full floor(s) shall be considered to be a part of the Premises. Additionally, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition and in accordance with all Laws and the equipment manufacturer’s suggested service programs, all portions of the Premises (excluding the core portion of the Building’s Systems, which shall be maintained by Landlord pursuant to Section 7.4) and Tenant’s Off- Premises Equipment and all areas, improvements and systems exclusively serving the Premises, including the branch lines of the plumbing, electrical and HVAC systems, including all duct work. Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any damage to the Project caused by a Tenant Party. If (a) Tenant fails to commence to make such repairs or replacements within 15 days after the occurrence of such damage and thereafter diligently pursue the completion thereof (or, in the case of an emergency, such shorter period of time as is reasonable given the circumstances), or (b) notwithstanding such diligence, Tenant fails to complete such repairs or replacements within 30 days after the occurrence of such damage (or, in the case of an emergency, such shorter period of time as is reasonable given the circumstances), then Landlord may make the same at Tenant’s cost. If any such damage occurs outside of the Premises, or if such damage occurs inside the Premises but affects the Building’s Systems and/or Building’s Structure or any other area outside the Premises, then Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant’s expense, rather than having Tenant repair such damage. The cost of all maintenance, repair or replacement work performed by Landlord under this Section 8, in each case plus an administrative fee of 15% of such cost, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor.

8.3 Performance of Work . All work described in this Section 8 shall be performed only by Landlord or by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord and only in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord in writing. If Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to supervise any work described in this Section 8, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction management fee equal to 5% of the cost of such work. Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to procure and maintain insurance coverage naming Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee, Landlord’s property management company and Landlord’s asset management company as additional insureds against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the identities, mailing addresses and telephone numbers of all persons performing work or supplying materials prior to beginning such construction and Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable Laws. All such work shall be performed in accordance with all Laws and in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage the Building (including the Premises, the Building’s Structure and the Building’s Systems) and shall use materials of a quality that is at least equal to the quality designated by Landlord as the minimum standard for the Building, and in such manner as to cause a minimum of disruption to the other occupants of the Project and interference with other construction in progress and with the transaction of business in the Project. Landlord may designate reasonable rules, regulations and procedures for the performance of all such work in the Building (including insurance requirements for contractors) and, to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid disruption to the occupants of the Building, shall have the right to designate the time when such work may be performed. All such work which may affect the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems must be approved by the Project’s engineer of record, at Tenant’s expense and, at Landlord’s election, must be performed by Landlord’s usual contractor for such work. All work affecting the roof of the Building must be performed by Landlord’s roofing contractor and no such work will be permitted if it would void or reduce or otherwise adversely affect the warranty on the roof. Upon completion of any work described in this Section 8, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with accurate reproducible “as-built” CADD files of the improvements as constructed.

8.4 Mechanic’s Liens . All work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party shall be deemed authorized and ordered by Tenant only, and Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s or construction liens to be filed against the Premises or the Project in connection therewith. Upon completion of any such work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final unconditional lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed such work. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within ten days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing thereof to Tenant (or such earlier time period

6


as may be necessary to prevent the forfeiture of the Premises, the Project or any interest of Landlord therein or the imposition of a civil or criminal fine with respect thereto), either (a) pay the amount of the lien and cause the lien to be released of record, or (b) diligently contest such lien and deliver to Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that their relationship is and shall be solely that of “landlord-tenant” (thereby excluding a relationship of “owner-contractor,” “owner-agent” or other similar relationships) and that Tenant is not authorized to act as Landlord’s common law agent or construction agent in connection with any work performed in the Premises. Accordingly, all materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any other persons now or hereafter contracting with Tenant, any contractor or subcontractor of Tenant or any other Tenant Party for the furnishing of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment with respect to any portion of the Premises, at any time from the date hereof until the end of the Term, are hereby charged with notice that they look exclusively to Tenant to obtain payment for same. Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent by Landlord to any liens being placed upon the Premises, the Project or Landlord’s interest therein due to any work performed by or for Tenant or deemed to give any contractor or subcontractor or materialman any right or interest in any funds held by Landlord to reimburse Tenant for any portion of the cost of such work. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its agents and representatives from and against all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in any way arising from or relating to the failure by any Tenant Party to pay for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party. This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease.

9. General Use Provisions . Tenant shall continuously occupy and use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and shall comply with all Laws relating to the use, condition, access to, and occupancy of the Premises and will not commit waste, overload the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems or subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises, The population density within the Premises as a whole shall at no time exceed one person for each 185 rentable square feet in the Premises; however, such population density may from time to time exceed such number on a temporary basis for meetings, conferences and other events of a temporary nature. Tenant may use the Premises after normal business hours; however, (a) the total area, in the aggregate, where any desk or workstation may be used by more than one employee (i.e., in shifts), and (b) such hours of operation shall not affect (1) the normal Building hours specified in Section 7.1, or (2) Tenant’s obligation to request and pay for, among other things, after-hours HVAC service as provided in Section 7.1. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, as between Landlord and Tenant, (a) Tenant shall bear the risk of complying with Title III of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, any state laws governing handicapped access or architectural barriers, and all rules, regulations, and guidelines promulgated under such laws, as amended from time to time (the “Disabilities Acts” ) in the Premises, and (b) Landlord shall bear the risk of complying with the Disabilities Acts in the common areas of the Building, other than compliance that is necessitated by the use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use or as a result of any alterations or additions, including any initial tenant improvement work, made by or on behalf of a Tenant Party (which risk and responsibility shall be borne by Tenant). The Premises shall not be used for any use which is disreputable, creates extraordinary fire hazards, or results in an increased rate of insurance on the Project or its contents, or for the storage of any Hazardous Materials (other than de minimis quantities found in typical office supplies [e.g., photocopier toner] and then only in compliance with all Laws and in a reasonable and prudent manner). Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord, no subtenant or assignee of Tenant’s rights under this Lease (other than a Permitted Transferee, defined in Section 10.8 below) may use any substantial portion of the Premises for a “call center,” any other telemarketing use, or any credit processing use. If, because of a Tenant Party’s acts or omissions or because Tenant vacates the Premises, the rate of insurance on the Building or its contents increases, then such acts or omissions shall be an Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such increase on demand, and acceptance of such payment shall not waive any of Landlord’s other rights. Tenant shall conduct its business and control each other Tenant Party so as not to create any nuisance or unreasonably interfere with other tenants or Landlord in its management of the Project.

10. Assignment and Subletting .

10.1 Transfers . Except as provided in Section 10.8, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, (a) assign, transfer, or encumber this Lease or any estate or interest herein, whether directly or by operation of law, (b) permit any other entity to become Tenant hereunder by merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, (c) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a change in the current direct or indirect control of Tenant, (d) sublet any portion of the Premises, (e) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, (f) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other than Tenant, or (g) sell or otherwise transfer, in one or more transactions, a majority of Tenant’s assets (any of the events listed in Section 10.1(a) through 10.1(g) being a Transfer ”).

10.2 Consent Standards . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease or subletting of the Premises, provided that the proposed transferee (a) is creditworthy, (b) will use the Premises for the Permitted Use (thus, excluding, without limitation, uses for credit processing and telemarketing) and will not use the Premises in any manner that would conflict with any exclusive use agreement or other similar agreement entered into by Landlord with any other tenant of the Project, (c) will not use the Premises, Building or Project in a manner that would materially increase Operating Costs or the pedestrian or vehicular traffic to the Premises, Building or Project, (d) is not a governmental or quasi- governmental entity,

7


or subdivision or agency thereof, or any other entity entitled to the defense of sovereign immunity, (e) is not another occupant of the Project or an Affiliate of such occupant, (f) is not currently and has not in the past been involved in litigation with Landlord or any of its Affiliates, (g) meets Landlord’s reasonable standards for tenants of the Project and is otherwise compatible with the character of the occupancy of the Project, and (h) is not a person or entity with whom Landlord is then, or has been within the six-month period prior to the time Tenant seeks to enter into such assignment or subletting, negotiating to lease space in the Project or any Affiliate of any such person or entity; otherwise, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion. Additionally, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion to any proposed Transfer if any Event of Default by Tenant then exists. Any Transfer made while an Event of Default exists hereunder, irrespective whether Landlord’s consent is required hereunder with respect to the Transfer, shall be voidable by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion. In agreeing to act reasonably, Landlord is agreeing to act in a manner consistent with the standards followed by large institutional owners of commercial real estate and Landlord is permitted to consider the financial terms of the Transfer and the impact of the Transfer on Landlord’s own leasing efforts and the value of the Project. Landlord may condition its consent to a Transfer on an increase in the Security Deposit or receipt of a guaranty from a suitable party. Landlord shall not be required to act reasonably in considering any request to pledge or encumber this Lease or any interest therein.

10.3 Request for Consent . If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, then, at least 15 business days prior to the effective date of the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed transferee: name and address of the proposed transferee and any entities and persons who own, control or direct the proposed transferee; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; banking, financial, and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed transferee’s creditworthiness and character. Concurrently with Tenant’s notice of any request for consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of $500 to defray Landlord’s expenses in reviewing such request, and Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord immediately upon request for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with considering any request for consent to a Transfer (which shall not exceed $2,500 for consents to subleases provided Landlord’s standard consent to sublease form is used without material modification or negotiation).

10.4 Conditions to Consent . If Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer, then the proposed transferee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes Tenant’s obligations hereunder; however, any transferee of less than all of the space in the Premises shall be liable only for obligations under this Lease that are properly allocable to the space subject to the Transfer for the period of the Transfer. No Transfer shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and severally liable therefor. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers and no subtenant of any portion of the Premises shall be permitted to further sublease any portion of its subleased space. If an Event of Default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, then Landlord, in addition to its other remedies, may collect directly from such transferee all rents becoming due to Tenant and apply such rents against Rent. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord to do so following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder. Tenant shall pay for the cost of any demising walls or other improvements necessitated by a proposed subletting or assignment.

10.5 Attornment by Subtenants . Each sublease by Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and each subtenant by entering into a sublease is deemed to have agreed that in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossession by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (a) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (b) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense that such subtenant might have against Tenant, (c) bound by any previous modification of such sublease not approved by Landlord in writing or by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which such subtenant might have paid for more than the current month to Tenant, and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment, (d) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by such subtenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord and with respect to which such subtenant shall look solely to Tenant for refund or reimbursement, or (e) obligated to perform any work in the subleased space or to prepare it for occupancy, and in connection with such attornment, the subtenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such attornment. Each subtenant or licensee of Tenant shall be deemed, automatically upon and as a condition of its occupying or using the Premises or any part thereof, to have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 10.5. The provisions of this Section 10.5 shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision.

10.6 Cancellation . Landlord may, within 30 days after submission of Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting, cancel this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet or assigned as of the date the proposed Transfer is to be effective. If Landlord cancels this Lease as to any portion of the Premises, then this Lease shall cease for such portion of the Premises and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the cancellation date relating to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer. Thereafter, Landlord may lease such portion of the Premises to the prospective transferee (or to any other person) without liability to Tenant.

8


10.7 Additional Compensation . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon receipt thereof, the excess of (a) all compensation received by Tenant for a Transfer less the actual out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by Tenant with unaffiliated third parties (i.e., brokerage commissions and tenant finish work) in connection with such Transfer (such costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Transfer in question) over (b) the Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises covered thereby.

10.8 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding Section 10.1, Tenant may Transfer all or part of its interest in this Lease or all or part of the Premises (a Permitted Transfer ”) to the following types of entities (a Permitted Transferee ”) without the written consent of Landlord:

10.8.1 an Affiliate of Tenant;

10.8.2 any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which or with which Tenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities, so long as (a) Tenant’s obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and (b) the Tangible Net Worth of the surviving or created entity is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant as of the date hereof; or

10.8.3 any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, so long as (a) Tenant’s obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity acquiring such assets; and (b) such entity’s Tangible Net Worth after such acquisition is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant as of the date hereof.

Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any such Permitted Transfer. Tenant shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Additionally, the Permitted Transferee shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Permitted Use, and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee may not violate any other agreements affecting the Premises or the Project, Landlord or other tenants of the Project. No later than ten days after the effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with (1) copies of the instrument effecting any of the foregoing Transfers, (2) documentation establishing Tenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to any such Transfer, and (3) evidence of insurance as required under this Lease with respect to the Permitted Transferee. The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. Tangible Net Worth means the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“ GAAP ”), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises. Any subsequent Transfer by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Section 10.

11. Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation; Indemnity .

11.1 Tenant’s Insurance . Effective as of the earlier of (a) the date Tenant enters or occupies the Premises, or (b) the Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall maintain the following insurance policies: (1) commercial general liability insurance (including property damage, bodily injury and personal injury coverage) in amounts of $1,000,000 per occurrence in primary coverage, with an additional $3,000,000 in umbrella coverage or, following the expiration of the initial Term, such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require (and, if the use and occupancy of the Premises include any activity or matter that is or may be excluded from coverage under a commercial general liability policy [e.g., the sale, service or consumption of alcoholic beverages], Tenant shall obtain such endorsements to the commercial general liability policy or otherwise obtain insurance to insure all liability arising from such activity or matter [including liquor liability, if applicable] in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require), insuring Tenant (and naming as additional insureds Landlord, Landlord’s property management company, Landlord’s asset management company and, if requested in writing by Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee), against all liability for injury to or death of a person or persons or damage to property arising from the use and occupancy of the Premises and (without implying any consent by Landlord to the installation thereof) the installation, operation, maintenance, repair or removal of Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment, (2) cause of loss-special risk form (formerly “all-risk”) insurance (including, but not limited to, sprinkler leakage, ordinance and law, sewer back-up, flood, earthquake, windstorm and collapse coverage) covering the full value of all alterations and improvements and betterments in the Premises, naming Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee as additional loss payees as their interests may appear, (3) cause of loss-special risk form (formerly “all-risk”) insurance covering the full value of all furniture, trade fixtures, equipment and personal property (including property of Tenant or others) in the Premises or otherwise placed in the Project by or on behalf of a Tenant Party (including Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment), (4) contractual liability insurance sufficient to cover Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder (but only if such contractual liability insurance is not already included in Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy), (5) commercial auto liability insurance (if applicable) covering automobiles owned, hired or used by Tenant in carrying on its business with limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for each accident, insuring Tenant (and

9


naming as additional insureds Landlord, Landlord’s property management company, Landlord’s asset management company and, if requested in writing by Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee), (6) worker’s compensation insurance, and (7) business interruption insurance in an amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant’s insurance shall be primary and non-contributory when any policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or similar coverage, and in such circumstance Landlord’s policy will be excess over Tenant’s policy. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord certificates of such insurance and such other evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverages required hereunder at least ten days prior to the earlier of the Commencement Date or the date Tenant enters or occupies the Premises (in any event, within ten days of the effective date of coverage), and at least 15 days prior to each renewal of said insurance, and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least 30 days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance policies. All such insurance policies shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and issued by companies with an A.M. Best rating of A+:VIII or better. However, no review or approval of any insurance certificate or policy by Landlord shall derogate from or diminish Landlord’s rights or Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing insurance requirements or to deliver to Landlord the certificates or evidence of coverage required herein, Landlord, in addition to any other remedy available pursuant to this Lease or otherwise, may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain such insurance and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the premium costs thereof, plus an administrative fee of 15% of such cost.

11.2 Landlord’s Insurance . Throughout the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain, as a minimum, the following insurance policies: (a) property insurance for the Building’s replacement value (excluding property required to be insured by Tenant), less a commercially-reasonable deductible if Landlord so chooses, and (b) commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than $3,000,000. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary. The cost of all insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Project shall be included in Operating Costs. The foregoing insurance policies and any other insurance carried by Landlord shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord’s sole control, and Tenant shall have no right or claim to any proceeds thereof or any other rights thereunder. Any insurance required to be maintained by Landlord may be taken out under a blanket insurance policy or policies covering other buildings, property or insureds in addition to the Building and Landlord. In such event, the costs of any such blanket insurance policy or policies shall be reasonably allocated to the Project and the other properties covered by such policy or policies as reasonably determined by Landlord and included as part of Operating Costs. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord’s indemnity obligations under this Lease shall be limited to the extent any such claim is insured against under the terms of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord (or is required to be maintained by Landlord under the terms of this Lease).

11.3 No Subrogation; Waiver of Property Claims . Landlord and Tenant each waives any claim it might have against the other for any damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property, to the extent the same is insured against under any insurance policy of the types described in this Section 11 that covers the Project, the Premises, Landlord’s or Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements, or business, or is required to be insured against under the terms hereof, regardless of whether the negligence of the other party caused such Loss (defined below). Additionally, Tenant waives any claim it may have against Landlord for any Loss to the extent such Loss is caused by a terrorist act. Each party shall cause its insurance carrier to endorse all applicable policies waiving the carrier’s rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise against the other party. Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors shall not be liable to Tenant or to any party claiming by, through or under Tenant for (and Tenant hereby releases Landlord and its servants, agents, contractors, employees and invitees from any claim or responsibility for) any damage to or destruction, loss, or loss of use, or theft of any property of any Tenant Party located in or about the Project, caused by casualty, theft, fire, third parties or any other matter or cause, regardless of whether the negligence of any party caused such loss in whole or in part. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for damage to, any property of any Tenant Party located in or about the Project.

11.4 Indemnity . Subject to Section 11.3, Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any injury to or death of any person or the damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of, any property or inconvenience (a “ Loss ”) (a) occurring in or on the Project (other than within the Premises) to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party, (b) occurring in the Premises, or (c) arising out of the installation, operation, maintenance, repair or removal of any property of any Tenant Party located in or about the Project, including Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment. It being agreed that clauses (b) and (c) of this indemnity are intended to indemnify Landlord and its agents against the consequences of their own negligence or fault, even when Landlord or its agents are jointly, comparatively, contributively, or concurrently negligent with Tenant, and even though any such claim, cause of action or suit is based upon or alleged to be based upon the strict liability of Landlord or its agents; however, such indemnity shall not apply to the sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and its agents. Subject to Section 11.3, Landlord shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Tenant and its agents from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any Loss arising from any occurrence in or on the Building’s common areas to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents. The indemnities set forth in this Lease shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease and shall not terminate or be waived, diminished or affected in any manner by any abatement or apportionment of Rent under any provision of this Lease. If any proceeding is filed for which indemnity is required hereunder, the

10


indemnifying party agrees, upon request therefor, to defend the indemnified party in such proceeding at its sole cost utilizing counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party.

12. Subordination; Attornment; Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee .

12.1 Subordination . This Lease shall be subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage, or other security instrument (each, a Mortgage ), or any ground lease, master lease, or primary lease (each, a Primary Lease ”), that now or hereafter covers all or any part of the Premises (the mortgagee under any such Mortgage, beneficiary under any such deed of trust, or the lessor under any such Primary Lease is referred to herein as a Landlord’s Mortgagee ”). Any Landlord’s Mortgagee may elect, at any time, unilaterally, to make this Lease superior to its Mortgage, Primary Lease, or other interest in the Premises by so notifying Tenant in writing. The provisions of this Section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required; however, in confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord (or such other party designated by Landlord) within ten days after written request therefor such documentation, in recordable form if required, as a Landlord’s Mortgagee may reasonably request to evidence the subordination of this Lease to such Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Mortgage or Primary Lease (including a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement) or, if the Landlord’s Mortgagee so elects, the subordination of such Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Mortgage or Primary Lease to this Lease.

12.2 Attornment . Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease, or otherwise, upon such party’s request, and shall execute such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request.

12.3 Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee . Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any Landlord’s Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

12.4 Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions . If Landlord’s Mortgagee shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, Landlord’s Mortgagee shall not be: (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor (including Landlord); (b) bound by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior lessor (including Landlord), and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment; (c) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by Tenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord’s Mortgagee and with respect to which Tenant shall look solely to Landlord for refund or reimbursement; (d) bound by any termination, amendment or modification of this Lease made without Landlord’s Mortgagee’s consent and written approval, except for those terminations, amendments and modifications permitted to be made by Landlord without Landlord’s Mortgagee’s consent pursuant to the terms of the loan documents between Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee; (e) subject to the defenses which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord); and (f) subject to the offsets which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord) except for those offset rights which (1) are expressly provided in this Lease, (2) relate to periods of time following the acquisition of the Building by Landlord’s Mortgagee, and (3) Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee and provided Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the event giving rise to such offset event. Landlord’s Mortgagee shall have no liability or responsibility under or pursuant to the terms of this Lease or otherwise after it ceases to own fee simple title to the Project. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to require Landlord’s Mortgagee to see to the application of the proceeds of any loan, and Tenant’s agreements set forth herein shall not be impaired on account of any modification of the documents evidencing and securing any loan.

13. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Project which are attached hereto as Exhibit C . Landlord may, from time to time, change such rules and regulations for the safety, care, or cleanliness of the Project and related facilities, provided that such changes are generally applicable to all tenants of the Project whose leases require such compliance, will not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and are enforced by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner among all tenants whose leases require such compliance. Tenant shall be responsible for the compliance or noncompliance with such rules and regulations by each Tenant Party.

14. Condemnation .

14.1 Total Taking . If the entire Building or Premises are taken by right of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof (a Taking ”), this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the Taking.

14.2 Partial Taking - Tenant’s Rights . If any part of the Building becomes subject to a Taking and such Taking will prevent Tenant from conducting on a permanent basis its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, then Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date of such Taking by giving written notice to Landlord within 30 days after the Taking, and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If

11


Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking.

14.3 Partial Taking - Landlord’s Rights, If any material portion, but less than all, of the Building or Project becomes subject to a Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds arising from a Taking to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant within 30 days after such Taking, and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Landlord does not so terminate this Lease, then this Lease will continue, but if any portion of the Premises has been taken, Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall abate as provided in the last sentence of Section 14.2.

14.4 Award . If any Taking occurs, then Landlord shall receive the entire award or other compensation for the Project and other improvements taken; however, Tenant may separately pursue a claim (to the extent it will not reduce Landlord’s award) against the condemnor for the value of Tenant’s personal property which Tenant is entitled to remove under this Lease, moving costs and loss of business,

15. Fire or Other Casualty .

15.1 Repair Estimate . If the Premises or the Project are damaged by fire or other casualty (a Casualty ”). Landlord shall, within 90 days after such Casualty, deliver to Tenant a good faith estimate (the Damage Notice ”) of the time needed to repair the damage caused by such Casualty.

15.2 Tenant’s Rights . If the Premises are damaged by Casualty such that Tenant is prevented from conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Casualty and Landlord estimates that the damage caused thereby for which Landlord is responsible to repair under this Lease pursuant to Section 15.4 below cannot be repaired within 270 days after the commencement of repairs (the Repair Period ”), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate within 30 days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant.

15.3 Landlord’s Rights . If a Casualty occurs and (a) Landlord estimates that the damage cannot be repaired within the Repair Period, (b) the damage exceeds 50% of the replacement cost thereof (excluding foundations and footings), as estimated by Landlord, and such damage occurs during the last two years of the Term, (c) regardless of the extent of damage, the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies or Landlord makes a good faith determination that restoring the damage would be uneconomical, or (d) Landlord is required to pay any insurance proceeds arising out of the Casualty to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of its election to terminate within 30 days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant.

15.4 Repair Obligation . If neither party elects to terminate this Lease following a Casualty, then Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after such Casualty, begin to repair the Premises and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as they existed immediately before such Casualty; however, Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any improvements, alterations or betterments within the Premises (which shall be promptly and with due diligence repaired and restored by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) or any furniture, equipment, trade fixtures or personal property of Tenant or others in the Premises or the Project, and Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Premises shall be limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for the Casualty in question or the proceeds that Landlord would have received had Landlord carried the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord under Section 11.2. If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of this Section 15, Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of the insurance policies providing coverage for all alterations, improvements and betterments in the Premises (and, if Tenant has failed to maintain insurance on such items as required by this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to the proceeds Landlord would have received had Tenant maintained insurance on such items as required by this Lease).

15.5 Abatement of Rent . If the Premises are damaged by Casualty, Basic Rent and Additional Rent for the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until the earlier of (a) completion of Landlord’s repairs, (b) the date upon which completion of Landlord’s repairs would have occurred but for delays caused by Tenant Parties, or (c) the date of termination of this Lease by Landlord or Tenant as provided above, as the case may be, unless a Tenant Party caused such damage, in which case, Tenant shall continue to pay Basic Rent and Additional Rent without abatement.

16. Personal Property Taxes . Tenant shall be liable for, and shall pay prior to delinquency, all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, fixtures, betterments, improvements, and alterations placed by any Tenant Party in the Premises or in or on the Building or Project. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture, fixtures, betterments, improvements, and alterations and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, then Tenant

12


shall pay to Landlord, within 30 days following written request therefor, the part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder; however, Landlord shall not pay such amount if Tenant notifies Landlord that it will contest the validity or amount of such taxes before Landlord makes such payment, and thereafter diligently proceeds with such contest in accordance with Law and if the non-payment thereof does not pose a threat of loss or seizure of the Project or interest of Landlord therein or impose any fee or penalty against Landlord.

17. Events of Default . Each of the following occurrences shall be an Event of Default ”:

17.1 Payment Default . Tenant’s failure to pay Rent within five days after Landlord has delivered written notice to Tenant that the same is due; however, an Event of Default shall occur hereunder without any obligation of Landlord to give any notice if Tenant fails to pay Rent when due and, during the 12 month interval preceding such failure, Landlord has given Tenant written notice of failure to pay Rent on one or more occasions;

17.2 Abandonment . Tenant (a) abandons or vacates the Premises or any substantial portion thereof or (b) fails to continuously operate its business in the Premises;

17.3 Estoppel; Subordination; Financial Reports . Tenant fails to provide any estoppel certificate, documentation regarding the subordination of this Lease or financial reports after Landlord’s written request therefor pursuant to Section 25.5, Section 12.1, and Section 25.19 respectively, and such failure shall continue for five days after Landlord’s second written notice thereof to Tenant;

17.4 Insurance . Tenant fails to procure, maintain and deliver to Landlord evidence of the insurance policies and coverages as required under Section 11.1;

17.5 Mechanic’s Liens . Tenant fails to pay and release of record, or diligently contest and bond around, any mechanic’s or construction lien filed against the Premises or the Project for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party, within the time and in the manner required by Section 8.4;

17.6 Other Defaults . Tenant’s failure to perform, comply with, or observe any agreement or obligation of Tenant under this Lease other than provided in this Section 17 and the continuance of such failure for a period of more than 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice thereof; and

17.7 Insolvency . The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term ‘Tenant” shall include, for the purpose of this Section 17.7, any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder) (a) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding; (b) seeking any relief under any state or federal debtor relief law; (c) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant’s property or for Tenant’s interest in this Lease; (d) for the reorganization or modification of Tenant’s capital structure; or (e) in any assignment for the benefit of creditors proceeding; however, if such a petition is filed against Tenant, then such filing shall not be an Event of Default unless Tenant fails to have the proceedings initiated by such petition dismissed within 90 days after the filing thereof.

18. Remedies . Upon any Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law or equity, take any one or more of the following actions:

18.1 Termination of Lease . Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (a) all Rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination, (b) all amounts due under Section 19.1, and (c) an amount equal to (but in no event less than zero) (1) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at a per annum rate equal to the “Prime Rate” as published on the date this Lease is terminated by The Wall Street Journal in its listing of “Money Rates” minus one percent, minus (2) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted;

18.2 Termination of Possession . Terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (b) all amounts due from time to time under Section 19.1, and (c) all Rent and other net sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period, after deducting all costs incurred by Landlord in reletting the Premises. If Landlord elects to terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease, and to retake possession of the Premises (and Landlord shall have no duty to make such election), Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises as further described in Section 19.4 below. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or to collect rent due for such reletting.Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the Rent due hereunder. Reentry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring an action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of

13


Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to dispossess or exclude Tenant from the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this Section 18,2, If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 18.2, it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 18.1;

18.3 Perform Acts on Behalf of Tenant . Perform any act Tenant is obligated to perform under the terms of this Lease (and enter upon the Premises in connection therewith if necessary) in Tenant’s name and on Tenant’s behalf, without being liable for any claim for damages therefor, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including, but not limited to, collection costs and legal expenses), plus interest thereon at the Default Rate;

18.4 Suspension of Services . Suspend any services required to be provided by Landlord hereunder without being liable for any claim for damages therefor; or

18.5 Alteration of Locks . Additionally, with or without notice, and to the extent permitted by Law, Landlord may alter locks or other security devices at the Premises to deprive Tenant of access thereto, and Landlord shall not be required to provide a new key or right of access to Tenant.

19. Payment by Tenant; Non-Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Mitigation of Damage .

19.1 Payment by Tenant . Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all amounts, costs, losses and/or expenses incurred, abated or foregone by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in (a) obtaining possession of the Premises, (b) removing, storing and/or disposing of Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, (c) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling, or otherwise putting the Premises into the condition required by market conditions then prevailing so as to be reasonably acceptable to a new tenant, as determined in Landlord’s sole discretion (d) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions, cost of tenant finish work, and other costs incidental to such reletting), (e) performing Tenant’s obligations under this Lease which Tenant failed to perform, (f) enforcing, or advising Landlord of, its rights, remedies, and recourses arising out of the default, and (g) securing this Lease, including all commissions, allowances, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and if this Lease or any amendment hereto contains any abated Rent granted by Landlord as an inducement or concession to secure this Lease or amendment hereto, the full amount of all Rent so abated (and such abated amounts shall be payable immediately by Tenant to Landlord, without any obligation by Landlord to provide written notice thereof to Tenant, and Tenant’s right to any abated rent accruing following such Event of Default shall immediately terminate). To the full extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant agree the federal and state courts of the state in which the Premises are located shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any matter relating to or arising from this Lease and the parties’ rights and obligations under this Lease,

19.2 No Waiver . Landlord’s acceptance of Rent following an Event of Default shall not waive Landlord’s rights regarding such Event of Default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive Landlord’s rights regarding any future violation of such term. Landlord’s acceptance of any partial payment of Rent shall not waive Landlord’s rights with regard to the remaining portion of the Rent that is due, regardless of any endorsement or other statement on any instrument delivered in payment of Rent or any writing delivered in connection therewith; accordingly, Landlord’s acceptance of a partial payment of Rent shall not constitute an accord and satisfaction of the full amount of the Rent that is due.

19.3 Cumulative Remedies . Any and all remedies set forth in this Lease: (a) shall be in addition to any and all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity, (b) shall be cumulative, and (c) may be pursued successively or concurrently as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future. Additionally, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee and their respective representatives and agents from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease.

19.4 Mitigation of Damage . The parties agree any duty imposed by Law on Landlord to mitigate damages after a default by Tenant under this Lease shall be satisfied in fill if Landlord uses reasonable efforts to lease the Premises to another tenant (a Substitute Tenant ) in accordance with the following criteria: (a) Landlord shall have no obligation to solicit or entertain negotiations with any Substitute Tenant for the Premises until 60 days following the date upon which Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises, including the relinquishment by Tenant of any claim to possession of the Premises by written notice from Tenant to Landlord; (b) Landlord shall not be obligated to lease or show the Premises on a priority basis or offer the Premises to any prospective tenant when other space in the Project is or soon will be available; (c) Landlord shall not be obligated to lease the Premises to a Substitute Tenant for less than the current fair market value of the Premises, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, nor will Landlord be obligated to enter into a new lease for the Premises under other terms and conditions that are unacceptable to Landlord under Landlord’s then-current leasing policies; (d) Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with a Substitute Tenant: (1) whose use would violate any restriction, covenant or requirement contained in the lease of another tenant in the Project; (2) whose use would adversely

14


affect the reputation of the Project; (3) whose use would require any addition to or modification of the Premises or Project in order to comply with applicable Law, including building codes; (4) whose Tangible Net Worth is less than Tenant’s Tangible Net Worth as of the Lease Date or who does not have, in Landlord’s sole opinion, the creditworthiness to be an acceptable tenant; (5) that is a governmental entity, or quasi-governmental entity, or subdivision or agency thereof, or any other entity entitled to the defense of sovereign immunity; or (6) that does not meet Landlord’s reasonable standards for tenants of the Project or is otherwise incompatible with the character of the occupancy of the Project, as reasonably determined by Landlord; and (e) Landlord shall not be required to expend any amount of money to alter, remodel or otherwise make the Premises suitable for use by a Substitute Tenant unless: (1) Tenant pays any such amount to Landlord prior to Landlord’s execution of a lease with such Substitute Tenant (which payment shall not relieve Tenant of any amount it owes Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default under this Lease); or (2) Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, determines any such expenditure is financially prudent in connection with entering into a lease with the Substitute Tenant.

20. Landlord s Lien . In addition to any statutory landlord’s lien, now or hereafter enacted, Tenant grants to Landlord, to secure performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, a security interest in all of the properly situated in or upon, or used in connection with, the Premises or the Project, and all proceeds thereof (except merchandise sold in the ordinary course of business) (collectively, the Collateral ), and the Collateral shall not be removed from the Premises or the Project without the prior written consent of Landlord until all obligations of Tenant have been fully performed. The Collateral includes specifically all furniture and all trade and other fixtures, and inventory, equipment, contract rights, accounts receivable and the proceeds thereof. For the purposes of this Section 20, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that all property located in the Premises is owned by Tenant. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies, without notice or demand except as provided below, exercise the rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises are located (the UCC ). To the extent the UCC requires Landlord to give to Tenant notice of any act or event and such notice cannot be validly waived before a default occurs, then five- days’ prior written notice thereof shall be reasonable notice of the act or event.  In order to perfect such security interest, Landlord may file any financing statement or other instrument necessary at Tenant’s expense at the state and county Uniform Commercial Code filing offices.

21. Surrender of Premises . No act by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by Landlord. At the expiration or termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possess the Premises, Tenant shall (a) deliver to Landlord the Premises broom-clean with all improvements located therein in good repair and condition (except for condemnation and Casualty damage not caused by Tenant, as to which Sections 14 and 15 shall control), free of any liens or encumbrances and free of Hazardous Materials placed on the Premises during the Term; (b) deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises and all access cards to the Project; (c) remove all unattached trade fixtures, furniture (including demountable walls), and personal property placed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project by a Tenant Party and unattached equipment located in the Premises (but Tenant may not remove any such item which was paid for, in whole or in part, by Landlord unless Landlord requires such removal); (d) not be required to remove any cabling (including conduit) installed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project, including all connections for such cabling, however, such cabling shall be left in a neat and safe condition in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Laws, including the National Electric Code or any successor statute, and, if applicable, shall be terminated at both ends of a connector, properly labeled at each end and in each electrical closet and junction box; and (e) remove such alterations, additions, improvements, and Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment as Landlord may require and restore the areas surrounding such Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment to their conditions existing immediately prior to the installation of such Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment; however, Tenant shall not be required to remove any addition or improvement to the Premises or the Project if Landlord has specifically agreed in writing that the improvement or addition in question need not be removed. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by the removal of the items described above. If Tenant fails to remove any property, including any of the property described above, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, (1) deem such items to have been abandoned by Tenant, the title thereof shall immediately pass to Landlord at no cost to Landlord, and such items may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items; any such disposition shall not be considered a strict foreclosure or other exercise of Landlord’s rights in respect of the security interest granted hereunder or otherwise, (2) remove such items, perform any work required to be performed by Tenant hereunder, and repair all damage caused by such work, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations hereunder (including collection costs and attorneys’ fees), plus interest thereon at the Default Rate, or (3) elect any of the actions described in clauses (1) and (2) above as Landlord may elect in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the requirements of clause (5) above to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to remove any alterations, installations or improvements constructed inside the Premises as part of the initial Work which do not exceed or differ in any material respect from customary, standard type of installations or improvements for general, executive and administrative offices in comparable buildings in the submarket in which the Building is located; however, Tenant may be required by Landlord to remove any non-standard alterations, additions or improvements, including laboratories, server rooms, data centers, computer rooms, specialty ceilings, or any items that would have above-average demolition costs (“ Non-Standard Alterations ). Further, and notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in all cases Tenant shall be required to remove, and to restore the Premises or Project, as applicable, to their previous condition, any alterations or relocations of base-Building’s Systems, any improvements or signage incorporating Tenant’s name or logo, internal stairwells, vaults, raised flooring, any alteration, improvement or equipment not complying with Laws, private offices or other enclosures smaller than 10 feet by 12 feet, and, unless Landlord has expressly stated otherwise in writing, all of Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment, including any supplemental

15


HVAC equipment, rooftop equipment, etc. (all such items in this sentence being Mandatory Removal Items ”). The provisions of this Section 21 shall survive the end of the Term.

22. Holding Over . If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled for such holding over, (a) Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, Basic Rent equal to the greater of (1) 150% of the Rent payable during the last month of the Term for the first 60 days, 200% thereafter, or (2) 125% of the prevailing rental rate in the Project for similar space, and (b) Tenant shall otherwise continue to be subject to all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 22 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits or other consequential damages to Landlord resulting therefrom.

23. Certain Rights Reserved by Landlord . Landlord shall have the following rights:

23.1 Building Operations . To decorate and to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Project, or any part thereof; to enter upon the Premises (after giving Tenant reasonable notice thereof, which may be oral notice, except in cases of real or apparent emergency, in which case no notice shall be required) and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space, and corridors in the Building; to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities; to change the name of the Building; and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors, and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, restrooms, or other public parts of the Building;

23.2 Security . To take such reasonable measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants; evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; temporarily denying access to the Building; and closing the Building after normal business hours and on Sundays and holidays, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time, which may include, by way of example but not limitation, that persons entering or leaving the Building, whether or not during normal business hours, identify themselves to a security officer by registration or otherwise and that such persons establish their right to enter or leave the Building;

23.3 Prospective Purchasers and Lenders . Upon reasonable prior notice (which notice may be verbal) to Tenant, to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective purchasers or lenders; and

23.4 Prospective Tenants . At any time during the last 12 months of the Term (or earlier if Tenant has notified Landlord in writing that it does not desire to renew the Term) upon reasonable prior notice (which notice may be verbal) to Tenant, or at any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default, to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective tenants.

In exercising the foregoing rights in this Section 23, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

24. Substitution Space . Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, relocate Tenant within the Project to space which is comparable in size, utility and condition to the Premises. If Landlord relocates Tenant, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for moving Tenant’s furniture, equipment, and supplies from the Premises to the relocation space and for reprinting Tenant’s stationery of the same quality and quantity as Tenant’s stationery supply on hand immediately before Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the exercise of this relocation right. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the disruption to Tenant’s business operations as a result of such relocation, and Landlord shall coordinate and manage the logistical efforts involved with such relocation. Upon such relocation, the relocation space shall be deemed to be the Premises and the terms of this Lease shall remain in full force and shall apply to the relocation space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the relocation space is smaller than the Premises, Basic Rent will be adjusted to reflect the same; if the relocation space is larger than the Premises, Basic Rent will not be adjusted to reflect the larger size of the relocation space and Tenant will continue to pay monthly Basic Rent in the amounts set forth in this Lease for the remainder of the then-current Term. No amendment or other instrument shall be necessary to effectuate the relocation contemplated by this Section; however, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an appropriate amendment document within ten business days after Landlord’s written request therefor. If Tenant fails to (a) execute such relocation amendment within such time period or (b) relocate to the relocation space within three business days following the date stated in Landlord’s relocation notice to Tenant (or, if such relocation space is not available on the date specified in Landlord’s relocation notice, within three business days following the date on which such relocation space becomes available and is tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease), then, in addition to Landlord’s other remedies set forth in this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Landlord may terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing thereof, which notice shall contain a termination effective date selected by Landlord no less than five business days following the date of Landlord’s termination notice to Tenant. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligations under this Section.

16


25. Miscellaneous .

25.1 Landlord Transfer . Landlord may transfer any portion of the Project and any of its rights under this Lease. If Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease, then Landlord shall thereby be released from any further obligations hereunder arising after the date of transfer, provided that the assignee assumes in writing Landlord’s obligations hereunder arising from and after the transfer date.

25.2 Landlord s Liability . The liability of Landlord (and its successors, partners, shareholders or members) to Tenant (or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant) for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any matter relating to or arising out of the occupancy or use of the Premises and/or other areas of the Building shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable only from the interest of Landlord in the Building, and Landlord (and its partners, shareholders or members) shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. Additionally, Tenant hereby waives its statutory lien under Section 91.004 of the Texas Property Code. The provisions of this Section shall survive any expiration or termination of this Lease.

25.3 Force Majeure . Other than for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease that can be performed by the payment of money (e.g., payment of Rent and maintenance of insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, terrorist acts or activities, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of such party.

25.4 Brokerage . Neither Landlord nor Tenant has dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than CBRE, Inc. and Cassidy Turley, whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate written agreements. Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, liens and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

25.5 Estoppel Certificates . From time to time, Tenant shall furnish to any party designated by Landlord, within ten days after Landlord has made a request therefor, a certificate signed by Tenant confirming and containing such factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as Landlord may reasonably request. Unless otherwise required by Landlord’s Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Project, the initial form of estoppel certificate to be signed by Tenant is attached hereto as Exhibit F . If Tenant does not deliver to Landlord the certificate signed by Tenant within such required time period, Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee and any prospective purchaser or mortgagee, may conclusively presume and rely upon the following facts: (a) this Lease is in full force and effect; (b) the terms and provisions of this Lease have not been changed except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (c) not more than one monthly installment of Basic Rent and other charges have been paid in advance; (d) there are no claims against Landlord nor any defenses or rights of offset against collection of Rent or other charges; and (e) Landlord is not in default under this Lease. In such event, Tenant shall be estopped from denying the truth of the presumed facts.

25.6 Notices . All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and shall be (a) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties hereto at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information, (b) hand-delivered to the intended addressee, (c) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) sent by facsimile transmission during normal business hours followed by a confirmatory letter sent in another manner permitted hereunder. All notices shall be effective upon delivery (which, in the case of delivery by facsimile transmission, shall be deemed to occur at the time of delivery indicated on the electronic confirmation of the facsimile so long as the confirmatory letter referenced above is sent) to the address of the addressee (even if such addressee refuses delivery thereof). The parties hereto may change their addresses by giving notice thereof to the other in conformity with this provision.

25.7 Separability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws, then the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and in lieu of such clause or provision, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

25.8 Amendments; Binding Effect; No Electronic Records . This Lease may not be amended except by instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.   No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord, and no custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict accordance with the terms hereof. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree not to conduct the transactions or communications contemplated by this Lease by electronic means, except by facsimile transmission as specifically set forth in Section 25.6 or electronic signatures as specifically set forth in Section 25.9; nor shall the use of the phrase “in writing” or the word “written” be construed to include electronic communications except by facsimile transmissions as specifically set forth in Section 25.6 and other electronic signatures as specifically set forth in Section 25.9. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in

17


interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, other than Landlord’s Mortgagee, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof.

25.9 Counterparts . This Lease (and amendments to this Lease) may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one document. To facilitate execution of this Lease, the parties may execute and exchange, by telephone facsimile or electronic mail PDF, counterparts of the signature pages. Signature pages may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Lease to physically form one document.

25.10 Quiet Enjoyment . Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance from Landlord or any party claiming by, through, or under Landlord, but not otherwise, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and all matters of record as of the date of this Lease which are applicable to the Premises.

25.11 No Merger . There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof if the same person acquires or holds, directly or indirectly, this Lease or any interest in this Lease and the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate.

25.12 No Offer . The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, and Tenant shall not have any rights under this Lease unless Landlord executes a copy of this Lease and delivers it to Tenant.

25.13 Entire Agreement; No Reliance . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. Except for those set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties, or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith. Except as otherwise provided herein, no subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant. The normal rule of construction that any ambiguities be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Further, Tenant disclaims any reliance upon any and all representations, warranties or agreements not expressly set forth in this Lease.

25.14 Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND SUBTENANTS) AND LANDLORD EACH, AFTER CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL, KNOWINGLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

25.15 Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

25.16 Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum of this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord, and any recordation by Tenant shall be a material breach of this Lease. Tenant grants to Landlord a power of attorney to execute and record a release releasing any such recorded instrument of record that was recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord, which power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

25.17 Water or Mold Notification . To the extent Tenant or its agents or employees discover any water leakage, water damage or mold in or about the Premises or Project, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord thereof in writing.

25.18 Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant consists of more than one party (or if Tenant permits any other party to occupy the Premises), each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. All unperformed obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed at the end of the Term shall survive the end of the Term, including payment obligations with respect to Rent and all obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

25.19 Financial Reports . If Tenant is an entity that is domiciled in the United States of America, and whose securities are funded through a public securities exchange subject to regulation by the United States of America publicly traded over exchanges based in the United States and whose financial statements are readily available at no cost to Landlord, the terms of this Section 25.19 shall not apply. Otherwise, within 15 days after Landlord’s request, Tenant will furnish Tenant’s most recent audited financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant’s internally prepared financial statements. Tenant will discuss its financial statements with Landlord and, following the occurrence of an

18


Event of Default hereunder, will give Landlord access to Tenant’s books and records in order to enable Landlord to verify the financial statements. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant’s financial statements that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except (a) to Landlord’s Mortgagee or prospective mortgagees or purchasers of the Building, (b) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, and/or (c) if required by Law or court order. Tenant shall not be required to deliver the financial statements required under this Section 25.19 more than once in any 12-month period unless requested by Landlord’s Mortgagee or a prospective buyer or lender of the Building or an Event of Default occurs.

25.20 Landlord s Fees . Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action not required of Landlord hereunder or give any consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, out-of-pocket costs payable to third parties and incurred by Landlord in reviewing and taking the proposed action or consent, including reasonable engineers’ or architects’ fees and reasonable attorneys’ fees (including amounts allocated by Landlord to Landlord’s in-house counsel as well as fees and expenses charged by outside counsel engaged by Landlord), within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs.  Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any such proposed action.

25.21 Telecommunications . Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies, shall have no right of access to and within the Building, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems, including voice, video, data, Internet, and any other services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems ( Telecommunications Services ), for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the Building and from the Building to any other location unless Landlord has previously reviewed and approved all plans, specifications and contracts pertaining to telecommunication service entry points, and any documents to which Landlord is a party or which may encumber the Project, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. All providers of Telecommunications Services shall be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Project, applicable Laws and Landlord’s policies and practices for the Project, and shall be required, at Landlord’s election, to enter into a license agreement with Landlord to confirm and approve items such as, without limitation, the proposed location (and labeling requirements) of wiring, cabling, fiber lines, points of demarcation, entry into the Project, insurance requirements and the like. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to provide or arrange for any Telecommunications Services and that Landlord shall have no liability to any Tenant Party in connection with the installation, operation or maintenance of Telecommunications Services or any equipment or facilities relating thereto. Tenant, at its cost and for its own account, shall be solely responsible for obtaining all Telecommunications Services.

25.22 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent; however, Tenant may disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to its attorneys, accountants, employees and existing or prospective financial partners, or if required by Law or court order, provided all parties to whom Tenant is permitted hereunder to disclose such terms and conditions are advised by Tenant of the confidential nature of such terms and conditions and agree to maintain the confidentiality thereof (in each case, prior to disclosure). Tenant shall be liable for any disclosures made in violation of this Section by Tenant or by any entity or individual to whom the terms of and conditions of this Lease were disclosed or made available by Tenant. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure.

25.23 Authority . Tenant (if a corporation, partnership or other business entity) hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is and will remain during the Term a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so, and that Tenant’s organizational identification number assigned by the Delaware Secretary of State is 4418483. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so.

25.24 Hazardous Materials . The term Hazardous Materials means any substance, material, or waste which is now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous, toxic, or dangerous under any Law relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or in the Project. No Tenant Party shall use, generate, store or Release (defined below), or permit the use, generation, storage or Release of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises or the Project except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business, and then in compliance with all Laws and in a reasonable and prudent manner. As used herein, Release means depositing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing. If any Tenant Party breaches its obligations under this Section 25.24, Landlord may immediately take any and all action reasonably appropriate to remedy the same, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting from such Tenant Party’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and cost of clean up and remediation) arising from any Tenant

19


Party’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 25.24. This indemnity provision is intended to allocate responsibility between Landlord and Tenant under environmental Laws and shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease.

25.25 List of Exhibits . All exhibits and attachments attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference.

Exhibit A - Outline of Premises

Exhibit B - Description of the Land

Exhibit C - Building Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D - Tenant Finish-Work: Allowance (Landlord Performs the Work)

Exhibit E - Form of Confirmation of Commencement Date Letter

Exhibit F - Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate

Exhibit G - Parking

Exhibit H - Renewal Option

25.26 Determination of Charges . Landlord and Tenant agree that each provision of this Lease for determining charges and amounts payable by Tenant (including provisions regarding Additional Rent) is commercially reasonable and, as to each such charge or amount, constitutes a statement of the amount of the charge or a method by which the charge is to be computed for purposes of Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code.

25.27 Prohibited Persons and Transactions . Tenant represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective partners, members, shareholders or other equity owners, and none of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is, nor will they become, a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and will not Transfer this Lease to, contract with or otherwise engage in any dealings or transactions or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

25.28 Waiver of Consumer Rights . Tenant hereby waives all its rights under the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices - Consumer Protection Act, Section 17.41 et seq. of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, a law that gives consumers special rights and protections. After consultation with an attorney of Tenant’s own selection, Tenant voluntarily adopts this waiver.

26. Other Provisions .

26.1 Beneficial Occupancy Period . Tenant may enter the Premises upon Substantial Completion of the Premises to conduct business therein, provided that prior to any such entry Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence the insurance required under Section 11.1 of this Lease has been obtained. Any such entry shall be on the terms of this Lease, but no Basic Rent, Operating Costs or Taxes under Section 4.2 of this Lease shall accrue during the period Tenant so enters the Premises prior to the Commencement Date. However, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Electrical Costs during such period, notwithstanding anything else in this Lease. Tenant shall conduct its activities therein at its risk and expense.

26.2 Signage . Landlord shall install, as part of the Work, Building-standard signage outside of the Premises and include Tenant’s information in any Building directory located in the lobby of the Building.

27. Temporary Space .

27.1 Lease Grant; Term; Acceptance; Insurance . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (except as otherwise set forth in this Section 27), Suite 749E in the Building containing approximately 2,082 rentable square feet and depicted on Exhibit I (the Temporary Space ). The lease term for the Temporary Space shall commence on the full execution of this Lease, and expire on the Commencement Date (the Temporary Space Term ) . Tenant accepts the Temporary Space in its “AS-IS” condition on the date this Lease is entered into, and Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any demolition or tenant-finish work therein. Prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Temporary Space, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the insurance required under Section 11.1 of this Lease has been obtained.

27.2 Terms Applied to Temporary Space . All terms and provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the Temporary Space, including Section 11 (Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation; Indemnity), except that Tenant shall not be entitled to any allowances, rent credits or abatements, expansion rights or renewal rights with respect to the Temporary Space unless such concessions or rights are specifically provided for herein with respect to the Temporary Space.

20


27.3 Basic Rent; Additional Rent; Tenant’s Proportionate Share . During the Temporary Space Term, Tenant shall not pay monthly Basic Rent or, except as provided below, Additional Rent for the Temporary Space. However, Tenant shall be required to pay Tenant’s proportionate share (based on the rentable square feet in the Temporary Space) of Electrical Costs during the Temporary Space Term.

27.4 Landlord’s Right to Relocate . Landlord may relocate Tenant within the Project to space which is comparable in size, utility and condition to the Temporary Space, at Tenant’s cost and expense, effective as of the date (the “Move-Out Date” ) 30 days after Landlord provides to Tenant written notice thereof. If Landlord relocates Tenant as permitted by this Section 27.4, then Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Temporary Space in the condition required under this Lease and remove all of Tenant’s property from the Temporary Space by the Move-Out Date. If Tenant fails to so vacate the Temporary Space, the Tenant shall be a holdover tenant with respect thereto pursuant to Section 22 of this Lease (and shall pay to Landlord, in addition to all other Rent, Basic Rent with respect to the Temporary Space in an amount equal to 200% of the monthly Rent payable by Tenant during the first full calendar month of the Term disregarding, for the purposes of such calculation, any abatement of Rent granted in this Lease).

27.5 Surrender of Temporary Space Upon Commencement Date . Within two days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Temporary Space in the condition required under this Lease and relocate to the Premises, failing which Tenant shall be a holdover tenant with respect to the Temporary Space pursuant to Section 22 of this Lease (and shall pay to Landlord, in addition to all other Rent, Basic Rent with respect to the Temporary Space in an amount equal to 200% of the monthly Rent payable by Tenant during the first full calendar month of the Term disregarding, for the purposes of such calculation, any abatement of Rent granted in this Lease) and Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent with respect to the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

27.6 Right to Market Temporary Space . Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice (which notice may be verbal or by electronic mail) to Tenant, to enter the Temporary Space at all reasonable hours to show the Temporary Space to prospective tenants.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

21


LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, DEMAND, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

This Lease is executed as of the Lease Date (as defined in the Basic Lease Information).

 

LANDLORD:

SP MILLENNIUM CENTER, L.P ., a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

SP Millennium Center GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Darla Szalla

 

Name:

DARLA SZALLA

 

Title:

VICE PRESIDENT

 

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Mark Zikakis

 

Name:

MARK ZIKAKIS

 

Title:

VICE PRESIDENT

 

 

TENANT:

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Peter Fondini

 

Name:

Peter Fondini

 

Title:

Corporate Controller, North America

 

 

22


 

EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

 

 

 

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND

BEING a tract of land out of the McKinney and Williams Survey, Abstract No. 1056 in the City of Irving, Dallas County, Texas, and being all of the Las Colinas Urban Center Eighteenth Installment, an addition to the City of Irving, Texas according to the plat thereof recorded in Volume 81154, Page 2524 of the Deed Records of Dallas County, Texas.

 

 

 

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following rules and regulations shall apply to the Premises, the Building, any parking garage or other parking lot or facility associated therewith, and the appurtenances thereto:

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways, and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for purposes other than ingress and egress to and from their respective leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Building.  The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall, in all cases, retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord, reasonably exercised, shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Project. No Tenant Party shall go upon the roof of the Project.

2. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or deposited therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by a tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid by such tenant.

3. No signs, advertisements or notices (other than those that are not visible outside the Premises) shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or doors or other part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws (other than those which are necessary to hang paintings, prints, pictures, or other similar items on the Premises’ interior walls) shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by Building maintenance personnel. No curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and the Building standard window treatments.

4. Landlord shall provide all door locks at the entry of each tenant’s leased premises, at the cost of such tenant, and no tenant shall place any additional door locks in its leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall furnish to each tenant a reasonable number of keys and/or access cards to such tenant’s leased premises, at such tenant’s cost, and no tenant shall make a duplicate thereof. Replacement keys and/or access cards shall be provided on a reasonable basis and at Tenant’s cost.

5. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by tenants of any bulky material, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be conducted under Landlord’s supervision at such times and in such a manner as Landlord may reasonably require. Each tenant assumes all risks of and shall be liable for all damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for such tenant.

6. Landlord may prescribe weight limitations and determine the locations for safes and other heavy equipment or items, which shall in all cases be placed in the Building so as to distribute weight in a manner acceptable to Landlord which may include the use of such supporting devices as Landlord may require. All damages to the Building caused by the installation or removal of any property of a tenant, or done by a tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of such tenant.

7. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways.  No bicycles, birds or animals (other than seeing-eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant’s leased premises. No portion of any tenant’s leased premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

8. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping its leased premises neat and clean. Tenants shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel.

9. To ensure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc. shall be delivered to any leased area except by persons approved by Landlord.

10. Tenant shall not make or permit any vibration or improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.

11. No machinery or appliances of any kind (other than normal office equipment and normal break room appliances) shall be operated by any tenant on its leased area without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any tenant use or keep in the Building any flammable or explosive fluid or substance (other than typical office supplies [e.g., photocopier toner] used in compliance with all Laws).

C-1


 

12. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, money or jewelry from tenant’s leased premises or public or common areas regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

13. No vending or dispensing machines of any kind may be maintained in any leased premises without the prior written permission of Landlord.

14. Tenant shall not conduct any activity on or about the Premises or Building which will draw pickets, demonstrators, or the like.

15. All vehicles are to be currently licensed, in good operating condition, parked for business purposes having to do with Tenant’s business operated in the Premises, parked within designated parking spaces, one vehicle to each space. No vehicle shall be parked as a “billboard” vehicle in the parking lot. Any vehicle parked improperly may be towed away. Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, vendors and customers who do not operate or park their vehicles as required shall subject the vehicle to being towed at the expense of the owner or driver. Landlord may place a “boot” on the vehicle to immobilize it and may levy a charge of $50.00 to remove the “boot.” Tenant shall indemnify, hold and save harmless Landlord of any liability arising from the towing or booting of any vehicles belonging to a Tenant Party.

16. No tenant may enter into phone rooms, electrical rooms, mechanical rooms, or other service areas of the Building unless accompanied by Landlord or the Building manager.

17. Tenant will not permit any Tenant Party to bring onto the Project any handgun, firearm or other weapons of any kind, illegal drugs or, unless expressly permitted by Landlord in writing, alcoholic beverages.

18. Tenant shall not permit any Tenant Party to smoke in the Premises or anywhere else on the Project, except in any Landlord-designated smoking area outside the Building. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in enforcing this prohibition and use its best efforts in supervising each Tenant Party in this regard.

19. Tenant shall not allow any Tenant Party to use any type of portable space heater in the Premises or the Building.

20. Only artificial holiday decorations may be placed in the Premises, no live or cut trees or other real holiday greenery may be maintained in the Premises or the Building.

21. Tenant shall not park or operate any semi-trucks or semi-trailers in the parking areas associated with the Building.

22. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Premises or the Project’s heating and air conditioning, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls, other than room thermostats installed for Tenant’s use. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed and shall turn off all lights before leaving the Project at the end of the day.

23. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or any picture of the Project in connection with, or in promoting or advertising the business of, Tenant, except Tenant may use the address of the Project as the address of its business.

24. Tenant shall not exhibit, sell or offer for sale, rent or exchange in the Premises or at the Project any article, thing or service to the general public or anyone other than Tenant’s employees without the prior written consent of Landlord.

25. Tenant shall ensure that all portions of the leased premises visible from any interior Building common areas are lighted at all times during normal business hours regardless whether the leased premises are occupied.

 

 

 

C-2


 

EXHIBIT D

TENANT FINISH-WORK; ALLOWANCE

(Landlord Performs the Work)

1. Acceptance of Premises . Except as set forth in this Exhibit, Tenant accepts the Premises in their “ AS-IS ” condition on the date that this Lease is entered into.

2. Space Plans .

2.1 Preparation and Delivery . Within two business days after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall meet with Interprise Design or another design consultant selected by Landlord (the Architect ”) to discuss the nature and extent of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Premises and, at such meeting, provide the Architect with all necessary data and information needed by the Architect to prepare initial space plans therefor as required by this paragraph. On or before the tenth day following the date that Tenant meets with Architect, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a space plan prepared by the Architect depicting improvements to be installed in the Premises (the Space Plans ”).

2.2 Approval Process . Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted Space Plans within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof.  If Tenant disapproves of such Space Plans, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within three business days after such notice, revise such Space Plans in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted Space Plans within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the Space Plans have been finally approved by Tenant and Landlord. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial Space Plans within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted Space Plans, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Space Plans in question.

3. Working Drawings .

3.1 Preparation and Delivery . On or before the date which is 15 days following the date on which the Space Plans are approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant and Landlord, Landlord shall cause to be prepared final working drawings of all improvements to be installed in the Premises and deliver the same to Tenant for its review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Such working drawings shall be prepared by the Architect or another design consultant selected by Landlord (whose fee shall be included in the Total Construction Costs [defined below]).

3.2 Approval Process . Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted working drawings within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof. If Tenant disapproves of such working drawings, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within five business days after such notice, revise such working drawings in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit the revised working drawings to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted working drawings within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the working drawings have been finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial working drawings within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted working drawings, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the working drawings in question. Any delay caused by Tenant’s unreasonable withholding of its consent or delay in giving its written approval as to such working drawings shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day (defined below). If the working drawings are not fully approved (or deemed approved) by both Landlord and Tenant by the 15th business day after the delivery of the initial draft thereof to Tenant, then each day after such time period that such working drawings are not fully approved (or deemed approved) by both Landlord and Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day.

3.3 Landlord’s Approval; Performance of Work . If any of Tenant’s proposed construction work will affect the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems, then the working drawings pertaining thereto must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record. Landlord’s approval of such working drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that (a) they comply with all Laws, (b) the improvements depicted thereon do not (1) adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems (including the Project’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), or (2) affect (in the sole discretion of Landlord) (A) the exterior appearance of the Project, (B) the appearance of the Project’s common areas or elevator lobby areas or (C) the provision of services to other occupants of the Project, (c) such working drawings are sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements and associated work in a good and workmanlike manner, and (d) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements (a copy of which has been delivered to Tenant). As used herein, Working Drawings means the final working drawings approved by Landlord,

D-1


 

as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and Work means all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings, together with any work required by governmental authorities to be made to other areas of the Project as a result of the improvements indicated by the Working Drawings. Landlord’s approval of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use or comply with any Law, but shall merely be the consent of Landlord thereto. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, sign the Working Drawings to evidence its review and approval thereof. After the Working Drawings have been approved, Landlord shall cause the Work to be performed in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings.

4. Bidding of Work . Prior to commencing the Work, Landlord shall competitively bid the Work to Metroplex General Contractors, Scott & Reid and John Arnold. If the estimated Total Construction Costs are expected to exceed $20.00 per rentable square foot or 80% of the Construction Allowance, Tenant shall be allowed to review the submitted bids from such contractors to value engineer any of Tenant’s requested alterations. In such case, Tenant shall notify Landlord of any items in the Working Drawings that Tenant desires to change within two business days after Landlord’s submission thereof to Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its election within such two business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the bids. Within five business days following Landlord’s submission of the initial construction bids to Tenant under the foregoing provisions (if applicable), Tenant shall have completed all of the following items: (a) finalized with Landlord’s representative and the proposed contractor, the pricing of any requested revisions to the bids for the Work, and (b) approved in writing any overage in the Total Construction Costs in excess of the Construction Allowance, failing which each day after such five business day period shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day.

5. Change Orders .   Tenant may initiate changes in the Work. Each such change must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, (a) if such requested change would adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) (1) the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems (including the Project’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), (2) the exterior appearance of the Project, or (3) the appearance of the Project’s common areas or elevator lobby areas, or (b) if any such requested change might delay the Commencement Date, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord shall, upon completion of the Work, cause to be prepared accurate architectural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing “as-built” plans of the Work as constructed in both blueprint and electronic CADD format, which plan shall be incorporated into this Exhibit D by this reference for all purposes. If Tenant requests any changes to the Work described in the Space Plans or the Working Drawings, then such increased costs and any additional design costs incurred in connection therewith as the result of any such change shall be added to the Total Construction Costs.

6. Definitions . As used herein, a Tenant Delay Day means each day of delay in the performance of the Work that occurs (a) because Tenant fails to timely furnish any information or deliver or approve any required documents such as the Space Plans or Working Drawings (whether preliminary, interim revisions or final), pricing estimates, construction bids, and the like, (b) because of any change by Tenant to the Space Plans or Working Drawings, (c) because Tenant fails to attend any meeting with Landlord, the Architect, any design professional, or any contractor, or their respective employees or representatives, as may be required or scheduled hereunder or otherwise necessary in connection with the preparation or completion of any construction documents, such as the Space Plans or Working Drawings, or in connection with the performance of the Work, (d) because of any specification by Tenant of materials or installations in addition to or other than Landlord’s standard finish-out materials or any materials that are not readily available, or (e) because a Tenant Party otherwise delays completion of the Work. As used herein Substantial Completion .” Substantially Completed .” and any derivations thereof mean the Work in the Premises is substantially completed (as reasonably determined by Landlord) in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings. Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction, decoration, landscaping and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord.

7. Walk-Through; Punchlist . When Landlord considers the Work in the Premises to be Substantially Completed, Landlord will notify Tenant and, within three business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items that are necessary for final completion of the Work.  Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his or her agreement on punchlist items. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor performing the Work to complete all punchlist items within 30 days after agreement thereon; however, Landlord shall not be obligated to engage overtime labor in order to complete such items.

8. Excess Costs . Tenant shall pay the entire amount by which the Total Construction Costs (hereinafter defined) exceed the Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined) (such excess amount being referred to herein as the Excess Amount ). Upon approval of the Working Drawings and selection of a contractor, Tenant shall promptly (a) execute a work order agreement prepared by Landlord which identifies such drawings and itemizes the Total Construction Costs and sets forth the Construction Allowance, and (b) pay to Landlord 90% of Landlord’s estimate of the Excess Amount. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and before Tenant occupies the Premises to conduct business therein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any remaining unpaid portion of the Excess Amount. In the event of default of payment of any portion of the Excess Amount, Landlord (in addition to all other remedies) shall have the same rights as for an Event of Default under this Lease. As used herein, Total Construction Costs means the entire cost of performing the Work, including design of and space planning for the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings and the final “as-built” plan of the

D-2


 

Work, costs of construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction, additional janitorial services, standard building directory and suite tenant signage, related taxes and insurance costs, licenses, permits, certifications, surveys and other approvals required by Law, and the construction supervision fee referenced in Section 11 of this Exhibit.

9. Construction Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance not to exceed $25.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises (the Construction Allowance ) to be applied toward the Total Construction Costs, as adjusted for any changes to the Work,   The Construction Allowance shall not be disbursed to Tenant in cash, but shall be applied by Landlord to the payment of the Total Construction Costs, if, as, and when the cost of the Work is actually incurred and paid by Landlord. After the final completion of the Work and a reconciliation by Landlord of the Construction Allowance and the Total Construction Costs and provided no default under this Lease then exists and no Event of Default has occurred, Tenant may use any excess Construction Allowance (up to a maximum of $5.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises) towards the cost of (a) Tenant’s installation of telephone and data networks and other moving costs (collectively, the Moving Costs ) and/or (b) Tenant’s Basic Rent obligations under this Lease by so notifying Landlord in writing of Tenant’s election. Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the Moving Costs (subject to the cap described above) within 30 business days after receiving invoices therefor and supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s election to apply the unused portion of the Construction Allowance towards Tenant’s Basic Rent obligations (subject to the cap described above), Landlord shall apply such excess toward Tenant’s Basic Rent obligation first accruing after such date until such excess is fully exhausted. The Construction Allowance must be used (that is, the Work must be fully complete and the Construction Allowance disbursed) within six months following the Commencement Date or shall be deemed forfeited with no further obligation by Landlord with respect thereto, time being of the essence with respect thereto.

10. Test-Fit Allowance . Landlord shall provide Tenant a test-fit allowance of $0.10 per rentable square foot in the Premises (the Test-Fit Allowance ). Within 30 business days following the date on which Tenant presents Landlord with an invoice from the Architect and evidence of Tenant’s payment thereof, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant’s actual, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Architect with respect to the Work, up to a maximum amount of the Test-Fit Allowance.

11. Construction Management . Landlord or its Affiliate or agent shall supervise the Work, make disbursements required to be made to the contractor, and act as a liaison between the contractor and Tenant and coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Project and the Building’s Systems. In consideration for Landlord’s construction supervision services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to five percent of the hard costs incurred as part of the Total Construction Costs (exclusive of the construction supervision fee).

12. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

Landlord’s Representative:

Steve Echols

 

c/o CB Richard Ellis Asset Management

222 West Las Colinas

 

Boulevard, Suite 165 Irving, TX 75039 Telephone: 972.830.3205

 

Facsimile: 972.702.8315

 

 

Tenant’s Representative:

[

 

 

c/o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:                                       

 

Facsimile:                      ]

13. Miscellaneous . To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, Sections 8.1 and 21 of this Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.

 

 

 

D-3


 

EXHIBIT E

CONFIRMATION OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

                               , 201     

Mimecast North America, Inc.

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 1950N

Irving, Texas 75039

 

Re:

Lease Agreement (the Lease ) dated January 4, 2013, between SP MILLENNIUM CENTER, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Lease.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Condition of Premises .   Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises pursuant to the Lease. Any improvements required by the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the full and complete satisfaction of Tenant in all respects except for the punchlist items described on Exhibit A hereto (the Punchlist Items ”), and except for such Punchlist Items, Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties under the Lease with respect to such initial tenant improvements. Furthermore, Tenant acknowledges that the Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use.

2. Commencement Date . The Commencement Date of the Lease is                   , 201      .

3. Expiration Date . The Term is scheduled to expire on                  , 20      , which is the last day of the 65 th full calendar month following the Commencement Date.

4. Contact Person . Tenant’s contact person in the Premises is:

Mimecast North America, Inc.

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 1950N

Irving, Texas 75039

Attention: Marcus Conroy

Telephone: 972.971.7944

Facsimile:                     

5. Ratification . Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to Landlord that it has no defenses thereto. Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, and (b) Tenant has no claims, counterclaims, set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant.

6. Binding Effect; Governing Law . Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full effect and this letter shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns. If any inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this letter and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this letter shall prevail. This letter shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

E-1


 

Please indicate your agreement to the above matters by signing this letter in the space indicated below and returning an executed original to us.

 

Sincerely,

 

CBRE, INC., on behalf of Landlord

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Agreed and accepted:

 

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

E-2


 

EXHIBIT A

PUNCHLIST ITEMS

Please insert any punchlist items that remain to be performed by Landlord. If no items are listed below by Tenant, none shall be deemed to exist.

 

 

 

E-3


 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned is the Tenant under the Lease (defined below) between                                        , a                                        , as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for the Premises on the                        floor(s) of the building located at                        ,                        and commonly known as                        , and hereby certifies as follows:

1. The Lease consists of the original Lease Agreement dated as of                                        , 20      , between Tenant and Landlord [‘s predecessor-in-interest] and the following amendments or modifications thereto (if none, please state “none”):

 

 

 

 

 

The documents listed above are herein collectively referred to as the Lease and represent the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Premises. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meaning assigned to them in the Lease.

2. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Section 1 above,

3. The Term commenced on                            , 20       , and the Term expires, excluding any renewal options, on                            , 20      , and Tenant has no option to purchase all or any part of the Premises or the Building or, except as expressly set forth in the Lease, any option to terminate or cancel the Lease.

4. Tenant currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease and Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows (if none, please state “none”):

 

 

 

 

 

5. All monthly installments of Basic Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                        . The current monthly installment of Basic Rent is $                        .

6. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, Tenant has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

7. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to Tenant’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that Tenant has against Landlord and no event has occurred and no condition exists, which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, will constitute a default under the Lease.

8. No rental has been paid more than 30 days in advance and no security deposit has been delivered to Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

9. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other business entity, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is and will remain during the Term a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

10. There are no actions pending against Tenant under any bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

11. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, Tenant has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

F-1


 

12. All tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant and all reimbursements and allowances due to Tenant under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

Tenant acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and their respective successors and assigns, and acknowledges that Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee and/or such prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in disbursing loan advances or making a new loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of disbursing loan advances or making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed as of                        , 20      .

 

TENANT:

                                                         , a                       

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

F-2


 

EXHIBIT G

PARKING

Tenant shall be provided a total of ten parking access cards permitting Tenant to use up to ten unreserved parking spaces in the parking facilities associated with the Building (the “ Parking Area ”) subject to such terms, conditions and regulations as are from time to time applicable to patrons of the Parking Area. Regardless of whether Tenant elects to use such parking spaces, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, contemporaneously with the payment of Basic Rent, parking rent (plus all applicable taxes) during the initial Term equal to $50.00 per unreserved parking space per month.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligation to pay the above rates for such unreserved parking spaces shall be abated for the first 36 months of the Term, e.g., if the Commencement Date is March 15, 2013, parking rent shall be abated until March 14, 2016. Commencing with the first day after the end of the abatement period referred to above, Tenant shall pay the above rates for such parking spaces.

Tenant shall at all times comply with all Laws respecting the use of the Parking Area. Landlord reserves the right to adopt, modify, and enforce reasonable rules and regulations governing the use of the Parking Area from time to time including designation of assigned parking spaces, requiring use of any key-card, sticker, or other identification or entrance systems and charging a fee for replacement of any such key-card sticker or other item used in connection with any such system and hours of operations. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates such rules and regulations to park in the Parking Area, and any violation of the rules and regulations shall subject the car to removal from the Parking Area.

Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking. Unless specified to the contrary above, the parking spaces provided hereunder shall be provided on an unreserved, “first-come, first served” basis. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has arranged or may arrange for the Parking Area to be operated by an independent contractor, not affiliated with Landlord.

All motor vehicles (including all contents thereof) shall be parked in the Parking Area at the sole risk of Tenant and each other Tenant Party, it being expressly agreed and understood Landlord has no duty to insure any of said motor vehicles (including the contents thereof), and Landlord is not responsible for the protection and security of such vehicles. If, for any reason, Landlord is unable to provide all or any portion of the parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled hereunder, then Tenant’s obligation to pay for such parking spaces shall be abated for so long as Tenant does not have the use thereof; this abatement shall be in full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord because of Landlord’s failure or inability to provide Tenant with such parking spaces. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY PROPERTY DAMAGE OR LOSS WHICH MIGHT OCCUR ON THE PARKING AREA OR AS A RESULT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARKING OF MOTOR VEHICLES IN ANY OF THE PARKING SPACES.

 

G-1


 

EXHIBIT H

RENEWAL OPTION

Tenant may renew this Lease for one additional period of five years, by delivering written notice of the exercise thereof to Landlord not earlier than 15 months nor later than 12 months before the expiration of the Term. The Basic Rent payable for each month during such extended Term shall be the prevailing rental rate (the “ Prevailing Rental Rate ”) at the commencement of such extended Term, for renewals of space in the Building of equivalent quality, size, utility and location, with the length of the extended Term and the credit standing of Tenant to be taken into account. Within 30 days after receipt of Tenant’s notice to renew, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice of the Prevailing Rental Rate and shall advise Tenant of the required adjustment to Basic Rent, if any, and the other terms and conditions offered. Tenant shall, within five days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant accepts or rejects Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant accepts Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, then, on or before the commencement date of the extended Term, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease extending the Term on the same terms and conditions provided in this Lease, except as follows:

(a) Basic Rent shall be adjusted to the Prevailing Rental Rate;

(b) Tenant shall have no further renewal option unless expressly granted by Landlord in writing;

(c) Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Premises in their then-current condition, and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements; and

(d) Tenant shall pay for the parking spaces which it is entitled to use at the rates from time to time charged to patrons of the Parking Area and/or any other parking area associated with the Building during the extended Term (plus all applicable taxes).

If Tenant rejects Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, or fails to timely notify Landlord in writing that Tenant accepts or rejects Landlord’s determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate, time being of the essence with respect thereto, Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate, at Landlord’s option, if (a) an Event of Default exists as of the date of Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Exhibit or as of the renewal commencement date of the applicable extended Term, (b) this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of any of the Premises is terminated, (c) Tenant assigns its interest in this Lease or sublets any portion of the Premises, (d) Tenant fails to lease from Landlord and to occupy at least 2,954 rentable square feet of space, (e) Landlord determines, in its sole but reasonable discretion, that Tenant’s financial condition or creditworthiness has materially deteriorated since the date of this Lease, or (f) Tenant fails to timely exercise its option under this Exhibit, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise thereof. Before Landlord makes a determination under clause (e) to terminate this Exhibit, Landlord shall first provide Tenant with a period of 30 days to provide alternative credit support sufficient to address the credit concerns of Landlord. If such alternative credit support is provided and acceptable to Landlord, this Exhibit shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

 

H-1

 


 

EXHIBIT I

TEMPORARY SPACE

 

 

 

 

I-1

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

This Amendment No. 1 (this “ Amendment ”) is executed as of March 24, 2016, between AG-PCPI URBAN TOWERS OWNER, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), for the purpose of amending the Lease Agreement between Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest with respect to the Lease (defined below) and Tenant dated January 4, 2013 (as amended by Confirmation of Commencement Date letter dated April 25, 2013, the “ Lease ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Lease.

RECITALS:

Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Tenant is currently leasing Suite 1950N, consisting of 2,954 rentable square feet of space (the “ Existing Premises ”), in the Building located at 222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Irving, Texas 75039, and commonly known as Urban Towers-North Tower. Tenant desires to lease the space depicted on Exhibit A hereto, containing approximately 1,388 rentable square feet and commonly known as Suite 1952N (the “ Suite 1952N Premises ”), and Landlord has agreed to lease such space to Tenant on the terms and conditions contained herein.

AGREEMENTS:

For valuable consideration, whose receipt and sufficiency are acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Suite 1952N Premises: Tenant’s Proportionate Share; Acceptance . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Suite 1952N Premises on the terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified hereby; accordingly, from and after the Suite I952N Effective Date (defined below), the term “ Premises ” shall refer collectively to the Existing Premises and the Suite 1952N Premises, and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be increased to 0.51%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing the number of rentable square feet in the Premises (4,342) by the number of rentable square feet in the Project (848,591). Tenant accepts the Suite 1952N Premises in their “ AS-IS ” condition and Landlord shall not be required to perform any demolition work, or tenant finish-work therein or to provide any allowances therefor, except as expressly set forth in Section 7 below. Landlord and Tenant stipulate that the number of rentable square feet in the Existing Premises, the Suite 1952N Premises and the Project are correct.

2. Term . The Term is hereby extended such that it expires 5:00 p.m. local time on the last day of the 62 nd full calendar month following the Suite 1952N Effective Date, rather than October 31, 2018. The Term for the Suite 1952N Premises shall begin on the Suite 1952N Effective Date and shall expire coterminously with the expiration date with respect to the Existing Premises, unless sooner terminated as a result of a casualty, condemnation or default by Tenant as provided in the Lease. Tenant shall continue to have the option to renew the Term as set forth in Exhibit H of the Lease. As used herein, the “ Suite 1952N Effective Date ” means the earliest of (a) the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Suite 1952N Premises and begins conducting business therein, (b) the date on which the Work (as defined in Exhibit B hereto) in the Suite 1952N Premises is Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit B hereto), or (c) the date on which the Work in the Suite 1952N Premises would have been Substantially Completed but for the occurrence of any Tenant Delay Days (as defined in Exhibit B hereto). Within ten days following Landlord’s written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto confirming (1) the Suite 1952N Effective Date, (2) that Tenant has accepted the Suite 1952N Premises, and (3) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations with respect to the Suite 1952N Premises (except for punch-list items specified in such letter); however, the failure of the parties to execute such letter shall not defer the Suite 1952N Effective Date or otherwise invalidate the Lease or this Amendment.

3. Basic Rent . As used below, the term “ Lease Month ” means each calendar month during the Term beginning on the Suite 1952N Effective Date (and if the Suite 1952N Effective Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the period from the Suite 1952N Effective Date to the first day of the next calendar month shall be included in the first Lease Month for purposes of determining the duration of the Term and the monthly Basic Rent rate applicable for such partial month).

 

1

 


 

3.1 Suite 1952N Premises . The monthly installments of Basic Rent under the Lease for the Suite 1952N Premises shall be the following amounts for the following periods of time, beginning on the Suite 1952N Effective Date:

 

Lease Month

Annual Basic Rent Rate Per

Rentable Square Foot

Monthly Installments of

Basic Rent for the Suite

1952N Premises

1 - 14

$33.00

$3,817.00

15 - 26

$33.75

$3,903.75

27 - 38

$34.50

$3,990.50

39 - 50

$35.25

$4,077.25

51 - 62

$36.00

$4,164.00

3.2 Existing Premises .

 

Lease Month

Annual Basic Rent Rate Per

Rentable Square Foot

Monthly Installments of

Basic Rent for the

Existing Premises

1 - 6

$26.51

$6,525.88

7 - 18

$27.01

$6,648.96

19 - 30

$27.51

$6,772.05

31 - 42

$34.50

$8,492.75

43 - 54

$35.25

$8,677.38

55 - 62

$36.00

$8,862.00

3.3 Abatement .

3.3.1 Basic Rent for the Suite 1952N Premises only shall be abated for five calendar months beginning on the Suite 1952N Effective Date, e.g., if the Suite 1952N Effective Date is April 28, 2016, Basic Rent shall be abated until September 27, 2016. Commencing with the first day after the end of this abatement period, Tenant shall make Basic Rent payments for any remaining partial calendar month and on the first day of the first full calendar month thereafter shall make Basic Rent payments as otherwise provided in the Lease, as amended by this Amendment.

3.3.2 Basic Rent for the Existing Premises only shall be abated during Lease Months 31 - 33 after the Suite 1952N Effective Date, e.g., if the Suite 1952N Effective Date is April 28, 2016, Basic Rent shall be abated from November 1, 2017 until January 31, 2018.

3.3.3 Notwithstanding such abatement of Basic Rent (a) all other sums due under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, including Additional Rent and parking rent shall be payable as provided in this Amendment, and (b) any increases in Basic Rent set forth in this Amendment shall occur on the dates scheduled therefor.

4. Additional Rent: Base Year . From and after the Suite 1952N Effective Date, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the Suite 1952N Premises in the manner provided in the Lease. Beginning on the Suite 1952N Effective Date, the Base Year for the entire Premises shall be the calendar year 2016 and shall be subject to the same exclusions described in Sections 4.2.2 and 4.2.3 of the Lease.

5. DCURD Taxes . Tenant shall also pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess DCURD Taxes, and DCURD Taxes shall not be included in the calculation of Taxes. As used herein, “ Excess DCURD Taxes means any increases in DCURD Taxes (defined below) for each year and partial year of the Term over the DCURD Taxes incurred during the Base Year. “ DCURD Taxes means all real estate taxes, assessments and charges levied or assessed against the Project by the Dallas County Utility and Reclamation District and any successor to its bond indebtedness (“ DCURD ”), Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess DCURD Taxes in the same manner as provided above for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Excess Operating Costs. If Landlord receives a refund or abatement from DCURD for any portion of the DCURD Taxes allocable to the Base Year, the DCURD Taxes for

2

 


 

the Base Year shall be reduced by the amount of such refund or abatement. DCURD Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower DCURD Taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any DCURD Taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Project with respect to DCURD Taxes. From time to time during any calendar year, Landlord may estimate or re-estimate the Excess DCURD Taxes to be due by Tenant for that calendar year and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Excess DCURD Taxes payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations.

6. Security Deposit . Contemporaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord $963.83 to be held as part of the Security Deposit under the Lease, for a total Security Deposit of $13,026.00.

7. Tenant Finish-Work . Landlord shall construct tenant improvements in the Suite 1952N Premises in accordance with Exhibit B hereto.

8. Parking . Tenant shall continue to be provided ten parking access cards in accordance with Exhibit G to the Lease; the monthly rate for such existing ten parking access cards shall remain $50.00 each (plus all applicable taxes) through October 31, 2018. Beginning on November 1, 2018, the monthly rate for such ten parking access cards shall be $65.00 each (plus all applicable taxes). Beginning on the Suite 1952N Effective Date, Tenant shall be provided ten additional parking access cards permitting Tenant to use up to ten additional unreserved parking spaces in the Parking Area during the Term (as extended by this Amendment). The monthly rate for such ten additional parking access cards shall be $65.00 each (plus all applicable taxes). Monthly rent for all 20 parking access cards shall be abated for the first 12 calendar months following the Suite 1952N Effective Date. Tenant’s parking rights shall otherwise be governed by Exhibit G to the Lease.

9. Confidentiality . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge the confidentiality obligations of Section 25.22 of the Lease.

10. Notices . The addresses for notice set forth below shall supersede and replace any addresses for notice set forth in the Lease.

 

Landlord:

AG-PCPI Urban Towers Owner, L.P.

c/o Parallel Capital Partners, Inc.

4105 Sorrento Valley Boulevard

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Peter Lloyd

Facsimile: 858.882.9511

 

with a copy to:

AG-PCPI Urban Towers Owner, L.P.

c/o Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc.

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 165

Irving, TX 75039

Attention: Property Manager

Facsimile: 972.501.9019

 

for payment of Rent:

If by check:

 

AG-PCPI Urban Towers Owner, L.P.

 

P.O. Box 51142

 

Los Angeles, CA 90051-5442

 

 

 

If by overnight courier service:

 

AG-PCPI Urban Towers Owner, L.P.

 

c/o Parallel Capital Partners, Inc.

 

4105 Sorrento Valley Boulevard

 

San Diego, CA92121

 

 

 

If by wire transfer or ACH to:

 

AG PCPI Urban Towers Owner, LP

 

4105 Sorrento Valley Boulevard

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

(858) 678-8500

 

Union Bank of California

 

ABA 122000496

 

Account No.: 0033840281

 

Account Name: AG-PCPI Urban Towers Owner, L.P.

3

 


 

 

 

Tenant:

Mimecast North America, Inc.

 

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 1950N

 

Irving, Texas 75039

 

Attention: John Platt

 

Facsimile: __________________

 

 

with a copy to:

Mimecast North America, Inc.

 

480 Pleasant St.

 

Watertown, MA 02472

 

Attention: Corporate Controller

 

Email: legal@mimecast.com

 

11. Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc., whose commission shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreement. Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

12. UBTI and REIT Qualification . Landlord and Tenant agree that all Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord shall qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of both Sections 512(b)(3) and 856(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the U.S. Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Regulations ”). In the event that Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that there is any risk that all or pail of any rent shall not qualify as “rents from real property” for the purposes of Sections 512(b)(3) or 856(d) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder. Tenant agrees (1) to cooperate with Landlord by entering into such amendment or amendments as Landlord deems necessary to qualify all rents as “rents from real property,” and (2) to permit an assignment of the Lease; provided, however, that any adjustments required pursuant to this Section shall be made so as to produce the equivalent Rent (in economic terms) payable prior to such adjustment,

13. No Construction Contract . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that this Amendment, including all exhibits a part hereof, is not a construction contract or an agreement collateral to or affecting a construction contract.

14. Prohibited Persons and Transactions . Tenant hereby reaffirms and remakes, as of the date hereof, the statements set forth in Section 25.27 of the Lease.

15. Ratification . Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to Landlord that it has no defenses thereto. Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, (b) Tenant has no claims, counterclaims, set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant, and (c) except as expressly provided for in this Amendment,]all allowances provided to Tenant under the Lease, if any, and all construction to be performed by Landlord or its agents under the Lease, if any, have been paid and performed in full by Landlord, and Landlord has no further obligations with respect thereto.

16. Binding Effect; Governing Law . Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full effect and this Amendment shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns. If any inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail. This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.

17. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one document. To facilitate execution of this Amendment, the parties hereto may execute and exchange, by telephone facsimile or electronic mail PDF, counterparts of the signature pages. Signature pages may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Amendment to physically form one document.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

4

 


 

Executed as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD

AG-PCPI  URBAN TOWERS OWNER, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

Parallel Capital Partners, Inc., a California corporation, its authorized agent

 

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Jim Ingebritsen

 

Name:

Jim Ingebritsen

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

TENANT:

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Joe Freitas

 

Name:

Joe Freitas

 

Title:

SR. VP. Human Resources

 

 

 

5

 


 

EXHIBIT A

DEPICTION OF SUITE 1952N PREMISES

 

 

 

 

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE

(Landlord Performs the Work)

1. Acceptance of Suite 1952N Premises . Except as set forth in this Exhibit, Tenant accepts the Suite 1952N Premises in their “ AS-IS ” condition on the date this Amendment is entered into.

2. Space Plans.

2.1 Preparation and Delivery . Within two business days after Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall meet with Interprise Design Associates or another design consultant selected by Landlord (the “ Architect ”) to discuss the nature and extent of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Suite 1952N Premises and, at such meeting, provide the Architect with all necessary data and information needed by the Architect to prepare initial space plans therefor as required by this paragraph. On or before the tenth day following the date that Tenant meets with Architect, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a space plan prepared by the Architect depicting improvements to be installed in the Suite 1952N Premises (the “ Space Plans ”) .

2.2 Approval Process . Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted Space Plans within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof. If Tenant disapproves of such Space Plans, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within three business days after such notice, revise such Space Plans in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted Space Plans within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the Space Plans have been finally approved by Tenant and Landlord. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial Space Plans within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted Space Plans, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Space Plans in question.

3. Working Drawings .

3.1 Preparation and Delivery . On or before the date which is 15 days following the date on which the Space Plans are approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant and Landlord, Landlord shall cause to be prepared final working drawings of all improvements to be installed in the Suite 1952N Premises and deliver the same to Tenant for its review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Such working drawings shall be prepared by Architect (whose fee shall be included in the Total Construction Costs [defined below).

3.2 Approval Process . Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted working drawings within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof. If Tenant disapproves of such working drawings, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within five business days after such notice, revise such working drawings in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit the revised working drawings to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted working drawings within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the working drawings have been finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial working drawings within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted working drawings, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the working drawings in question. Any delay caused by Tenant’s unreasonable withholding of its consent or delay in giving its written approval as to such working drawings shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day (defined below). If the working drawings are not fully approved (or deemed approved) by both Landlord and Tenant by the 15 th business day after the delivery of the initial draft thereof to Tenant, then each day after such time period that such working drawings are not fully approved (or deemed approved) by both Landlord and Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day.

B-1


 

3.3 Landlord’s Approval; Performance of Work . If any of Tenant’s proposed construction work will affect the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems, then the working drawings pertaining thereto must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record. Landlord’s approval of such working drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that (a) they comply with all Laws, (b) the improvements depicted thereon do not (1) adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems (including the Building’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), or (2) affect (in the sole discretion of Landlord) (A) the exterior appearance of the Building, (B) the appearance of the Building’s common areas or elevator lobby areas or (C) the provision of services to other occupants of the Building, (c) such working drawings are sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements and associated work in a good and workmanlike manner, and (d) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements (a copy of which has been delivered to Tenant). As used herein, “ Working Drawings ” means the final working drawings approved by Landlord, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and “ Work ” means all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings, together with any work required by governmental authorities to be made to other areas of the Building as a result of the improvements indicated by the Working Drawings. Landlord’s approval of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use or comply with any Law, but shall merely be the consent of Landlord thereto. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, sign the Working Drawings to evidence its review and approval thereof. After the Working Drawings have been approved, Landlord shall cause the Work to be performed in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings.

4. Bidding of Work . Prior to commencing the Work, Landlord shall competitively bid the Work to three contractors approved by Landlord. If the estimated Total Construction Costs are expected to exceed the Suite 1952N Construction Allowance, Tenant shall be allowed to review the submitted bids from such contractors to value engineer any of Tenant’s requested alterations. In such case, Tenant shall notify Landlord of any items in the Working Drawings that Tenant desires to change within two business days after Landlord’s submission thereof to Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its election within such two business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the bids. Within five business days following Landlord’s submission of the initial construction bids to Tenant under the foregoing provisions (if applicable). Tenant shall have completed all of the following items: (a) finalized with Landlord’s representative and the proposed contractor, the pricing of any requested revisions to the bids for the Work, and (b) approved in writing any overage in the Total Construction Costs in excess of the Suite 1952N Construction Allowance, failing which, each day after such five business day period shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day.

5. Change Orders . Tenant may initiate changes in the Work. Each such change must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 3.1 above; additionally, if any such requested change might (A) delay the Effective Date or, (B) leave any portion of the Premises not fully finished and ready for occupancy, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord shall, upon completion of the Work, cause to be prepared accurate architectural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing “as-built” plans of the Work as constructed in both blueprint and electronic CADD format, which plan shall be incorporated into this Exhibit B by this reference for all purposes. If Tenant requests any changes to the Work described in the Space Plans or the Working Drawings, then such increased costs and any additional design costs incurred in connection therewith as the result of any such change shall be added to the Total Construction Costs.

6. Definitions . As used herein, a “ Tenant Delay Day ” means each day of delay in the performance of the Work that occurs (a) because Tenant fails to timely furnish any information or deliver or approve any required documents such as the Space Plans or Working Drawings (whether preliminary, interim revisions or final), pricing estimates, construction bids, and the like, (b) because of any change by Tenant to the Space Plans or Working Drawings, (c) because Tenant fails to attend any meeting with Landlord, the Architect, any design professional, or any contractor, or their respective employees or representatives, as may be required or scheduled hereunder or otherwise necessary in connection with the preparation or completion of any construction documents, such as the Space Plans or Working Drawings, or in connection with the performance of the Work, (d) because of any specification by Tenant of materials or installations in addition to or other than Landlord’s standard finish-out materials or any materials that are not readily available, or (e) because a Tenant Party otherwise delays completion of the Work. As used herein “ Substantial Completion .” “ Substantially Completed .” and any derivations thereof mean the Work in the Suite 1952N Premises is substantially completed (as reasonably determined by Landlord) in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings. Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction, decoration, landscaping and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord.

7. Walk-Through: Punchlist . When Landlord considers the Work in the Suite 1952N Premises to be Substantially Completed, Landlord will notify Tenant and, within three business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Suite 1952N Premises and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items that are necessary for final completion of the Work. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his or her agreement on punchlist items. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor performing the Work to complete all punchlist items within 30 days after agreement thereon; however, Landlord shall not be obligated to engage overtime labor in order to complete such items.

B-2


 

8. Existing Premises Rent Obligations . Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent under the Lease with respect to the Existing Premises shall continue at all times during the performance of the Work. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the performance of the Work may occur during normal business hours while Tenant is in occupancy of the Existing Premises and that no interference to Tenant’s business operations in the Existing Premises shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent.

9. Excess Costs . Tenant shall pay the entire amount by which the Total Construction Costs (hereinafter defined) exceed the Suite 1952N Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined) (such excess amount being referred to herein as the “ Excess Amount ”). Upon approval of the Working Drawings and selection of a contractor, Tenant shall promptly (a) execute a work order agreement prepared by Landlord which identifies such drawings and itemizes the Total Construction Costs and sets forth the Suite 1952N Construction Allowance, and (b) pay to Landlord 90% of Landlord’s estimate of the Excess Amount. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and before Tenant occupies the Suite 1952N Premises to conduct business therein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any remaining unpaid portion of the Excess Amount. In the event of default of payment of any portion of the Excess Amount, Landlord (in addition to all other remedies) shall have the same rights as for an Event of Default under the Lease. As used herein, “ Total Construction Costs means the entire cost of performing the Work, including design of and space planning for the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings and the final “as-built” plan of the Work, costs of construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction, additional janitorial services, standard building directory and suite tenant signage, related taxes and insurance costs, licenses, permits, certifications, surveys and other approvals required by Law, and the construction supervision fee referenced in Section 11 of this Exhibit.

10. Construction Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance not to exceed $59,489.00 (the “ Suite 1952N Construction Allowance ”) to be applied toward the Total Construction Costs, as adjusted for any changes to the Work. The Suite 1952N Construction Allowance shall not be disbursed to Tenant in cash, but shall be applied by Landlord to the payment of the Total Construction Costs, if, as, and when the cost of the Work is actually incurred and paid by Landlord. The Suite 1952N Construction Allowance must be used (that is, the Work must be fully complete and the Suite 1952N Construction Allowance disbursed) within six months following the Suite 1952N Effective Date or shall be deemed forfeited with no further obligation by Landlord with respect thereto, time being of the essence with respect thereto.

11. Construction Management . Landlord or its affiliate or agent shall supervise the Work, make disbursements required to be made to the contractor, and act as a liaison between the contractor and Tenant and coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building, and the Building’s Systems. In consideration for Landlord’s construction supervision services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to five percent of the Total Construction Costs (exclusive of the construction supervision fee).

12. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

Landlord’s Representative:

 

Jack Nye

 

 

c/o Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc.

 

 

222 West Las Colinas Blvd., Suite 165

 

 

Irving, TX 75039

 

 

Telephone: 972.501.9009

 

 

Facsimile: 972.501,9019

 

 

 

Tenant’s Representative:

 

John Platt

 

 

c/o Mimecast North America, Inc.

 

 

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 1950N

 

 

Irving, Texas 75039

 

 

Telephone: 972.871.7944

 

 

Email: jplatt@mimecast.com

 

13. Miscellaneous . To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, Sections 8.1 and 21 of the Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.

 

 

 

B-3


 

EXHIBIT C

CONFIRMATION OF SUITE 1952N EFFECTIVE DATE

June 3 , 2016

Mimecast North America, Inc.

480 Pleasant St.

Watertown, MA 02472

Attention: John Platt

 

Re:

Amendment No. 1 (the “ Amendment ”) dated March 24, 2016, between AG-PCPI URBAN TOWERS OWNER, L.P ., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), for the lease of approximately 1,388 square feet of additional space (the “ Suite 1952N Premises ”) pursuant to the Lease (as defined in and amended by the Amendment). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Amendment unless otherwise indicated.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Condition of Suite 1952N Premises . Tenant has accepted possession of the Suite 1952N Premises pursuant to the Amendment. Any improvements required by the terms of the Amendment to be made by Landlord have been completed to the full and complete satisfaction of Tenant in all respects except for the punchlist items described on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Punchlist Items ”), and except for such Punchlist Items, Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties under the Amendment with respect to such tenant improvements. Furthermore, Tenant acknowledges that the Suite 1952N Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use (as defined in the Lease).

2. Suite 1952N Effective Date . The Suite 1952N Effective Date is May 20 , 2016.

3. Expiration Date . The Term is scheduled to expire July 31, 2021 , which is the last day of the 62 nd full calendar month following the Effective Date.

4. Ratification . Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to Landlord that it has no defenses thereto. Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, and (b) Tenant has no claims, counterclaims, set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant.

5. Binding Effect; Governing Law . Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full effect and this letter shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns. If any inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this letter and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this letter shall prevail. This letter shall be governed by the laws of the State in which the Suite 1952N Premises are located.

C-1


 

Please indicate your agreement to the above matters by signing this letter in the space indicated below and returning an executed original to us.

 

Sincerely,

AG-PCPI URBAN TOWERS OWNER, L.P., a

Delaware limited partnership

By:

Parallel Capital Partners, Inc., a California corporation, its authorized agent

 

 

By:

 

Name:

Michael Burer

Title:

CFO

 

Agreed and accepted:

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

Name:

JOHN PLATT

Title:

FACILITIES MGR

 

 

 

C-2


 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

This Amendment No. 2 (this “ Amendment ”) is executed as of April 18, 2017, between PCPI UT OWNER, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), for the purpose of amending the Lease Agreement between Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest with respect to the Lease (defined below) and Tenant dated January 4, 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”). The .Original Lease, as amended by Confirmation of Commencement Date letter dated April 25, 2013, Amendment No. 1 dated March 24, 2016 (“ Amendment No. 1 ”) and Confirmation of Suite 1925N Effective Date dated June 3, 2016, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Original Lease.

RECITALS:

Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Tenant is currently leasing Suites 1950N and 1925N, consisting, in the aggregate, of 4,342 rentable square feet of space (the “ Current Premises ”), in the Building located at 222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Irving, Texas 75039, and commonly known as Urban Towers-North Tower. Tenant has requested it be permitted to relocate to Suites 1600N and 1625N depicted on Exhibit A hereto, which contain, in the aggregate, 16,652 rentable square feet (the “ Relocation Premises ”) and to extend the Term. Landlord has agreed to such relocation and such extension on the terms and conditions contained herein.

AGREEMENTS:

For valuable consideration, whose receipt and sufficiency are acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Relocation . Effective as of the Effective Date (defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Relocation Premises on the terms and conditions of the Lease as herein modified. Accordingly, on the Effective Date, (a) subject to Section 10 hereof, the Lease shall terminate as to the Current Premises, (b) the Relocation Premises shall be the “Premises”, and (c) the monthly Basic Rent shall be as set forth below. Tenant accepts the Relocation Premises in an AS-IS ” condition, and Landlord shall not be required to perform any demolition or tenant-finish work therein or provide any allowances therefor, except as expressly set forth in Section 6 below. As used herein, the “ Effective Date ” means the earliest of (1) the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Relocation Premises and begins conducting business therein, (2) the date on which the Work (as defined in Exhibit B hereto) in the Relocation Premises is Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit B hereto), or (3) the date on which the Work in the Relocation Premises would have been Substantially Completed but for the occurrence of any Tenant Delay Days (as defined in Exhibit B hereto). Landlord and Tenant presently anticipate that possession of the Relocation Premises will be tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Amendment on or about the 120th day following full execution of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant the “ Estimated Delivery Date ”). If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Relocation Premises in such condition to Tenant by the Estimated Delivery Date, then (A) the validity of this Amendment or the Lease shall not be affected or impaired thereby, (B) Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for damages therefor, and (C) Tenant shall accept possession of the Relocation Premises when Landlord tenders possession thereof to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Work in the Relocation Premises is not Substantially Completed by the Abatement Date, daily Basic Rent for the Current Premises shall be abated for each day thereafter and ending on the day Landlord tenders possession of the Relocation Premises (with the Work to be performed by Landlord therein Substantially Completed). The abatement rights afforded to Tenant under this Section 1 shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for Landlord’s failure to timely Substantially Complete the Work in the Relocation Premises. As used herein, “ Abatement Date means the Estimated Delivery Date, plus the number of Tenant Delay Days and the number of Force Majeure Delay Days. As used herein, “ Force Majeure Delay Days ” means any delay in achieving Substantial Completion with respect to the Work for the reasons specified in Section 25.3 of the Original Lease. Within ten business days following Landlord’s written request therefor, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto confirming (i) the Effective Date, (ii) that Tenant has accepted the Relocation Premises, and (iii) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations with respect to the Relocation Premises (except for punch-list items specified in such letter); however, the failure of the parties to execute such letter shall not defer the Effective Date or otherwise invalidate the Lease or this Amendment.

1


 

2. Extension of Term . The Term is hereby extended such that it expires at 5:00 p.m. local time, on the last day of the 102 nd full calendar month following the Effective Date, rather than July 31, 2021, on the terms and conditions of the Lease, as modified hereby. Tenant shall have no further rights to extend or renew the Term, except as set forth in Exhibit H to the Original Lease, which shall continue in full force and effect. The reference to “2,954 rentable square feet” in the last paragraph of such Exhibit H is hereby amended to be “16,652 rentable square feet”.

3. Remeasurement of the Project and Relocation Premises; Proportionate Share . The Project has been remeasured and Landlord and Tenant agree that, from and after the Effective Date, the Project is deemed to contain 848,591 rentable square feet of space and the Relocation Premises is deemed to contain 16,652 rentable square feet of space. Further, beginning on the Effective Date, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 1.96%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing the number of rentable square feet in the Relocation Premises (16,652) by the number of rentable square feet in the Project (848,591). Landlord and Tenant stipulate that the number of rentable square feet contained in the Project and the Relocation Premises, as set forth above, is conclusive and shall be binding upon them.

4. Basic Rent . From and after the Effective Date, the monthly Basic Rent shall be the following amounts for the following periods of time:

 

Lease Month

Annual Basic Rent Rate Per

Rentable Square Foot

Monthly Installments of

Basic Rent

1-18

$32.75

$45,446.08

19-30

$33.50

$46,486.83

31 -42

$34.25

$47,527.58

43-54

$35.00

$48,568.33

55-66

$35.75

$49,609.08

67-78

$36.50

$50,649.83

79-90

$37.25

$51,690.58

91 - 102

$38.00

$52,731.33

 

As used herein, the term “ Lease Month means each calendar month during the Term from and after the Effective Date (and if the Effective Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the period from the Effective Date to the first day of the next calendar month shall be included in the first Lease Month for purposes of determining the duration of the Term and the monthly Basic Rent rate applicable for such partial month).

Basic Rent shall be abated for the first 180 days following the Effective Date. Beginning on the first day following the expiration of the abatement period, Tenant shall make Basic Rent payments as otherwise provided in the Lease, as amended by this Amendment. Notwithstanding such abatement of Basic Rent (a) all other sums due under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, including Additional Rent and parking rent, shall be payable as provided in the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (b) any increases in Basic Rent set forth in the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall occur on the dates scheduled therefor.

5. Additional Rent; Base Year . From and after the Effective Date, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the Relocation Premises in the manner provided in the Lease. Beginning on the Effective Date, the Base Year for the entire Premises shall be the calendar year 2017 and shall be subject to the same exclusions described in Sections 4.2.2 and 4.2.3 of the Original Lease and the cap described in Section 4.3 of the Original Lease (reset with the new Base Year). The definition of “Additional Rent” is hereby amended to include Excess DCURD Taxes.

6. Tenant Finish-Work; Corridor Upgrades; Early Entry . Within 90 days following the Effective Date, Landlord shall construct tenant improvements in the Relocation Premises in accordance with Exhibit B hereto. Additionally, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost, install new carpet, wall paint and LED lighting in the multi-tenant corridor on floor 16-North of the Building. Tenant may enter the Relocation Premises up to 30 days before the Work in the Relocation Premises is Substantially Completed with Landlord’s prior consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)) to install furniture and data cabling therein, provided that (a) Landlord is given prior written notice of any such entry and (b) such entry shall be coordinated with Landlord and shall not interfere with the Work. Any such entry shall be on the terms of the Lease, but no Basic Rent or Additional Rent for the Relocation Premises shall accrue during the period that Tenant so enters the Premises prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Tenant shall conduct its activities therein so as not to interfere with the Work, and

2


 

shall do so at its risk and expense. If, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Tenant’s activities therein interfere with the Work, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to enter the Premises before Substantial Completion of the Premises.

7. Parking . From and after the Effective Date, Tenant shall have the parking rights set forth below. Except as amended by this Section 7, Tenant’s parking rights shall be governed by Exhibit G to the Original Lease. As of the Effective Date, Section 8 of Amendment No. 1 shall be deleted in its entirety.

7.1 Unreserved Spaces . Tenant shall be provided a total of 84 parking access cards for unreserved parking spaces in the Parking Area. Regardless of whether Tenant elects to use such parking access cards, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, contemporaneously with the payment of Basic Rent, parking rent (plus all applicable taxes) during the Term equal to the rate then established by Landlord for unreserved parking access cards. As of the date of this Amendment, the rate for unreserved parking access cards in the Parking Area is $65.00 per space per month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligation to pay parking rent for such unreserved parking spaces shall be abated for the first 18 months following the Effective Date. Commencing with the 19 th month following the Effective Date, Tenant shall pay parking rent for such parking spaces.

7.2 Additional Unreserved Spaces . Subject to availability, Tenant may, by delivering to Landlord no less than 30 days’ prior written notice, use up to an additional 20 unreserved parking access cards by paying to Landlord the monthly parking rent (plus all applicable taxes) for such additional parking access cards at the rate then established by Landlord; provided, that Landlord shall provide any requested additional access cards as soon as such additional spaces become available and no portion of Tenant’s parking rent with respect to such additional parking access cards shall be abated. Tenant’s election to use such additional spaces shall remain effective until the end of the Term; however, Landlord may recapture any or all of such additional spaces at any time by providing Tenant 30 days’ prior written notice thereof.

7.3 Convert to Reserved Spaces . Subject to availability, Tenant may, by delivering to Landlord no less than 30 days’ prior written notice, convert up to five unreserved parking access cards to reserved parking access cards by paying to Landlord the monthly parking rent (plus all applicable taxes) for such reserved parking access cards equal to the rate then established by Landlord for reserved access cards; provided, that Landlord shall provide any requested reserved access cards as soon as such reserved spaces become available and no portion of Tenant’s parking rent with respect to such reserved parking access cards shall be abated. Tenant’s election to convert such unreserved parking access cards to reserved parking access cards shall remain effective until the end of the Term. As of the date of this Amendment, the rate for reserved parking spaces in the Parking Area is $150.00 per space per month.

8. Rights to Additional Space . Tenant may lease additional space in the Building in accordance with Exhibit D and Exhibit E hereto. If, prior to May 31, 2018 and subject to existing rights and encumbrances of other parties, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of its desire to lease Suite 1605-North containing approximately 5,864 rentable square feet of space and if and only if the parties can agree on terms for Tenant’s lease of such expansion space, following Tenant’s execution of an amendment to the Lease memorializing such agreed upon terms, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly relocate the then-current tenant thereof elsewhere in the Building. Tenant shall have no other options to lease additional space in the Building; accordingly any provision of the Lease, other than this Section 8 and Exhibit D and Exhibit E hereto, granting Tenant any option to lease additional space in the Building or any rights of first offer, rights of first opportunity or rights of first refusal with respect to space in the Building are hereby deleted in their entirety.

9. Temporary Space .

9.1 Lease Grant; Term; Acceptance; Insurance .   Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, on all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment (except as otherwise set forth in this Section 9), a portion of Suite 1400N in the Building containing approximately 3,154 rentable square feet (the “ Temporary Space ”). The lease term for the Temporary Space shall commence on the full execution of this Amendment, and expire ten business days following the Effective Date (the Temporary Space Term ”).    Tenant accepts the Temporary Space in its “ AS-IS ” condition on the date this Amendment is entered into, and Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any demolition or tenant-finish work therein.

9.2 Terms Applied to Temporary Space .   All terms and provisions of the Lease shall be applicable to the Temporary Space, including Section 11 of the Original Lease (Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation; Indemnity), except that Tenant shall not be entitled to any allowances, rent credits or abatements, expansion rights or renewal rights with respect to the Temporary Space.

9.3 Rent for the Temporary Space .   During the Temporary Space Term, Tenant shall not pay monthly Basic Rent or Additional Rent for the Temporary Space, other than Tenant’s proportionate share (based on the rentable square feet in the Temporary Space) of Electrical Costs during the Temporary Space Term, which Tenant shall pay within 30 days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor.

3


 

9.4 Landlord’s Right to Relocate .     Landlord may relocate Tenant within the Project to space which is comparable in size, utility and condition to the Temporary Space, at Tenant’s cost and expense, effective as of the date (the “ Move-Out Date ”) 30 days after Landlord provides to Tenant written notice thereof. If Landlord relocates Tenant as permitted by this Section 9.4, then Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Temporary Space in the condition required under the Lease and remove all of Tenant’s property from the Temporary Space by the Move-Out Date.   If Tenant fails to so vacate the Temporary Space, the Tenant shall be a holdover tenant with respect thereto pursuant to Section 22 of the Original Lease (and shall pay to Landlord, in addition to all other Rent, Basic Rent with respect to the Temporary Space in an amount equal to 200% of the monthly Rent payable by Tenant during the first full calendar month of the Term disregarding, for the purposes of such calculation, any abatement of Rent granted in this Amendment).

9.5 Surrender of Temporary Space .    Upon the expiration of the Temporary Space Term, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Temporary Space in the condition required under the Lease and relocate to the Relocation Premises, failing which Tenant shall be a holdover tenant with respect to the Temporary Space pursuant to Section 22 of the Original Lease (and shall pay to Landlord, in addition to all other Rent, Basic Rent with respect to the Temporary Space in an amount equal to 200% of the monthly Rent payable by Tenant with respect to the Relocation Premises during the first full calendar month following the Effective Date disregarding, for the purposes of such calculation, any abatement of Rent granted in this Amendment) and Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent with respect to the Relocation Premises in accordance with this Amendment.

9.6 Right to Market Temporary Space .   Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice (which notice may be verbal or by electronic mail) to Tenant, to enter the Temporary Space at all reasonable hours to show the Temporary Space to prospective tenants.

10. Surrender of Current Premises . Tenant shall, at its expense, vacate and deliver to Landlord the Current Premises in a “broom-clean” condition and otherwise in the condition required under Section 2) of the Original Lease, within ten business days after the Effective Date. If Tenant fails to so vacate the Current Premises, then (a) Tenant shall be a holdover tenant with respect thereto pursuant to Section 22 of the Original Lease (and shall pay to Landlord the holdover Rent with respect to the Current Premises as set forth in such Section 22 of the Original Lease) and (b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent with respect to the Relocation Premises in accordance with this Amendment.

11. Letter of Credit; Security Deposit .

11.1 General Provisions . Within five days following the execution of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as collateral for the full performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under the Lease, a standby, unconditional, irrevocable, transferable letter of credit (“ Tenant’s Letter of Credit ”) in the form of Exhibit F hereto (or another form approved by Tenant) and containing the terms required herein, in the face amount of $75,000 (“ Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount ) , naming Landlord as beneficiary, permitting multiple and partial draws thereon, and otherwise in form acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant’s Letter of Credit shall be issued by a commercial bank acceptable to Landlord and (a) that is chartered under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (b) whose long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated in the highest category by at least two of Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“ Fitch ”), Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“ S&P ”) or their respective successors (the “ Rating Agencies ”) (which shall mean AAA from Fitch, Aaa, from Moody’s and AAA from Standard & Poor’s); and (c) which has a short-term deposit rating in the highest category from at least two Rating Agencies (which shall mean Fl from Fitch, P-l from Moody’s and A-l from S&P) (collectively, “ Tenant’s LC Issuer Requirements ”). If at any time, Tenant’s LC Issuer Requirements are not met, or if the financial condition of such issuer changes in any other materially adverse way, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, Tenant shall, within five business days of written notice from Landlord, deliver to Landlord a replacement Tenant’s Letter of Credit which otherwise meets, the requirements of this Amendment and that meets Tenant’s LC Issuer Requirements (and Tenant’s failure to do so shall, notwithstanding anything in the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, to the contrary, constitute an Event of Default for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid five-business-day period). Among other things, Landlord shall have the right under such circumstances to immediately, and without further notice to Tenant, present a draw under Tenant’s Letter of Credit for payment and to hold the proceeds thereof. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Letter of Credit to be continuously maintained in effect (whether through replacement, renewal or extension) in Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount through the date (“ Tenant’s Final LC Expiration Date ”) that is 60 days after the scheduled expiration date of the Term or any renewal Term. If Tenant’s Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires earlier than the Tenant’s Final LC Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the issuing bank), Tenant shall deliver a new Tenant’s Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord not later than 30 days prior to the expiration date of Tenant’s Letter of Credit then held by Landlord. Any renewal or replacement Tenant’s Letter of Credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 11, shall be irrevocable, transferable and shall remain in effect (or be automatically renewable) through the Tenant’s Final LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Tenant’s Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion.

4


 

11.2 Drawings under Tenant’s Letter of Credit . Landlord shall have the right to draw upon Tenant’s Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time:

11.2.1 If an Event of Default occurs; or

11.2.2 If Tenant’s Letter of Credit held by Landlord expires earlier than the Tenant’s Final LC Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non- renewal given by the issuing bank), and Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord, at least 30 days prior to the expiration date of Tenant’s Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, a renewal or substitute Tenant’s Letter of Credit that is in effect and that complies with the provisions of this Section 11.

No condition or term of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, shall be deemed to render Tenant’s Letter of Credit conditional so as to justify the issuer of Tenant’s Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Tenant’s Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Amendment in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon Tenant’s Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Tenant under the Lease or upon the occurrence of any of the other events described above in this Section 11.

11.3 Use of Proceeds by Landlord . The proceeds of Tenant’s Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages Landlord has suffered or Landlord reasonably estimates it will suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under the Lease. Landlord shall deposit any unused proceeds in a separate account in the name of Landlord or its designee at a financial institution selected by Landlord in its sole discretion (“ Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account ”), and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Landlord may apply funds from Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account against any Rent payable by Tenant under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages Landlord has suffered or Landlord reasonably estimates it will suffer as a result of any default by Tenant under the Lease. Tenant hereby grants Landlord a security interest in Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account and all funds held in such account and agrees that, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord under applicable Law, Landlord shall have all rights of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code in the state in which the Premises are located with respect to Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account. Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account shall be under the sole control of Landlord. Tenant shall not have any right to direct the disposition of funds from Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account or any other right or interest in the Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account, and any interest accruing upon the funds in Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account shall belong to Landlord. Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver such documents and take such actions as Landlord or the bank with which the Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account is maintained may reasonably request concerning the creation or perfection of the security interest granted to Landlord in (including Landlord’s control of) Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account or to effect the provisions of this Section 11. Photographic or other facsimile reproductions of this executed Lease may be made and delivered by Landlord, and may be relied upon by any person to the same extent as though the copy were an original. Anyone who acts in reliance upon any representation or certificate of Landlord, or upon a reproduction of this Amendment, shall not be liable for permitting Landlord to perform any act pursuant to this power of attorney. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of Tenant’s Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a draw by Landlord of any portion of Tenant’s Letter of Credit, provided that such draw is consistent with the terms of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and Tenant’s Letter of Credit. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord, except as provided below. Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within 30 days after the Tenant’s Final LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Tenant’s Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any default by Tenant under the Lease; provided, that if prior to the Tenant’s Final LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant or any Guarantor, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or any Guarantor by any of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s creditors, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Tenant’s Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed, in each case pursuant to a final court order not subject to appeal or any stay pending appeal.

11.4 Additional Covenants of Tenant .    If, as result of any application or use by Landlord of all or any part of the Tenant’s Letter of Credit, the amount of the Tenant’s Letter of Credit shall be less than the Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within five days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency (or a replacement letter of credit in the total Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount), and any such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 11, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the same shall constitute an uncurable Event of Default by Tenant.   Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Tenant’s Letter of Credit or any part thereof or any interest in the Tenant’s LC Proceeds Account and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. If Tenant leases additional space at the Project after the date of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver a

5


 

replacement Tenant’s Letter of Credit with the Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount equal to the then-current Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount plus $5.00 per rentable square foot of space in the additional space leased.

11.5 Transfer of Tenant’s Letter of Credit . Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer all or any portion of its interest in and to the Tenant’s Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, including Landlord’s Mortgagee and/or to have the Tenant’s Letter of Credit reissued in the name of Landlord’s Mortgagee. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Building and transfers the Tenant’s Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof then held by Landlord) in whole or in part to the transferee, Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties hereto, thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability therefor. The provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of all or any part of the Tenant’s Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Tenant’s Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the issuer of the Tenant’s Letter of Credit such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer. Tenant shall be responsible for paying the issuer’s transfer and processing fees in connection with any transfer of the Tenant’s Letter of Credit and, if Landlord advances any such fees (without having any obligation to do so), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such transfer or processing fees within ten days after Landlord’s written request therefor.

11.6 Return of Security Deposit .   Within 30 days following Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Letter of Credit and Tenant’s executed counterpart of this Amendment, Landlord will apply Tenant’s current Security Deposit of $13,026.00 toward Tenant’s Basic Rent and Additional Rent obligations first accruing after such date.

11.7 Termination .   Upon Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Letter of Credit as provided under this Section 11, Section 6 of Amendment No. I and the reference to Security Deposit in the Original Lease shall be deleted and have no further force and effect.

 

12. Confidentiality .   Landlord and Tenant acknowledge the confidentiality obligations of Section 25.22 of the Lease, provided, however, Tenant and/or its affiliates shall be permitted at any time to disclose the terms of the Lease publicly to the extent required in connection with any filing made with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, which disclosure may also require filing a copy of the Lease.

6


 

13. Notices .    Landlord’s addresses for notice set forth below shall supersede and replace any addresses for notice set forth in the Lease.

 

Landlord:

PCPI UT Owner, LP

 

c/o Parallel Capital Partners, Inc.

 

4105 Sorrento Valley Boulevard

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

Attention: Matthew J. Root and/or James R. Ingebritsen

 

Facsimile: 858.882.9511

 

 

with a copy to:

PCPI UT Owner, LP

 

c/o Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc.

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 109

Irving, TX 75039

Attention: Property Manager

Facsimile: 972.501.9019

 

 

for payment of rent:

If by first class mail:

 

PCPI UT Owner, LP

PO Box 95467

Grapevine, TX 76099-9752

 

 

 

If by overnight courier service:

PCPI UT Owner, LP

Attn: Lockbox 95467

3330 W Royal Lane

Irving, TX 75063-6013

 

 

 

If by wire transfer or ACH:

Pacific Western Bank

1800 Century Park East, Suite 110

Los Angeles, CA 90067

ABA Number:   122238200

Swift Code:      FNSDUS6D

Account Number: 1001510765

Account Name:   PCPI UT Owner, LP

 

14. Brokerage . Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Amendment, other than Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc., whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate written agreements.   Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

15. No Construction Contract .    Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Lease, as it may be amended, including all exhibits a part thereof, is not a construction contract or an agreement collateral to or affecting a construction contract.

16. Prohibited Persons and Transactions .    Tenant hereby reaffirms and remakes, as of the date hereof, the statements set forth in Section 25.27 of the Lease.

17. Ratification . Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to Landlord that it has no defenses thereto.   Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, (b) Tenant has no claims, counterclaims, set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant, and (c) except as expressly provided for in this Amendment, all allowances provided to Tenant under the Lease, if any, and all construction to be performed by Landlord or its agents under the Lease, if any, have been paid and performed in full by Landlord, and Landlord has no further obligations with respect thereto.

7


 

18. Binding Effect; Governing Law . Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full effect and this Amendment shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.  If any inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.  This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.

19. Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one document.  To facilitate execution of this Amendment, the parties hereto may execute and exchange, by telephone facsimile or electronic mail PDF, counterparts of the signature pages. Signature pages may be detached from the counterparts and attached to a single copy of this Amendment to physically form one document.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

8


 

Executed as of the date first written above,

 

LANDLORD

PCPI UT OWNER. LP , a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

Parallel Capital Partners, Inc., a California corporation, its authorized agent

 

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Jim Ingebritsen

 

Name:

Jim Ingebritsen

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

TENANT:

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

\s\ Joe Freitas

 

Name

Joe Freitas

 

Title:

SR. VP. of Human Resources

 

 

 

9


 

EXHIBIT A

DEPICTION OF RELOCATION PREMISES

 

 

 

 

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE

(Landlord Performs the Work)

1. Acceptance of Relocation Premises.    Except as set forth in this Exhibit, Tenant accepts the Relocation Premises in their “AS-IS” condition on the date that this Amendment is entered into.

2. Space Plans.

2.1 Preparation and Delivery.    Within seven business days after Tenant’s execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall meet with Interprise Design Associates or another design consultant selected by Landlord (the “ Architect ”) to discuss the nature and extent of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Relocation Premises and, at such meeting, provide the Architect with all necessary data and information needed by the Architect to prepare initial space plans therefor as required by this paragraph. On or before the 15th business day following the date that Tenant meets with Architect, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a space plan prepared by the Architect depicting improvements to be installed in the Relocation Premises (the Space Plans ”).

2.2 Approval Process.    Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted Space Plans within five business days after Landlord’s submission thereof.  If Tenant disapproves of such Space Plans, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within three business days after such notice, revise such Space Plans in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit to Tenant for its review and approval.  Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted Space Plans within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the Space Plans have been finally approved by Tenant and Landlord. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial Space Plans within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted Space Plans, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Space Plans in question.

3. Working Drawings.

3.1 Preparation and Delivery.    On or before the date which is 15 days following the date on which the Space Plans are approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant and Landlord, Landlord shall cause to be prepared final working drawings of all improvements to be installed in the Relocation Premises and deliver the same to Tenant for its review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Such working drawings shall be prepared by Architect (whose fee shall be included in the Total Construction Costs [defined below]).

3.2 Approval Process.    Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted working drawings within five business days after Landlord’s submission thereof.  If Tenant disapproves of such working drawings, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within five business days after such notice, revise such working drawings in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit the revised working drawings to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted working drawings within three business days after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the working drawings have been finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial working drawings within five business days (or, in the case of resubmitted working drawings, within three business days) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the working drawings in question. Any delay caused by Tenant’s unreasonable withholding of its consent or delay in giving its written approval as to such working drawings shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day (defined below).  If the working drawings are not fully approved (or deemed approved) by both Landlord and Tenant by the 20 th business day after the delivery of the initial draft thereof to Tenant, then each day after such time period that such working drawings are not fully approved (or deemed approved) by both Landlord and Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day.

3.3 Landlord’s Approval; Performance of Work.    If any of Tenant’s proposed construction work will affect the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems, then the working drawings pertaining thereto must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record. Landlord’s approval of such working drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that (a) they comply with all Laws, (b) the improvements depicted thereon do not (1) adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems (including the Building’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), or (2) affect (in the sole discretion of Landlord) (A) the exterior appearance of the Building, (B) the appearance of the Building’s common areas or elevator lobby areas or (C) the provision of services to other occupants of the Building, (c) such working drawings are sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements and associated work in a good and workmanlike manner, and (d) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements (a copy of which has been delivered to Tenant). As used herein, Working Drawings means the final working drawings approved by Landlord, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and Work means all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings, together with any work required by governmental authorities to be made to

B-1


 

other areas of the Building as a result of the improvements indicated by the Working Drawings. Landlord’s approval of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use or comply with any Law, but shall merely be the consent of Landlord thereto. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, sign the Working Drawings to evidence its review and approval thereof. After the Working Drawings have been approved, Landlord shall cause the Work to be performed in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings.

4. Bidding of Work .  Prior to commencing the Work, Landlord shall competitively bid the Work to three contractors approved by Landlord and Tenant.  The parties hereby preapprove CDS General Contractors, Dallas Constructors, and JF Jones General Contractors as general contractors for the Work.  If the estimated Total Construction Costs are expected to exceed the Construction Allowance, Tenant shall be allowed to review the submitted bids from such contractors to value engineer any of Tenant’s requested alterations. In such case, Tenant shall notify Landlord of any items in the Working Drawings that Tenant desires to change within two business days after Landlord’s submission thereof to Tenant.  If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its election within such two business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the bids.  Within five business days following Landlord’s submission of the initial construction bids to Tenant under the foregoing provisions (if applicable), Tenant shall have completed all of the following items: (a) finalized with Landlord’s representative and the proposed contractor, the pricing of any requested revisions to the bids for the Work, and (b) approved in writing any overage in the Total Construction Costs in excess of the Construction Allowance, failing which, each day after such five business day period shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day.

5. Change Orders . Tenant may initiate changes in the Work.  Each such change must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 3.3 above; additionally, if any such requested change might (a) delay the Effective Date or, (b) leave any portion of the Relocation Premises not fully finished and ready for occupancy, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion.  Landlord shall, upon completion of the Work, cause to be prepared accurate architectural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing “as-built” plans of the Work as constructed in both blueprint and electronic CADD format, which plan shall be incorporated into this Exhibit B by this reference for all purposes. If Tenant requests any changes to the Work described in the Space Plans or the Working Drawings, then such increased costs and any additional design costs incurred in connection therewith as the result of any such change shall be added to the Total Construction Costs.

6. Definitions . As used herein, a Tenant Delay Day means each day of delay in the performance of the Work that occurs (a) because Tenant fails to timely furnish any information or deliver or approve any required documents such as the Space Plans or Working Drawings (whether preliminary, interim revisions or final), pricing estimates, construction bids, and the like, (b) because of any change by Tenant to the Space Plans or Working Drawings, (c) because Tenant fails to attend any meeting with Landlord, the Architect, any design professional, or any contractor, or their respective employees or representatives, as may be required or scheduled hereunder or otherwise necessary in connection with the preparation or completion of any construction documents, such as the Space Plans or Working Drawings, or in connection with the performance of the Work, (d) because of any specification by Tenant of materials or installations in addition to or other than Landlord’s standard finish-out materials or any materials that are not readily available, or (e) because a Tenant Party otherwise delays completion of the Work. As used herein Substantial Completion ,” Substantially Completed ,” and any derivations thereof mean the Work in the Relocation Premises is substantially completed (as reasonably determined by Landlord) in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings. Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction, decoration, landscaping and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord.

7. Walk-Through; Punchlist . When Landlord considers the Work in the Relocation Premises to be Substantially Completed, Landlord will notify Tenant and, within five business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Relocation Premises and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items that are necessary for final completion of the Work. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his or her agreement on punchlist items. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the contractor performing the Work to complete all punchlist items within 30 days after agreement thereon.  The cost of any overtime labor engaged, at Tenant’s request, to complete the punchlist items within such 30-day period shall be included in the Total Construction Costs.

8. Current Premises Rent Obligations .  Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent under the Lease with respect to the Current Premises shall continue at all times during the performance of the Work.  Tenant hereby acknowledges that the performance of the Work may occur during normal business hours while Tenant is in occupancy of the Current Premises and that no interference to Tenant’s business operations in the Current Premises shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent.

9. Excess Costs .  Tenant shall pay the entire amount by which the Total Construction Costs (hereinafter defined) exceed the Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined) (such excess amount being referred to herein as the Excess Amount ).  Upon approval of the Working Drawings and selection of a contractor, Tenant shall promptly (a) execute a work order agreement prepared by Landlord which identifies such drawings and itemizes the Total Construction Costs and sets forth the Construction Allowance, and (b) pay to Landlord 90% of Landlord’s estimate of the Excess Amount. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and before Tenant occupies the Premises to conduct business therein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any remaining unpaid portion of the Excess Amount. In the event of default of payment of any portion of the Excess Amount, Landlord (in addition to all other remedies) shall have the same rights as for an Event of Default under the

B-2


 

Lease.  As used herein, Total Construction Costs ’’ means the entire cost of performing the Work, including design of and space planning for the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings and the final “as-built” plan of the Work, costs of construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction, additional janitorial services, standard building directory and suite tenant signage, related taxes and insurance costs, licenses, permits, certifications, surveys and other approvals required by Law, and the construction supervision fee referenced in Section 11 of this Exhibit.

10. Construction Allowance .  Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance not to exceed $45.00 per rentable square foot in the Relocation Premises (the  Construction Allowance ) to be applied toward the Total Construction Costs, as adjusted for any changes to the Work. The Construction Allowance shall not be disbursed to Tenant in cash, but shall be applied by Landlord to the payment of the Total Construction Costs, if, as, and when the cost of the Work is actually incurred and paid by Landlord. After the final completion of the Work and a reconciliation by Landlord of the Construction Allowance and the Total Construction Costs and provided no default under the Lease then exists and no Event of Default has occurred, which has not been cured, Tenant may use any excess Construction Allowance (up to a maximum of $5.00 per rentable square foot in the Relocation Premises) towards the cost of Tenant’s installation of telephone and data networks in the Relocation Premises and other moving and relocation costs (collectively, the Moving Costs ).  Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the Moving Costs (subject to the cap described above) within 30 business days after receiving invoices therefor and supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  The Construction Allowance must be used (that is, the Work must be fully complete and the Construction Allowance disbursed) within six months following the Effective Date or shall be deemed forfeited with no further obligation by Landlord with respect thereto, time being of the essence with respect thereto.

11. Construction Management .  Landlord or its affiliate or agent shall supervise the Work, make disbursements required to be made to the contractor, and act as a liaison between the contractor and Tenant and coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building, and the Building’s Systems.  In consideration for Landlord’s construction supervision services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to three percent of the hard costs of the Work.

12. Construction Representatives .   Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

Landlord’s Representative:

Jack Nye

 

c/o Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc.

 

222 West Las Colinas Blvd., Suite 109

 

Irving, Texas 75039

 

Telephone: 972.501.9009

 

Email: Jack.Nye@cis.cushwake.com

 

 

Tenant’s Representative:

John Platt

 

c/o Mimecast North America, Inc.

 

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 195ON

 

Irving, Texas 75039

 

Telephone: 972.871.7944

 

Email: jplatt@mimecast.com

 

13. Miscellaneous. To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, Section 8.1 and Section 21 of the Original Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.

 

 

 

B-3


 

EXHIBIT C

CONFIRMATION OF EFFECTIVE DATE

           , 2017

Mimecast North America, Inc.

480 Pleasant St.

Watertown, MA 02472

Attention: John Platt

Re:

Amendment No. 2 (the Amendment ”) dated April          , 2017, between PCPI UT OWNER, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) , for the lease of approximately 16,652 square feet of space (the Relocation Premises ”) pursuant to the Lease (as defined in and amended by the Amendment). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Amendment unless otherwise indicated.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Condition of Relocation Premises . Tenant has accepted possession of the Relocation Premises pursuant to the Amendment. Any improvements required by the terms of the Amendment to be made by Landlord have been completed to the full and complete satisfaction of Tenant in all respects except for the punchlist items described on Exhibit A hereto (the Punchlist Items ”) , and except for such Punchlist Items, Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties under the Amendment with respect to such tenant improvements.   Furthermore, Tenant acknowledges that the Relocation Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use (as defined in the Lease).

2. Effective Date.    The Term for the Relocation Premises shall commence on the Effective Date, which date is          , 2017.

3. Expiration Date.    The Term is scheduled to expire on          , 202    , which is the last day of the 102 nd full calendar month following the Effective Date.

4. Ratification. Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to Landlord that it has no defenses thereto. Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, and (b) Tenant has no claims, counterclaims, set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant.

5. Binding Effect; Governing Law. Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full effect and this letter shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.  If any inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this letter and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this letter shall prevail. This letter shall be governed by the laws of the State in which the Relocation Premises are located.

C-1


 

Please indicate your agreement to the above matters by signing this letter in the space indicated below and returning an executed original to us.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

PCPI UT OWNER, LP , a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

Parallel Capital Partners, Inc., a California

 

 

corporation, its authorized agent

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Agreed and accepted:

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

C-2


 

EXHIBIT A

Please insert any punchlist items that remain to be performed by Landlord. If no items are listed below by Tenant, none shall be deemed to exist.

 

 

 

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

Subject to then-existing renewal or expansion options or other preferential rights of other tenants, Landlord shall, prior to offering any space on floor 16-East or floor 17-East in the Building (the “ Offer Space ”) to any party (other than the then-current tenant or occupant therein), first offer to lease to Tenant the Offer Space in an “ AS-IS ” condition; such offer shall (a) be in writing, (b) specify the part of the Offer Space being offered to Tenant hereunder (the “ Designated Offer Space ”), and (c) specify the lease terms for the Designated Offer Space, including the rent to be paid for the Designated Offer Space and the date on which the Designated Offer Space shall be included in the Premises (the “ Offer Notice ”). The Offer Notice shall be substantially similar to the Offer Notice attached to this Exhibit. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the entire Designated Offer Space on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice, within three days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the Offer Notice. If Tenant timely elects to lease the Designated Offer Space, then Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease, effective as of the date the Designated Offer Space is to be included in the Premises, on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice and, to the extent not inconsistent with the Offer Notice terms, the terms of the Lease, as amended by this Amendment; however, Tenant shall accept the Designated Offer Space in an “ AS-IS ” condition and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements except as specifically provided in the Offer Notice. Within five business days of Tenant’s delivery of its executed counterpart of such amendment, Tenant shall deliver a replacement Tenant’s Letter of Credit with the Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount equal to the then-current Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount plus $4.50 per rentable square foot of space in the Designated Offer Space. Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit to the contrary, if prior to Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Offer Notice, Landlord has received an offer from a third party (a “ Third Party Offer ”) to lease all or part of the Offer Space, and Landlord is willing to accept the terms of such Third Party Offer, and such Third Party Offer includes space in excess of the Offer Space, that portion of the Offer Space subject to such Third Party Offer shall be deemed to be the Designated Offer Space for purposes of this Exhibit, but Tenant must exercise its rights hereunder, if at all, as to all of the space contained in the Third Party Offer.

If Tenant fails or is unable to timely exercise its right hereunder with respect to the Designated Offer Space, then such right shall lapse, time being of the essence with respect to the exercise thereof (it being understood that Tenant’s right hereunder is a one-time right only as to each Designated Offer Space the first time it is offered to Tenant hereunder), and Landlord may lease all or a portion of the Designated Offer Space to third parties on such terms as Landlord may elect. For purposes hereof, if an Offer Notice provides for an expansion, right of first refusal, or other preferential right to lease some of the remaining portion of the Offer Space, then such remaining portion of the Offer Space shall thereafter be excluded from the provisions of this Exhibit. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant’s real estate broker, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay a commission with respect to any space leased by Tenant under this Exhibit, and Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate, at Landlord’s option, if (a) an Event of Default exists as of the date of Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Exhibit or as of the effective date of the addition of the Designated Offer Space to the Premises, (b) the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of any of the Premises is terminated, (c) Tenant assigns its interest in the Lease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee or sublets any portion of the Premises, (d) Tenant fails to lease and occupy at least 16,652 rentable square feet of space in the Project, (e) Landlord determines, in its sole but reasonable discretion, that Tenant’s financial condition or creditworthiness has materially deteriorated since the date of this Amendment, (f) Tenant fails to timely exercise its option under this Exhibit, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise thereof, or (g) less than one full calendar year remains in the current Term, as extended by this Amendment. Before Landlord makes a determination under clause (e) to terminate this Exhibit, Landlord shall first provide Tenant with a period of 30 days to provide alternative credit support sufficient to address the credit concerns of Landlord. If such alternative credit support is provided and acceptable to Landlord, this Exhibit shall remain in full force and effect.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall not apply to leases that allow tenants in the Building to use such space as unfinished storage area and other temporary leases to provide temporary space to tenants that ultimately will occupy other space in the Building on a permanent basis, any management space, tenant relocation space and other building space/amenities (conference center, fitness center, etc.).

D-1


 

FORM OF OFFER NOTICE

[Insert Date of Notice]

BY FACSIMILE AND [ FEDEX ]

Mimecast North America, Inc.

480 Pleasant St.

Watertown, MA 02472

Attention: John Platt

 

Re:

Amendment No. 2 (the “ Amendment ”) dated April , 2017, between PCPI UT OWNER, LP , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).   Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Amendment unless otherwise indicated.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the Right of First Offer attached to the Amendment, this is an Offer Notice on Suite              . The basic terms and conditions are as follows:

 

LOCATION:

 

 

 

SIZE:

                   rentable square feet

 

 

BASIC RENT RATE:

$              per month

 

 

TERM:

 

 

 

IMPROVEMENTS:

 

 

 

COMMENCEMENT:

 

 

 

PARKING TERMS:

 

 

 

OTHER MATERIAL TERMS:

 

 

Under the terms of the Right of First Offer, you must exercise your rights, if at all, as to the Designated Offer Space on the depiction attached to this Offer Notice within three days after Landlord delivers such Offer Notice.   Accordingly, you have until 5:00 p.m. local time on                                                , 201      , to exercise your rights under the Right of First Offer and accept the terms as contained herein, failing which your rights under the Right of First Offer shall terminate and Landlord shall be free to lease the Designated Offer Space to any third party. If possible, any earlier response would be appreciated. Please note that your acceptance of this Offer Notice shall be irrevocable and may not be rescinded.

Upon receipt of your acceptance herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease memorializing the terms of this Offer Notice including the inclusion of the Designated Offer Space in the Premises; provided, however, that the failure by Landlord and Tenant to execute such amendment shall not affect the inclusion of such Designated Offer Space in the Premises in accordance with this Offer Notice.

THE FAILURE TO ACCEPT THIS OFFER NOTICE BY (a) DESIGNATING THE “ACCEPTED” BOX, AND (b) EXECUTING AND RETURNING THIS OFFER NOTICE TO LANDLORD WITHOUT MODIFICATION WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF TENANT’S RIGHTS UNDER THE RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER, AND TENANT SHALL HAVE NO FURTHER RIGHTS TO THE DESIGNATED OFFER SPACE. THE FAILURE TO EXECUTE THIS LETTER WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF THIS OFFER NOTICE.

D-2


 

Should you have any questions, do not hesitate to call.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

CBRE, INC., on behalf of Landlord

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[please check appropriate box]

 

ACCEPTED

REJECTED

 

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

Enclosure [attach depiction of Designated Offer Space]

 

 

 

D-3


 

EXHIBIT E

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Subject to then-existing renewal or expansion options or other preferential rights of other tenants, if Landlord receives a Third Party Offer to lease any of the remaining space on floor 16-North in the Building (the “ Refusal Space ”) and Landlord is willing to accept the terms of such Third Party Offer, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the Refusal Space on the same terms and conditions as the Third Party Offer; such offer shall (a) be in writing, (b) specify the part of the Refusal Space being offered to Tenant here under (the “ Designated Refusal Space ”), (c) specify the rent to be paid for the Designated Refusal Space, and (d) contain the basic terms and conditions of the Third Party Offer and the date on which the Designated Refusal Space shall be included in the Premises (the “ Refusal Notice ”). The Refusal Notice shall be substantially similar to the Refusal Notice attached to this Exhibit. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the Designated Refusal Space subject to the Third Party Offer on the same terms and conditions as the Third Party Offer in the Refusal Notice, within seven days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the Refusal Notice. If Tenant timely elects to lease the Designated Refusal Space within such seven-day period, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease, effective as of the date the Designated Refusal Space is to be included in the Premises, on the same terms as the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, except (1) the Basic Rent and parking charges shall be the amounts specified in the Refusal Notice, (2) the term for the Designated Refusal Space shall be that specified in the Refusal Notice, (3) Tenant shall lease the Designated Refusal Space in an “ AS-IS ” condition, (4) Landlord shall not be required to perform any work therein, (5) Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any allowances other than those contained in the Third Party Offer (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) if any, and (6) other terms set forth in the Lease which are inconsistent with the terms of the Refusal Notice shall be modified accordingly. Within five business days of Tenant’s delivery of its executed counterpart of such amendment, Tenant shall deliver a replacement Tenant’s Letter of Credit with the Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount equal to the then- current Tenant’s Letter of Credit Amount plus $4.50 per rentable square foot of space in the Designated Refusal Space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Refusal Notice includes space in excess of the Refusal Space, Tenant must exercise its right hereunder, if at all, as to all of the space contained in the Refusal Notice.

If Tenant fails or is unable to timely exercise its right hereunder with respect to the Designated Refusal Space, such right shall lapse, time being of the essence with respect to the exercise thereof, and, subject to the limitations hereinafter provided, Landlord may lease all or a portion of the Designated Refusal Space to third parties on such terms as Landlord may elect. Landlord shall not be obligated to re-offer the Designated Refusal Space to Tenant unless Landlord fails to enter into a Lease Agreement with respect to the Designated Refusal Space with the same party (or an affiliate of the same party) that provided the Third Party Offer within 180 days after the date of the Refusal Notice. For purposes hereof, if a Refusal Notice is delivered for less than all of the Refusal Space but such notice provides for an expansion, right of first refusal, or other preferential right to lease some of the remaining portion of the Refusal Space, such remaining portion of the Refusal Space shall thereafter be excluded from the provisions of this Exhibit. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant’s real estate broker, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay a commission with respect to any space leased by Tenant under this Exhibit, and Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate, at Landlord’s option, if (a) an Event of Default exists as of the date of Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Exhibit or as of the effective date of the addition of the Designated Refusal Space to the Premises, (b) the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of any of the Premises is terminated, (c) Tenant assigns its interest in the Lease to a party other than a Permitted Transferee or sublets any portion of the Premises, (d) Tenant fails to lease from Landlord at least the same number of rentable square feet leased to Tenant as of the date of this Amendment and to occupy at least 13,322 rentable square feet of space, (e) Landlord determines, in its sole but reasonable discretion, that Tenant’s financial condition or creditworthiness has materially deteriorated since the date of this Amendment, (f) Tenant fails to timely exercise its option under this Exhibit, time being of the essence with respect to Tenant’s exercise thereof, or (g) less than one full calendar year remains in the current Term, as extended by this Amendment. Before Landlord makes a determination under clause (e) to terminate this Exhibit, Landlord shall first provide Tenant with a period of 30 days to provide alternative credit support sufficient to address the credit concerns of Landlord. If such alternative credit support is provided and acceptable to Landlord, this Exhibit shall remain in full force and effect.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall not apply to leases that allow tenants in the Building to use such space as unfinished storage area and other temporary leases to provide temporary space to tenants that ultimately will occupy other space in the Building on a permanent basis, any management space, tenant relocation space and other building space/amenities (conference center, fitness center, etc.).

E-1


 

FORM OF REFUSAL NOTICE

[Insert Date of Notice]

BY FACSIMILE AND [ FEDEX ]

Mimecast North America, Inc.

480 Pleasant St.

Watertown, MA 02472

Attention: J ohn Platt

 

Re:

Amendment No. 2 (the “ Amendment ”) dated April _, 2017, between PCPI UT OWNER, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation (‘ Tenant ’).   Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Amendment unless otherwise indicated.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the Right of First Refusal attached to the Amendment, this is a Refusal Notice on Suite               .The basic terms and conditions are as follows:

 

LOCATION:

 

 

 

SIZE:

                   rentable square feet

 

 

BASIC RENT RATE:

$              per month

 

 

TERM:

 

 

 

IMPROVEMENTS:

 

 

 

COMMENCEMENT:

 

 

 

PARKING TERMS:

 

 

 

OTHER MATERIAL TERMS:

 

 

Under the terms of the Right of First Refusal, you must exercise your rights, if at all, as to the Designated Refusal Space on the depiction attached to this Refusal Notice within seven days after Landlord delivers such Refusal Notice.   Accordingly, you have until 5:00 p.m. local time on                                                , 201      , to exercise your rights under the Right of First Refusal and accept the terms as contained herein, failing which your rights under the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and Landlord shall be free to lease the Designated Refusal Space to any third party. If possible, any earlier response would be appreciated. Please note your acceptance of this Refusal Notice shall be irrevocable and may not be rescinded.

Upon receipt of your acceptance herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease memorializing the terms of this Refusal Notice including the inclusion of the Designated Refusal Space in the Premises; provided, however, the failure by Landlord and Tenant to execute such amendment shall not affect the inclusion of such Designated Refusal Space in the Premises in accordance with this Refusal Notice.

THE FAILURE TO ACCEPT THIS REFUSAL NOTICE BY (1) DESIGNATING THE “ACCEPTED” BOX, AND (2) EXECUTING AND RETURNING THIS REFUSAL NOTICE TO LANDLORD WITHOUT MODIFICATION WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF TENANT’S RIGHTS UNDER THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND TENANT SHALL HAVE NO FURTHER RIGHTS TO THE DESIGNATED REFUSAL SPACE.    THE FAILURE TO EXECUTE THIS LETTER WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF THIS REFUSAL NOTICE.

E-2


 

Should you have any questions, do not hesitate to call.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

CBRE, INC., on behalf of Landlord

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[please check appropriate box]

 

ACCEPTED

REJECTED

 

MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA, INC., a

Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

Enclosure [attach depiction of Designated Refusal Space]

 

 

 

E-3


 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[BANK LETTERHEAD]

                                 , 2017

IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO.        

PCPI UT Owner, LP

c/o Parallel Capital Partners, Inc.

4105 Sorrento Valley Boulevard

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Matthew J. Root and/or James R. Ingebritsen

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                                        , a national banking association (“ Bank ”), of            ,               hereby issues its Irrevocable Tenant’s Letter of Credit in favor of PCPI UT OWNER, LP , a Delaware limited partnership, and/or its successors and assigns (“ Landlord ”) for the account of MIMECAST NORTH AMERICA , INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) up to the aggregate amount of $75,000, available at sight by the drafts of Landlord on Bank. Drafts drawn on this Tenant’s Letter of Credit will be honored when presented, accompanied only by a letter or certificate purportedly signed by a representative of Landlord stating Landlord is entitled to draw on this Tenant’s Letter of Credit under the terms of Amendment No. 2, dated as of April      , 2017, between Landlord and Tenant . Multiple and partial draws shall be permitted hereunder. This Tenant’s Letter of Credit is transferable. Bank shall look solely to Tenant for payment of any fee for such transfer. Such payment is not a condition to transfer.

All drafts drawn by reason of this Tenant’s Letter of Credit and in accordance with the above conditions, will meet with due honor when presented at the office of Bank in Irving, Texas. Drawings may also be presented to us by facsimile transmission to facsimile number       .       .         (each such drawing, a “ fax drawing ”); provided, however, that a fax drawing will not be effectively presented until you confirm by telephone our receipt of such fax drawing by calling us at telephone number       .       .         . If you present a fax drawing under this standby letter of credit you do not need to present the original of any drawing documents, and if we receive any such original drawing documents they will not be examined by us. In the event of a full or final drawing, the original standby letter of credit must be returned to us by overnight courier.

This irrevocable standby Letter of Credit sets forth in full the terms of our undertaking, which is independent of and shall not in any way be modified, amended, amplified or incorporated by reference to any document, contract or agreement referenced herein other than the stipulated ICC rules and governing laws. Our obligations under this irrevocable standby Letter of Credit are not subject to any claim or defense by reason of the invalidity, illegality, or inability to enforce any of the agreements set forth in the Lease.

This Tenant’s Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices-ISP98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication 600 when not in conflict with the express terms of this Tenant’s Letter of Credit or with the provisions of Article 5 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, as amended.

This Tenant’s Letter of Credit shall terminate at 3:00 p.m. Central Standard Time on January 31, 2026 which shall be the final expiration date of this Tenant’s Letter of Credit, unless, at least 60 days prior to the then current expiration date, Bank notifies Landlord in writing by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the following address (or at such other address as Landlord may specify by written notice to Bank), that this Tenant’s Letter of Credit will not be extended beyond the current expiration date; provided, that Bank’s obligation to make any payment hereunder in respect of a drawing request made prior to the expiry hereof shall continue until payment is made:

 

 

PCPI UT Owner, LP

 

c/o Parallel Capital Partners, Inc.

 

4105 Sorrento Valley Boulevard

 

San Diego, CA 92121

 

Attention: Matthew J. Root and/or James R. Ingebritsen

 

Telephone: 858.882.9510

 

Facsimile: 858.882.9511

 

F-1


 

with a copy to:

PCPI UT Owner, LP

 

c/o Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc.

 

222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 109

Irving, TX 75039

 

Attention: Property Manager

 

Telephone: 972.501.9009

 

Facsimile: 972.501.9019

Amounts drawn upon this Tenant’s Letter of Credit are to be endorsed on the reverse side of this Tenant’s Letter of Credit by Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

F-2

 

Exhibit 8.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

 

 

Mimecast Limited

 

England & Wales

 

 

 

Mimecast Services Limited

 

England & Wales

 

 

 

Mimecast North America, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Mimecast South Africa Pty Ltd.

 

South Africa

 

 

 

Mimecast Australia Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

 

 

 

Mimecast Offshore Ltd.

 

Jersey, Channel Islands

 

 

 

Mimecast USD Ltd.

 

England & Wales

 

 

 

Mimecast Development Ltd.

 

England & Wales

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Peter Bauer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 26, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ Peter Bauer

 

 

Name:

 

Peter Bauer

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Peter Campbell, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 26, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ Peter Campbell

 

 

Name:

 

Peter Campbell

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C.

Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Mimecast Limited (the “Company”) for the year ended March 31, 2017, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Peter Bauer, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Peter Campbell, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 26, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ Peter Bauer

 

 

Name:

 

Peter Bauer

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

By:

 

/s/ Peter Campbell

 

 

Name:

 

Peter Campbell

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

(1)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-208384) pertaining to the Mimecast Limited 2007 Key Employee Share Option Plan, the Mimecast Limited 2010 EMI Share Option Scheme, the Mimecast Limited Approved Share Option Plan, the Mimecast Limited 2015 Share Option and Incentive Plan, and the Mimecast Limited 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan, and

 

(2)

Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-215642);

of our report dated May 26, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Mimecast Limited included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) of Mimecast Limited for the year ended March 31, 2017.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

May 26, 2017